Form 6-K
Table of Contents

 

 

FORM 6-K

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a - 16 or 15d - 16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the month of August 2014

Commission File Number: 001-14930

 

 

HSBC Holdings plc

 

 

42nd Floor, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, England

 

 

(Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F).

Form 20-F  x            Form 40-F  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):  ¨

(Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).

Yes  ¨             No  x

(If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-            ).

This Report on Form 6-K with respect to our Interim Financial Statements and Notes thereon for the six-month period ended June 30, 2014 is hereby incorporated by reference in the following HSBC Holdings plc registration statements: file numbers 333-10474, 333-92024, 333-102027, 333-103887, 333-104203, 333-109288, 333-113427, 333-127327, 333-126531, 333-135007, 333-143639, 333-145859, 333-155338, 333-158054, 333-158065, 333-162565, 333-17025, 333-176732, 333-180288, 333-183806 and 333-197839.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 6-K and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this interim report on its behalf.

 

HSBC Holdings plc
By:   /s/ Iain J Mackay
  Name: Iain J Mackay
  Title: Group Finance Director

Dated: 7 August 2014


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Report 2014

  

 

Certain defined terms

Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’, the ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refer to HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and those preference shares classified as equity. The abbreviations ‘US$m’ and ‘US$bn’ represent millions and billions (thousands of millions) of US dollars, respectively.

Interim financial statements and notes

HSBC’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereon, as set out on pages 206 to 268, have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and International Accounting Standard (‘IAS’) 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the European Union (‘EU’). The consolidated financial statements of HSBC at 31 December 2013 were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the IASB, and as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2013, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2013 affecting the consolidated financial statements at that date, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 were prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB. At 30 June 2014, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the period ended 30 June 2014 affecting these interim consolidated financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC.

HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts and funds its business. Unless otherwise stated, the information presented in this document has been measured in accordance with IFRSs.

When reference to ‘underlying’ is made in tables or commentaries, the comparative information has been expressed at constant currency (see page 19), the impact of fair value movements in respect of credit spread changes on HSBC’s own debt has been eliminated and the effects of acquisitions, disposals and dilutions have been adjusted as reconciled on page 22. Underlying return on risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’) is defined and reconciled on page 43.

Contents

 

 

Overview

  

Who we are

   1

Our purpose

   1

Highlights

   2

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

   3a

Group Chairman’s Statement

   4

Group Chief Executive’s Business Review

   6

Value creation and long-term sustainability

   8

Our strategy

   9

Business and operating models

   11

Global Standards

   14

Risk

   16

Interim Management Report

  

Financial summary1

   19

Global businesses1

   45

Geographical regions1

   61

Other information

   95

Risk1

   99

Capital1

   175

Board of Directors and Senior Management

   199

Financial Statements

  

Financial statements

   206

Notes on the financial statements1

   214

Additional Information

  

Shareholder information1

   271

Abbreviations

   281

Glossary

   284

Index

   293

 

1 Detailed contents are provided on the referenced pages.

 

 

Cover images: internationalisation of the renminbi

The images show the views from HSBC’s head offices in Shanghai, Hong Kong and London – the three cities that are key to the development of China’s currency, the renminbi (‘RMB’). The growth of the RMB is set to be a defining theme of the 21st century. HSBC has RMB capabilities in over 50 countries and territories worldwide, where our customers can count on an expert service.

 

 

 

  


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview

  

 

Who we are

 

HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world.

Customers:

52 million

Served by:

256,000 employees

Through four global businesses:

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

Commercial Banking

Global Banking and Markets

Global Private Banking

Located in:

74 countries and territories

Across five geographical regions:

Europe

Asia

Middle East and North Africa

North America

Latin America

Offices:

Over 6,200

Global headquarters:

London

Market capitalisation:

US$193 billion

Listed on stock exchanges in:

London

Hong Kong

New York

Paris

Bermuda

Shareholders:

216,000 in 129 countries and territories

Our purpose

 

Our purpose is to be where the growth is, connecting customers to opportunities, enabling businesses to thrive and economies to prosper, and ultimately helping people to fulfil their hopes and realise their ambitions.

Our strategic priorities

We aim to be the world’s leading and most respected international bank. We will achieve this by focusing on the needs of our customers and the societies we serve, thereby delivering long-term sustainable value to all our stakeholders.

We have established three interconnected and equally weighted priorities for 2014 to 2016 to help us deliver our strategy:

 

 

grow the business and dividends;

 

 

implement Global Standards; and

 

 

streamline processes and procedures.

Each priority is interrelated, complementary and underpinned by initiatives within our day-to-day business. Together they create value for our customers and shareholders, and contribute to the long-term sustainability of HSBC.

How we measure performance

We track our progress in implementing our strategy with a range of financial and non-financial objectives which are set within the context of the risk appetite and strategic direction agreed by the Board. Specific targets have been set for the period 2014 to 2016 at both a Group level and for each of our global businesses and regions.

Rewarding performance

The remuneration of all staff within the Group, including executive Directors, is based on the achievement of financial and non-financial objectives, which are aligned with the Group’s strategy. To be considered for a variable pay award, an individual must have fully complied with HSBC Values.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Highlights

 

 

 

Profit before tax was down 12% at US$12.3bn on a reported basis. Underlying profit before tax was down 4% at US$12.6bn.

 

We continued to implement our three strategic priorities to grow the business and dividends, implement our Global Standards programme, and streamline our processes and procedures.

 

CRD IV end point basis common equity tier 1 ratio was 11.3%, 0.4% higher than at the end of 2013.

 

 

For the half-year to 30 June 2014

 

Profit before taxation

(Reported basis)

(US$bn)

  

Underlying profit

before taxation

(US$bn)

  

Profit attributable to the

ordinary shareholders of

the parent company

(US$bn)

  

Earnings per share

(US$)

LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

Dividends per ordinary share

(in respect of period) 1

(US$)

  

Dividend payout ratio

(%)

  

Cost efficiency ratio2

(%)

  

Loan impairment charges to

total operating income

(%)

LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    LOGO
                   
At 30 June 2014         

Total equity

(US$bn)

  

Total assets

(US$bn)

  

Loans and advances

to customers3

(US$bn)

  

Customer accounts3

(US$bn)

LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

2


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Annualised return on average

ordinary shareholders’ equity4

(%)

Half-year to:

  

Post-tax return on average

total assets

(%)

Half-year to:

  

Ratio of customer advances

to customer accounts3

(%)

  
LOGO    LOGO    LOGO   
                   
Capital, leverage and return ratios   

Common equity tier 1 ratio

(end point)

(%)

  

Common equity tier 1 ratio

(year 1 transition)

(%)

  

Total capital ratio

(year 1 transition)

(%)

  

Risk-weighted assets

(US$bn)

LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    LOGO

Core tier 1 ratio

(%)

  

Total capital ratio

(%)

  

Risk-weighted assets

(US$bn)

  
LOGO    LOGO    LOGO   

Pre-tax return on average RWAs6

(%)

Half-year to:

  

Estimated leverage ratio7

(%)

     
LOGO    LOGO      
                   
Share information at 30 June 2014   

 

       

Closing market price

US$0.50 ordinary

shares in issue

 

19,071m

 

30 Jun 2013: 18,627m

31 Dec 2013: 18,830m

 

Market

capitalisation

 

US$193bn

 

30 Jun 2013: US$196bn

31 Dec 2013: US$207bn

 

London

 

£5.93

 

30 Jun 2013: £6.82

31 Dec 2013: £6.62

 

Hong Kong

 

HK$78.60

 

30 Jun 2013: HK$81.25

31 Dec 2013: HK$84.15

 

American

Depositary Share8

 

US$50.80

 

30 Jun 2013: US$51.90

31 Dec 2013: US$55.13

       

Total shareholder return9

    Over 1 year   Over 3 years   Over 5 years
To 30 June 2014     92   112   149

Benchmark:

       

– MSCI Banks10

    110   126   164

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

3


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

 

The Interim Report 2014 contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to HSBC’s financial condition, results of operations and business.

Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about HSBC’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably possible’, variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. HSBC makes no commitment to revise or update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring or existing after the date of any forward-looking statements.

Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.

Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. These include, but are not limited to:

 

 

changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, such as continuing or deepening recessions and fluctuations in employment beyond those factored into consensus forecasts; changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates; volatility in equity markets; lack of liquidity in wholesale funding markets; illiquidity and downward price pressure in national real estate markets; adverse changes in central banks’ policies with respect to the provision of liquidity support to financial markets; heightened market concerns over sovereign creditworthiness in over-indebted countries; adverse changes in the funding status of public or private defined benefit pensions;

   

and consumer perception as to the continuing availability of credit and price competition in the market segments we serve;

 

 

changes in government policy and regulation, including the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks and other regulatory authorities; initiatives to change the size, scope of activities and interconnectedness of financial institutions in connection with the implementation of stricter regulation of financial institutions in key markets worldwide; revised capital and liquidity benchmarks which could serve to deleverage bank balance sheets and lower returns available from the current business model and portfolio mix; imposition of levies or taxes designed to change business mix and risk appetite; the practices, pricing or responsibilities of financial institutions serving their consumer markets; expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation relating to foreign ownership; changes in bankruptcy legislation in the principal markets in which we operate and the consequences thereof; general changes in government policy that may significantly influence investor decisions; extraordinary government actions as a result of current market turmoil; other unfavourable political or diplomatic developments producing social instability or legal uncertainty which in turn may affect demand for our products and services; the costs, effects and outcomes of product regulatory reviews, actions or litigation, including any additional compliance requirements; and the effects of competition in the markets where we operate including increased competition from non-bank financial services companies, including securities firms; and

 

 

factors specific to HSBC, including our success in adequately identifying the risks we face, such as the incidence of loan losses or delinquency, and managing those risks (through account management, hedging and other techniques). Effective risk management depends on, among other things, our ability through stress testing and other techniques to prepare for events that cannot be captured by the statistical models it uses; and our success in addressing operational, legal and regulatory, and litigation challenges, notably compliance with the DPAs.

 

 

3a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Group Chairman’s Statement

 

 

LOGO

In the first half of 2014, against a backdrop of continuing low interest rates and reduced financial market volumes, HSBC produced a suitably well-balanced financial performance. This was achieved while continuing to invest significant time and resources in reshaping the Group to meet the heightened and evolving expectations of our regulators and of the communities we serve. At a time of residual concerns over the sustainability of economic growth in many major markets and with heightened geopolitical tensions apparent, the Board supported management’s view that this was not the time to expand risk appetite to offset the effect of lower revenues arising from business disposals and legacy portfolio run-off.

Pre-tax profits on a reported basis were US$12.3bn, US$1.7bn or 12% less than in the first half of 2013. On an underlying basis, profit before tax was 4% behind the comparable period, with the major business contributor being lower revenues from traded markets. Earnings per ordinary share were US$0.50 (2013: US$0.54), amply covering the first two dividends in respect of 2014 of US$0.20, which were consistent with those of last year at the same stage.

These results illustrate the challenge of funding a considerable expansion of Risk and Compliance resources as well as the operational and structural changes needed to address new regulatory and public policy requirements at a time of limited revenue growth opportunities. That we have been able to hold growth in underlying costs to 2% is attributable to further good progress with regard to systems and process re-engineering and simplification, as well as continuing cost discipline.

Business disposals and portfolio run-off do, however, contribute positively to internal capital generation. This, together with capital

generated from operating performance and the benefit of scrip dividends, contributed to a further strengthening of the Group’s capital position. At 30 June 2014, our end point common equity tier 1 ratio improved to 11.3% compared with 10.9% at the beginning of the year and 10.1% a year ago.

The ‘Group Chief Executive’s Business Review’ draws out the highlights of business performance in the first half of 2014. I want to highlight three points which arise both from industry and our own re-shaping.

Execution challenges are necessarily the primary focus of Board oversight

The demands now being placed on the human capital of the firm and on our operational and systems capabilities are unprecedented. The cumulative workload arising from a regulatory reform programme that is unfortunately increasingly fragmented, often extraterritorial, still evolving and still adding definition is hugely consumptive of resources that would otherwise be customer facing. Add to this recent obligations to perform highly granular multiple stress tests which are inconsistent in definition and scenarios between major jurisdictions and so require considerable duplication of effort; recently announced significant wholesale market practice and competition reviews in the UK; reorganising the financial, operational and structural framework of the Group to respond to evolving thinking on cross-border resolution protocols; and, finally, planning what will be a multi-year project to separate and establish the ring-fenced bank in the UK, and the dimension of the execution risk is obvious.

To be clear, we are committed and resourced to deliver all of the above. But there is extremely limited spare capacity. Prioritisation, which is clearly critical, will require support and guidance from public policy and regulatory bodies, particularly in the UK, regarding the juxtaposition of the recently announced competition review and preparation for the creation of the ring-fenced bank. Equally important is delivery of the stated intention of the Financial Stability Board and the G20 to seek to draw a close on fresh regulatory initiatives by the end of this year.

Retention of our human capital is essential

Following on from the above it is also obvious how critical it is that we retain the goodwill and commitment of all of our staff as we plan and deliver the above transformation agenda alongside ‘business as usual’ support for our customers in satisfying their business and personal needs. I do not think we have ever had to ask so much of so many. The commitment

 

 

4


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

and loyalty we receive is recognised with deep gratitude by executive management and the Board. We cannot, however, be complacent that this can be taken for granted. We face growing fatigue within critical functions as well as increased market competition for trained staff from other financial institutions facing similar resource challenges. This is adding to cost pressures both from increased salaries as market rates increase, and from investment in training and systems support to improve productivity. This underscores the importance of finalising the regulatory reform agenda in the near term.

Growing danger of risk aversion and financial exclusion

We continue to make good progress with implementing Global Standards, aiming to deliver a consistent approach to risk management, particularly in relation to financial crime risk. Success will be reflected in reduced incidence and severity of future customer redress and less exposure to regulatory and legal penalties. Recent high profile financial penalties and legal proceedings initiated against individuals are serving their intended purpose of highlighting the risks, both to shareholders’ capital and to staff held responsible, of future infringement. Today, no one in our industry can fail to be aware of the heightened expectations of society regarding the role of banks in supporting economic activity; nor can they be unaware of the potential penalties for failing to live up to these expectations, particularly regarding conduct issues or breach of trust.

Greater focus on conduct and financial crime risks at all levels of the firm globally is clearly the right response to past shortcomings. There is, however, an observable and growing danger of disproportionate risk aversion creeping into decision-making in our businesses as individuals, facing uncertainty as to what may be criticised with hindsight and perceiving a zero tolerance of error, seek to protect themselves and the firm from future censure. We can address this behaviour through training and leadership, but we also need clarity from public policy and regulatory bodies over their expectations in this regard. Unwarranted risk aversion threatens to restrict access to the formal financial system to many who could benefit from it and risks unwinding parts of the ecosystem of networks and relationships that support global trade and investment.

Board changes

Since we reported to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting there have been two further changes to the Board, both announced on 1 August.

We are delighted to welcome Heidi Miller to the Board and to the Group Risk and Conduct & Values Committees with effect from 1 September. Heidi brings to the Board extensive international banking and finance experience developed in a career spanning over 30 years in some of the largest and most complex banking organisations.

As President of International at JPMorgan Chase & Co. from 2010 to 2012, Heidi had responsibility for leading the bank’s global expansion and international business strategy across the Investment Bank and Asset Management divisions, as well as for the Treasury and Securities Services division, which she had run for the previous six years. Other former roles include Chief Financial Officer at both Bank One Corporation and Citigroup Inc.

Marvin Cheung, who has decided to retire for personal reasons, will be sorely missed. Marvin has served on the Board and on the Audit Committee since 2009, contributing great technical accounting and audit skills as well as a deep understanding of Hong Kong and mainland China issues. On behalf of the Board I want to thank him for his contribution over many years and wish him well for the future.

Looking forward

Notwithstanding the challenges before us, I am confident that the business model outlined in the Group Chief Executive’s Business Review has further potential, and that we have the leadership and capabilities throughout the firm to make the most of that potential to the benefit of all our stakeholders. Although we spend much time grappling with the technicalities of the outstanding regulatory agenda, we never lose sight of why it is urgent we implement the required changes. In summary, we need to energise our staff with the prospect of rebalancing their workloads – away from looking back and away from embedding new requirements and training – and on to supporting the investment needed to stimulate growth, on to the design of new products to better manage risk, on to more exciting use of the new technologies that will allow people greater and cheaper access to a wider range of well-designed financial services, and on to the innovation that will help people deal with retirement through more efficient management of, and access to, their savings and investments.

 

LOGO

D J Flint, Group Chairman

4 August 2014

 

 

5


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Group Chief Executive’s

Business Review

 

 

LOGO

2014 marks the start of the next phase of the implementation of our strategy. Against the backdrop of continuing regulatory change highlighted in the Group Chairman’s statement, in the first six months of the year we continued to implement our three equal priorities to grow the business and dividends, implement our Global Standards programme, and streamline our processes and procedures.

Reported profit before tax was US$12.3bn, US$1.7bn lower than the equivalent period in 2013, as last year’s first half benefited from higher gains from disposals and reclassifications, principally with respect to Hang Seng Bank’s investment in Industrial Bank.

Underlying profit before tax was US$12.6bn, US$0.5bn lower than the prior year, and was affected by a number of significant items. Excluding these, profit before tax was US$0.4bn higher. Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity was 10.7%.

Commercial Banking revenue continued to grow, with a good performance in Asia.

Global Banking and Markets, with its differentiated business model, was affected by low market volatility and client activity in our Markets business; however, we increased our market share in debt and equity capital markets, mergers and acquisitions, and lending.

Retail Banking and Wealth Management underlying revenue, excluding significant items, was lower primarily reflecting the run-off of our US Consumer Mortgage Lending portfolio. In our Principal business, also excluding significant items, underlying revenue was broadly unchanged.

Loan impairment charges fell and we continued to closely manage our costs while investing further in our Risk and Compliance functions and Global Standards, in line with our strategy.

Our capital position remained strong and our CRD IV end point basis common equity tier 1 ratio improved to 11.3% compared with the year-end position of 10.9%.

A universal bank with an unrivalled global network

The course that we first charted for the Group in 2011 to capitalise on the growth of global trade and capital flows, and economic development in developing markets remains firmly in place. These trends play naturally to the strengths of HSBC’s global network and to the benefits of our universal banking model.

Between 2011 and 2013, we re-modelled the Group to meet the requirements of our strategy. This meant selling or exiting non-strategic businesses and running down our legacy portfolios, as well as changing aspects of the way we do business. Whilst we have foregone a substantial amount of revenue through this process, it has created a more coherent, logical and stronger bank with a solid platform for growth.

HSBC today is a universal bank with a presence in 74 markets, including all of the top 15 countries by GDP. Our universal banking model gives us two major advantages in our pursuit of a greater share of the market.

First, it enables us to offer an integrated service between our global businesses and geographies.

Secondly, it increases our resilience as a Group and our ability to react to local circumstances and policy developments, whilst adhering to global standards.

By emphasising the connectedness of our global businesses and our international network, and applying the benefits of our scale on a local basis, we are able to provide a service that is responsive and tailored to the needs of our clients.

The strength of this model is reflected in the naming of HSBC as the Best Emerging Markets Bank and the Best Bank in Asia at the Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2014.

Capitalising on our network

Our ongoing task is to apply these strengths to replace the revenue foregone as a result of the sale or closure of non-strategic businesses, the reduction of

 

 

6


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

risk in our ongoing business, the run-off of our legacy portfolios, and the adverse effect of the low interest rate environment since the financial crisis.

A large portion of this revenue has already been replaced organically, and over the next three years we will continue to invest in the higher growth areas of our business, centred on our unique international network.

This network is HSBC’s biggest competitive strength. Developed over nearly 150 years, it is highly distinctive, difficult to replicate and ideally positioned for the world’s top trade corridors.

A significant proportion of revenue in our global businesses arises from strategic product areas that benefit from our international network and collaboration between our global businesses.

These product areas – Global Trade and Receivables Finance; Payments and Cash Management; Foreign Exchange; and renminbi services – are our investment priorities for the next three years. They embody HSBC’s strengths in that they cut across global businesses and rely on superior connectivity to capture market share and deliver growth and scale.

Global Trade and Receivables Finance is an area of natural strength for HSBC in which we have continued to increase our market share. In the first half of 2014, we maximised the benefits of our network to win a number of high profile deals and began to reorganise our operating platforms for Receivables Finance on a regional basis. This allows us to provide a faster, more efficient service, benefiting our clients as well as our business.

Payments and Cash Management is a strong and stable provider of profit growth for the Group. Between 2011 and 2013 we grew our market share in PCM from 8% to 10.9%. In the first half of 2014, we increased new customer mandates by 19% compared with the same period in 2013, and delivered improved client coverage, including in the United States and mainland China. Expanding our reach should enable us to improve our market position further in future periods.

In Foreign Exchange, we are investing to prepare our business for the future by upgrading our platforms. With the opportunities afforded by our network, this establishes a base that should enable us to increase our share of the foreign exchange market beyond the gains made in the first three years of our strategy. Our market share has increased to 7.1% and we are optimistic about future growth.

HSBC has a major position in renminbi services which reflects our significant presence in the major renminbi hubs of Hong Kong, London, Shanghai and Singapore. We consolidated that position in the first half of 2014. HSBC ranked first across all eight categories in Asiamoney’s Offshore RMB Poll 2014 and was voted the Best Overall Offshore RMB Products/Services provider for the third successive year.

Our investment in these products is supported by investment in countries that bridge trade and capital flows – such as Germany, the United States and mainland China – and large city clusters which contain deep international revenue pools.

We believe this investment will lead to growth in profits and increased dividends for our shareholders. We are pursuing these alongside our equal priorities to implement our Global Standards programme and streamline our processes and procedures.

Business outlook

We remain broadly positive about the economic outlook for the majority of our home and priority markets. The UK in particular should maintain a firm recovery. We have slightly increased our forecasts for mainland China GDP growth in 2014 to 7.5% and expect Hong Kong to benefit from export growth in the second half of the year. Growth in Latin America remains muted. Our Middle East business continues to perform well, albeit overshadowed by regional uncertainties.

There are indications that interest rates could start to rise as early as the fourth quarter of 2014 in the UK and the first half of 2015 in the US, which given the size of our commercial surplus has positive implications for our revenues.

Whilst regulatory uncertainty persists, our balance sheet remains strong. Our ability to generate capital continues to support our progressive dividend policy. We remain well placed to meet expected future capital requirements, to continue to deliver an attractive total shareholder return and to establish HSBC as the world’s leading international bank.

 

LOGO

S T Gulliver, Group Chief Executive

4 August 2014

 

 

7


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Value creation and long-term sustainability

 

Through our principal activities – making payments, holding savings, providing finance and managing risks – we play a central role in society and in the economic system. Our target is to build and maintain a business which is sustainable in the long term.

How we create value

Banks play a crucial role in the economic and social system, creating value for many parties in different ways. We provide a facility for customers to securely and conveniently deposit their savings. We allow funds to flow from savers and investors to borrowers, either directly or through the capital markets. The borrowers then use these loans or other forms of credit to buy goods or invest in businesses. By these means, we help the economy to convert savings which may be individually short-term into financing which is, in aggregate, longer term. We bring together investors and people looking for investment funding and we develop new financial products. We also facilitate personal and commercial transactions by acting as payment agent both within countries and internationally. Through these activities, we take on risks which we then manage and reflect in our prices.

Our direct lending includes residential and commercial mortgages and overdrafts, and term loan facilities. We finance importers and exporters engaged in international trade and provide advances to companies secured on amounts owed to them by their customers.

We also offer additional financial products and services including broking, asset management, financial advisory services, life insurance, corporate finance, securities services and alternative investments. We make markets in financial assets so that investors have confidence in efficient pricing and the availability of buyers and sellers. We provide these products for clients ranging from governments to large and mid-market corporates, small and medium-sized enterprises, high net worth individuals and retail customers. We help customers raise financing from external investors in debt and equity capital markets. We create liquidity and price transparency in these securities allowing investors to buy and sell them on the secondary market. We exchange national currencies, helping international trade.

Value creation

 

LOGO

Our main products and services are described in more detail on page 79 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

 

Our operating income is primarily derived from:

 

 

net interest income – interest income we earn on customer loans and advances and on our surplus funds, less interest expense we pay on interest-bearing customer accounts and debt securities in issue;

 

 

net fee income – fee income we earn from the provision of financial services and products to customers less fees we pay; and

 

 

net trading income – income from client driven trading activities primarily conducted in Markets, including Foreign Exchange, Credit, Rates and Equities trading.

 

We offer products that help a wide range of customers to manage their risks and exposures through, for example, life insurance and pension products for retail customers and receivables finance or documentary trade instruments for companies. Corporate customers also ask us to help with managing the financial risks arising in their businesses by employing our expertise and market access.

An important way of managing risks arising from changes in asset and liability values and movements in rates is provided by derivative

 

 

8


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

products such as forwards, futures, swaps and options. In this connection, we are an active market-maker and derivative counterparty. Customers use derivatives to manage their risks, for example, by:

 

 

using forward foreign currency contracts to hedge their income from export sales or costs of imported materials;

 

 

using an inflation swap to hedge future inflation-linked liabilities, for example, for pension payments;

 

 

transforming variable payments of debt interest into fixed rate payments, or vice versa; or

 

 

providing investors with hedges against movements in markets or particular stocks.

We charge customers a margin, representing the difference between the price charged to the customer and the theoretical cost of executing an offsetting hedge in the market. We retain that margin, which represents a profit to the Group, at maturity of the transaction if the risk management of the position has been effective.

We then use derivatives along with other financial instruments to constrain the risks arising from customer business within risk limits. Normally, we will have customers both buying and selling relevant instruments so our focus is then on managing any residual risks through transactions with other dealers or professional counterparties. Where we do not fully hedge the residual risks we may gain or lose money as market movements affect the net value of the portfolio.

Stress tests and other risk management techniques are also used to ensure that potential losses remain within our risk appetite under a wide range of potential market scenarios.

In addition, we manage risks within HSBC, including those which arise from the business we do with customers.

Long-term sustainability

At HSBC, we understand that the success of our business is closely connected to the economic, environmental and social landscape in which we operate. For us, long-term corporate sustainability means achieving a sustainable return on equity and profit growth so that we can continue to reward shareholders and employees, build long-lasting relationships with customers and suppliers, pay taxes and duties in the countries in which we operate, and invest in communities for future growth. The way we do business is as important as what we do: our

responsibilities to our customers, employees and shareholders as well as to the countries and communities in which we operate go far beyond simply being profitable.

Continuing financial success depends, in part, on our ability to identify and address environmental, social and ethical developments which present risks or opportunities for the business. It also depends on the consistent implementation of the highest standards everywhere we operate to detect, deter and protect against financial crime. Our response to these factors shapes our reputation, drives employee engagement and affects the riskiness of the business, and can help reduce costs and secure new revenue streams.

Our international network and the long-established position of many of our businesses in HSBC’s home and priority growth markets, when combined with our wide-ranging portfolio of products and services, differentiate HSBC from our competitors and give our business and operating models an inherent resilience. This has enabled the Group to remain profitable and grow through the most turbulent of times for our industry, and we are confident that the models will continue to stand us in  good stead in the future and will underpin the achievement of our strategic priorities.

Our strategy

 

Our strategy is designed to ensure we have a sustainable business for the long term.

Long-term trends

Our strategy is aligned to two long-term trends.

 

 

The world economy is becoming ever more connected, with growth in world trade and cross-border capital flows continuing to outstrip growth in average gross domestic product. Over the next decade we expect 35 markets to generate 90% of world trade growth with a similar degree of concentration in cross-border capital flows.

 

 

Of the world’s top 30 economies, we expect those of Asia, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa to have increased by around fourfold in size by 2050, benefiting from demographics and urbanisation. By this time they will be larger than those of Europe and North America combined. By 2050, we expect 18 of the 30 largest economies will be from Asia, Latin America or the Middle East and Africa.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Competitive advantages

What matters in this environment are:

 

 

having an international network and global product capabilities to capture international trade and movements in capital; and

 

 

being able to take advantage of organic investment opportunities in the most attractive growth markets and maintaining the capacity to invest.

HSBC’s competitive advantages come from:

 

 

our meaningful presence in and long-term commitment to our key strategic markets;

 

 

our strong ability to add to our capital base while also providing competitive rewards to our staff and good returns to our shareholders;

 

 

our stable funding base, with about US$1.4 trillion of customer accounts of which 74% has been advanced to customers;

 

 

our business network, which covers over 90% of global trade and capital flows; and

 

 

our local balance sheet strength and trading capabilities in the most relevant financial hubs.

A two-part strategy

Based on these long-term trends and our competitive advantages, we have developed a two-part strategy:

 

 

A network of businesses connecting the world. HSBC’s network spans the largest and fastest-growing international trade corridors, putting us in a strong position to capture international trade and capital flows. The range of services available through our Commercial Banking and Global Banking and Markets businesses can help clients grow from small enterprises into large multinationals.

 

 

Wealth management and retail with local scale. We will capture opportunities arising from social mobility and wealth creation in our priority growth markets through our Premier proposition and Global Private Banking business. We will invest in full-scale retail banking only in markets where we can achieve profitable scale, namely our home markets of the UK and Hong Kong.

Our strategic priorities

Our strategic priorities are designed to ensure we have a sustainable business for the long term.

Grow the business and dividends

Profit underpins long-term business sustainability and growing our profit is an integral part of our strategy. The conditions for creating value and generating profits are reflected in our business and operating models, which determine how our global businesses, geographical regions and functions interact. We continue to invest in products and geographies that help us capitalise on our position as a leading international bank. Delivering organic growth will support a progressive dividend.

Implement Global Standards

As a global bank we need Global Standards – consistent operating principles that are fundamental to the way we do business and which help us to detect, deter and protect against financial crime. Implementing Global Standards affects how we govern the Group, the nature of our core business and the performance, recognition and behaviours of all our people in managing high quality customer relationships. It starts with embedding our HSBC Values in everything we do. Over the long term, implementing Global Standards will create a competitive advantage and enhance the quality of our earnings.

Streamline processes and procedures

Society’s expectations of the financial services industry are evolving and becoming more demanding. At the same time, digital technologies are making it easier for new entrants to join the industry and markets are becoming increasingly competitive. In this environment, it is essential that we focus relentlessly on improving efficiency, ensuring that all parts of the Group streamline their processes and procedures and, as a consequence, reduce their costs. At the same time we recognise and respect our wider obligations to the community, including human rights, and the environment. Streamlining processes and procedures will support our investment in growth and Global Standards.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Business and operating models

 

Our businesses are organised to serve a cohesive portfolio of markets, as tabulated below. Our comprehensive range of banking and related financial services is provided by operating subsidiaries and associates. Services are primarily delivered by domestic banks, typically with local deposit bases.

Business model

Our business model is based on an international network connecting faster-growing and developed markets.

The UK and Hong Kong are our home markets, and a further 19 countries form our priority growth markets (see table below). These 21 markets accounted for over 90% of our profit before tax in the first half of 2014, and are the primary focus of

capital deployment. Network markets are markets with strong international relevance which serve to complement our international spread, operating mainly through Commercial Banking and Global Banking and Markets. Our combination of home, priority growth and network markets covers around 85-90% of all international trade and financial flows.

The final category, small markets, includes those where our operations are of sufficient scale to operate profitably, or markets where we maintain representative offices.

Our legal entities are regulated by their local regulators and on a Group-wide basis we are regulated from the UK by the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) for prudential matters (safety and soundness) and by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) for conduct (consumer and market protection).

 

 

HSBC’s market structure

 

LOGO

 

11


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Operating model

Our operating model is based on a matrix management structure comprising global businesses, geographical regions and global functions. The matrix is overlaid on a legal entity structure headed by HSBC Holdings plc.

Holding company

HSBC Holdings, the holding company of the Group, is the primary source of equity capital for its subsidiaries and provides non-equity capital to them when necessary.

Under authority delegated by the Board of HSBC Holdings, the Group Management Board (‘GMB’) is responsible for the management and day-

to-day running of the Group, within the risk appetite set by the Board. GMB works to ensure that there are sufficient cash resources to pay dividends to shareholders, interest to bondholders, expenses and taxes.

HSBC Holdings does not provide core funding to any banking subsidiary, nor is a lender of last resort, and does not carry out any banking business in its own right. Subsidiaries operate as separately capitalised entities implementing the Group strategy.

Matrix management structure

The following table lists our four global businesses, five geographical regions and 11 global functions, and summarises their responsibilities under HSBC’s matrix structure.

 

 

Matrix management structure

 

LOGO

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

12


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Global businesses

Our four global businesses are Retail Banking and Wealth Management (‘RBWM’), Commercial Banking (‘CMB’), Global Banking and Markets (‘GB&M’) and Global Private Banking (‘GPB’). They are responsible for developing, implementing and managing their business propositions consistently across the Group, focusing on profitability and efficiency. They set their strategies

within the parameters of the Group strategy in liaison with the geographical regions, are responsible for issuing planning guidance regarding their businesses, are accountable for their profit and loss performance, and manage their headcount.

The main business activities of our global business are summarised below, and their products and services on page 79 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

 

Main business activities by global business and reported revenue13

 

LOGO

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

Investment criteria

Our investment criteria are governed by six filters. The first two filters – international connectivity and economic development – determine whether the business is strategically relevant. The next three filters – profitability, efficiency and liquidity – determine whether the financial position of the business is attractive. The sixth filter – the risk of financial crime – governs our activities in high risk jurisdictions, and is applied to protect us by restricting the scope of our business where appropriate.

Decisions over where to invest additional resources have three components:

 

 

Strategic – we will only invest in businesses aligned to our strategy, mostly in our 21 home and priority growth markets and in target businesses and clients;

 

 

Financial – the investment must be value accretive for the Group, and must meet minimum returns, revenue and cost hurdles; and

 

Risk – the investment must be consistent with our risk appetite.

Using the six filters in decision-making

 

LOGO

 

 

13


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Global Standards

 

We have developed Global Standards shaped by the highest or most effective standards of financial crime compliance available in any jurisdiction where HSBC operates and are now in the process of deploying these globally on a consistent basis.

By definition, the impact of Global Standards is organisation-wide, and the principal means by which we drive consistently high standards is through universal application of our HSBC Values, strong systems of governance and the behaviours, performance and recognition of all our people in managing high quality customer relationships.

In line with our ambition to be recognised as the world’s leading international bank, we aspire to set the industry standard for knowing our customers and detecting, deterring and protecting against financial crime. As international markets become more interconnected and complex and as threats to the global financial system grow, we are strengthening further the policies and practices which govern how we do business and with whom.

We greatly value our reputation. Our success over the years is due in no small part to our reputation for trustworthiness and integrity. In areas where we have fallen short in recent years – in the application of our standards and in our ability to identify and so prevent misuse and abuse of the financial system through our networks – we have moved immediately to strengthen our governance processes and have committed to adopt and enforce the highest or most effective financial crime compliance standards across HSBC.

We continue to reinforce the status and significance of compliance and adherence to our Global Standards by building strong internal controls, developing world class capabilities through communication, training and assurance programmes to make sure employees understand and can meet their responsibilities, and redesigning core elements of how we assess and reward senior executives.

We see the implementation of Global Standards as a source of competitive advantage. Global Standards allow us to:

 

 

strengthen our response to the ongoing threat of financial crime;

 

 

make consistent – and therefore simplify – the ways by which we monitor and enforce high standards at HSBC;

 

 

strengthen policies and processes that govern how we do business and with whom; and

 

ensure that we consistently apply our HSBC Values.

We expect our Global Standards to underpin our business practices now and in the future. Initially, we are concentrating on transforming how we detect, deter and protect against financial crime. We are implementing a more consistent, comprehensive approach to assessing financial crime risk in order to help protect our customers, our employees and the financial system as a whole.

Governance framework

Following Board approval of HSBC’s global anti-money laundering (‘AML’) and sanctions policies in January 2014, the programme to implement Global Standards is transitioning from the design phase into deployment.

The global businesses and Financial Crime Compliance organisation, supported by HSBC Technology and Services, are formally accountable for delivering business procedures, controls and the associated operating environment to implement our new policies within each global business and jurisdiction.

To ensure that programme governance reflects this shift in accountability, we have revised the composition of the Global Standards Execution Committee to include the Chief Executive Officers of each global business, under the chairmanship of the Group Chief Risk Officer.

Correspondingly, and to promote closer integration with business as usual, a report on the implementation of Global Standards has now become a standing item at the Group’s Risk Management Meeting. This replaces the Global Standards Steering Meeting (formerly a meeting of the GMB). The Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee and the Board continue to receive regular reports on the Global Standards programme.

The process of embedding Global Standards and the supporting controls and capabilities that allow the business to identify and mitigate financial crime risk has begun. The implementation programme is focused on the following four areas, as described on page 24 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013:

 

 

data readiness;

 

 

customer due diligence;

 

 

financial crime compliance; and

 

 

financial intelligence.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Risk appetite

Over the longer term, the sustainable operation of financial crime risk controls as part of our everyday business is governed according to our global Financial Crime Risk Appetite Statement. The overarching approach and appetite to financial crime risk is that we will not tolerate operating without the appropriate systems and controls in place to prevent and detect financial crime and will not conduct business with individuals or entities we believe are engaged in illicit behaviour.

Enterprise-wide risk assessment

We have established an annual process for conducting enterprise-wide assessments of our risks and controls related to sanctions and AML compliance. The outcome of these assessments forms the basis for risk management planning, prioritisation and resource allocation.

The Monitor

Under the agreements entered into with the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’), the FCA (formerly the FSA) and the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) in 2012, including the five-year Deferred Prosecution Agreement (‘US DPA’), it was agreed that an independent compliance monitor (‘the Monitor’) would be appointed to evaluate our progress in fully implementing our obligations and produce regular assessments of the effectiveness of our Compliance function.

Michael Cherkasky began his work as the Monitor in July 2013, charged with evaluating and reporting upon the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls, policies and procedures as they relate to ongoing compliance with applicable AML, sanctions, terrorist financing and proliferation financing obligations, over a five-year period.

The Monitor’s work is proceeding as expected, consistent with the timelines and requirements set forth in the relevant agreements. HSBC is taking concerted action to remediate AML and sanctions compliance deficiencies and to implement Global Standards. We recognise we are only at the start of a long journey, being just over a year into our US DPA. We look forward to maintaining a strong, collaborative relationship with the Monitor and his team.

HSBC Values

Embedding HSBC Values in every decision and every interaction with customers and with each other

is a top priority for the Group and is shaping the way we do business.

The role of HSBC values in daily operating practice is fundamental to our culture, and is particularly important in the light of developments in regulatory policy, investor confidence and society’s expectations of banks.

We require high standards of behaviour from all our employees. HSBC’s Values of being dependable, open and connected form part of the performance assessment of every employee, including our most senior managers.

HSBC Values

 

 

Be dependable and do the right thing

 

 

stand firm for what is right, deliver on commitments, be resilient and trustworthy; and

 

 

take personal accountability, be decisive, use judgement and common sense, empower others.

Be open to different ideas and cultures

 

 

communicate openly, honestly and transparently, value challenge, learn from mistakes; and

 

 

listen, treat people fairly, be inclusive, value different perspectives.

Be connected with our customers, communities, regulators and each other

 

 

build connections, be externally focused, collaborate across boundaries; and

 

 

care about individuals and their progress, show respect, be supportive and responsive.

 

We continued to educate employees at all levels about our values, through induction and other learning programmes covering Group strategy, leadership and professional skills. Also, a number of employees have left the Group for breaching our values.

To achieve a values-led high performance culture, our leaders are being coached to listen, be open to other people’s views and engage in honest and meaningful conversations. In 2014, we expect participation in our Values-led High Performance Workshop to extend to 20,000 employees.

We have continued to strengthen the alignment of employee compensation to our values and expected behaviours through the development of a malus and clawback policy and enhanced communication to employees and guidance to line management outlining how behaviours will affect remuneration. We are also developing a framework to more consistently apply consequence management across the Group for behaviours and outcomes that are not aligned with our values, business principles and regulation.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Risk

 

As a provider of banking and financial services, risk is at the core of our day-to-day activities.

All our activities involve, to varying degrees, the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risk or combinations of risks which we assess on a Group-wide basis.

Our risk culture is fundamental to the delivery of the Group’s strategic priorities. It may be characterised as conservative, control-based and collegiate. It is reinforced by our HSBC Values and our Global Standards, and forms the basis on which our risk appetite is established. Our risk

management framework is employed at all levels of the organisation, and is instrumental in aligning the behaviour of individuals with the Group’s attitude to assuming and managing risk and ensuring that our risk profile is aligned to our risk appetite. The main elements that underpin our risk culture are described on page 39 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

The chart below provides a high level guide to how HSBC’s business activities are reflected in our risk measures and in our balance sheet. The third-party assets and liabilities shown therein indicate the contribution of each global business to the Group’s balance sheet. The regulatory RWAs illustrate the relative size of the risks each of them incur.

 

 

Exposure to risks arising from the business activities of global businesses

 

LOGO

For footnote, see page 96.

 

Risk factors

Our businesses are exposed to a broad range of risks that could potentially affect the results of our operations or financial condition. These risk

factors are summarised on page 135 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. They inform the ongoing assessment of our top and emerging risks, which may result in our risk appetite being revised.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Top and emerging risks

Identifying and monitoring top and emerging risks are integral to our approach to risk management. We define a ‘top risk’ as being a current, emerged risk which has arisen across any of our risk categories, global businesses or regions and has the potential to have a material impact on our financial results or our reputation and the sustainability of our long-term business model, and which may form and crystallise within a one-year horizon. We consider an ‘emerging risk’ to be one with potentially significant but uncertain outcomes which may form and crystallise beyond a one-year horizon, in the event of which it could have a material effect on our ability to achieve our long-term strategy.

Our top and emerging risk framework enables us to identify and manage current and forward-looking risks to ensure our risk appetite remains appropriate.

Top and emerging risks fall under the following three categories:

 

 

macroeconomic and geopolitical risk;

 

 

macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model; and

 

 

risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems.

During the first half of 2014, senior management paid particular attention to a range of top and emerging risks. Our current ones are summarised below.

Top and emerging risks – LOGO / LOGO

 

 

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk

 

LOGO   Emerging markets slowdown
LOGO   Increased geopolitical risk

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

 

LOGO    Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability
LOGO    Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions, commitments and consent orders and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand
LOGO    Dispute risk

 

 

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

 

LOGO   Heightened execution risk
LOGO   People risk
LOGO   Stress test impact risk
LOGO   Social media risk
LOGO   Internet crime and fraud
LOGO   Information security risk
LOGO   Data management
LOGO   Model risk

 

We made a number of changes to our top and emerging risks in the first half of 2014 to reflect our revised assessment of their effect on HSBC. Stress test impact risk was identified as a top risk because of the increase in volume and granularity of regulatory stress test exercises and because public disclosure of the results of the exercises could have unexpected consequences for business and our reputation. HSBC is subject to a number of major regulatory stress tests during 2014, as described on page 105. Social media risk was also assessed as a top risk due to the speed at which speculation about an institution or customer complaints, either specific to an institution or more generally in relation to a particular product, can spread through the use of social media channels. Whilst people risk is inherent within a number of the Top and Emerging Risks, it has now been disclosed as a standalone risk, as the risks in this area continue to heighten.

When the top and emerging risks were assessed as having the potential to result in our risk appetite being exceeded, we took steps to mitigate them, including reducing our exposure to areas of stress. Significant senior management attention was given to tracking and monitoring our compliance with the requirements of the US DPA and improving our policies, processes and controls to minimise the risk of a breach.

A detailed account of these risks is provided on page 100. Further comments on risks and uncertainties are made throughout the Annual Report and Accounts 2013, particularly in the section on Risk, pages 134 to 297.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Overview (continued)

  

 

Risk appetite

The Group’s Risk Appetite Statement (‘RAS’) describes the types and quantum of risks that we are willing to accept in achieving our medium and long-term strategic objectives. It is approved by the Board on the advice of the Group Risk Committee.

The RAS is a key component of our risk management framework, guides the annual planning process by defining the desired forward-looking risk profile of the Group in achieving our strategic objectives, and plays an important role in our six filters process. Our risk appetite may be revised in response to our assessment of the top and emerging risks we have identified.

Global businesses and geographical regions are required to align their risk appetite statements to the Group’s RAS.

Quantitative and qualitative metrics are measured and monitored in ten key categories: returns, capital, liquidity and funding, securitisations, cost of risk, intra-Group lending, strategic investments, risk categories like credit, market and operational risk, risk diversification and concentration, and financial crime compliance. Measurement against the metrics:

 

 

guides underlying business activity, ensuring it is aligned to risk appetite statements;

 

 

informs risk-adjusted remuneration;

 

 

enables the key underlying assumptions to be monitored and, where necessary, adjusted through subsequent business planning cycles; and

 

 

allows the business decisions needed to mitigate risk to be promptly identified.

Some of the core metrics that are measured, monitored and presented monthly to the Risk Management Meeting of the GMB are tabulated below:

Risk appetite metrics

 

     2014 target21     

At

30 June

2014

 

Common equity tier 1 ratio5

     >10%         11.3%   

Return on equity

    

 

 

Trending upwards

to 12% to 15%

by 2016

  

  

  

     10.7%   

Return on RWAs5

     2.2% to 2.6%         2.1%   

Cost efficiency ratio

     Mid-50s         58.6%   

Advances to customer accounts ratio3

     Below 90%         74.0%   

Cost of risk (LICs)

    

 

Below 15% of

operating income

  

  

     5.3%   

For footnotes, see page 96.

With effect from 2014 our common equity tier 1 ratio target was changed from 9.5-10.5% to >10% and our return on RWA target from 2.1-2.7%, to 2.2-2.6%, both calculated on an estimated CRD IV end point basis. The changes were made to reflect our anticipated regulatory capital requirements under CRD IV (see page 185). Similarly, the timeframe around achieving our return on equity target was extended to the medium term while capital rules are finalised. Our cost efficiency ratio target was changed from 48-52% to the mid-50s as our focus moves from organisational efficiency to streamlining processes and procedures while investing for growth.

In addition to the revisions noted above, we strengthened the Group’s RAS in 2014 by incorporating into it measures related to the core financial crime compliance principles on deterrence, detection and protection.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report

  

 

Financial summary

 

Use of non-GAAP financial measures

   19

Constant currency

   19

Underlying performance

   22

Consolidated income statement

   25

Group performance by income and expense item

   28

Net interest income

   28

Net fee income

   29

Net trading income

   30

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

   31

Gains less losses from financial investments

   32

Net earned insurance premiums

   32

Other operating income

   33

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

   34

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

   34

Operating expenses

   35

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

   36

Tax expense

   37

Consolidated balance sheet

   38

Movement from 31 December 2013 to 30 June 2014

   39

Reconciliation of RoRWA measures

   43

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges

   44a

Use of non-GAAP financial measures

 

Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as detailed in the Financial Statements starting on page 206. In measuring our performance, the financial measures that we use include those which have been derived from our reported results in order to eliminate factors which distort period-on-period comparisons. These are considered non-GAAP financial measures. Non-GAAP financial measures that we use throughout our Financial Review are described below. Other non-GAAP financial measures are described and reconciled to the closest reported financial measure when used.

Constant currency

Constant currency adjusts the period-on-period effects of foreign currency translation differences on performance by comparing reported results for the half-year to 30 June 2014 with reported results for the half-years to 30 June 2013 and 31 December 2013 retranslated at average exchange rates for the half-year to 30 June 2014. Except where stated otherwise, commentaries are on a constant currency basis, as reconciled in the table overleaf.

The foreign currency translation differences reflect the period-on-period movements of the US dollar against most major currencies.

We exclude the translation differences because we consider the like-for-like basis of constant currency financial measures more appropriately reflects changes due to operating performance.

 

 

Constant currency

Constant currency comparatives for the half-years to 30 June 2013 and 31 December 2013 referred to in the commentaries below are computed by retranslating into US dollars for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:

 

 

the income statements for the half-years to 30 June 2013 and 31 December 2013 at the average rates of exchange for the half-year to 30 June 2014; and

 

 

the balance sheets at 30 June 2013 and 31 December 2013 at the prevailing rates of exchange at 30 June 2014.

No adjustment has been made to the exchange rates used to translate assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency into the functional currencies of any HSBC branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates.

When reference is made to ‘constant currency’ in tables or commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the appropriate exchange rates applied in the current period on the basis described above.

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit before tax

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

HSBC

                                

Net interest income

     17,819            (235         17,584            17,405            (2         (1

Net fee income

     8,404            (44         8,360            8,177            (3         (2

Net trading income

     6,362            142            6,504            3,275            (49         (50

Own credit spread24

     (19         4            (15         (215            

Other income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1,178         (78         (1,256         1,875               

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1,197         (74         (1,271         1,660               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1,856            16            1,872            946            (49         (49

Net earned insurance premiums

     6,226            (17         6,209            6,137            (1         (1

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     1,053            (30         1,023            626            (41         (39

Total operating income

     40,523            (242         40,281            38,226            (6         (5

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (6,151         (19         (6,170         (7,059         (15         (14

Net operating income13

     34,372            (261         34,111            31,167            (9         (9

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (3,116         106            (3,010         (1,841         41            39   

Net operating income

     31,256            (155         31,101            29,326            (6         (6

Operating expenses

     (18,399         125            (18,274         (18,266         1              

Operating profit

     12,857            (30         12,827            11,060            (14         (14

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,214            22            1,236            1,280            5            4   

Profit before tax

     14,071            (8         14,063            12,340            (12         (12

By global business

                                

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     3,267            43            3,310            3,045            (7         (8

Commercial Banking

     4,133            16            4,149            4,771            15            15   

Global Banking and Markets

     5,723            (46         5,677            5,033            (12         (11

Global Private Banking

     108            11            119            364            237            206   

Other

     840            (32         808            (873            

Profit before tax

     14,071            (8         14,063            12,340            (12         (12

By geographical region

                                

Europe

     2,768            227            2,995            2,258            (18         (25

Asia11

     9,262            (98         9,164            7,894            (15         (14

Middle East and North Africa

     909            (3         906            989            9            9   

North America

     666            (33         633            825            24            30   

Latin America

     466            (101         365            374            (20         2   

Profit before tax

     14,071            (8         14,063            12,340            (12         (12

 

20


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

HSBC

                                

Net interest income

     17,720            66            17,786            17,405            (2         (2

Net fee income

     8,030            39            8,069            8,177            2            1   

Net trading income

     2,328            (87         2,241            3,275            41            46   

Own credit spread24

     (1,227         (13         (1,240         (215         82            83   

Other expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     3,192            109            3,301            1,875            (41         (43

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,965            96            2,061            1,660            (16         (19

Gains less losses from financial investments

     156                       156            946               

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,714            12            5,726            6,137            7            7   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     1,901            6            1,907            626            (67         (67

Total operating income

     37,814            132            37,946            38,226            1            1   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (7,541         (23         (7,564         (7,059         6            7   

Net operating income13

     30,273            109            30,382            31,167            3            3   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (2,733         (3         (2,736         (1,841         33            33   

Net operating income

     27,540            106            27,646            29,326            6            6   

Operating expenses

     (20,157         (146         (20,303         (18,266         9            10   

Operating profit

     7,383            (40         7,343            11,060            50            51   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,111                       1,111            1,280            15            15   

Profit before tax

     8,494            (40         8,454            12,340            45            46   

By global business

                                

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     3,382            20            3,402            3,045            (10         (10

Commercial Banking

     4,308            2            4,310            4,771            11            11   

Global Banking and Markets

     3,718            (45         3,673            5,033            35            37   

Global Private Banking

     85                       85            364               

Other

     (2,999         (17         (3,016         (873         71            71   

Profit before tax

     8,494            (40         8,454            12,340            45            46   

By geographical region

                                

Europe

     (943         61            (882         2,258               

Asia11

     6,591            (10         6,581            7,894            20            20   

Middle East and North Africa

     785            (3         782            989            26            26   

North America

     555            (24         531            825            49            55   

Latin America

     1,506            (64         1,442            374            (75         (74

Profit before tax

     8,494            (40         8,454            12,340            45            46   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

21


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Underlying performance

Underlying performance:

 

 

adjusts for the period-on-period effects of foreign currency translation;

 

 

eliminates the fair value movements on our long-term debt attributable to credit spread (‘own credit spread’) where the net result of such movements will be zero upon maturity of the debt (see footnote 24 on page 96); and

 

 

adjusts for acquisitions, disposals and changes of ownership levels of subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and businesses.

For acquisitions, disposals and changes of ownership levels of subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and businesses, we eliminate the gain or loss on disposal or dilution and any associated gain

or loss on reclassification or impairment recognised in the period incurred, and remove the operating profit or loss of the acquired, disposed of or diluted subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and businesses from all the periods presented so we can view results on a like-for-like basis. Disposal of investments other than those included in the above definition do not lead to underlying adjustments.

We use underlying performance to explain period-on-period changes when the effect of fair value movements on own debt, acquisitions, disposals or dilution is significant because we consider that this basis more appropriately reflects operating performance.

The following disposals and changes to ownership levels affected the underlying performance:

 

 

Disposal gains/(losses) affecting underlying performance

 

     Date     

Disposal

gain/(loss)

US$m

 

Reclassification gain in respect of our holding in Industrial Bank Co., Limited following the issue of additional share capital to third parties25

     Jan 2013         1,089   

HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited’s disposal of its shareholding in Bao Viet Holdings25

     Mar 2013         104   

Household Insurance Group holding company’s disposal of its insurance manufacturing business25

     Mar 2013         (99

HSBC Seguros, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBC’s disposal of its property and Casualty Insurance business in Mexico25

     Apr 2013         20   

HSBC Bank plc’s disposal of its shareholding in HSBC (Hellas) Mutual Funds Management SA26

     Apr 2013         (7

HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited disposal of its shareholding in Hana HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited25

     May 2013         28   

HSBC Bank plc’s disposal of HSBC Assurances IARD26

     May 2013         (4

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited’s disposal of HSBC Life (International) Limited’s Taiwan branch operations26

     June 2013         (36

HSBC Markets (USA) Inc.’s disposal of its subsidiary, Rutland Plastic Technologies26

     Aug 2013         17   

HSBC Insurance (Singapore) Pte Ltd’s disposal of its Employee Benefits Insurance business in Singapore26

     Aug 2013         (8

HSBC Investment Bank Holdings plc’s disposal of its investment in associate FIP Colorado26

     Aug 2013         (5

HSBC Investment Bank Holdings plc group’s disposal of its investment in subsidiary, Viking Sea Tech25

     Aug 2013         54   

HSBC Latin America Holdings UK Limited’s disposal of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A.26

     Oct 2013         1,107   

HSBC Latin America Holdings UK Limited’s disposal of HSBC Bank (Peru) S.A.26

     Nov 2013         (18

HSBC Latin America Holdings UK Limited’s disposal of HSBC Bank (Paraguay) S.A.26

     Nov 2013         (21

Reclassification loss in respect of our holding in Yantai Bank Co., Limited following an increase in its registered share capital25

     Dec 2013         (38

HSBC Latin America Holdings UK Limited’s disposal of HSBC Bank (Colombia) S.A.25

     Feb 2014         18   

Reclassification loss in respect of our holding in Vietnam Technological & Commercial Joint Stock Bank following the loss of significant influence25

     Jun 2014         (32

HSBC Bank Middle East Limited’s disposal of its banking business in Jordan25

     Jun 2014           

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

22


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The following table reconciles our reported revenue, loan impairment charges, operating expenses and profit before tax for the first half of 2014 and the two halves of 2013 to an underlying basis. Throughout this Interim Report, we reconcile other reported results to underlying results when

doing so results in a more useful discussion of operating performance. Equivalent tables are provided for each of our global businesses and geographical segments on pages which are available on www.hsbc.com.

 

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

          Change23     

30 June

2014

         

31 December

2013

          Change23  
     US$m           US$m           %      US$m           US$m           %  

Net interest income

                             

Reported

     17,405            17,819            (2      17,405            17,720            (2

Currency translation adjustment22

           (235                  66         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (27         (223            (27         (150      

Underlying

     17,378            17,361                    17,378            17,636            (1

Other operating income

                             

Reported

     538            946            (43      538            1,686            (68

Currency translation adjustment22

           (28                  6         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     14            (1,107            14            (1,132      

Underlying

     552            (189            552            560            (1

Revenue13

                             

Reported

     31,167            34,372            (9      31,167            30,273            3   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (265                  122         

Own credit spread23

     215            19               215            1,227         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (23         (1,406            (23         (1,332      

Underlying

     31,359            32,720            (4      31,359            30,290            4   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

                             

Reported

     (1,841         (3,116         41         (1,841         (2,733         33   

Currency translation adjustment22

           106                     (3      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     2            44               2            17         

Underlying

     (1,839         (2,966         38         (1,839         (2,719         32   

Total operating expenses

                             

Reported

     (18,266         (18,399         1         (18,266         (20,157         9   

Currency translation adjustment22

           125                     (146      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     26            315               26            146         

Underlying

     (18,240         (17,959         (2      (18,240         (20,157         10   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     58.2%            54.9%               58.2%            66.5%         

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                             

Reported

     1,280            1,214            5         1,280            1,111            15   

Currency translation adjustment22

           22                             

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (14                       102         

Underlying

     1,280            1,222            5         1,280            1,213            6   

Profit before tax

                             

Reported

     12,340            14,071            (12      12,340            8,494            45   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (12                  (27      

Own credit spread3

     215            19               215            1,227         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     5            (1,061            5            (1,067      

Underlying

     12,560            13,017            (4      12,560            8,627            46   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

23


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Underlying profit before tax

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

          Change23     

30 June

2014

         

31 December

2013

          Change23  
     US$m           US$m           %      US$m           US$m           %  

By global business

                             

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     3,039            3,382            (10      3,039            3,104            (2

Commercial Banking

     4,758            4,098            16         4,758            3,831            24   

Global Banking and Markets

     5,024            5,662            (11      5,024            3,307            52   

Global Private Banking

     364            119            206         364            84         

Other

     (625         (244         (156      (625         (1,699         63   

Underlying profit before tax

     12,560            13,017            (4      12,560            8,627            46   

By geographical region

                             

Europe

     2,417            3,011            (20      2,417            109         

Asia11

     7,931            8,035            (1      7,931            6,727            18   

Middle East and North Africa

     984            891            10         984            768            28   

North America

     870            775            12         870            717            21   

Latin America

     358            305            17         358            306            17   

Underlying profit before tax

     12,560            13,017            (4      12,560            8,627            46   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

24


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying average risk–weighted assets

Group

 

     Half–year to  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

          Change23     

30 June

2014

         

31 December

2013

          Change23  
     US$bn           US$bn           %      US$bn           US$bn           %  

Average reported RWAs

     1,200            1,109            8         1,200            1,099            9   

Currency translation adjustment44

                2                          4         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (3         (27            (3         (10      

Average underlying RWAs

     1,197            1,084            10         1,197            1,093            10   
US CML and other                              
     Half–year to  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

          Change      30 June
2014
         

31 December

2013

          Change  
     US$bn           US$bn           %      US$bn           US$bn           %  

Average reported RWAs

     74            99            (25      74            83            (11

Average underlying RWAs

     74            99            (25      74            83            (11

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

24a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Consolidated income statement

 

Summary income statement

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

         

31 December

2013

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net interest income

     17,405            17,819            17,720   

Net fee income

     8,177            8,404            8,030   

Net trading income

     3,275            6,362            2,328   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,660            (1,197         1,965   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     946            1,856            156   

Dividend income

     88            107            215   

Net earned insurance premiums

     6,137            6,226            5,714   

Other operating income

     538            946            1,686   

Total operating income

     38,226            40,523            37,814   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (7,059         (6,151         (7,541

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     31,167            34,372            30,273   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,841         (3,116         (2,733

Net operating income

     29,326            31,256            27,540   

Total operating expenses

     (18,266         (18,399         (20,157

Operating profit

     11,060            12,857            7,383   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,280            1,214            1,111   

Profit before tax

     12,340            14,071            8,494   

Tax expense

     (2,022         (2,725         (2,040

Profit for the period

     10,318            11,346            6,454   

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     9,746            10,284            5,920   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

     572            1,062            534   

Average foreign exchange translation rates to US$:

              

US$1: £

     0.599            0.648            0.632   

US$1: €

     0.730            0.761            0.745   

 

Reported profit before tax of US$12.3bn in the first half of 2014 was US$1.7bn or 12% less than in the first half of 2013, primarily reflecting lower gains (net of losses) from disposals and reclassifications. Our results in the first half of 2013 included a US$1.1bn accounting gain arising from the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment following its issue of additional share capital to third parties. In addition, there were adverse fair value movements of US$0.2bn on own debt designated at fair value in the first half of 2014 compared with minimal movements in the first half of 2013.

On an underlying basis, profit before tax of US$12.6bn was 4% lower, primarily driven by reduced net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘revenue’) which was partly offset by lower loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (‘LIC’s).

The following commentary is on an underlying basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, except where stated otherwise. The difference between reported and underlying results is explained and reconciled on page 23.

Revenue of US$31.4bn was US$1.4bn or 4% lower, reflecting the reduced effect of significant items in the first half of 2014. Revenue in the first half of 2014 included:

 

 

a gain of US$428m on the sale of our shareholding in Bank of Shanghai;

 

 

an adverse debit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) of US$155m (compared with a favourable DVA of US$451m in the first half of 2013) on derivative contracts;

 

 

adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges (see footnote 28) of US$322m compared with favourable

 

 

25


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

movements of US$293m in the first half of 2013; and

 

 

a provision of US$367m arising from a review of compliance with the Consumer Credit Act in the UK.

In the first half of 2013, we reported the following items:

 

 

a net gain on completion of the Ping An disposal of US$553m; and

 

 

foreign exchange gains on sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings of US$442m; partly offset by

 

 

a loss of US$279m recognised following the write-off of allocated goodwill relating to our GPB business in Monaco;

 

 

a loss of US$271m on sale of the non-real estate accounts in the US run-off portfolio in RBWM;

 

 

a loss of US$199m on early termination of cash flow hedges in the US run-off portfolio in RBWM; and

 

 

a loss on the sale of an HFC Bank UK secured loan portfolio in RBWM of US$138m.

Excluding these items, revenue was US$0.1bn lower:

 

 

in RBWM, revenue fell by US$0.4bn, reflecting reduced net interest income following the sale of real estate and non-real estate portfolios and lower average balances in the US run-off portfolio. In our Principal RBWM business (see footnote 55 on page 97), revenue was broadly unchanged, with a reduction in personal lending revenue mostly offset by higher income from current accounts, savings and deposits;

 

 

in GB&M, revenue was down by US$0.3bn or 3%, mainly driven by Markets (down by US$0.3bn or 7%), reflecting decreased revenue in our Foreign Exchange business from lower market volatility and reduced client flows. In addition, in line with expectations, Balance Sheet Management revenue decreased reflecting lower gains on disposals of available-for-sale debt securities. By contrast, our Equities business grew and revenue was higher in Principal Investments and Credit, notably legacy credit, driven by price appreciation across certain classes in the asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s) market; and

 

 

in GPB, revenue was US$0.2bn lower, reflecting lower market volatility and a

   

managed reduction in client assets as we continued to reposition the business.

These factors were partly offset by:

 

 

CMB, where revenue rose by US$0.4bn. This was due to higher net interest income driven by average lending and deposit growth in Asia and rising average deposit balances and wider lending spreads in the UK. In addition, revenue grew from higher net fee income driven by an increase in term lending fees in the UK.

LICs of US$1.8bn were US$1.1bn less than in the first half of 2013, primarily from reductions in Europe, North America and Latin America:

 

 

in Europe, LICs decreased by US$0.6bn, mainly driven by lower individually and collectively assessed impairments in CMB in the UK, reflecting the improved quality of the portfolio and the economic environment, together with higher net releases of credit risk provisions on available-for-sale ABSs in GB&M;

 

 

in North America, LICs decreased by US$0.3bn, reflecting reduced levels of delinquency and new impaired loans in the Consumer and Mortgage Lending (‘CML’) portfolio and lower lending balances from the continued run-off and loan sales, partly offset by lower favourable market value adjustments of the underlying properties as improvements in housing market conditions were less pronounced in the first half of 2014; and

 

 

in Latin America, LICs decreased by US$0.3bn, primarily in Brazil. This was driven by changes to the impairment model and revisions to the assumptions for restructured loan account portfolios made in 2013 in both RBWM and CMB. It was partly offset by refinements to the impairment model for non-restructured loan portfolios, primarily in RBWM, in the first half of 2014. In Mexico, LICs improved due to reduced specific provisions for CMB, in particular relating to homebuilders.

Operating expenses of US$18.2bn were 2% higher and included a number of significant items as follows.

The first half of 2014 included:

 

 

lower UK customer redress programme charges of US$234m compared with US$412m in the first half of 2013. Charges for the period included estimated redress for possible mis-selling in previous years in respect of Payment Protection Insurance (‘PPI’); and

 

 

26


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

lower restructuring and other related costs of US$82m compared with US$238m in the first half of 2013.

In addition, the following significant items were recorded in the first half of 2013:

 

 

Madoff-related litigation costs in GB&M of US$298m;

 

 

regulatory investigation provisions in GPB of US$119m;

 

 

a customer remediation provision connected to our former Card and Retail Services (‘CRS’) business of US$100m; partly offset by

 

 

an accounting gain of US$430m relating to changes in delivering ill-health benefits to certain employees in the UK.

Excluding significant items, operating expenses were US$756m or 4% higher, primarily reflecting increased investment in the Risk function (including

Compliance) and Global Standards and inflation, partly offset by cost saving initiatives.

Income from associates was 5% higher, driven by increased contributions from Bank of Communications (‘BoCom’) and The Saudi British Bank.

The effective tax rate for the first half of 2014 was 16.4% compared with 19.4% for the first half of 2013 as the former benefited from a current tax credit for prior years and a non-taxable gain on the disposal of Bank of Shanghai. The effective tax rate in the first half of 2013 was higher because the tax exempt gains associated with the reclassification of our shareholding in Industrial Bank as a financial investment and the disposal of our investment in Ping An were partly offset by a write-down of deferred tax assets recognised in Mexico following clarification of the tax law by the Mexican fiscal authority.

 

 

Significant revenue items

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June           30 June           31 Dec  
     2014           2013           2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Debit valuation adjustment on derivative contracts

     (155         451            (346

Fair value movement on non-qualifying hedges28

     (322         293            218   

Foreign exchange gains relating to the sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings

                442              

Gain on sale of shareholding in Bank of Shanghai

     428                         

Loss on early termination of cash flow hedges in the US run-off portfolio

                (199           

Loss on sale of an HFC Bank UK secured loan portfolio

                (138         (8

Loss on sale of several tranches of real estate secured accounts in the US

     (15         (1         (122

Loss on sale of the non-real estate portfolio in the US

                (271           

Net gain on completion of Ping An disposal

                553              

Provision arising from a review of compliance with the Consumer Credit Act in the UK

     (367                      

Write-off of allocated goodwill relating to the GPB Monaco business

                (279           
     (431         851            (258

 

Significant cost items

 

              
     Half-year to  
     30 June           30 June           31 Dec  
     2014           2013           2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Accounting gain arising from change in basis of delivering ill-health benefits in the UK

                (430           

Madoff-related litigation costs

                298              

Regulatory investigation provisions in GPB

                119            233   

Restructuring and other related costs

     82            238            245   

UK bank levy

     (45         9            907   

UK customer redress programmes

     234            412            823   

US customer remediation provision relating to CRS

                100              
     271            746            2,208   

 

27


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Group performance by income and expense item

 

Net interest income

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

         

31 December

2013

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Interest income

     25,435            25,740            25,452   

Interest expense

     (8,030         (7,921         (7,732

Net interest income29

     17,405            17,819            17,720   

Average interest-earning assets

     1,801,862            1,657,555            1,680,988   

Gross interest yield30

     2.85%            3.13%            3.00%   

Cost of funds

     (1.03%         (1.15%         (1.05%

Net interest spread31

     1.82%            1.99%            1.95%   

Net interest margin31

     1.95%            2.17%            2.09%   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

The commentary in the following sections is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Reported net interest income of US$17.4bn decreased by US$414m compared with the first half of 2013. On a constant currency basis, net interest income decreased by US$179m. This was driven in part by a provision arising from a review of our compliance with the Consumer Credit Act (‘CCA’) in the UK and the impact of the disposals of non-strategic operations in Latin America, although these factors were partially offset by increased income in Asia.

On an underlying basis, which excludes the net interest income earned by the businesses sold during 2013 and the first half of 2014 from all periods presented (first half of 2014: US$27m; first half of 2013: US$223m) and currency translation movements of US$235m, net interest income was broadly unchanged.

On both reported and constant currency bases, net interest spread and margin fell, reflecting lower yields on customer lending in North America and Europe. In North America this was due to changes in the composition of the lending portfolios towards lower yielding secured assets, and to the run-off of the CML portfolio. In Europe, it was due to the CCA provision noted above. These factors were partially offset by a lower cost of funds. In addition, the benefit of net free funds fell, due to the decrease in non-interest bearing liabilities.

Interest income

On a constant currency basis, interest income was broadly unchanged. Interest on loans and advances to customers decreased, principally in North

America as a consequence of the disposal of the higher yielding non-real estate loan portfolio and the reduction in the CML portfolio from run off and sales. In addition, new lending to customers in RBWM and CMB was at lower yields in the current low rate environment, reflecting a shift in the portfolio towards higher levels of lower yielding first lien real estate secured loans. In Europe, interest income fell primarily due to the provision from a review of our compliance with the CCA. By contrast, we recorded increased interest income on customer lending in Asia, driven by growth in term lending and residential mortgages during the first half of 2014. This increase in balances was partially offset by compressed yields on customer lending. In Latin America, interest income on customer lending activity was broadly unchanged, as increases in Brazil and Argentina were largely offset by disposals of non-strategic businesses in 2013. In Brazil, term lending and mortgages grew during the first half of 2014, although yields on customer lending decreased, despite the rise in average interest rates. This reflected the shift in product and client mix to more secured, relationship-led lending. In Argentina, growth in interest income was driven by increased average balances and higher yields, as interest rates rose.

Interest income on short-term funds and financial investments increased in Asia and Latin America, as interest rates rose in certain countries in these regions, notably in Brazil, Argentina and mainland China. Average balances for both short-term funds and financial investments also grew in these regions. However, in Europe, interest income on short-term funds and financial investments fell as maturing positions were replaced by longer-term but lower-yielding bonds.

 

 

28


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Interest expense

Interest expense increased in the first half of 2014 to a greater extent than interest income, primarily relating to customer accounts. In Latin America, interest expense increased as reductions in average balances were more than offset by the increase in the cost of funds due to interest rate rises. However, this was partly offset by the disposal of non-strategic operations. In Asia, the growth in the average balances of customer accounts drove the increase while the cost of funds was broadly unchanged. Conversely, in North America, interest expense on customer deposits declined as a result of business disposals leading to a fall in average outstanding balances, as well as a strategic decision to re-price deposits downwards. In addition, interest expense decreased due to a release of accrued interest associated with an uncertain tax position.

Interest expense on debt issued was broadly unchanged, as decreasing balances offset the increase in cost of funds. In North America, the effect of the business disposals led to a decline in our funding requirements. Cost of funds also fell as higher coupon debt matured and was repaid. In Europe, interest expense on debt decreased as

average outstanding balances fell as a result of net redemptions. The cost of funds also decreased as issuance of new debt was at lower prevailing rates. By contrast, interest expense increased in Latin America, notably in Brazil, in line with interest rate rises and increased medium-term loan note balances.

Repos and reverse repos

During the final quarter of 2013, GB&M changed the way it managed reverse repurchase (‘reverse repo’) and repurchase (‘repo’) activities. This had the effect of reducing the net interest margin as average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities increased significantly. These reverse repo and repo agreements have a lower gross yield and cost of funds, respectively, than the remainder of our portfolio.

‘Net interest income’ includes the expense of internally funded trading assets, while related revenue is reported in ‘Net trading income’. The internal cost of funding these assets increased, as average trading liability balances fell to a greater extent than trading assets. In reporting our global business results, this cost is included within ‘Net trading income’.

 

 

Net fee income

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Account services

     1,734            1,701            1,880   

Funds under management

     1,283            1,347            1,326   

Cards

     1,210            1,304            1,151   

Credit facilities

     963            930            977   

Broking income

     664            734            654   

Imports/exports

     558            580            577   

Underwriting

     536            518            348   

Unit trusts

     518            481            410   

Remittances

     411            415            434   

Global custody

     359            364            334   

Insurance

     302            280            271   

Other

     1,493            1,494            1,463   

Fee income

     10,031            10,148            9,825   

Less: fee expense

     (1,854         (1,744         (1,795

Net fee income

     8,177            8,404            8,030   

 

Net fee income fell by US$227m on a reported basis and by US$183m on a constant currency basis.

Account services and cards fees declined in aggregate, mainly in Europe due to lower current account charges in the UK following a reduction in overdraft fees, and also from a managed reduction of client assets in our GPB business in Switzerland as we continued to reposition the business. In Mexico,

lower fees from a reduction in customer numbers also reflected repositioning.

Fees from funds under management reduced, mainly in Asia due to higher net fund outflows reflecting lower sales as a result of changes to customer investment appetite, and in Latin America partly reflecting a change in product mix. Broking fee income also fell, mainly in RBWM in Hong

 

 

29


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Kong from lower Wealth Management sales volumes and in Europe reflecting the managed reduction in client assets in GPB referred to above.

Other fee income was affected by the expiry of the Transition Servicing Agreements we entered into with the buyer of the CRS business in North America. In addition, higher fee expense reflected adverse adjustments to mortgage servicing rights

valuations in North America due to mortgage interest rate decreases in the first half of 2014, and higher fees payable under partnership agreements in the UK.

These factors were partly offset by increased fee income in credit facilities, mainly in Asia and Europe and, to a lesser extent, in North America reflecting increased new business volumes.

 

 

Net trading income

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Trading activities

     2,666            5,766            1,155   

Ping An contingent forward sale contract32

                (682           

Net interest income on trading activities

     913            1,132            915   

Gain/(loss) on termination of hedges

     (4         (200         6   

Other trading income/(expense) – hedge ineffectiveness:

              

– on cash flow hedges

     15            7            15   

– on fair value hedges

     22            46            19   

Non-qualifying hedges

     (337         293            218   

Net trading income33,34

     3,275            6,362            2,328   

 

Significant items included in net trading income

 

              
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Included within trading activities:

              

– debit valuation adjustment

     (155         451            (346

– foreign exchange gains on sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings

                442              

Other significant items:

              

– Ping An contingent forward sale contract32

                (682           

– loss on termination of cash flow hedges in CML

                (199           

– non-qualifying hedges28

     (322         293            218   
     (477         305            (128

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

Reported net trading income of US$3.3bn was US$3.1bn lower, mainly in Europe. On a constant currency basis, income reduced by US$3.2bn or 50%. This was partly the effect of various significant items, as noted in the table above.

Excluding significant items, net trading income from trading activities decreased, notably driven by adverse foreign exchange movements on assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt designated at fair value, compared with favourable movements in the first half of 2013. These movements offset fair value movements on the foreign currency debt which are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

In Markets, income from trading activities decreased, mainly driven by a fall in our Foreign Exchange business, reflecting lower market volatility and reduced client flows. By contrast, Rates revenue was broadly in line with the first half of 2013 as higher revenue in Latin America, in part driven by increased client activity, was offset by the effect of subdued client flows and lower market volatility, mainly in Europe. However, we recorded higher income in secondary Credit and revenue growth in Equities, notwithstanding the revaluation gains reported in the first half of 2013. The growth in our Equities business was driven by successful positioning of the business to capture increased client activity.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net interest income from trading activities also fell due to lower average balances, notably relating to reverse repos and repos, in line with the change in

the way GB&M manages them. The net interest income from these activities is now recorded in ‘Net interest income’.

 

 

Net income /(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2014
          30 June
2013
          31 December
2013
 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  
Net income/(expense) arising from:                               

– financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts

     1,396            717            2,453   

– liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     (231         (506         (731

– HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives

     438            (1,419         191   

Change in own credit spread on long-term debt35

     (215         (19         (1,227

Other changes in fair value36

     653            (1,400         1,418   

– other instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives

     57            11            52   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,660            (1,197         1,965   
              
Assets and liabilities from which net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value arose   
     At  
     30 June
2014
          30 June
2013
          31 December
2013
 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  
Financial assets designated at fair value at period-end    31,823           35,318           38,430  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value at period-end

     82,968            84,254            89,084   

Including:

              

Financial assets held to meet liabilities under:

              

– insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF37

     11,906            10,017            10,717   

– unit-linked insurance and other insurance and investment contracts

     16,927            23,365            25,423   

Long-term debt issues designated at fair value

     75,740            71,456            75,278   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

The majority of the financial liabilities designated at fair value is fixed-rate long-term debt issued and managed in conjunction with interest rate swaps as part of our interest rate management strategy. These liabilities are discussed further on page 57 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$1.7bn in the first half of 2014, compared with net expense of US$1.2bn in the first half of 2013 on a reported basis, and US$1.3bn on a constant currency basis. The former included adverse movements in the fair value of our own long-term debt of US$215m due to credit spread movements, compared with minimal fair value movements in the first half of 2013.

Net income arising from financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment

contracts of US$1.4bn was US$643m higher on a constant currency basis. This was driven by improved equity market performance in Hong Kong, higher net income on the bonds portfolio in Brazil and higher fair value gains in France, partly offset by weaker UK equity market performance. The investment gains or losses result in a corresponding movement in liabilities to customers (see page 57 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 for details of the treatment of the movement in these liabilities).

‘Other changes in fair value’ mainly reflects fair value movements on foreign currency debt designated at fair value and issued as part of our overall funding strategy. In the first half of 2014, these movements were favourable, following adverse movements in the first half of 2013. An offset from assets held as economic hedges was reported in ‘Net trading income’.

 

 

31


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Gains less losses from financial investments

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Net gains/(losses) from disposal of:

              

– debt securities

     185            416            75   

– Ping An equity securities classified as available-for-sale32

                1,235              

– other equity securities

     782            253            209   

– other financial investments

     2            (2         1   
     969            1,902            285   

Impairment of available-for-sale equity securities

     (23         (46         (129

Gains less losses from financial investments

     946            1,856                 156   

For footnote, see page 96.

 

In the first half of 2014, gains less losses from financial investments decreased by US$910m on a reported basis and by US$926m on a constant currency basis, driven by the effect of significant items as follows:

 

 

in the first half of 2013, we reported a US$1.2bn gain on disposal of available-for-sale equity securities in Asia, following the sale of our investment in Ping An; and

 

 

in the first half of 2014, we reported a US$428m gain on disposal of available-for-sale equity

 

securities relating to the sale of our shareholding in the Bank of Shanghai.

Excluding these items, gains less losses from financial investments decreased, primarily driven by a reduction in net gains on the disposal of debt securities. The first half of 2013 included gains on disposal of available-for-sale government debt securities in Balance Sheet Management in Europe and North America, as part of a continuing strategy to re-balance the securities portfolio for risk management purposes.

 

 

Net earned insurance premiums

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Gross insurance premium income

     6,358            6,451            5,947   

Reinsurance premiums

     (221         (225         (233

Net earned insurance premiums

     6,137            6,226            5,714   

 

Net earned insurance premiums decreased on both reported and constant currency bases, as lower net earned premiums in Europe were mostly offset by an increase in Hong Kong.

In Europe, net earned premiums decreased, mainly in the UK, reflecting lower sales following the withdrawal of external independent financial adviser distribution channels for certain linked insurance contracts in the second half of 2013. In

addition, decreases in France reflected lower sales of investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’).

In Hong Kong, premium income increased due to increased new business from deferred annuity, universal life and endowment contracts, coupled with higher renewals. This was partly offset by lower new business from unit-linked contracts.

 

 

32


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Other operating income

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Rent received

     82            77            78   

Gains/(losses) recognised on assets held for sale

     10            (481         (248

Gains on investment properties

     71            110            3   

Gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-financial investments

     3            14            164   

Gains/(losses) arising from dilution of interest in Industrial Bank and other associates and joint ventures

     (32         1,089            (38

Gains on disposal of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A.

                           1,107   

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business

     200            100            425   

Other

     204            37            195   

Other operating income

     538            946            1,686   
Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business   
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Value of new business

     479            517            407   

Expected return

     (286         (249         (256

Assumption changes and experience variances

     (3         (127         215   

Other adjustments

     10            (41         59   

Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business

     200            100            425   

 

Other operating income of US$538m decreased by US$408m on a reported basis and by US$380m on a constant currency basis.

Reported other operating income included the effects of the disposals and the reclassifications listed on page 22 of US$14m, compared with net gains of US$1.1bn which largely related to an accounting gain arising from the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment.

On an underlying basis, which excludes the effects of disposals noted on page 22, the results of disposed of operations and the effects of foreign currency translation, other operating income increased. This was primarily driven by the following significant items in the first half of 2013;

 

 

loss of US$271m on the sale of our CML non-real estate personal loan portfolio in April 2013;

 

 

write-off of goodwill relating to our GPB business in Monaco of US$279m; and

 

a loss of US$138m on the sale of an HFC Bank UK secured loan portfolio in RBWM.

Excluding significant items, other operating income rose, reflecting gains from legacy credit in GB&M in the UK due to price appreciation across certain asset classes in the ABS market and increased favourable movements in the present value of in-force (‘PVIF’) long-term insurance business. This was mainly in Brazil due to the non-recurrence of adverse experience variances resulting from higher lapse rates and adverse interest rate movements in the first half of 2013, while favourable movements in Asia reflected market condition updates and a rise in the value of new business. This was partly offset in France by adverse movements due to investment and market conditions.

These gains were partly offset by lower disposal and revaluation gains on investment properties in Hong Kong than in the first half of 2013.

 

 

33


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December
2013

US$m

 

Insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders:

              

– gross

     7,212            6,239            7,709   

– reinsurers’ share

     (153         (88         (168

– net38

     7,059            6,151            7,541   

For footnote, see page 96.

 

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders increased by US$908m on a reported basis and by US$889m on a constant currency basis.

Movements in claims resulting from investment returns on the assets held to support policyholder contracts where the policyholder bears investment risk increased, reflecting higher investment income in Hong Kong as a result of favourable equity market movements, and higher net income on the bond portfolio in Brazil, partly offset by weaker

equity market performance in the UK. The gains or losses recognised on the financial assets designated at fair value held to support these insurance and investment contract liabilities are reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

Reductions in claims resulting from a decrease in new business written in Europe were mostly offset by increases in Hong Kong as explained under ‘Net earned insurance premiums’.

 

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Loan impairment charges

              

New allowances net of allowance releases

     2,581            3,828            3,516   

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (556         (639         (657
     2,025            3,189            2,859   

Individually assessed allowances

     558            1,121            1,199   

Collectively assessed allowances

     1,467            2,068            1,660   

Releases of impairment of available-for-sale debt securities

     (214         (82         (129

Other credit risk provisions

     30            9            3   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     1,841            3,116            2,733   
     %            %            %   

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers (annualised)

     0.4            0.7            0.6   

 

On a reported basis, LICs of US$1.8bn were US$1.3bn lower, primarily in Europe, Latin America and North America. Underlying LICs decreased by US$1.1bn.

On a reported basis, the percentage of impairment charges to average gross loans and advances fell to 0.4% at 30 June 2014 from 0.7% at 30 June 2013.

On a constant currency basis, LICs fell by US$1.2bn, a reduction of 39%. This was driven by a reduction in both individually assessed and collectively assessed loan impairment charges.

Individually assessed charges improved by US$590m, primarily in Europe, but also in Latin America and North America. In Europe, they were lower, mainly in CMB, reflecting improved quality in the portfolio and economic environment. In Latin America, the reduction was primarily in CMB, in particular in Mexico where impairments relating to homebuilders from a change in public housing policy were lower than in the first half of 2013. Individually assessed charges were also lower in North America, mainly in Canada in CMB.

Collectively assessed charges decreased by US$473m, primarily due to reductions in North

 

 

34


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

America and Latin America. In North America, the improvement was mainly in RBWM, reflecting lower levels of new impaired loans and reduced balances in the US run-off portfolio, though this was partly offset by lower favourable market value adjustments of the underlying properties as improvements in housing market conditions were less pronounced in the first half of 2014. In addition, collectively assessed charges in CMB and GB&M were adversely affected as we revised certain estimates used in our corporate loan impairment calculation. In Latin America, the reduction reflected the adverse effect of changes to the impairment model and assumption revisions for restructured loan

portfolios in Brazil which occurred in the first half of 2013, both in RBWM and CMB, though this was partly offset by an increase due to refinements to the impairment model for non-restructured loan portfolios, primarily in RBWM, in the first half of 2014. In addition, collectively assessed charges were lower due to reduced Business Banking provisions reflecting improved delinquency rates, and the effect of the disposal of non-strategic businesses.

Net releases of credit risk provisions were US$127m higher, primarily on available-for-sale ABSs in GB&M in Europe.

 

 

Operating expenses

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Employee compensation and benefits

     9,978            9,496            9,700   

Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation and impairment)

     2,092            2,008            2,175   

General and administrative expenses

     5,035            5,719            7,163   

Administrative expenses

     17,105            17,223            19,038   

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     712            699            665   

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

     449            477            454   

Operating expenses

     18,266            18,399            20,157   

Staff numbers (full-time equivalent)

 

     At  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

         

31 December

2013

 

Geographical regions

              

Europe

     69,642            69,599            68,334   

Asia11

     115,111            113,631            113,701   

Middle East and North Africa

     8,530            8,667            8,618   

North America

     20,649            21,454            20,871   

Latin America

     42,157            46,046            42,542   

Staff numbers

     256,089            259,397            254,066   

For footnote, see page 96.

 

Reported operating expenses of US$18.3bn were US$133m or 1% lower. On an underlying basis, costs increased by 2%.

On a constant currency basis, operating expenses in the first half of 2014 were in line with the comparable period in 2013. A number of significant items recorded in the first half of 2013 did not recur, mainly:

 

 

Madoff-related litigation cost in GB&M of US$298m;

 

 

regulatory investigation provisions in GPB of US$119m; and

 

a customer remediation provision connected to our former CRS business of US$100m; partly offset by

 

 

an accounting gain of US$430m relating to changes in delivering ill-health benefits to certain employees in the UK.

In addition, the first half of 2014 included:

 

 

US$178m lower UK customer redress programme charges (from US$412m in the first half of 2013 to US$234m in the first half of 2014). Charges for the period included estimated redress for possible mis-selling in previous years in respect of PPI of US$194m; and

 

 

35


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

US$156m lower restructuring and related costs (from US$238m in the first half of 2013 to US$82m in the first half of 2014).

Excluding significant items and business disposals which were primarily in Latin America, operating expenses were US$756m higher, reflecting:

 

 

increased investment in the Risk function (including Compliance) and Global Standards of US$326m;

 

 

inflationary pressures, including wage inflation;

 

 

business growth in CMB, primarily in Asia; and

 

 

the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (‘FSCS’) levy in the UK, as a result of the timing of recognition.

During the first half of 2014, we generated further sustainable cost savings of US$0.5bn which were primarily driven by re-engineering our back office processes and which in part offset the investments listed above and inflation. These programmes, together with business disposals, contributed to a fall of 2% in average staff numbers.

Performance-related costs also fell, mainly in GB&M reflecting lower revenue.

 

 

Cost efficiency ratios2

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

%

         

30 June

2013

%

         

31 December

2013

%

 

HSBC

     58.6            53.5            66.6   

Geographical regions

              

Europe

     76.8            68.5            102.7   

Asia11

     41.4            36.2            46.0   

Middle East and North Africa

     47.4            49.2            53.8   

North America

     69.8            70.7            75.3   

Latin America

     67.8            61.9            51.0   

Global businesses

              

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     67.1            63.6            65.4   

Commercial Banking

     44.2            42.4            43.7   

Global Banking and Markets

     50.6            47.0            58.2   

Global Private Banking

     70.6            89.9            92.7   

 

For footnote, see page 96.

 

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

 

              
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Associates

              

Bank of Communications Co., Limited

     978            941            937   

The Saudi British Bank

     239            208            195   

Other

     37            43            (38

Share of profit in associates

     1,254            1,192            1,094   

Share of profit in joint ventures

     26            22            17   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     1,280            1,214            1,111   

 

HSBC’s share of profit in associates and joint ventures was US$1.3bn, an increase of 5% on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, it increased by 4%, driven by higher contributions from BoCom and The Saudi British Bank.

Our share of profit from BoCom rose as a result of higher trading and fee income, as well as balance

sheet growth, partly offset by higher operating expenses and a rise in loan impairment charges.

At 30 June 2014, we performed an impairment review of our investment in BoCom and concluded that it was not impaired, based on our value in use calculation (see Note 21 on the Financial Statements for further details).

 

 

36


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

In future periods, the value in use may increase or decrease depending on whether the combined effect of changes to the current calculation assumptions is favourable or unfavourable. However, it is expected that the carrying amount will increase in the second half of 2014 due to retained profits earned by BoCom. At the point where the carrying amount exceeds the value in use, HSBC would

continue to recognise its share of BoCom’s profit or loss, but the carrying amount would be reduced to equal the value in use, with a corresponding reduction in income, unless the market value has increased to a level above the carrying amount.

Profits from The Saudi British Bank rose reflecting strong, balance sheet growth.

 

 

Tax expense

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December
2013

US$m

 

Profit before tax

     12,340            14,071            8,494   

Tax expense

     (2,022         (2,725         (2,040

Profit after tax

     10,318            11,346            6,454   

Effective tax rate

     16.4%            19.4%            24.0%   

 

The effective tax rate for the first half of the year of 16.4% was lower than the UK corporation tax rate of 21.5%. The results for the first half of 2014 included exempt income and gains, the post tax profits of associates and joint ventures and a current tax credit

for prior years. The effective tax rate for the first half of 2013 also included tax exempt income and gains and the post tax profits of associates and joint ventures offset by the write down of a deferred tax asset.

 

 

37


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

Summary consolidated balance sheet

 

    

At

30 June

2014

US$m

         

At

30 June

2013

US$m

         

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

ASSETS

              

Cash and balances at central banks

     132,137            148,285            166,599   

Trading assets

     347,106            432,601            303,192   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     31,823            35,318            38,430   

Derivative assets

     269,839            299,213            282,265   

Loans and advances to banks3

     127,387            127,810            120,046   

Loans and advances to customers3,39

     1,047,241            938,294            992,089   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading3

     198,301            88,400            179,690   

Financial investments

     423,710            404,214            425,925   

Assets held for sale

     10,248            20,377            4,050   

Other assets

     165,801            150,804            159,032   

Total assets

     2,753,593            2,645,316            2,671,318   

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

              

Liabilities

              

Deposits by banks3

     92,764            92,709            86,507   

Customer accounts3

     1,415,705            1,266,905            1,361,297   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading3

     165,506            66,591            164,220   

Trading liabilities

     228,135            342,432            207,025   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     82,968            84,254            89,084   

Derivative liabilities

     263,494            293,669            274,284   

Debt securities in issue

     96,397            109,389            104,080   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     75,223            69,771            74,181   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     12,361            19,519            2,804   

Other liabilities

     122,318            117,716            117,377   

Total liabilities

     2,554,871            2,462,955            2,480,859   

Equity

              

Total shareholders’ equity

     190,281            174,070            181,871   

Non-controlling interests

     8,441            8,291            8,588   

Total equity

     198,722            182,361            190,459   

Total equity and liabilities

     2,753,593            2,645,316            2,671,318   

Selected financial information

              

Called up share capital

     9,535            9,313            9,415   

Capital resources40,41

     192,834            183,450            194,009   

Undated subordinated loan capital

     2,777            2,777            2,777   

Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital42

     49,644            44,539            48,114   

Risk-weighted assets – CRD IV basis

     1,248,572            n/a            1,214,939   

Risk-weighted assets – Basel 2.5 basis

     n/a            1,104,764            1,092,653   
     %            %            %   

Financial statistics

              

Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts3

     74.0            74.1            72.9   

Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets

     6.9            6.4            6.6   

Net asset value per ordinary share at period-end43 (US$)

     9.64            8.96            9.27   

Number of US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue (millions)

     19,071            18,627            18,830   

Closing foreign exchange translation rates to US$:

              

US$1: £

     0.586            0.657            0.605   

US$1: €

     0.732            0.767            0.726   

For footnotes, see page 96.

A more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the Financial Statements on page 208.

 

38


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Movement from 31 December 2013 to 30 June 2014

Total reported assets were US$2.8 trillion, 3% higher than at 31 December 2013. On a constant currency basis, total assets were US$50bn or 2% higher.

Our balance sheet remains strong with a ratio of customer advances to customer accounts of 74%. Customer advances grew by US$41bn, mainly driven by a rise in term lending in Asia. Customer accounts grew by US$38bn, mainly in Asia and Europe.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks decreased by US$37bn, notably in Europe, in part reflecting net redemptions of debt and reductions in repurchase agreements.

Trading assets increased by 13%, mainly driven by a rise in settlement accounts, notably in Europe. These balances vary according to customer trading activity, which is typically lower at the end of the year. There were increased holdings of debt securities in Asia. In Europe, holdings of equity securities also increased, reflecting growth in our Equities business, although we recorded a reduction in reverse repos held for trading.

Financial assets designated at fair value decreased by US$7.3bn, notably in Europe, largely from the transfer to ‘Assets held for sale’ of balances relating to the UK Pension business of HSBC Life (UK) Limited.

Derivative assets decreased by 6%, notably in Europe relating to interest rate contracts reflecting movements in yield curves. In Asia, foreign exchange derivative contracts also decreased, in part due to maturities.

Loans and advances to banks increased by US$6.8bn, mainly from higher placements with financial institutions in Europe, the Middle East and North Africa and Latin America.

Loans and advances to customers increased by US$41bn or 4%, largely from growth in Asia and, to a lesser extent, in Europe. In Asia, term lending to CMB and GB&M customers grew, with the latter notably relating to our Capital Financing business. Mortgage balances also increased, mainly in Hong Kong, mainland China and Taiwan. In Europe, there was a rise in corporate overdraft balances, mainly in GB&M, in accounts which are structured to allow customer corporate treasury functions to benefit

from net interest arrangements but where net settlement is not intended to occur, together with a corresponding rise in current accounts, as noted below. In addition, there was an increase from our Capital Financing business. Lending in North America was broadly unchanged, as growth in balances with CMB and GB&M customers was offset by a decline in RBWM, reflecting the continued reduction in the US run-off portfolio and the transfer to ‘Assets held for sale’ of US first lien mortgage balances.

Assets held for sale increased by US$6.2bn driven by the transfer of balances relating to the UK Pension business of HSBC Life (UK) Limited, and the transfer of US first lien mortgage balances.

Liabilities

Customer accounts increased by US$38bn or 3% notably in Asia and Europe. In Asia, customer account balances increased, reflecting growth in our Payments and Cash Management business in GB&M and CMB together with a rise in RBWM, in part reflecting new Premier customers. In Europe, balances increased in RBWM reflecting customers’ continued preference for holding balances in current and savings accounts. In addition, current accounts grew mainly in GB&M, in line with the increase in corporate overdraft balances as noted above in ‘Loans and advances to customers’, and in part from growth in Payments and Cash Management.

Trading liabilities rose by 9%, notably in Europe where an increase in settlement accounts reflected client activity levels, and in Asia, where there were increased positions, partly offset by a reduction in repurchase agreements held for trading.

Financial liabilities designated at fair value reduced by 8%, mainly in Europe from the transfer to ‘Liabilities held for sale’ of balances relating to the UK Pension business of HSBC Life (UK) Limited.

The reduction in derivative liabilities was in line with that of ‘Derivative assets’ as the underlying risk is broadly matched.

Debt securities in issue decreased by 9%, mainly in Europe driven by maturing debt that was not replaced.

Liabilities for disposal groups held for sale increased by US$9.5bn, mainly from the transfer of balances relating to the UK Pension business of HSBC Life (UK) Limited.

 

 

39


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Equity

Total shareholders’ equity rose by 4%, driven by profits generated in the period which were partly offset by dividends paid. In addition, the available-for-sale fair value reserve increased by US$917m on

a reported basis in the period as fair value gains recognised were partly offset by previously unrecognised fair value gains transferred to the income statement, notably relating to the disposal of our shareholding in the Bank of Shanghai.

 

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency assets and liabilities

 

     30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013  
    

31 Dec 13

as

reported
US$m

         

Currency

translation44

US$m

         

31 Dec 13

at 30 Jun 14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

30 Jun 14

as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change

%

         

Constant

currency

change

%

 

HSBC

                                

Cash and balances at central banks

     166,599            2,988            169,587            132,137            (21         (22

Trading assets

     303,192            4,496            307,688            347,106            14            13   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     38,430            670            39,100            31,823            (17         (19

Derivative assets

     282,265            4,623            286,888            269,839            (4         (6

Loans and advances to banks3

     120,046            524            120,570            127,387            6            6   

Loans and advances to customers3

     992,089            13,803            1,005,892            1,047,241            6            4   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading3

     179,690            2,317            182,007            198,301            10            9   

Financial investments

     425,925            2,955            428,880            423,710            (1         (1

Assets held for sale

     4,050            23            4,073            10,248            153            152   

Other assets

     159,032            (297         158,735            165,801            4            4   

Total assets

     2,671,318            32,102            2,703,420            2,753,593            3            2   

Deposits by banks3

     86,507            1,130            87,637            92,764            7            6   

Customer accounts3

     1,361,297            16,739            1,378,036            1,415,705            4            3   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading3

     164,220            2,090            166,310            165,506            1              

Trading liabilities

     207,025            2,353            209,378            228,135            10            9   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     89,084            1,123            90,207            82,968            (7         (8

Derivative liabilities

     274,284            4,693            278,977            263,494            (4         (6

Debt securities in issue

     104,080            1,968            106,048            96,397            (7         (9

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     74,181            218            74,399            75,223            1            1   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     2,804            15            2,819            12,361               

Other liabilities

     117,377            1,032            118,409            122,318            4            3   

Total liabilities

     2,480,859            31,361            2,512,220            2,554,871            3            2   

Total shareholders’ equity

     181,871            722            182,593            190,281            5            4   

Non-controlling interests

     8,588            19            8,607            8,441            (2         (2

Total equity

     190,459            741            191,200            198,722            4            4   

Total equity and liabilities

     2,671,318            32,102            2,703,420            2,753,593            3            2   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

40


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

In the second half of 2013, GB&M changed the way it managed repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses. Previously, they were managed in the trading environment; during the second half of 2013, they were organised into trading and non-trading portfolios, with separate risk management procedures. This resulted in an increase in the amount of ‘Non-trading reverse repos’ and a decline in the amount classified as ‘Trading assets’, and an increase in the amount of ‘Non-trading repos’ and a decline in the amount classified as ‘Trading liabilities’ at 31 December 2013 compared with previous period-ends.

From 1 January 2014, non-trading reverse repos and repos are presented as separate lines in the balance sheet to align disclosure with market

practice and provide more meaningful information in relation to loans and advances. Previously, non-trading reverse repos were included within ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and non-trading repos were included within ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’. Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly.

The effect of repos and reverse repos on the balance sheet is set out in the table below. The table also provides a combined view of customer lending and customer deposits which, by taking into account loans and advances to customers and customer account balances reported as held for sale, more accurately reflects the overall size of our lending and deposit books.

 

 

Combined view of customer lending and customer deposits3

 

    

At

30 June

2014

US$m

         

At

30 June

2013

US$m

         

Change

%

         

At

30 June

2014

US$m

         

At
31 December

2013

US$m

         

Change

%

 

Customers – amortised cost

                                

Loans and advances to customers

     1,047,241            938,294            12            1,047,241            992,089            6   

Loans and advances to customers reported as held for sale45

     1,658            13,808            (88         1,658            1,703            (3

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading

     80,710            31,088            160            80,710            88,215            (9

Combined customer lending

     1,129,609            983,190            15            1,129,609            1,082,007            4   

Customer accounts

     1,415,705            1,266,905            12            1,415,705            1,361,297            4   

Customer accounts reported in ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’

     4,880            17,280            (72         4,880            2,187            123   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading

     104,902            49,277            113            104,902            121,515            (14

Combined customer deposits

     1,525,487            1,333,462            14            1,525,487            1,484,999            3   

Banks – amortised cost

                                

Loans and advances to banks

     127,387            127,810                       127,387            120,046            6   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading

     117,591            57,312            105            117,591            91,475            29   

Combined bank lending

     244,978            185,122            32            244,978            211,521            16   

Deposits by banks

     92,764            92,709                       92,764            86,507            7   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading

     60,604            17,314            250            60,604            42,705            42   

Combined bank deposits

     153,368            110,023            39            153,368            129,212            19   

Customers and banks – fair value

                                

Trading assets – reverse repos

     4,485            104,273            (96         4,485            10,120            (56

– loans and advances to customers

     3,945            53,044            (93         3,945            7,180            (45

– loans and advances to banks

     540            51,229            (99         540            2,940            (82

Trading liabilities – repos

     5,189            134,506            (96         5,189            17,421            (70

– customer accounts

     1,365            100,100            (99         1,365            9,611            (86

– deposits by banks

     3,824            34,406            (89         3,824            7,810            (51

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

41


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Customer accounts by country3

 

    

At

30 June

2014

US$m

         

At

30 June

2013

US$m

         

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Europe

     614,776            520,984            581,933   

UK

     499,295            410,971            462,796   

France46

     47,347            43,246            45,149   

Germany

     15,912            17,251            16,615   

Malta

     6,216            5,797            6,222   

Switzerland

     11,073            18,779            16,796   

Turkey

     8,492            7,537            7,795   

Other

     26,441            17,403            26,560   
              

Asia11

     570,221            516,616            548,483   

Hong Kong

     381,058            342,632            365,905   

Australia

     20,803            18,240            19,812   

India

     12,155            9,852            11,549   

Indonesia

     5,979            6,559            5,865   

Mainland China

     41,198            37,843            40,579   

Malaysia

     17,570            16,899            17,093   

Singapore

     45,885            44,145            43,988   

Taiwan

     14,609            12,053            12,758   

Other

     30,964            28,393            30,934   
              

Middle East and North Africa

              

(excluding Saudi Arabia)

     40,082            41,142            38,683   

Egypt

     6,945            7,158            7,401   

Qatar

     3,236            4,065            2,861   

UAE

     19,840            18,822            18,433   

Other

     10,061            11,097            9,988   
              

North America

     136,774            136,693            140,809   

US

     79,536            80,340            80,037   

Canada

     46,197            45,455            47,872   

Bermuda

     11,041            10,898            12,900   
              

Latin America

     53,852            51,470            51,389   

Argentina

     4,168            4,940            4,468   

Brazil

     27,068            25,515            23,999   

Mexico

     20,112            19,327            21,529   

Other

     2,504            1,688            1,393   
     

 

     

 

  
                                    
     1,415,705            1,266,905            1,361,297   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

42


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Financial investments

 

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
     Securities                       Securities                       Securities              
     Equity
US$bn
          Debt
US$bn
          Total
US$bn
          Equity
US$bn
          Debt
US$bn
          Total
US$bn
          Equity
US$bn
          Debt
US$bn
          Total
US$bn
 

Balance Sheet Management

                311.3            311.3                       279.1            279.1                       314.4            314.4   

Insurance entities

                48.4            48.4                       44.0            44.0                       46.4            46.4   

Structured entities

     0.1            18.5            18.6            0.1            23.5            23.6            0.1            22.6            22.7   

Principal Investments

     2.4                       2.4            2.9                       2.9            2.7                       2.7   

Other

     6.2            36.8            43.0            6.4            48.2            54.6            6.3            33.4            39.7   
     8.7            415.0            423.7            9.4            394.8            404.2            9.1            416.8            425.9   

 

The table above analyses the Group’s holdings of financial investments by business activity. Further information can be found in the following sections:

 

 

‘Balance Sheet Management’ (page 161) for a description of the activities and an analysis of third-party assets in balance sheet management.

 

 

‘Risk management of insurance operations’ (page 169) includes an analysis of the financial investments within our insurance operations by the type of contractual liabilities that they back.

 

 

‘Structured entities’ (page 550 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013) for further information about the nature of securities investment conduits in which the above financial investments are held.

 

 

‘Equity securities classified as available for sale’ (page 161) includes private equity holdings and other strategic investments.

 

 

‘Other’ represents financial investments held in certain locally managed treasury portfolios and other GB&M portfolios held for specific business activities.

Reconciliation of RoRWA measures

 

 

 

Performance Management

We target a return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity of 12% to 15%. For internal management purposes we monitor global businesses and geographical regions by pre-tax return on RWAs, a metric which combines return on equity and regulatory capital efficiency objectives.

 

In addition to measuring return on average risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’), we measure our performance internally using underlying RoRWA, which is underlying pre-tax return and reported average RWAs at constant currency and adjusted for the effects of business disposals. Underlying RoRWA adjusts performance for certain items which distort year-on-year performance as explained on page 22. RoRWAs are calculated using average RWAs based on a Basel 2.5 basis for all periods up to and including 31 December 2013 and on a CRD IV end point basis for 31 March 2014 and 30 June 2014.

Legacy credit in GB&M includes securitisation positions that were previously deducted from capital and are now included as RWAs, risk-weighted at 1,250% under the CRD IV end point basis.

We also present underlying RoRWA adjusted for the effect of operations which are not regarded as contributing to the longer-term performance of the Group. These include the run-off portfolios and the CRS business which was sold in May 2012.

The CRS average RWAs in the table below represent the average of the associated operational risk RWAs that were not immediately released on disposal and have not already been adjusted as part of the underlying RoRWA calculation. The pre-tax loss for CRS in the table below relates to litigation expenses that occurred after the sale of the business that have not been adjusted as part of the underlying RoRWA calculation.

 

 

43


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of underlying RoRWA (excluding run-off portfolios and Card and Retail Services)

 

          Half-year to 30 June 2014  
         

Pre-tax

return

US$m

         

Average

RWAs47

US$bn

         

RoRWA

47,48

%

 

Reported

        12,340            1,200            2.1   

Underlying48

        12,560            1,197            2.1   

Run-off portfolios

        343            122            0.6   

Legacy credit in GB&M

        307            48            1.3   

US CML and other49

        36            74            0.1   

Card and Retail Services

                   1              

Underlying (excluding run-off portfolios and Card and Retail Services)

        12,217            1,074            2.3   

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2013           Half-year to 31 December 2013  
    

Pre-tax

return

US$m

         

Average

RWAs47

US$bn

         

RoRWA

47,48

%

         

Pre-tax

return

US$m

         

Average

RWAs47

US$bn

         

RoRWA

47,48

%

 

Reported

     14,071            1,109            2.6            8,494            1,099            1.5   

Underlying48

     13,017            1,084            2.4            8,627            1,093            1.6   

Run-off portfolios

     7            135                       67            113            0.1   

Legacy credit in GB&M

     157            36            0.9            33            30            0.2   

US CML and other49

     (150         99            (0.3         34            83            0.1   

Card and Retail Services

                5                                  2              

Underlying (excluding run-off portfolios and Card and Retail Services)

     13,010            944            2.8            8,560            978            1.7   

For footnotes, see page 96.

Reconciliation of reported and underlying average risk-weighted assets

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2014

US$bn

         

30 Jun

2013

US$bn

         

Change

%

         

30 Jun

2014

US$bn

         

31 Dec

2013

US$bn

         

Change

%

 

Average reported RWAs47

     1,200            1,109            8            1,200            1,099            9   

Currency translation adjustment44

                2                             4         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (3         (27               (3         (10      

Average underlying RWAs

     1,197            1,084            10            1,197            1,093            10   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

44


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges (and preference share dividends)

 

    

Half-year

to 30 June

          Year ended 31 December  
     2014           2013      2012      2011      2010      2009  

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges:1

                    

– excluding interest on deposits

     4.19            3.84         3.03         2.82         2.71         1.53   

– including interest on deposits

     2.14            2.09         1.76         1.68         1.73         1.22   

Ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference share dividends:1

                    

– excluding interest on deposits

     3.82            3.50         2.79         2.64         2.56         1.48   

– including interest on deposits

     2.07            2.01         1.71         1.64         1.69         1.20   

 

1 For the purpose of calculating the ratios, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and non-controlling interest plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of associated undertakings. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits, as appropriate, dividends on preference shares and other equity instruments, as applicable, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor.

 

44a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global businesses

 

Summary

     45       Profit/(loss) before tax      46   
      Total assets      46   
      Risk-weighted assets      46   

Selected items included in profit before tax by global business

     46       Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions      46   
   

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     47         

Review of performance

     47       Principal RBWM: management view of revenue      48   

Growth priorities

     48         
   

Commercial Banking

     50         

Review of performance

     50       Management view of revenue      50   

Growth priorities

     51         
   

Global Banking and Markets

     52         

Review of performance

     53       Management view of revenue      53   

Growth priorities

     54         
   

Global Private Banking

     55         

Review of performance

     55       Client assets      55   

Growth priorities

     56         
   

Other

     57         

Notes

     57         
   

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit/(loss) before tax

     57a         
   

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

     57o         
   

Analysis by global business

     58       HSBC profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data      58   
      Balance sheet data significant to Global Banking and Markets      60a   

 

Summary

 

HSBC reviews operating activity on a number of bases, including by geographical region and by global business.

The commentaries below present global businesses followed by geographical regions (page 61).

Performance is discussed in this order because certain strategic themes, business initiatives and trends affect more than one geographical region. All commentaries are on a constant currency basis (see page 19) unless stated otherwise.

 

Basis of preparation

The results of global businesses are presented in accordance with the accounting policies used in the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of global business data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and global functions to the extent that these can be meaningfully attributed to operational business lines. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity. Those costs which are not allocated to global businesses are included in ‘Other’.

Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding as well as inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms.

The expense of the UK bank levy is included in the Europe geographical region as HSBC regards the levy as a cost of being headquartered in the UK. For the purposes of the segmentation by global businesses, the cost of the levy is included in ‘Other’.

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June 2014           30 June 2013           31 December 2013  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     3,045            24.7            3,267            23.2            3,382            39.8   

Commercial Banking

     4,771            38.7            4,133            29.4            4,308            50.7   

Global Banking and Markets

     5,033            40.8            5,723            40.7            3,718            43.8   

Global Private Banking

     364            2.9            108            0.8            85            1.0   

Other50

     (873         (7.1         840            5.9            (2,999         (35.3
     12,340            100.0            14,071            100.0            8,494            100.0   

 

Total assets51

 

  

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     523,729            19.0            504,205            19.1            517,085            19.4   

Commercial Banking

     377,374            13.7            350,503            13.2            360,623            13.5   

Global Banking and Markets

     2,043,767            74.2            1,992,770            75.3            1,975,509            74.0   

Global Private Banking

     99,379            3.6            114,883            4.3            97,655            3.7   

Other

     170,802            6.2            176,122            6.7            171,812            6.4   

Intra-HSBC items

     (461,458         (16.7         (493,167         (18.6         (451,366         (17.0
     2,753,593            100.0            2,645,316            100.0            2,671,318            100.0   

 

Risk-weighted assets

 

  

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
     US$bn           %           US$bn           %           US$bn           %  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     223.0            17.9            243.4            22.0            233.5            21.4   

Commercial Banking

     424.9            34.0            385.9            34.9            391.7            35.8   

Global Banking and Markets

     537.3            43.0            429.2            38.9            422.3            38.6   

Global Private Banking

     22.1            1.8            21.8            2.0            21.7            2.0   

Other

     41.3            3.3            24.5            2.2            23.5            2.2   
     1,248.6            100.0            1,104.8            100.0            1,092.7            100.0   

Selected items included in profit before tax by global business

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions52

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2014
US$m
          30 June
2013
US$m
         

31 December
2013

US$m

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     6            (72         298   

Commercial Banking

     13            51            479   

Global Banking and Markets

     9            15            366   

Global Private Banking

                           1   

Other

     (33         1,067            (77
     (5         1,061            1,067   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

46


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

RBWM provides banking and wealth management services for our personal customers to help them secure their future prosperity and realise their ambitions.

 

    

Total

RBWM
US$m

         

US

run-off

portfolio
US$m

         

Principal

RBWM
US$m

 

Half-year to 30 June 2014

              

Net interest income

     8,427            750            7,677   

Net fee income/(expense)

     3,291            (1         3,292   

Other income/(expense)

     605            (149         754   

Net operating income13

     12,323            600            11,723   

LICs53

     (1,225         (180         (1,045

Net operating income

     11,098            420            10,678   

Total operating expenses

     (8,269         (361         (7,908

Operating profit

     2,829            59            2,770   

Income from associates54

     216                       216   

Profit before tax

     3,045            59            2,986   

RoRWA47

     2.7%            0.2%            3.9%   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

              

Net interest income

     9,310            1,151            8,159   

Net fee income/(expense)

     3,586            (3         3,589   

Other income/(expense)

     393            (355         748   

Net operating income13

     13,289            793            12,496   

LICs53

     (1,768         (396         (1,372

Net operating income

     11,521            397            11,124   

Total operating expenses

     (8,451         (631         (7,820

Operating profit/(loss)

     3,070            (234         3,304   

Income from associates54

     197                       197   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     3,267            (234         3,501   

RoRWA47

     2.5%            (0.5%         4.5%   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

              

Net interest income

     9,029            910            8,119   

Net fee income

     3,435            14            3,421   

Other income/(expense)

     987            (45         1,032   

Net operating income13

     13,451            879            12,572   

LICs53

     (1,459         (309         (1,150

Net operating income

     11,992            570            11,422   

Total operating expenses

     (8,797         (535         (8,262

Operating profit

     3,195            35            3,160   

Income from associates54

     187            (1         188   

Profit before tax

     3,382            34            3,348   

RoRWA47

     2.8%            0.1%            4.3%   

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Principal RBWM RoRWA

3.9%

Global mobile application

downloads surpass

4 million

Best Regional Retail Business 2014 –

Asia Pacific

(The Asian Banker)

Review of performance

 

 

RBWM profit before tax of US$3.0bn was lower by US$0.2bn on a reported basis and by US$0.3bn on constant currency and underlying bases. This reflected lower revenue, partly offset by reduced LICs.

 

 

In the US run-off portfolio, a profit before tax was recorded compared with a loss in 2013. This was due to a fall in operating expenses, mainly from the non-recurrence of a CRS customer redress provision and lower LICs reflecting decreased lending balances, reduced new impaired loans and lower delinquency levels, partly offset by a decline in revenue.

The commentary that follows reflects performance in our Principal RBWM business (see footnote 55).

 

 

Profit before tax fell by US$558m to US$3.0bn on a constant currency basis. Excluding disposals and items noted below, it decreased by US$386m as higher operating expenses were partly offset by lower LICs, with revenue broadly unchanged.

 

 

Significant items in reported revenue included a US$353m provision arising from a review of compliance with the Consumer Credit Act in the UK, adverse movements in non-qualifying hedges of US$47m in the first half of both 2014 and 2013, and a US$138m loss on disposal in the first half of 2013 of an HFC UK Bank secured lending portfolio. Reported operating expenses included UK customer redress provisions of US$194m compared with US$412m in the first half of 2013, in addition to restructuring costs of US$18m compared with US$74m in the prior year. The first half of 2013 also included a gain of US$189m relating to changes in delivering ill-health benefits.

 

 

Revenue declined by 5%, reflecting the effect of disposals and the items referred to above. Excluding these, revenue was broadly unchanged, with a reduction in personal lending revenue mostly offset by higher income from current accounts, savings and deposits.

 

 

47


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Principal RBWM55: management view of revenue13

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2014
US$m
          30 Jun
2013
US$m
          31 Dec
2013
US$m
 

Current accounts, savings and deposits

     2,914            2,785            2,928   

Wealth products

     3,196            3,187            3,145   

Investment distribution56

     1,721            1,852            1,733   

Life insurance manufacturing

     908            760            888   

Asset Management

     567            575            524   

Personal lending

     5,712            6,034            5,803   

Mortgages

     1,604            1,610            1,584   

Credit cards

     2,168            2,244            2,206   

Other personal lending57

     1,940            2,180            2,013   

Other58

     (99         490            696   

Net operating income13

     11,723            12,496            12,572   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

 

Strategic direction

RBWM provides retail banking and wealth management services for personal customers in markets where we have, or can build cost effectively, scale in our target customer segments.

We focus on three strategic imperatives:

 

 

building a consistent, high standard, customer needs-driven wealth management service for retail customers drawing on our Insurance and Asset Management businesses;

 

 

leveraging global expertise to improve customer service and productivity, to provide a high standard of banking solutions and service to our customers efficiently; and

 

 

simplifying and re-shaping the RBWM portfolio of businesses globally, to focus our capital and resources on key markets.

Our three growth priorities are customer growth in target segments, deepening customer relationships through wealth management and relationship-led lending, and enhancing distribution capabilities, including digital.

Implementing Global Standards, enhancing risk management control models and simplifying processes also remain top priorities for RBWM.

 

 

 

Current accounts, savings and deposits revenue increased. Spreads improved, mainly in the UK due to re-pricing activity and, to a lesser extent, in mainland China, partly offset by spread compression in Hong Kong. Balances increased, mainly in the UK and Hong Kong.

 

 

Wealth products revenue increased by 1% from higher life insurance manufacturing income, most notably in Hong Kong reflecting improved sales and favourable market movements. This was partially offset by a decline in investment distribution income, mainly as a result of lower fees from mutual funds in part reflecting the Retail Distribution Review in the UK, and from reduced volumes in Hong Kong.

 

Personal lending revenue fell by 3% on a constant currency basis. All products were adversely affected by business disposals and the run-off of our Canadian consumer finance business. Excluding these, mortgages and credit card revenue was broadly unchanged. Other personal lending declined, notably in the UK due to cessation of certain overdraft fees, and in Brazil as the rebalancing of the portfolio towards secured lending continued.

 

 

LICs decreased by 18%, mainly in the US and the UK due to lower delinquency levels. In Brazil, LICs also reduced as impairment model changes and assumption revisions for restructured loans in 2013 were partly offset by refinements to the impairment model for non-restructured portfolios in the first half of 2014.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 3%. Excluding the effect of disposals, items referred to above and higher costs of US$111m as a result of the timing of the recognition of the FSCS levy, operating expenses increased by 5%, driven by the effect of inflation in Latin America and Asia, together with higher investment in the Risk and Compliance functions across all regions.

Growth priorities

Focus on relationship-led personal lending to drive balance sheet growth

 

 

We aim to deepen the relationships with our existing customers by providing them with borrowing products that fit their needs, ranging from cards and other unsecured loans to longer-term facilities like mortgages. We also use personal lending to generate new relationships, targeted carefully by segment and offerings in each market.

 

 

To achieve this we continue to use our improved analytics to better support product decisions in line with regulatory changes and customer fairness principles. Based on pricing and customer response measures, we enhanced revenue and grew participation in target segments, including double digit mortgage growth in mainland China. Repricing initiatives are reflected in lending spreads, which have stabilised over the past four quarters following 10 quarters of steady decline.

 

 

We maintained discipline around lending within our risk appetite. Since the fourth quarter of 2013, other personal loan average balances in our home markets increased by 6%. In other priority markets, we also managed growth and

 

 

48


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

rebalanced portfolios towards secured loans, increasing mortgage average balances by 2%. This was achieved with lower LICs in the first half of 2014 than in the second half of 2013.

 

 

In January 2014, we introduced a new discretionary incentive framework for our Retail Banking front-line staff. Similar to the framework launched for Wealth Management relationship managers (‘RM’s) in 2013, this new plan removes the formulaic link between product sales and variable pay for a further 50,000 front-line staff. Implementation contributed to a slowdown in revenue growth, though we expect it to enhance the quality of revenue ultimately. Customer recommendation levels improved in several markets in the first half of 2014, with the volume of complaints related to products and services decreasing by more than 10% globally compared with the second half of 2013.

Continue to develop Wealth Management with focus on growing customer balances

 

 

We remain committed to capturing opportunities from wealth creation, primarily through our Premier offering. Our approach has been informed by the emerging conduct risk agenda, and we have taken proactive measures, including the implementation of our Wealth incentive framework, to reposition the business.

 

We continued to invest in our Premier offering and delivered new platforms and digital capabilities to enhance the end-to-end delivery process and customer experience. In addition, we improved RM productivity through new training programmes and development tools. Client contact and coverage rates increased since the beginning of the year with higher numbers of client appointments, financial reviews and needs fulfilled per RM.

Develop digital capabilities to support customers and reduce cost

 

 

At June 2014, worldwide downloads of our global mobile application, now with enriched functionality, reached 4.3m with almost 2m in the first half of the year.

 

 

The migration of customers to digital channels continued to progress. In the UK, we launched ‘Paym’, a service which provides customers with the ability to register and make payments using a mobile phone number as a proxy for their bank account. In the US, we launched ‘Mobile Check Deposit’ which allows customers to deposit a cheque by taking a picture of it with their phone. These enhancements reflect our continued commitment to improving the customer experience while streamlining processes.

 

 

Across our priority markets, between December 2013 and May 2014, the monthly average sales and transaction revenue through digital channels increased by 12%.

 

 

49


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Commercial Banking

 

CMB offers a full range of financial services and tailored solutions to almost three million customers ranging from small and medium-sized enterprises to publicly quoted companies in around 60 countries.

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun
2014

US$m

         

30 Jun
2013

US$m

         

31 Dec
2013

US$m

 

Net interest income

     5,184            5,050            5,150   

Net fee income

     2,413            2,337            2,380   

Other income

     519            476            972   

Net operating income13

     8,116            7,863            8,502   

LICs53

     (562         (1,160         (1,224

Net operating income

     7,554            6,703            7,278   

Total operating expenses

     (3,588         (3,337         (3,712

Operating profit

     3,966            3,366            3,566   

Income from associates54

     805            767            742   

Profit before tax

     4,771            4,133            4,308   

RoRWA47

     2.3%            2.2%            2.2%   

7%

growth in customer lending balances

since June 2013 on a constant currency basis

8%

growth in deposit balances

since June 2013 on a constant currency basis

Best Trade Bank in the World

(Trade & Forfaiting Review)

 

 

Strategic direction

CMB aims to be the banking partner of choice for international businesses by building on our rich heritage, international capabilities and relationships to enable global connectivity.

We have four growth priorities:

 

 

providing consistency and efficiency for our customers through a business model organised around global customer segments and products;

 

 

utilising our distinctive geographical network to support and facilitate global trade and capital flows;

 

 

delivering excellence in our core flow products – specifically in Trade and Payments and Cash Management; and

 

 

enhancing collaboration with other global businesses.

Implementing Global Standards, enhancing risk management controls and simplifying processes remain top priorities for CMB.

 

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Review of performance

 

 

CMB reported profit before tax of US$4.8bn in the first half of 2014, 15% higher on both reported and constant currency bases. On an underlying basis, profit before tax increased by 16%. This was driven by a reduction in LICs and increased revenues, partly offset by a rise in operating expenses.

 

 

Revenue increased by 5% on a constant currency basis and by 6% on an underlying basis. This was due to higher net interest income driven by growth in average lending and deposit balances in Asia and rising average deposit balances and wider lending spreads in the UK. Higher net fee income was mainly driven by an increase in term lending fees in the UK.

 

 

Despite lending spread compression compared with the first half of 2013, spreads in the first half of 2014 were broadly unchanged from the end of 2013.

Management view of revenue13

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2014

US$m

         

30 Jun

2013

US$m

         

31 Dec
2013

US$m

 

Global Trade and Receivables Finance

     1,429            1,459            1,470   

Credit and Lending

     3,108            3,008            3,095   

Payments and Cash Management, current accounts and savings deposits

     2,738            2,579            2,708   

Other

     841            817            1,229   

Net operating income13

     8,116            7,863            8,502   

 

 

Global Trade and Receivables Finance revenue decreased by 2%, but was broadly unchanged on a constant currency basis. It reflected the effect of a significant increase in average balances, with growth in Asia and Europe, which was largely offset by spread compression in Latin America and Asia despite spreads in the first half of 2014 being broadly unchanged. In Latin America, spreads narrowed in Brazil due to a portfolio shift towards lower-yielding middle market enterprises (‘MME’s), while in Asia spread compression reflected increased competition.

 

 

Credit and Lending revenue increased, reflecting higher average balances in Hong Kong and increased fee income in the UK due to a rise in term lending fees from higher new business

 

 

50


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

volumes. This was partly offset by spread compression in Latin America, in Brazil, as discussed above and in Mexico due to the repositioning of the business.

 

 

Payments and Cash Management revenue also increased. This reflected strong deposit growth, notably in the UK and Hong Kong, which was driven by increased transaction volumes supported by our focus on international customers. Deposit spreads remained broadly unchanged.

 

 

LICs decreased by US$580m, mainly in Europe and Latin America. Lower LICs in Europe reflected a reduction in individually assessed loan impairment charges, mainly in the UK and Spain. In Latin America, a reduction in LICs was driven by lower collectively assessed impairments in Brazil, mainly due to impairment model changes and assumption revisions for restructured loans in the Business Banking portfolios in 2013, while, in Mexico, individually assessed charges reduced, in particular relating to homebuilders. Additionally, in North America, lower LICs were due to lower individually assessed impairment charges in Canada, partly offset by a rise in LICs in the US as we revised certain estimates used in our corporate loan impairment calculation.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 10%, including the non-recurrence of an accounting gain of US$160m arising from a change in the basis of delivering ill health benefits in the first half of 2013. Excluding this gain, operating expenses were higher, mainly due to inflationary pressures in Asia and Latin America, the latter largely attributable to union-agreed salary increases in Brazil. Higher costs in Asia also reflected business growth, including increased staff numbers.

 

 

Income from associates increased by 4%, as we benefited from the improved performance of The Saudi British Bank and BoCom due to balance sheet growth.

Growth priorities

Providing consistency through a globally led business model

 

 

We continued to invest in providing global product coverage for our business segments. This will enable us to achieve greater consistency and transparency in servicing our customers’ needs while managing risk more efficiently.

 

New leadership and a more defined global strategy within our large corporate and MME segments enabled us to improve client coverage. We appointed a new Global Head of International Subsidiary Banking to drive investment in supporting our international customers across our network. In addition, we redefined our large corporate segment, focusing on a smaller number of higher value clients in 14 priority markets, and accelerated market penetration in our six key MME markets (Hong Kong, the UK, Canada, the US, Mexico and Brazil).

 

 

In conjunction with GB&M, we acted as sole financial adviser for an Asian client’s first strategic acquisition outside their home market. This demonstrated our ability to meet the needs of a large corporate client by executing a substantial and complex multi-jurisdictional transaction.

 

 

In Business Banking, we launched the international RMs’ model into more of our priority markets in the first half of this year. We expect the number of international RMs to increase by approximately 20% in 2014, supporting small and medium-sized enterprise (‘SME’) clients with their international growth aspirations. We launched five major campaigns in the first half of 2014 to help SME customers achieve their growth ambitions and assist businesses looking to expand overseas, including funds in the UK, France, the US, Canada and Australia totalling US$14bn.

Utilising our geographical network to support our customers’ international growth ambitions

 

 

HSBC’s geographical reach at either end of the top 20 global trade corridors has helped us win a number of high profile deals, including a mandate to provide supply chain finance across nine countries for a large consumer brands client.

 

 

Our operating platforms for Receivables Finance are being consolidated into regional hubs, with Europe and Asia completed in the first half of 2014. This offers us the ability to deploy these capabilities rapidly into new markets, providing better risk management and lower operating costs.

Delivering excellence in our core products

 

 

HSBC is one of the largest trade finance banks in the world with access to more than 70% of

 

 

51


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

the world’s trade flows. We currently support clients from 32 different countries utilising 19 different currencies. We continued to enhance our open account financing capabilities in key hubs for our clients, with our new Supply Chain Solutions platform which has generated over US$0.7m of revenue.

 

 

Commodity and Structured Trade Finance saw double-digit asset balance growth in the first half of 2014. We expanded these products into Indonesia, India and Malaysia.

 

 

In Payments and Cash Management, CMB remains well positioned to benefit from global trends such as increasing cross-border payment flows, given HSBC is strategically located where over 90% of the world’s payment activity originates. New customer mandates increased by 19% compared with the first half of 2013. We made progress in the digital space, and have migrated around 80,000 customers from legacy platforms to core electronic banking channels and developed innovative solutions for our customers. Most recently, we provided end-of-day renminbi cross-border pooling capability from the Shanghai free trade zone.

Enhancing collaboration with other global businesses

 

 

We continued to strengthen CMB’s collaboration with GB&M and GPB by increasing product coverage across the Group to our customers. Revenue remained broadly unchanged with lower sales of Markets products mostly offset by growth in the sale of Capital Financing products.

Global Banking and Markets

 

GB&M provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients worldwide.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2014
US$m
          30 Jun
2013
US$m
          31 Dec
2013
US$m
 

Net interest income

     3,602            3,334            3,432   

Net fee income

     1,939            1,818            1,664   

Net trading income59

     2,790            5,606            1,174   

Other income/(expense)

     1,460            (96         2,244   

Net operating income13

     9,791            10,662            8,514   

LICs53

     (49         (174         (33

Net operating income

     9,742            10,488            8,481   

Total operating expenses

     (4,958         (5,007         (4,953

Operating profit

     4,784            5,481            3,528   

Income from associates54

     249            242            190   

Profit before tax

     5,033            5,723            3,718   

RoRWA47

     2.0%            2.8%            1.7%   

Increased market share in

debt and equity capital markets, M&A

and lending

Best Overall Primary Debt House

(Euromoney Primary Debt Survey 2014)

Best Overall Offshore RMB

Products/Services,

for the 3rd consecutive year

(Asiamoney Offshore RMB Poll 2014)

 

 

Strategic direction

GB&M is delivering on its well-established ‘emerging markets-led and financing-focused’ strategy, with the objective of being a ‘top 5’ bank to our priority clients. This strategy has evolved to include a greater emphasis on connectivity between the global businesses across the regions and within GB&M, utilising the Group’s extensive distribution network.

We focus on the following growth priorities:

 

 

leveraging our distinctive geographical network, which connects developed and faster-growing regions;

 

 

connecting clients to global growth opportunities; and

 

 

continuing to be well-positioned in products that will benefit from global trends;

Collaborating with other global businesses, implementing Global Standards, enhancing risk management controls and simplifying processes remain top priorities for GB&M.

 

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

 

 

52


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Review of performance

 

 

GB&M reported profit before tax of US$5.0bn, 12% lower than in the first half of 2013. On a constant currency and underlying basis, profit before tax decreased by 11%, driven by lower revenue due to an adverse DVA movement partly offset by a reduction in loan impairment charges and lower operating expenses.

 

 

Revenue fell by 9%. In the first half of 2014, revenue included an adverse DVA of US$155m, compared with a favourable DVA of US$451m. Excluding this, revenue decreased by 3%, mainly driven by a reduction in Foreign Exchange. In addition, in line with expectations, Balance Sheet Management revenue of US$1.5bn declined by US$153m. These factors were partly offset by an increase in our Credit, Payments and Cash Management and Principal Investments businesses. Despite this decline in overall revenue, we captured increased market share in debt and equity capital markets, M&A and lending.

 

 

Markets revenue of US$3.8bn was 7% lower. This was primarily driven by a fall in revenue from our Foreign Exchange business, which reflected lower market volatility and reduced client flows. By contrast, Rates revenue was broadly in line as higher revenue in Latin America, in part driven by increased client activity, was offset by the effect of subdued client flows and lower market volatility, mainly in Europe. However, we reported higher revenue in secondary Credit and strong revenue growth in our Equities business, notwithstanding the non-recurrence of revaluation gains reported in the first half of 2013. The growth in our Equities business was driven by successful positioning to capture increased client activity, notably in Europe. In addition, revenue in legacy credit increased, reflecting price appreciation across certain asset classes in the ABS market.

 

 

Revenue in Capital Financing was broadly unchanged. Volumes and market share increased globally across debt and equity capital market issuance, advisory and lending. In our Credit and Lending business, volumes grew by 11%. These factors were, however, largely offset by spread and fee compression.

Management view of revenue13,60,61

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2014

US$m

         

30 Jun

2013

US$m

         

31 Dec
2013

US$m

 

Markets62

     3,845            4,070            2,865   

Credit

     593            488            308   

Rates

     1,127            1,106            547   

Foreign Exchange

     1,434            1,833            1,353   

Equities

     691            643            657   

Capital Financing

     2,075            2,042            1,952   

Payments and Cash Management

     904            862            908   

Securities Services

     846            847            815   

Global Trade and Receivables Finance

     389            371            370   

Balance Sheet Management

     1,502            1,680            1,430   

Principal Investments

     342            205            307   

Debit valuation adjustment

     (155         451            (346

Other63

     43            134            213   

Net operating income13

     9,791            10,662            8,514   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

 

Payments and Cash Management revenue rose, driven by growth in deposit balances and an increase in transaction volumes.

 

 

Balance Sheet Management revenue declined by US$153m, driven by lower gains on the disposal of available-for-sale debt securities, notably in Europe and North America.

 

 

Principal Investments revenue increased, in part due to foreign exchange revaluation gains, disposal gains and lower impairments.

 

 

LICs decreased by US$141m, primarily due to higher net releases of credit risk provisions on available-for-sale ABSs in our legacy portfolio, reflecting price appreciation.

 

 

Operating expenses were US$123m or 2% lower. The first half of 2013 included a Madoff-related litigation charge of US$298m and an accounting gain of US$81m relating to changes in delivering ill-health benefits to certain employees in the UK. Excluding these items, and despite a reduction in performance costs, expenses increased as we continued to invest in our regulatory resources. In addition, expenses relating to risk and compliance rose.

 

 

53


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Growth priorities

Leveraging our distinctive geographical network which connects developed and faster-growing regions

 

 

We remain strongly positioned to service the needs of our multinational clients. We were recently successful in a competitive pan-Asian tender and we now serve as universal bank for the production and distribution hub in mainland China of a new European corporate client, with opportunities for further expansion in Asia and into Latin America. Our ability to win mandates like this demonstrates the value of our distinctive geographical network to our clients.

 

 

Our long-standing cross-border coverage and our ability to execute multi-faceted transactions also attracted new financing and advisory mandates, including those won through collaboration with CMB. This helped clients to grow their business activities, and contributed to increasing our market share in several product categories including mergers and acquisitions and debt and equity capital markets.

Connecting clients to global growth opportunities

 

 

Our Payments and Cash Management business benefited from volume growth and delivered improved client coverage. During the first half of 2014, the business expanded its Global Liquidity Solutions offering into the US, mainland China and certain European countries and is now active in 50 markets.

 

 

We remain focused on our Foreign Exchange business and continue to improve our distribution platforms, electronic pricing and risk management capabilities, to ensure that we remain well positioned to capture increases in market share and volume growth.

Continuing to be well positioned in products that will benefit from global trends

 

 

Capturing new opportunities arising from the internationalisation of the renminbi remains a key growth priority for GB&M, as demand for the currency outside Asia-Pacific grows. We are investing to build on the strength of our offering and to maintain our global leadership position. In April 2014, we announced the appointment of a new Global Head of Renminbi Business Development to deliver our strategic priorities in this growing market.

 

 

Our Securities Services business became the first custodian to service London-based renminbi-qualified institutional investors, following regulatory approval to open up mainland China’s securities markets to overseas investors.

 

 

We are well placed to benefit from companies increasingly looking to raise finance directly from the debt capital markets. In March 2014, for the first time, we were recognised by Bloomberg as the top international bond provider and also maintained leading positions in euro market and emerging market debt issuance, with market share increases in the noted categories.

 

 

With governments increasingly requiring financing solutions for infrastructure development and institutional investors seeking long-term real assets, infrastructure finance continues to migrate from banks to capital markets. Our project finance team is actively capturing opportunities and delivered several successful transactions including arranging financing for a UK-based infrastructure project which also featured a direct investment by a UK pension fund.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Private Banking

 

GPB serves high net worth individuals and families with complex and international financial needs within the Group’s priority markets.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun           30 Jun           31 Dec  
     2014           2013           2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net interest income

     536            575            571   

Net fee income

     533            602            548   

Other income/(expense)

     161            (26         169   

Net operating income13

     1,230            1,151            1,288   

LICs53

     (6         (14         (17

Net operating income

     1,224            1,137            1,271   

Total operating expenses

     (868         (1,035         (1,194

Operating profit

     356            102            77   

Income from associates54

     8            6            8   

Profit before tax

     364            108            85   

RoRWA47

     3.3%            1.0%            0.8%   

Profit before tax continued to be affected by actions

taken to reposition the customer base

Net new money from CMB referrals tripled

compared with the first half of 2013

Outstanding Private Bank

in South East Asia

Private Banker International

Global Wealth Awards

 

 

Strategic direction

GPB aims to build on HSBC’s commercial banking heritage to be the leading private bank for high net worth business owners.

We have two growth priorities:

 

 

capturing growth opportunities in home and priority markets, particularly from Group collaboration by accessing owners and principals of CMB and GB&M clients; and

 

 

repositioning the business to concentrate on onshore markets, aligned with Group priorities.

Implementing Global Standards, enhancing risk management controls, tax transparency and simplifying processes remain top priorities for GPB.

 

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Review of performance

 

 

Reported profit before tax of US$364m was US$256m higher, and US$245m higher on constant currency and underlying bases. This was primarily because the first half of 2013 included the loss on write-off of allocated goodwill relating to our Monaco business of US$279m and a regulatory investigation provision of US$119m. Excluding these items, profit before tax was lower, primarily due to actions taken to reposition the business.

 

 

Revenue increased by 5%, primarily due to the non-recurrence of the loss related to the write-off of goodwill noted above. Excluding this, revenue declined as trading income and net fee income decreased, reflecting lower market volatility, and a managed reduction in client assets. Net interest income also decreased, mainly due to lower treasury revenue in Asia following actions taken to reposition the business, lower average deposit balances and a narrowing of lending spreads.

 

 

Operating expenses decreased by 17%, primarily due to the non-recurrence of the regulatory investigation provision noted above, and the non-recurrence of a provision relating to the UK Rubik agreement, a bilateral tax agreement between the UK and Swiss governments, as well as the partial release of a customer redress provision. Excluding these items, operating expenses were broadly unchanged as lower staff costs from a managed reduction in average staff numbers and lower performance-related costs were offset by increased IT costs, primarily to support the implementation of the new global banking platform.

Client assets64

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2014
          30 Jun
2013
          31 Dec
2013
 
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

At beginning of period

     382            398            386   

Net new money

     (3         (10         (16

Of which: areas targeted for growth

     5            (3         (3

Value change

     6                       12   

Exchange and other

     (1         (2           

At end of period

     384            386            382   

 

 

Client assets, which include funds under management and cash deposits, increased on a reported basis compared with 31 December 2013 due to favourable market and foreign

 

 

55


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

   

exchange movements, partly offset by negative net new money and the effect of the disposal of our HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG business in Luxembourg. Negative net new money of US$3bn was mainly driven by the continued repositioning of our business. However, we attracted positive net new money of US$5bn in areas that we have targeted for growth, including our home and priority markets and the high net worth client segment.

 

 

Our return on assets, defined as the percentage of revenue to average client assets, was 65bps in the first half of 2014 compared with 59bps. The increase was primarily due to the non-recurrence of the write-off relating to goodwill noted above. Excluding the effect of this item, our return on assets was 8bps lower in the first half of 2014, reflecting the fall in revenue. Our client return on assets, which excludes treasury and capital revenue, was 4bps lower in the first half of 2013 at  60bps.

Growth priorities

Capturing growth in our home and priority markets and focusing on collaboration revenues

 

 

We enhanced our approach to collaborating with other global businesses in line with our aspiration to be the preferred private bank for the owners and principals of our CMB and GB&M clients. We are moving away from a traditional ‘referral’ model, adopting a more coordinated and systematic approach for clients who need both private and corporate coverage, supported by more effective marketing, communications, awareness and training. This resulted in net new money from CMB referrals more than tripling compared with the first half of 2013.

 

 

In addition, we formalised and implemented the Global Priority Clients initiative, a collaborative venture between GPB, GB&M and CMB for the Group’s most significant dual banked clients. This gathered momentum in the first half of 2014 as we identified over 60

   

large relationships that could benefit from an enhanced coverage, creating significant incremental revenue opportunities.

 

 

We expanded our product offering with investment opportunities in three new Alternatives products, comprising two private equity funds and a real estate portfolio. In addition, we strengthened our investment group with the implementation of Global Product Lines, which allow us to offer a consistent global proposition for key products and utilise more efficiently GB&M and Global Asset Management services and products.

Repositioning the business

 

 

We continued to reposition the GPB business model and client base in the first half of 2014, primarily by reviewing our portfolio and ensuring that all clients comply with Global Standards, including financial crime compliance and tax transparency standards.

 

 

We remain focused on clients with wider Group connectivity who meet our segmentation thresholds within our home and priority markets, while also reducing the number of clients in non-priority markets. In line with this strategy, we agreed to sell a portfolio of private banking assets of clients in non-priority markets booked in Switzerland to LGT Bank (Switzerland) Ltd. The portfolio had client assets of US$12.5bn at 31 December 2013, representing 15% of client assets in Switzerland, and we reclassified the associated balances to held for sale at 30 June 2014. This transaction is expected to complete in the second half of 2014.

 

 

The replacement of GPB’s multiple IT platforms with a new single banking platform is under way. This will deliver improved efficiency, an enhanced proposition and a consistent client experience globally. The initial roll-out, including Switzerland, is expected in the second half of 2015.

 

 

56


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Other50

 

‘Other’ contains the results of HSBC’s holding company and financing operations, central support and functional costs with associated recoveries, unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, certain property transactions and movements in fair value of own debt.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2014
US$m
          30 Jun
2013
US$m
          31 Dec
2013
US$m
 

Net interest expense

     (221         (376         (361

Net fee income

     1            61            3   

Net trading income/ (expense)59

     (120         (169         175   

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

     438            (1,419         191   

Changes in other financial instruments designated at fair value

     (719         957            (1,533

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (281         (462         (1,342

Other income

     3,279            5,096            3,026   

Net operating income

     2,658            4,150            1,501   

Total operating expenses

     (3,533         (3,312         (4,484

Operating profit/(loss)

     (875         838            (2,983

Income from associates54

     2            2            (16

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (873         840            (2,999

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Notes

 

 

Reported loss before tax of US$873m compared with a profit of US$840m (US$808m on a constant currency basis). 2013 included gains of US$1.1bn relating to Industrial Bank.

 

 

On an underlying basis, a pre-tax loss of US$625m compared with a loss of US$244m. The first half of 2013 included a net gain on completion of the disposal of our investment in Ping An of US$553m, and foreign exchange gains of US$442m relating to sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings, while the first half of 2014 included a gain of US$428m from the sale of our investment in Bank of Shanghai. Excluding these items and fair value movements

   

on non-qualifying hedges, loss before tax improved from lower adverse fair value movements from ineffectiveness in the hedging of our own debt and a reduction in interest expense partly offset by higher costs.

 

 

Net trading expense decreased by US$56m, primarily due to the non-recurrence of adverse fair value movements of US$682m on the contingent forward sale contract relating to Ping An. This was mostly offset by the foreign exchange gains in HSBC Holdings in 2013 noted above. In addition, in the first half of 2014 there were adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges, notably in Europe, compared with favourable movements in the first half of 2013.

 

 

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value reduced by US$186m. The reduction was primarily due to lower adverse movements from interest and exchange rate ineffectiveness in the hedging of long-term debt designated at fair value issued principally by HSBC Holdings and its European subsidiaries. This was partly offset by adverse movements in the fair value of our own debt compared with minimal movements in the same period in 2013.

 

 

Gains less losses from financial investments reduced by US$772m due to the non-recurrence of a gain of US$1.2bn on the disposal of our investment in Ping An in the first half of 2013, partly offset by a gain of US$428m on the disposal of our investment in Bank of Shanghai in the first half of 2014.

 

 

Other operating income decreased by US$1.0bn, driven by the non-recurrence of an accounting gain of US$1.1bn arising from the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment in the first half of 2013.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by US$248m, reflecting increased investment in Global Standards, Risk and Compliance. This was partly offset by a reduction in North America due to lower divestiture costs from the sale in 2012 of our CRS business and the expiration in the first half of 2014 of the related Transaction Services Agreements. In addition, the first half of 2014 included a favourable adjustment of US$45m relating to the previous year’s bank levy charge, compared with an unfavourable adjustment of US$9m.

 

 

57


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit/(loss) before tax

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     9,310            (122         9,188            8,427            (9         (8

Net fee income

     3,586            (23         3,563            3,291            (8         (8

Net trading income/(expense)

     275            (8         267            (13            

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     122            (2         120            1,073               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     48            3            51            8            (83         (84

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,469            (9         5,460            5,480                         

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     (81         (16         (97         393               

Total operating income

     18,729            (177         18,552            18,659                       1   

Net insurance claims66

     (5,440         (15         (5,455         (6,336         (16         (16

Net operating income13

     13,289            (192         13,097            12,323            (7         (6

LICs53

     (1,768         104            (1,664         (1,225         31            26   

Net operating income

     11,521            (88         11,433            11,098            (4         (3

Operating expenses

     (8,451         129            (8,322         (8,269         2            1   

Operating profit

     3,070            41            3,111            2,829            (8         (9

Income from associates54

     197            2            199            216            10            9   

Profit before tax

     3,267            43            3,310            3,045            (7         (8

 

57a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management (continued)

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     9,029            43            9,072            8,427            (7         (7

Net fee income

     3,435            18            3,453            3,291            (4         (5

Net trading income/(expense)

     411            (11         400            (13            

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,516            10            1,526            1,073            (29         (30

Gains less losses from financial investments

     7                       7            8            14            14   

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,074            9            5,083            5,480            8            8   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     646            (2         644            393            (39         (39

Total operating income

     20,118            67            20,185            18,659            (7         (8

Net insurance claims66

     (6,667         (14         (6,681         (6,336         5            5   

Net operating income13

     13,451            53            13,504            12,323            (8         (9

LICs53

     (1,459         17            (1,442         (1,225         16            15   

Net operating income

     11,992            70            12,062            11,098            (7         (8

Operating expenses

     (8,797         (48         (8,845         (8,269         6            7   

Operating profit

     3,195            22            3,217            2,829            (11         (12

Income from associates54

     187            (2         185            216            16            17   

Profit before tax

     3,382            20            3,402            3,045            (10         (10

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Management view of Retail Banking and Wealth Management and Principal RBWM business revenue

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun
2014

US$m

         

30 Jun
2013

US$m

         

31 Dec
2013

US$m

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management business

              

Current accounts, savings and deposits

     2,914            2,785            2,928   

Wealth products

     3,196            3,187            3,145   

Investment distribution56

     1,721            1,852            1,733   

Life insurance manufacturing

     908            760            888   

Asset Management

     567            575            524   

Personal lending

     6,410            6,778            6,538   

Mortgages

     2,302            2,501            2,299   

Credit cards

     2,168            2,244            2,206   

Other personal lending57

     1,940            2,033            2,033   

Other58

     (197         539            840   

Net operating income13

     12,323            13,289            13,451   

US run-off

              

Current accounts, savings and deposits

                             

Wealth products

                             

Investment distribution56

                             

Life insurance manufacturing

                             

Asset Management

                             

Personal lending

     698            744            735   

Mortgages

     698            891            715   

Credit cards

                             

Other personal lending57

                (147         20   

Other58

     (98         49            144   

Net operating income13

     600            793            879   

Principal Retail Banking and Wealth Management business

              

Current accounts, savings and deposits

     2,914            2,785            2,928   

Wealth products

     3,196            3,187            3,145   

Investment distribution56

     1,721            1,852            1,733   

Life insurance manufacturing

     908            760            888   

Asset Management

     567            575            524   

Personal lending

     5,712            6,034            5,803   

Mortgages

     1,604            1,610            1,584   

Credit cards

     2,168            2,244            2,206   

Other personal lending57

     1,940            2,180            2,013   

Other58

     (99         490            696   

Net operating income13

     11,723            12,496            12,572   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Management view of total operating income/(expense) of Principal Retail Banking and Wealth Management (continued)

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Current accounts, savings and deposits

     2,785            (16         2,769            2,914            5            5   

Wealth products

     3,187            (15         3,172            3,196                       1   

Investment distribution56

     1,852            (3         1,849            1,721            (7         (7

Life insurance manufacturing

     760            (19         741            908            19            23   

Asset management

     575            7            582            567            (1         (3

Personal lending

     6,034            (121         5,913            5,712            (5         (3

Mortgages

     1,610            35            1,645            1,604                       (2

Credit cards

     2,244            (52         2,192            2,168            (3         (1

Other personal lending57

     2,180            (104         2,076            1,940            (11         (7

Other58

     490            (40         450            (99            

Net operating income13

     12,496            (192         12,304            11,723            (6         (5
30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013   
     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Current accounts, savings and deposits

     2,928            15            2,943            2,914                       (1

Wealth products

     3,145            10            3,155            3,196            2            1   

Investment distribution56

     1,733            13            1,746            1,721            (1         (1

Life insurance manufacturing

     888            (9         879            908            2            3   

Asset management

     524            6            530            567            8            7   

Personal lending

     5,803            37            5,840            5,712            (2         (2

Mortgages

     1,584            32            1,616            1,604            1            (1

Credit cards

     2,206            2            2,208            2,168            (2         (2

Other personal lending57

     2,013            3            2,016            1,940            (4         (4

Other58

     696            (9         687            (99            

Net operating income13

     12,572            53            12,625            11,723            (7         (7

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Principal Retail Banking and Wealth Management business

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     8,159            (122         8,037            7,677            (6         (4

Net fee income

     3,589            (23         3,566            3,292            (8         (8

Other income27

     748            (47         701            754            1            8   

Net operating income13

     12,496            (192         12,304            11,723            (6         (5

LICs53

     (1,372         104            (1,268         (1,045         24            18   

Net operating income

     11,124            (88         11,036            10,678            (4         (3

Total operating expenses

     (7,820         129            (7,691         (7,908         (1         (3

Operating profit

     3,304            41            3,345            2,770            (16         (17

Income from associates54

     197            2            199            216            10            9   

Profit before tax

     3,501            43            3,544            2,986            (15         (16
30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013   
     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant
currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     8,119            43            8,162            7,677            (5         (6

Net fee income

     3,421            18            3,439            3,292            (4         (4

Other income27

     1,032            (8         1,024            754            (27         (26

Net operating income13

     12,572            53            12,625            11,723            (7         (7

LICs53

     (1,150         17            (1,133         (1,045         9            8   

Net operating income

     11,422            70            11,492            10,678            (7         (7

Total operating expenses

     (8,262         (48         (8,310         (7,908         4            5   

Operating profit

     3,160            22            3,182            2,770            (12         (13

Income from associates54

     188            (2         186            216            15            16   

Profit before tax

     3,348            20            3,368            2,986            (11         (11

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Commercial Banking

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     5,050            (75         4,975            5,184            3            4   

Net fee income

     2,337            (6         2,331            2,413            3            4   

Net trading income

     346            (13         333            336            (3         1   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     104            3            107            124            19            16   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (6         (1         (7         24               

Net earned insurance premiums

     748            (7         741            636            (15         (14

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     (11         (1         (12         95               

Total operating income

     8,568            (100         8,468            8,812            3            4   

Net insurance claims66

     (705                    (705         (696         1            1   

Net operating income13

     7,863            (100         7,763            8,116            3            5   

LICs53

     (1,160         18            (1,142         (562         52            51   

Net operating income

     6,703            (82         6,621            7,554            13            14   

Operating expenses

     (3,337         88            (3,249         (3,588         (8         (10

Operating profit

     3,366            6            3,372            3,966            18            18   

Income from associates54

     767            10            777            805            5            4   

Profit before tax

     4,133            16            4,149            4,771            15            15   

 

57f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Commercial Banking (continued)

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     5,150            10            5,160            5,184            1              

Net fee income

     2,380            19            2,399            2,413            1            1   

Net trading income

     303            (7         296            336            11            14   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     228            7            235            124            (46         (47

Gains less losses from financial investments

     7            1            8            24            243            200   

Net earned insurance premiums

     627            3            630            636            1            1   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     647            (1         646            95            (85         (85

Total operating income

     9,342            32            9,374            8,812            (6         (6

Net insurance claims66

     (840         (9         (849         (696         17            18   

Net operating income13

     8,502            23            8,525            8,116            (5         (5

LICs53

     (1,224         (14         (1,238         (562         54            55   

Net operating income

     7,278            9            7,287            7,554            4            4   

Operating expenses

     (3,712         (8         (3,720         (3,588         3            4   

Operating profit

     3,566            1            3,567            3,966            11            11   

Income from associates54

     742            1            743            805            8            8   

Profit before tax

     4,308            2            4,310            4,771            11            11   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Banking and Markets

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     3,334            (63         3,271            3,602            8            10   

Net fee income

     1,818            (18         1,800            1,939            7            8   

Net trading income

     5,606            184            5,790            2,790            (50         (52

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (961         (70         (1,031         743               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     597            15            612            462            (23         (25

Net earned insurance premiums

     3            (1         2            2            (33           

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     266            (6         260            254            (5         (2

Total operating income

     10,663            41            10,704            9,792            (8         (9

Net insurance claims66

     (1                    (1         (1                      

Net operating income13

     10,662            41            10,703            9,791            (8         (9

LICs53

     (174         (16         (190         (49         72            74   

Net operating income

     10,488            25            10,513            9,742            (7         (7

Operating expenses

     (5,007         (74         (5,081         (4,958         1            2   

Operating profit

     5,481            (49         5,432            4,784            (13         (12

Income from associates54

     242            3            245            249            3            2   

Profit before tax

     5,723            (46         5,677            5,033            (12         (11

 

57h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Banking and Markets (continued)

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     3,432            4            3,436            3,602            5            5   

Net fee income

     1,664            1            1,665            1,939            17            16   

Net trading income

     1,174            (58         1,116            2,790            138            150   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,560            90            1,650            743            (52         (55

Gains less losses from financial investments

     150            (1         149            462            208            210   

Net earned insurance premiums

     3            (1         2            2            (33           

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     533            5            538            254            (52         (53

Total operating income

     8,516            40            8,556            9,792            15            14   

Net insurance claims66

     (2         1            (1         (1         50              

Net operating income13

     8,514            41            8,555            9,791            15            14   

LICs53

     (33         (5         (38         (49         (48         (29

Net operating income

     8,481            36            8,517            9,742            15            14   

Operating expenses

     (4,953         (80         (5,033         (4,958                    1   

Operating profit

     3,528            (44         3,484            4,784            36            37   

Income from associates54

     190            (1         189            249            31            32   

Profit before tax

     3,718            (45         3,673            5,033            35            37   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Management view of total operating income/(expense) of Global Banking and Markets

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
    

1H13 as

reported

US$m

         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Markets62

     4,070            64            4,134            3,845            (6         (7

Credit

     488            8            496            593            22            20   

Rates

     1,106            30            1,136            1,127            2            (1

Foreign Exchange

     1,833            7            1,840            1,434            (22         (22

Equities

     643            19            662            691            7            4   

Capital Financing

     2,042            9            2,051            2,075            2            1   

Payments and Cash Management

     862            (8         854            904            5            6   

Securities Services

     847            3            850            846                         

Global Trade and Receivables Finance

     371            (6         365            389            5            7   

Balance Sheet Management

     1,680            (25         1,655            1,502            (11         (9

Principal Investments

     205            10            215            342            67            59   

Debit valuation adjustment

     451            11            462            (155         (134         (134

Other63

     134            (17         117            43            (68         (63

Total operating income

     10,662            41            10,703            9,791               
30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013   
     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22`

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Markets62

     2,865            1            2,866            3,845            34            34   

Credit

     308            1            309            593            93            92   

Rates

     547            (1         546            1,127            106            106   

Foreign Exchange

     1,353            (14         1,339            1,434            6            7   

Equities

     657            15            672            691            5            3   

Capital Financing

     1,952            39            1,991            2,075            6            4   

Payments and Cash Management

     908            3            911            904                       (1

Securities Services

     815            9            824            846            4            3   

Global Trade and Receivables Finance

     370            1            371            389            5            5   

Balance Sheet Management

     1,430            (2         1,428            1,502            5            5   

Principal Investments

     307            11            318            342            11            8   

Debit valuation adjustment

     (346         (10         (356         (155         (55         (56

Other63

     213            (11         202            43            (80         (79

Total operating income

     8,514            41            8,555            9,791               

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Private Banking

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half–year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     575            11            586            536            (7         (9

Net fee income

     602            2            604            533            (11         (12

Net trading income

     230            5            235            159            (31         (32

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                      1               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     4                       4            12            200            200   

Net earned insurance premiums

     6            1            7            19            217            171   

Other operating expense (including dividend income)

     (261                    (261         (4         98            98   

Total operating income

     1,156            19            1,175            1,256            9            7   

Net insurance claims66

     (5                    (5         (26            

Net operating income13

     1,151            19            1,170            1,230            7            5   

LICs53

     (14         (1         (15         (6         57            60   

Net operating income

     1,137            18            1,155            1,224            8            6   

Operating expenses

     (1,035         (7         (1,042         (868         16            17   

Operating profit

     102            11            113            356            249            215   

Income from associates54

     6                       6            8            33            33   

Profit before tax

     108            11            119            364            237            206   

 

57k


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Private Banking (continued)

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     571            8            579            536            (6         (7

Net fee income

     548            2            550            533            (3         (3

Net trading income

     164            (4         160            159            (3         (1

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     4                       4            1            (75         (75

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (7         (1         (8         12               

Net earned insurance premiums

     10            1            11            19            90            73   

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     30                       30            (4            

Total operating income

     1,320            6            1,326            1,256            (5         (5

Net insurance claims66

     (32         (1         (33         (26         19            21   

Net operating income13

     1,288            5            1,293            1,230            (5         (5

LICs53

     (17         (1         (18         (6         65            67   

Net operating income

     1,271            4            1,275            1,224            (4         (4

Operating expenses

     (1,194         (5         (1,199         (868         27            28   

Operating profit

     77            (1         76            356               

Income from associates54

     8            1            9            8                       (11

Profit before tax

     85                       85            364            328            328   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57l


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Other

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half–year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest expense

     (376         (5         (381         (221         41            42   

Net fee income

     61            1            62            1            (98         (98

Net trading expense

     (169         (7         (176         (120         29            32   

Own credit spread

     (19         4            (15         (215            

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (443         (9         (452         (66         85            85   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1,213            (1         1,212            440            (64         (64

Net earned insurance premiums

                (1         (1                          100   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     3,883            (45         3,838            2,838            (27         (26

Total operating income

     4,150            (63         4,087            2,657            (36         (35

Net insurance claims66

                (4         (4                          100   

Net operating income13

     4,150            (67         4,083            2,657            (36         (35

LICs53

                1            1            1                    

Net operating income

     4,150            (66         4,084            2,658            (36         (35

Operating expenses

     (3,312         27            (3,285         (3,533         (7         (8

Operating profit/(loss)

     838            (39         799            (875            

Income from associates54

     2            7            9            2                       (78

Profit/(loss) before tax

     840            (32         808            (873            

 

57m


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Other (continued)

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest expense

     (361         (3         (364         (221         39            39   

Net fee income

     3            (1         2            1            (67         (50

Net trading income/(expense)

     175            (3         172            (120            

Own credit spread

     (1,227         (13         (1,240         (215         82            83   

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (115         2            (113         (66         43            42   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (1         1                       440               

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     3,027            8            3,035            2,838            (6         (6

Total operating income

     1,501            (9         1,492            2,657            77            78   

Net insurance claims66

                                                    

Net operating income13

     1,501            (9         1,492            2,657            77            78   

LICs53

                                      1               

Net operating income

     1,501            (9         1,492            2,658            77            78   

Operating expenses

     (4,484         (9         (4,493         (3,533         21            21   

Operating loss

     (2,983         (18         (3,001         (875         71            71   

Income from associates54

     (16         1            (15         2               

Loss before tax

     (2,999         (17         (3,016         (873         71            71   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57n


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     8,427            9,310            (9         8,427            9,029            (7

Currency translation adjustment22

           (122                     43         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (13         (125               (13         (77      

Underlying

     8,414            9,063            (7         8,414            8,995            (6

Other operating income/(expense)

                                

Reported

     378            (92               378            636            (41

Currency translation adjustment22

           (16                     (1      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (7         (1               (7         (314      

Underlying

     371            (109               371            321            16   

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     12,323            13,289            (7         12,323            13,451            (8

Currency translation adjustment22

           (192                     53         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (24         (158               (24         (408      

Underlying

     12,299            12,939            (5         12,299            13,096            (6

LICs53

                                

Reported

     (1,225         (1,768         31            (1,225         (1,459         16   

Currency translation adjustment22

           104                        17         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     3            45                  3            20         

Underlying

     (1,222         (1,619         25            (1,222         (1,422         14   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (8,269         (8,451         2            (8,269         (8,797         6   

Currency translation adjustment22

           129                        (48      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     15            190                  15            72         

Underlying

     (8,254         (8,132         (2         (8,254         (8,773         6   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     67.1%            62.8%                  67.1%            67.0%         

Income from associates54

                                

Reported

     216            197            10            216            187            16   

Currency translation adjustment22

           2                        (2      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (5                          18         

Underlying

     216            194            11            216            203            6   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     3,045            3,267            (7         3,045            3,382            (10

Currency translation adjustment22

           43                        20         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (6         72                  (6         (298      

Underlying

     3,039            3,382            (10         3,039            3,104            (2
     US$bn           US$bn                       US$bn           US$bn              

Average risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s)

                                

Average reported RWAs

     228            261            (13         228            239            (5

Currency translation adjustment22

                                            1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (5                          (2      

Average underlying RWAs

     228            256            (11         228            238            (4

 

57o


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Retail Banking and Wealth Management (continued)

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2010

US$m

 

Revenue

                    

Reported

     26,740            33,861            33,533            33,611   

Currency translation adjustment1

           (590         (1,528         (786

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (525         (6,558         (6,587         (7,196

Underlying

     26,215            26,713            25,418            25,629   

Profit before tax

                    

Reported

     6,649            9,575            4,270            3,839   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (26         (113         58   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (228         (5,648         (3,325         (3,010

Underlying

     6,421            3,901            832            887   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57p


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

US run-off

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     600            793            (24         600            879            (32

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                105                                     

Underlying

     600            898            (33         600            879            (32

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (361         (631         43            (361         (535         33   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                14                                     

Underlying

     (361         (617         41            (361         (535         33   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     59            (234               59            34            74   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                120                                     

Underlying

     59            (114               59            34            74   
                            

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2010

US$m

 

Revenue13

                                

Reported

                 1,672            2,396            1,745            2,935   

Currency translation adjustment22

                                               

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                 106            (58                    (84

Underlying

                 1,778            2,338            1,745            2,851   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

                 (200         (1,274         (4,472         (4,066

Currency translation adjustment22

                                               

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                 120            27            68            (20

Underlying

                 (80         (1,247         (4,404         (4,086
For footnotes, see page 96.                                 
HSBC Finance                                 
     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     600            793            (24         600            879            (32

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                105                                     

Underlying

     600            898            (33         600            879            (32

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Reported

     59            (234         (125         59            34            74   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                120                                     

Underlying

     59            (114         (152         59            34            74   

Average RWAs

                                

Average reported RWAs

     74            99            (25         74            83            (11

Currency translation adjustment12

                                                     

Average underlying RWAs

     74            99            (25         74            83            (11

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57q


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Analysis of reported items

Retail Banking and Wealth Management and Principal RBWM business

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2014
US$m
          30 June
2013
US$m
          Change23
%
          30 June
2014
US$m
         

31 December
2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported RBWM

     8,427            9,310            (9         8,427            9,029            (7

US run-off portfolio

     750            1,151            (35         750            910            (18

Principal RBWM business

     7,677            8,159            (6         7,677            8,119            (5

Net fee income/(expense)

                                

Reported RBWM

     3,291            3,586            (8         3,291            3,435            (4

US run-off portfolio

     (1         (3         (67         (1         14         

Principal RBWM business

     3,292            3,589            (8         3,292            3,421            (4

Other income/(expense)27

                                

Reported RBWM

     605            393            54            605            987            (39

US run-off portfolio

     (149         (355         (58         (149         (45         231   

Principal RBWM business

     754            748            1            754            1,032            (27

Net operating income13

                                

Reported RBWM

     12,323            13,289            (7         12,323            13,451            (8

US run-off portfolio

     600            793            (24         600            879            (32

Principal RBWM business

     11,723            12,496            (6         11,723            12,572            (7

LICs53

                                

Reported RBWM

     (1,225         (1,768         31            (1,225         (1,459         16   

US run-off portfolio

     (180         (396         55            (180         (309         42   

Principal RBWM business

     (1,045         (1,372         24            (1,045         (1,150         9   

Net operating income

                                

Reported RBWM

     11,098            11,521            (4         11,098            11,992            (7

US run-off portfolio

     420            397            6            420            570            (26

Principal RBWM business

     10,678            11,124            (4         10,678            11,422            (7

Total operating expenses

                                

Reported RBWM

     (8,269         (8,451         2            (8,269         (8,797         6   

US run-off portfolio

     (361         (631         43            (361         (535         33   

Principal RBWM business

     (7,908         (7,820         (1         (7,908         (8,262         4   

Operating profit/(loss)

                                

Reported RBWM

     2,829            3,070            (8         2,829            3,195            (11

US run-off portfolio

     59            (234               59            35            69   

Principal RBWM business

     2,770            3,304            (16         2,770            3,160            (12

Income from associates54

                                

Reported RBWM

     216            197            10            216            187            16   

US run-off portfolio

                                                 (1         (100

Principal RBWM business

     216            197            10            216            188            15   

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Reported RBWM

     3,045            3,267            (7         3,045            3,382            (10

US run-off portfolio

     59            (234               59            34            74   

Principal RBWM business

     2,986            3,501            (15         2,986            3,348            (11

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57r


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Commercial Banking

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     5,184            5,050            3            5,184            5,150            1   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (75                     10         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (9         (69               (9         (51      

Underlying

     5,175            4,906            5            5,175            5,109            1   

Other operating income/(expense)

                                

Reported

     81            (19               81            640            (87

Currency translation adjustment22

                                          

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (7         (4               (7         (467      

Underlying

     74            (23               74            173            (57

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     8,116            7,863            3            8,116            8,502            (5

Currency translation adjustment22

           (100                     23         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (20         (98               (20         (535      

Underlying

     8,096            7,665            6            8,096            7,990            1   

LICs53

                                

Reported

     (562         (1,160         52            (562         (1,224         54   

Currency translation adjustment22

                18                             (14      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1         (1               (1         (3      

Underlying

     (563         (1,143         51            (563         (1,241         55   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (3,588         (3,337         (8         (3,588         (3,712         3   

Currency translation adjustment22

                88                             (8      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     8            54                  8            34         

Underlying

     (3,580         (3,195         (12         (3,580         (3,686         3   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     44.2%            41.7%                  44.2%            46.1%         

Income from associates54

                                

Reported

     805            767            5            805            742            8   

Currency translation adjustment22

           10                        1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (5                          25         

Underlying

     805            772            4            805            768            5   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     4,771            4,133            15            4,771            4,308            11   

Currency translation adjustment22

                16                             2         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (13         (51               (13         (479      

Underlying

     4,758            4,098            16            4,758            3,831            24   

 

57s


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Commercial Banking (continued)

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2010

US$m

 

Revenue13

                    

Reported

     16,365            16,551            15,611            13,834   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (329         (856         (401

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (588         (781         (400         (540

Underlying

     15,777            15,441            14,355            12,893   

Profit before tax

                    

Reported

     8,441            8,535            7,947            6,090   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (96         (275         (94

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (519         (845         (361         (414

Underlying

     7,922            7,594            7,311            5,582   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57t


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Banking and Markets

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     3,602            3,334            8            3,602            3,432            5   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (63                     4         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (5         (26               (5         (21      

Underlying

     3,597            3,245            11            3,597            3,415            5   

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     222            201            10            222            469            (53

Currency translation adjustment22

           (8                     4         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (5         (11               (5         (397      

Underlying

     217            182            19            217            76            186   

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     9,791            10,662            (8         9,791            8,514            15   

Currency translation adjustment22

           41                        41         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (12         (57               (12         (434      

Underlying

     9,779            10,646            (8         9,779            8,121            20   

LICs53

                                

Reported

     (49         (174         72            (49         (33         (48

Currency translation adjustment22

           (16                     (5      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     (49         (190         74            (49         (38         (29

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (4,958         (5,007         1            (4,958         (4,953           

Currency translation adjustment22

           (74                     (80      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     3            45                  3            31         

Underlying

     (4,955         (5,036         2            (4,955         (5,002         1   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     50.7%            47.3%                  50.7%            61.6%         

Income from associates54

                                

Reported

     249            242            3            249            190            31   

Currency translation adjustment22

           3                        (1      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (4                          38         

Underlying

     249            241            3            249            227            10   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     5,033            5,723            (12         5,033            3,718            35   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (46                     (45      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (9         (15               (9         (366      

Underlying

     5,024            5,662            (11         5,024            3,307            52   

Average RWAs

                                

Reported

     504            415            21            504            423            19   

Currency translation adjustment12

                1                             1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (1         (7               (1         (3      

Underlying

     503            409            23            503            421            19   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57u


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Banking and Markets (continued)

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2010

US$m

 

Revenue13

                    

Reported

     19,176            18,273            17,057            18,912   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (253         (685         (257

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (461         (221         (184         (890

Underlying

     18,715            17,799            16,188            17,765   

Profit before tax

                    

Reported

     9,441            8,520            7,049            9,215   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (147         (345         (190

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (429         (529         (352         (777

Underlying

     9,012            7,844            6,352            8,248   

For footnotes, see page 96.

Global Banking and Markets – legacy credit

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2010

US$m

 

Revenue/(expense)13

                    

Reported

          149            (11              165                 840   

Currency translation adjustment22

                    2            (2         13   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                        

Underlying

     149            (9         163            853   

Profit before tax

                    

Reported

     185            (280         (428         231   

Currency translation adjustment22

           7            7            (12

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                        

Underlying

     185            (273         (421         219   

Global Banking and Markets – excluding legacy credit

 

    

2013

US$m

         

2012

US$m

         

2011

US$m

         

2010

US$m

 

Revenue13

                    

Reported

     19,027            18,284            16,892            18,072   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (255         (683         (270

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (461         (221         (184         (890

Underlying

     18,566            17,808            16,025            16,912   

Profit before tax

                    

Reported

     9,256            8,800            7,477            8,984   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (154         (352         (178

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (429         (529         (352         (777

Underlying

     8,827            8,117            6,773            8,029   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57v


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Private Banking

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     536            575            (7         536            571            (6

Currency translation adjustment22

           11                        8         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (3                          (1      

Underlying

     536            583            (8         536            578            (7

Other operating income/(expense)

                                

Reported

     (7         (267         97            (7         28         

Currency translation adjustment22

                                          

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                            (1      

Underlying

     (7         (267         97            (7         27         

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     1,230            1,151            7            1,230            1,288            (5

Currency translation adjustment22

           19                        5         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (3                          (2      

Underlying

     1,230            1,167            5            1,230            1,291            (5

LICs53

                                

Reported

     (6         (14         57            (6         (17         65   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (1                     (1      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     (6         (15         60            (6         (18         67   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (868         (1,035         16            (868         (1,194         27   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (7                     (5      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                3                             1         

Underlying

     (868         (1,039         16            (868         (1,198         28   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     70.6%            89.0%                  70.6%            92.8%         

Income from associates54

                                

Reported

     8            6            33            8            8              

Currency translation adjustment22

                                  1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     8            6            33            8            9            (11

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     364            108            237            364            85         

Currency translation adjustment22

           11                                

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                            (1      

Underlying

     364            119            206            364            84         
                                                    

2013

US$m

         

2010

US$m

 

Revenue13

                                

Reported

                             2,439            3,093   

Currency translation adjustment22

                                   (6

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                             (6         (29

Underlying

                             2,433            3,058   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57w


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Other

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     2,814            3,866            (27         2,814            2,895            (3

Currency translation adjustment22

           (42                     7         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     33            (1,091               33            47         

Underlying

     2,847            2,733            4            2,847            2,949            (3

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     2,657            4,150            (36         2,657            1,501            77   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (71                     4         

Own credit spread24

     215            19                  215            1,227         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilution

     33            (1,090               33            47         

Underlying

     2,905            3,008            (3         2,905            2,779            5   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (3,533         (3,312         (7         (3,533         (4,484         21   

Currency translation adjustment22

           27                        (9      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                23                             8         

Underlying

     (3,533         (3,262         (8         (3,533         (4,485         21   
                                                    

2013

US$m

         

2010

US$m

 

Revenue13

                                

Reported

                             5,651            4,660   

Currency translation adjustment22

                                   (147

Own credit spread

                             1,246            63   

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                             (1,048         (293

Underlying

                             5,849            4,283   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

57x


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Analysis by global business

 

HSBC profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014  
    

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other50

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income/(expense)

     8,427            5,184            3,602            536            (221         (123         17,405   

Net fee income

     3,291            2,413            1,939            533            1                       8,177   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (14         340            2,001            161            (126                    2,362   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     1            (4         789            (2         6            123            913   

Net trading income/(expense)59

     (13         336            2,790            159            (120         123            3,275   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,073            124            743            1            (281                    1,660   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     8            24            462            12            440                       946   

Dividend income

     15            14            32            3            24                       88   

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,480            636            2            19                                  6,137   

Other operating income/(expense)

     378            81            222            (7         2,814            (2,950         538   

Total operating income

     18,659            8,812            9,792            1,256            2,657            (2,950         38,226   

Net insurance claims66

     (6,336         (696         (1         (26                               (7,059

Net operating income13

     12,323            8,116            9,791            1,230            2,657            (2,950         31,167   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (1,225         (562         (49         (6         1                       (1,841

Net operating income

     11,098            7,554            9,742            1,224            2,658            (2,950         29,326   
                                      

Employee expenses67

     (2,500         (1,191         (1,806         (363         (4,118                    (9,978

Other operating income/(expense)

     (5,769         (2,397         (3,152         (505         585            2,950            (8,288

Total operating expenses

     (8,269         (3,588         (4,958         (868         (3,533         2,950            (18,266

Operating profit/(loss)

     2,829            3,966            4,784            356            (875                    11,060   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     216            805            249            8            2                       1,280   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     3,045            4,771            5,033            364            (873                    12,340   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     24.7            38.7            40.8            2.9            (7.1               100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     67.1            44.2            50.6            70.6            133.0                  58.6   
Balance sheet data51                                       
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     380,108            316,246            303,133            45,131            2,623                  1,047,241   

Total assets

     523,729            377,374            2,043,767            99,379            170,802            (461,458         2,753,593   

Customer accounts3

     597,714            366,171            360,732            89,641            1,447                  1,415,705   

 

58


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2013  
    

Retail

Banking
and Wealth

Management
US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

         

Global

Private
Banking

US$m

         

Other50

US$m

         

Inter-

segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income/ (expense)

     9,310            5,050            3,334            575            (376         (74         17,819   

Net fee income

     3,586            2,337            1,818            602            61                       8,404   
                                      

Trading income/(expense)excluding net interest income

     275            343            4,577            226            (191                    5,230   

Net interest income on trading activities

                3            1,029            4            22            74            1,132   

Net trading income/(expense)59

     275            346            5,606            230            (169         74            6,362   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     122            104            (961                    (462                    (1,197

Gains less losses from financial investments

     48            (6         597            4            1,213                       1,856   

Dividend income

     11            8            65            6            17                       107   

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,469            748            3            6                                  6,226   

Other operating income/(expense)

     (92         (19         201            (267         3,866            (2,743         946   

Total operating income

     18,729            8,568            10,663            1,156            4,150            (2,743         40,523   

Net insurance claims66

     (5,440         (705         (1         (5                               (6,151

Net operating income13

     13,289            7,863            10,662            1,151            4,150            (2,743         34,372   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,768         (1,160         (174         (14                               (3,116

Net operating income

     11,521            6,703            10,488            1,137            4,150            (2,743         31,256   
                                      

Employee expenses67

     (2,651         (1,163         (1,882         (381         (3,419                    (9,496

Other operating income/(expense)

     (5,800         (2,174         (3,125         (654         107            2,743            (8,903

Total operating expenses

     (8,451         (3,337           (5,007         (1,035         (3,312         2,743            (18,399

Operating profit

     3,070            3,366            5,481            102            838                       12,857   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     197            767            242            6            2                       1,214   

Profit before tax

     3,267            4,133            5,723            108            840                       14,071   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     23.2            29.4            40.7            0.8            5.9                  100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     63.6            42.4            47.0            89.9            79.8                  53.5   
Balance sheet data51                                       
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     358,464            286,539            251,768            39,161            2,362                  938,294   

Total assets

     504,205            350,503            1,992,770            114,883            176,122            (493,167         2,645,316   

Customer accounts3

     547,140            327,612            298,501            92,298            1,354                  1,266,905   

 

59


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

HSBC profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data (continued)

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2013  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other50

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 
Profit before tax                                       

Net interest income/(expense)

     9,029            5,150            3,432            571            (361         (101         17,720   

Net fee income

     3,435            2,380            1,664            548            3                       8,030   
                                      

Trading income excluding net interest income

     414            306            376            164            153                       1,413   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

     (3         (3         798                       22            101            915   

Net trading income59

     411            303            1,174            164            175            101            2,328   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,516            228            1,560            4            (1,342         (1         1,965   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     7            7            150            (7         (1                    156   

Dividend income

     10            7            64            2            132                       215   

Net earned insurance premiums

     5,074            627            3            10                                  5,714   

Other operating income

     636            640            469            28            2,895            (2,982         1,686   

Total operating income

     20,118            9,342            8,516            1,320            1,501            (2,983         37,814   

Net insurance claims66

     (6,667         (840         (2         (32                               (7,541

Net operating income13

     13,451            8,502            8,514            1,288            1,501            (2,983         30,273   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (1,459         (1,224         (33         (17                               (2,733

Net operating income

     11,992            7,278            8,481            1,271            1,501            (2,983         27,540   
                                      

Employee expenses67

     (2,568         (1,164         (1,667         (395         (3,906                    (9,700

Other operating expenses

     (6,229         (2,548         (3,286         (799         (578         2,983            (10,457

Total operating expenses

     (8,797         (3,712         (4,953         (1,194         (4,484         2,983            (20,157

Operating profit/(loss)

     3,195            3,566            3,528            77            (2,983                    7,383   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     187            742            190            8            (16                    1,111   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     3,382            4,308            3,718            85            (2,999                    8,494   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     39.8            50.7            43.8            1.0            (35.3               100.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     65.4            43.7            58.2            92.7            298.7                  66.6   
Balance sheet data51                                       
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     375,086            297,852            272,473            44,224            2,454                  992,089   

Total assets

     517,085            360,623            1,975,509            97,655            171,812            (451,366         2,671,318   

Customer accounts3

     579,994            354,298            328,800            96,770            1,435                  1,361,297   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

60


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Balance sheet data significant to Global Banking and Markets

 

     Europe
US$m
          Asia
US$m
          MENA
US$m
         

North

America
US$m

         

Latin

America
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                                

Trading assets1

     240,210            50,654            554            42,515            8,051            341,984   

Derivative assets2

     224,538            47,358            949            53,072            5,867            331,784   

Trading liabilities

     150,717            18,736            1,294            39,491            3,446            213,684   

Derivative liabilities2

     265,134            45,948            899            52,197            5,390            369,568   

At 30 June 2013

                                

Trading assets1

     269,959            47,208            443            102,260            7,210            427,080   

Derivative assets2

     236,502            56,577            1,334            67,714            6,031            368,158   

Trading liabilities

     202,431            15,134            1,241            108,139            3,507            330,452   

Derivative liabilities2

     286,255            54,413            1,379            65,277            5,496            412,820   

At 31 December 2013

                                

Trading assets1

     212,941            39,940            432            38,709            6,660            298,682   

Derivative assets2

     227,985            58,911            1,143            57,131            5,971            351,141   

Trading liabilities

     137,448            14,335            1,230            38,850            2,823            194,686   

Derivative liabilities2

     273,086            55,866            1,158            55,105            5,499            390,714   

 

1 Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value and financial investments held in Europe, and by GB&M in North America, include financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
2 Derivative assets and derivative liabilities of GB&M include derivative transactions between different regions of GB&M.

 

60a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Geographical regions

 

Summary

     61       Profit/(loss) before tax      61   
      Total assets      62   
      Risk-weighted assets      62   

Selected items included in profit before tax by geographical region

     62       Fair value movements arising from changes in own credit spreads      62   
      Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions      62   
   

Europe

     63         

Economic background

     63         

Financial overview

     63         

Country business highlights

     64       Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses      64   

Review of performance

     65       Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data      67   
   

Asia

     70         

Economic background

     70         

Financial overview

     70         

Country business highlights

     71       Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses      71   
      Analysis of mainland China      72   

Review of performance

     72       Profit before tax and balance sheet data      74   
   

Middle East and North Africa

     77         

Economic background

     77         

Financial overview

     77         

Country business highlights

     77       Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses      78   

Review of performance

     79       Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data      80   
   

North America

     83         

Economic background

     83         

Financial overview

     83         

Country business highlights

     84       Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses      84   

Review of performance

     85       Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data      86   
   

Latin America

     89         

Economic background

     89         

Financial overview

     89         

Country business highlights

     90       Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses      90   

Review of performance

     91       Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data      92   
   

Reconciliation of reported and cross-currency profit/(loss) before tax

     94a         
   

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

     94k         

 

Summary

 

In the analysis of profit and loss by geographical region that follows, operating income and operating expenses include intra-HSBC items of US$1,439m (first half of 2013: US$1,236m; second half of 2013: US$1,392m).

 

From 1 January 2014, the geographical region ‘Asia’ replaced the geographical regions previously reported as ‘Hong Kong’ and ‘Rest of Asia-Pacific’. This aligns with changes made to the financial information used internally to manage the business. Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly.

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before tax

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June 2014           30 June 2013           31 December 2013  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Europe

     2,258            18.3            2,768            19.7            (943         (11.1

Asia11

     7,894            64.0            9,262            65.8            6,591            77.6   

Middle East and North Africa

     989            8.0            909            6.5            785            9.2   

North America

     825            6.7            666            4.7            555            6.5   

Latin America

     374            3.0            466            3.3            1,506            17.8   
     12,340            100.0            14,071            100.0            8,494            100.0   

For footnote, see page 96.

 

61


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Total assets51

 

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Europe

     1,430,863            52.0            1,365,534            51.6            1,392,959            52.1   

Asia11

     874,334            31.8            799,842            30.2            831,791            31.1   

Middle East and North Africa

     61,289            2.2            63,292            2.4            60,810            2.3   

North America

     437,706            15.9            473,218            17.9            432,035            16.2   

Latin America

     125,630            4.6            123,032            4.7            113,999            4.3   

Intra-HSBC items

     (176,229         (6.5         (179,602         (6.8         (160,276         (6.0
     2,753,593            100.0            2,645,316            100.0            2,671,318            100.0   
Risk-weighted assets68                                 
                                
     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
     US$bn           %           US$bn           %           US$bn           %  

Total

     1,248.6                  1,104.8                  1,092.7         

Europe

     393.6            31.0            305.4            27.4            300.1            27.1   

Asia11

     481.1            37.9            413.1            37.0            430.7            38.9   

Middle East and North Africa

     62.7            4.9            64.2            5.8            62.5            5.7   

North America

     236.9            18.6            236.4            21.1            223.8            20.2   

Latin America

     96.8            7.6            96.7            8.7            89.5            8.1   

Selected items included in profit before tax by geographical region

Fair value movements arising from changes in own credit spreads24

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Europe

     (159         3            (1,018

Asia11

     (5         1            (3

Middle East and North Africa

     (6         (1         (3

North America

     (45         (22         (203
     (215         (19         (1,227
Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions52         
     Half-year to  
     30 June
2014
US$m
          30 June
2013
US$m
          31 December
2013 US$m
 

Europe

                (23         40   

Asia11

     (32         1,128            (143

Middle East and North Africa

     11            16            17   

North America

                (120         17   

Latin America

     16            60            1,136   
     (5         1,061            1,067   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

62


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Europe

 

Our principal banking operations in Europe are HSBC Bank plc in the UK, HSBC France, HSBC Bank A.S. in Turkey, HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c., HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA and HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Through these operations we provide a wide range of banking, treasury and financial services to personal, commercial and corporate customers across Europe.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2014
US$m
          30 Jun
2013
US$m
          31 Dec
2013
US$m
 

Net interest income

     5,244            5,250            5,443   

Net fee income

     3,188            2,969            3,063   

Net trading income

     982            4,339            84   

Other income/(expense)

     1,459            (1,084         903   

Net operating income13

     10,873            11,474            9,493   

LICs53

     (266         (846         (684

Net operating income

     10,607            10,628            8,809   

Total operating expenses

     (8,352         (7,862         (9,751

Operating profit/(loss)

     2,255            2,766            (942

Income/(expense) from associates54

     3            2            (1

Profit/(loss) before tax

     2,258            2,768            (943

Cost efficiency ratio

     76.8%            68.5%            102.7%   

RoRWA47

     1.2%            1.8%            (0.6%

Period-end staff numbers

     69,642            69,599            68,334   

Debt Capital Markets business

continues to be rated

in the top three in the UK

(Dealogic 2014)

Best Bank Mortgage Provider Award in the UK

(Moneyfacts Awards, 2014)

Sixth consecutive year

70%

decrease in

loan impairment charges

on a constant currency basis

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise. Tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

The UK recovery gained pace during the first half of 2014, with real Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’) expanding by 0.8% in the period and unemployment falling to 6.5% in May. One measure of consumer confidence rose to a nine-year high in June, and house prices rose by 10.5% in the 12 months to May. Signs of overheating in the housing market prompted the Bank of England to announce in June a number of macro-prudential measures to prevent a build-up of debt in the household sector. Consumer spending was the main contributor to the improvement in activity. Annual consumer price index (‘CPI’) inflation fell below the central bank’s target of 2% throughout the first half of 2014. The Bank of England kept Bank Rate and its Asset Purchase Programme steady at 0.5% and £375bn, respectively.

The recovery in the eurozone stalled in the first months of the year. Real GDP in the region as a whole grew by 0.2% in the first quarter relative to the final quarter of 2013, but the recovery was increasingly uneven. The German and Spanish economies expanded but many other countries in the region saw economic activity contract. Domestic weakness and the strength of the euro contributed to a decline in inflation, which fell to 0.5% in June. The likelihood that low growth and inflation could persist for an extended period prompted the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) to cut both the refinancing and deposit rates by 0.1% in June, taking the latter into negative territory.

Financial overview

Our European operations reported a profit before tax of US$2.3bn in the first half of 2014 compared with US$2.8bn (US$3.0bn on a constant currency basis). On an underlying basis profit before tax decreased by US$0.6bn, driven by a number of significant items, primarily affecting revenue. These included a US$367m provision in the UK arising from a review of compliance with the Consumer Credit Act and adverse DVA movements of US$77m compared with favourable movements of US$306m. In addition, the first half of 2013 included a US$442m foreign exchange gain on sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings, partly offset by a loss of US$279m following the write-off of allocated goodwill relating to our Monaco business.

Excluding these items, underlying profit before tax rose, driven primarily by a reduction in LICs, notably in CMB in the UK, partly offset by an increase in operating expenses, whilst revenue was broadly unchanged.

 

 

63


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                                

UK

     565            1,324            887            112            (1,192         1,696   

France46

     (39         123            237            (2         (115         204   

Germany

     14            38            86            17            (7         148   

Malta

     17            22            15                                  54   

Switzerland

                2            1            14            (2         15   

Turkey

     (83         22            35                       (2         (28

Other

     6            20            164            35            (56         169   
     480            1,551            1,425            176            (1,374         2,258   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                                

UK

     804            894            1,047            132            (657         2,220   

France46

     130            135            302                       (78         489   

Germany

     15            31            45            21            (6         106   

Malta

     22            29            19                                  70   

Switzerland

                1            1            (42                    (40

Turkey

     (18         31            72                       (1         84   

Other

     3            (35         82            (225         14            (161
     956            1,086            1,568            (114         (728         2,768   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                                

UK

     667            790            199            120            (2,836         (1,060

France46

     155            120            49            21            (84         261   

Germany

     15            39            138            23            (19         196   

Malta

     12            22            16                                  50   

Switzerland

                1            1            (249                    (247

Turkey

     (56         5            36            (1         2            (14

Other

     4            25            (206         35            13            (129
     797            1,002            233            (51         (2,924         (943

For footnote, see page 96.

 

Country business highlights

In the UK, CMB lending decreased compared with the first half of 2013. However, new lending and re-financing before attrition and amortisation increased by 23%. This was offset by higher levels of repayments in the existing loan book. We approved over 80% of small business loan applications. In addition, Business Banking UK launched a campaign to offer further support and lending to SME customers that trade either domestically or internationally. As part of this, £5.8bn (US$9.9bn) of lending was made available, along with a programme of activities such as ‘Fast Lane to Growth’ events for larger SMEs and workshops for micro-businesses.

We also grew our Payments and Cash Management business through a targeted deposit acquisition strategy.

In RBWM, we continued to support the housing market in the first half of 2014, approving £6.5bn (US$11.1bn) of new mortgage lending to over 56,000 customers, including £1.8bn (US$3.0bn) to over 13,000 first time buyers. Our mortgage balances remained broadly unchanged. The loan-to-value (‘LTV’) ratio on new lending remained robust

at 59.7% compared with an average of 46.3% for the total mortgage portfolio. In addition, the UK mobile banking app has had nearly one million log-ons each week since its launch last year, offering a range of new functions such as a Cash ISA application and ‘Paym’.

In GB&M, our Capital Financing business was successful with a number of transactions. Through collaboration with CMB, GB&M acted as joint bookrunner on a rights issue for a UK client, our largest ever bookrunning mandate for a UK CMB customer, demonstrating our ability to utilise connections between global businesses.

We strengthened our support of the renminbi (‘RMB’) internationalisation and in January became the first custodian bank servicing London-based RMB qualified foreign institutional investors following regulatory approval to the opening of mainland China’s securities market to overseas investors.

In France, CMB signed innovative partnership agreements with Bpifrance and UBIFRANCE, designed to make it easier for clients who aspire to trade internationally to expand. Following the success of the SME Fund last year, CMB allocated

 

 

64


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

another €1.5bn (US$2.0bn) to support customers seeking international growth, approving €0.9bn (US$1.2bn) of lending in the first half of 2014. In RBWM, we continued to focus on growing the home loans proposition by generating high quality new business and long-term relationships with affluent clients, increasing average balances by US$3.3bn.

We continued our growth initiative in Germany with the aim of positioning the corporate banking business as the ‘Leading International Bank’ by extending our product offerings to internationally operating middle market enterprises (Mittelstand) and international corporations.

In Turkey, RBWM launched a new transactional offering campaign ‘Big Step’, attracting over 59,000 customers in the first half of the year. CMB set up a strategic partnership with the Exporters’ Association for customers seeking to trade internationally and embarked upon a programme of structural optimisation of the branch network to drive efficiencies. In addition across CMB Europe, our Trade business embarked on a series of initiatives to enable customers to fulfil their international trade ambitions, which included the roll out of trade academies and the launch of ‘Trade Radar’ communications in local languages. In Switzerland, we continued to reposition the GPB business and focused on growth through the high net worth client segment.

Review of performance

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Net interest income decreased by US$0.3bn, primarily due to a provision in the UK arising from a review of compliance with the Consumer Credit Act. Excluding this, net interest income was broadly unchanged as an increase in the UK was offset by a decrease in Turkey.

In the UK, excluding the provision noted above, net interest income increased in GB&M, CMB and RBWM. In GB&M, there was an increase in Capital Financing from growth in volumes, notwithstanding continuing spread compression, and in Balance Sheet Management from rising average balances in liquid asset portfolios. In CMB, net interest income rose due to higher spreads in term lending and deposit volume growth in Payments and Cash Management, although term lending volumes fell, while in RBWM the increase was from growth in deposit volumes and widening deposit spreads, despite narrower lending spreads.

These factors were broadly offset by a decrease in net interest income in Turkey due to interest rate caps on cards and overdrafts imposed by the local regulator.

Net fee income increased marginally, as increases in the UK and Turkey were partly offset by decreases in Switzerland.

In the UK, net fee income in GB&M increased, primarily due to a reduction in fees paid to other regions due to lower activity in Markets. In Capital Financing, the effects of market share and volume gains were broadly offset by fee compression. We also recorded a rise in fees in CMB due to increased volumes of new business lending in the large corporate and mid-market segments. By contrast, there was a decrease in RBWM as a result of higher fees payable under partnership agreements, along with lower investment and overdraft fees.

In Turkey, net fee income rose from growth in card fees. However, in Switzerland in GPB, net fee income decreased, reflecting a reduction in client assets as we continued to reposition the business.

Net trading income decreased by US$3.6bn to US$1.0bn. This included the effects of a number of significant items including:

 

 

adverse movements on non-qualifying hedges of US$144m compared with favourable movements of US$98m in the first half of 2013;

 

 

adverse movements on a DVA of US$77m, compared with favourable movements of US$306m; and

 

 

a foreign exchange gain on sterling debt issued by HSBC Holdings of US$442m in the first half of 2013, which did not recur.

Excluding these items, trading income decreased, primarily in the UK, driven by adverse foreign exchange movements on assets held as economic hedges of foreign currency debt designated at fair value compared with favourable movements in the first half of 2013, with the offset reported in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’.

In addition, net trading income in Markets declined, primarily in Foreign Exchange and, to a lesser extent, in Rates, reflecting lower market volatility and reduced client flows. These were partially offset by an increase in Equities, notwithstanding revaluation gains reported in the first half of 2013, as we successfully positioned the business to capture increased client activity.

 

 

65


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$1.0bn compared with net expense of US$1.0bn. In the UK, in the first half of 2014 we reported adverse movements on the fair value of our own debt, compared with minimal movements in the first half of 2013.

Excluding this, net income rose, driven by favourable foreign exchange movements on foreign currency debt compared with adverse movements last year.

In addition, there were favourable fair value movements from interest and exchange rate ineffectiveness in the hedging of long-term debt issued principally by HSBC Holdings in 2014, compared with adverse movements in 2013.

Other operating income increased by US$584m, primarily driven by a number of significant items in the first half of 2013:

 

 

a loss following the write-off of allocated goodwill relating to our Monaco business; and

 

 

a loss on the disposal of an HFC Bank secured loan portfolio in the UK.

Excluding these items, other operating income rose as we reported gains from legacy credit in the UK in GB&M reflecting price appreciation across certain asset classes in the ABS market.

LICs decreased by 70% to US$0.3bn, as decreases in the UK and Spain were partially offset by increases in Turkey and France. In the UK, individually and collectively assessed loan impairment charges in CMB fell, reflecting the enhanced quality of the portfolio and improved economic environment. GB&M recorded higher net releases of credit risk provisions on available-for-sale ABSs, mainly reflecting price appreciation on

the legacy portfolio. Loan impairment charges in RBWM also decreased as a result of the improved economic environment and customer behaviour. In Spain, loan impairment charges decreased, as economic conditions improved.

These factors were partially offset by increases in Turkey in RBWM, driven by the growth in the portfolio and the increase in card delinquency rates, and in France in GB&M, from an increase in individually assessed provisions relating to a small number of customers.

Operating expenses were broadly unchanged and included several significant items recorded in the first half of 2013 including:

 

 

Madoff-related litigation charges in GB&M in Ireland (US$298m); and

 

 

a provision in respect of regulatory investigations in GPB in Switzerland (US$119m); partly offset by

 

 

the non-recurrence of the benefit of an accounting gain relating to changes in delivering ill-health benefits to certain employees in the UK (US$430m).

In addition, operating expenses in the first half of 2014 included:

 

 

a reduction of US$178m in charges in the UK relating to customer redress programmes (see page 243 for further details);

 

 

lower restructuring costs of US$50m; and

 

 

adjustments relating to the prior year UK bank levy charges (2014: US$45m credit; 2013 US$9m charge).

Excluding these items, operating expenses increased as a result of the timing of the recognition of the FSCS levy and increased Risk and Compliance expenses in line with the implementation of Global Standards, despite sustainable costs savings of over US$260m.

 

 

66


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Europe

 

      Half-year to 30 June 2014   
     
 
 
 
 
Retail
Banking
and Wealth
Management
US$m
  
  
  
  
  
     

 
 

Commercial

Banking
US$m

  

  
  

     

 
 
 
 

Global

Banking
and
Markets
US$m

  

  
  
  
  

     
 
 
 
Global
Private
Banking
US$m
  
  
  
  
     

 

Other

US$m

  

  

     
 

 

 

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

  
  

  

  

     
 
Total
US$m
  
  
Profit/(loss) before tax                            

Net interest income/(expense)

      2,567          1,806          1,020          334          (352       (131       5,244   

Net fee income

      1,225          978          653          326          6                   3,188   
                           

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

      (134       20          683          72          (123                518   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

      7          1          328          (2                130          464   

Net trading income/(expense)59

      (127       21          1,011          70          (123       130          982   
                           

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                          545                   545   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      403          47          740          1          (720                471   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      403          47          740          1          (175                1,016   

Gains less losses from financial investments

      8          5          304          11          8                   336   

Dividend income

      4          7          15          1          1                   28   

Net earned insurance premiums

      1,429          125                   19          1                   1,574   

Other operating income/(expense)

      (51       (7       165          (15       500          (70       522   

Total operating income/(expense)

      5,458          2,982          3,908          747          (134       (71       12,890   

Net insurance claims66

      (1,840       (151                (26                         (2,017

Net operating income/(expense)13

      3,618          2,831          3,908          721          (134       (71       10,873   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

      (131       (128       (4       (4       1                   (266

Net operating income/(expense)

      3,487          2,703          3,904          717          (133       (71       10,607   

Operating expenses

      (3,010       (1,153       (2,479       (541       (1,240       71          (8,352

Operating profit/(loss)

      477          1,550          1,425          176          (1,373                2,255   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

      3          1                            (1                3   

Profit/(loss) before tax

      480          1,551          1,425          176          (1,374                2,258   
        %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      3.9          12.6          11.5          1.4          (11.1           18.3   

Cost efficiency ratio

      83.2          40.7          63.4          75.0          (925.4           76.8   
Balance sheet data51                            
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

      180,967          108,218          162,661          26,768          1,056              479,670   

Total assets

      241,878          123,632          1,080,070          76,006          75,403          (166,126       1,430,863   

Customer accounts3

      217,080          140,043          212,557          44,176          920              614,776   

 

67


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Europe (continued)

 

      Half-year to 30 June 2013   
     
 

 
 
 

Retail
Banking

and Wealth
Management
US$m

  
  

  
  
  

     

 
 

Commercial

Banking
US$m

  

  
  

     

 
 
 
 

Global

Banking
and
Markets
US$m

  

  
  
  
  

     
 
 
 
Global
Private
Banking
US$m
  
  
  
  
     

 

Other

US$m

  

  

     
 

 

 

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

  
  

  

  

     
 
Total
US$m
  
  
Profit/(loss) before tax                            

Net interest income/(expense)

      2,751          1,638          799          357          (310       15          5,250   

Net fee income/(expense)

      1,246          844          489          397          (7                2,969   
                           

Trading income excluding net interest income

      102          26          2,958          108          538                   3,732   

Net interest income on trading activities

      3          7          594          4          14          (15       607   

Net trading income59

      105          33          3,552          112          552          (15       4,339   
                           

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                          (1,347                (1,347

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      296          103          (965                964                   398   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      296          103          (965                (383                (949

Gains less losses from financial investments

      43          (7       332          3          2                   373   

Dividend income

      2          1          32          4          1                   40   

Net earned insurance premiums

      1,519          222                   6          (1                1,746   

Other operating income/(expense)

      (149       (21       (11       (274       343          62          (50

Total operating income

      5,813          2,813          4,228          605          197          62          13,718   

Net insurance claims66

      (1,958       (281                (5                         (2,244

Net operating income13

      3,855          2,532          4,228          600          197          62          11,474   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

      (169       (498       (166       (13                         (846

Net operating income

      3,686          2,034          4,062          587          197          62          10,628   

Operating expenses

      (2,731       (950       (2,493       (700       (926       (62       (7,862

Operating profit/(loss)

      955          1,084          1,569          (113       (729                2,766   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

      1          2          (1       (1       1                   2   

Profit/(loss) before tax

      956          1,086          1,568          (114       (728                2,768   
        %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      6.8          7.7          11.1          (0.8       (5.2           19.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

      70.8          37.5          59.0          116.7          470.1              68.5   
Balance sheet data51                            
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

      157,613          97,814          129,954          23,095          795              409,271   

Total assets

      220,259          115,819          1,091,624          74,917          70,010          (207,095       1,365,534   

Customer accounts3

      187,725          121,334          165,147          45,888          890              520,984   

 

68


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

      Half-year to 31 December 2013   
     
 
 

 

 

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

  
  
  

  

  

     

 
 

Commercial

Banking
US$m

  

  
  

     

 

 

 

 

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

     
 
 
 
Global
Private
Banking
US$m
  
  
  
  
     

 

Other

US$m

  

  

     
 

 

 

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

  
  

  

  

     
 
Total
US$m
  
  
Profit/(loss) before tax                            

Net interest income/(expense)

      2,849          1,715          975          365          (384       (77       5,443   

Net fee income

      1,299          945          468          347          4                   3,063   
                           

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

      104          4          (777       84          160                   (425

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

      (1       (2       419                   16          77          509   

Net trading income/(expense)59

      103          2          (358       84          176          77          84   
                           

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                          411                   411   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

      763          168          1,556          4          (1,534       (1       956   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

      763          168          1,556          4          (1,123       (1       1,367   

Gains less losses from financial investments

      9          7          12          (20       (2                6   

Dividend income

      2          1          33                   (1                35   

Net earned insurance premiums

      1,263          139          (1       10          1                   1,412   

Other operating income

      46          30          121          21          423          (62       579   

Total operating income/(expense)

      6,334          3,007          2,806          811          (906       (63       11,989   

Net insurance claims66

      (2,178       (286                (32                         (2,496

Net operating income/(expense)13

      4,156          2,721          2,806          779          (906       (63       9,493   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

      (160       (437       (76       (11                         (684

Net operating income/(expense)

      3,996          2,284          2,730          768          (906       (63       8,809   

Operating expenses

      (3,203       (1,281       (2,494       (819       (2,017       63          (9,751

Operating profit/(loss)

      793          1,003          236          (51       (2,923                (942

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

      4          (1       (3                (1                (1

Profit/(loss) before tax

      797          1,002          233          (51       (2,924                (943
        %         %         %         %         %                   %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

      9.4          11.8          2.7          (0.6       (34.4           (11.1

Cost efficiency ratio

      77.1          47.1          88.9          105.1          (222.6           102.7   
Balance sheet data51                            
        US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m                   US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

      177,357          105,498          145,136          27,289          830              456,110   

Total assets

      238,499          124,242          1,054,506          75,718          72,174          (172,180       1,392,959   

Customer accounts3

      205,288          134,120          191,715          49,789          1,021              581,933   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

69


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Asia11

 

HSBC’s principal banking subsidiaries in Hong Kong are The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Hang Seng Bank Limited. The former is the largest bank incorporated in Hong Kong and is our flagship bank in Asia. We offer a full range of banking and financial services in mainland China, mainly through our local subsidiary, HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited. We also participate indirectly in mainland China through our associate, Bank of Communications.

Outside mainland China and Hong Kong, we conduct business in 18 countries and territories, with particularly strong coverage in Australia, India, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2014
US$m
          30 Jun
2013
US$m
          31 Dec
2013
US$m
 

Net interest income

     6,090            5,519            5,913   

Net fee income

     2,966            3,090            2,846   

Net trading income

     1,329            918            1,108   

Other income

     1,722            3,764            1,274   

Net operating income13

     12,107            13,291            11,141   

LICs53

     (216         (198         (300

Net operating income

     11,891            13,093            10,841   

Total operating expenses

     (5,009         (4,812         (5,124

Operating profit

     6,882            8,281            5,717   

Income from associates54

     1,012            981            874   

Profit before tax

     7,894            9,262            6,591   

Cost efficiency ratio

     41.4%            36.2%            46.0%   

RoRWA47

     3.4%            4.6%            3.1%   

Period-end staff numbers

     115,111            113,631            113,701   

64%

increase in underlying profit before tax

in our mainland China operations

excluding associates

11%

growth in customer lending

on a constant currency basis

Best Bank in Asia

(Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2014)

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise. Tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

Hong Kong’s annual rate of real GDP growth slowed to 2.5% in the first quarter of 2014 from 2.9% at the end of 2013. The slowdown was broadly based, although there was a particularly sharp fall in the exports of goods. Private consumption held up relatively better, benefiting from a strong labour market as the headline rate of unemployment fell to the lowest level seen since the 1990s. In mainland China, economic activity slowed at the start of 2014. Real GDP grew by 7.4% in the first quarter of 2014 compared with a year ago, down from 7.7% in the fourth quarter of 2013 and slightly lower than the government’s official target of 7.5% for 2014 as a whole. In response, the government announced a number of stimulus measures in early 2014 and the annual rate of GDP growth rose to 7.5% in the second quarter. Inflationary pressures remained subdued, with CPI inflation falling from 2.9% at the end of 2013 to 2.3% in June 2014. Producer prices continued their fall of the past two years.

Economic growth in Japan picked up sharply in the first quarter, thanks to a rise in spending in the run up to the 1 April 2014 increase in consumption tax, with strong consumer spending and robust business investment. Excluding the volatile fresh foods component and VAT increase, CPI inflation was 1.4% in June, in line with the Bank of Japan’s forecasts. The central bank continued its purchases of 6-8 trillion yen a month as part of its monetary easing programme.

The region saw considerable political change in the first half of 2014. In India, the BJP-led NDA opposition won a decisive victory in the national elections, leading to hopes that the strong mandate will revive growth through structural reforms. In Indonesia, growth slowed in the first quarter of 2014 as previous rate rises restrained economic activity. Elsewhere, growth remained robust and central banks were increasingly concerned about rising inflationary pressure, while the central banks in Malaysia and Singapore indicated they may need to tighten monetary policy further.

Financial overview

Our operations in Asia reported a pre-tax profit of US$7.9bn compared with US$9.3bn, a decrease of 15% or 14% on a constant currency basis. This was driven by the non-recurrence of the accounting gain of US$1.1bn on the reclassification of Industrial Bank and the gain on disposal of our investment in Bao Viet Holdings of US$104m.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

70


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

         

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management
US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                                   

Hong Kong

        1,928            1,125            977            99            419            4,548   

Australia

        49            62            92                       (5         198   

India

        6            59            243            5            67            380   

Indonesia

        2            43            62                       6            113   

Mainland China

        140            797            515            (2         94            1,544   

Malaysia

        90            54            90                       12            246   

Singapore

        71            75            127            30            (7         296   

Taiwan

        18            19            101                       2            140   

Other

        35            138            208            1            47            429   
        2,339            2,372            2,415            133            635            7,894   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                                   

Hong Kong

        1,867            1,083            1,078            137            40            4,205   

Australia

        51            45            108                       29            233   

India

        (1         74            255            4            82            414   

Indonesia

        18            46            63                       14            141   

Mainland China

        106            763            423            (2         1,645            2,935   

Malaysia

        78            60            149                       (13         274   

Singapore

        78            60            147            39            37            361   

Taiwan

        (5         19            83                       3            100   

Other

        106            160            300            (1         34            599   
        2,298            2,310            2,606            177            1,871            9,262   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                                   

Hong Kong

        1,875            1,027            893            71            18            3,884   

Australia

        49            86            81                       (3         213   

India

        (20         39            163            3            54            239   

Indonesia

        (6         60            63                       22            139   

Mainland China

        117            773            419            (2         (1         1,306   

Malaysia

        70            45            87                       38            240   

Singapore

        69            60            115            35            (15         264   

Taiwan

        12            11            75                       2            100   

Other

        (45         47            173                       31            206   
        2,121            2,148            2,069            107            146            6,591   

 

On an underlying basis, which excludes the gains noted above, profit before tax in the first half of 2014 was marginally lower. It included a gain of US$428m in Hong Kong on the sale of our investment in Bank of Shanghai and an adverse DVA of US$53m, which compared with a net gain of US$553m on the completion of the sale of our investment in Ping An and a favourable DVA of US$112m in the first half of 2013. Excluding these items, profit before tax increased, as higher net interest income in Hong Kong and mainland China was partly offset by higher operating expenses.

Country business highlights

We continued to focus on our strategic priorities for Asia, using our international network to connect customers across borders. We progressed with the closure of non-core operations, completed the sale of our investment in Bank of Shanghai and implemented the Retail Banking Incentive

Framework that removes the formulaic link between product sales and remuneration.

In Hong Kong, we grew our average mortgage balances in RBWM by 2%, though activity levels in the property market were subdued, with average LTV ratios of 47% on new mortgage drawdowns and an estimated 32% on the portfolio as a whole. We saw continued adoption of our mobile banking applications, extended the contact-less payments system to Android phones and were awarded ‘International Retail Bank of the Year’ by Asian Banking and Finance and ‘Best Regional Retail Bank’ by The Asian Banker.

The collaboration between CMB and GB&M continued to benefit our clients, raising significant finance in Asia from debt capital markets. Our ongoing collaboration efforts were a key factor in being named as the ‘Best Bank in Asia’ by The Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2014. In addition,

 

 

71


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Analysis of mainland China

 

         

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management
US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                                   

Associates

        127            704            147                                  978   

Other mainland China

        13            93            368            (2         94            566   
        140            797            515            (2         94            1,544   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                                   

Industrial Bank

                                                    1,089            1,089   

Ping An

                                                    553            553   

Other associates

        124            681            142                                  947   

Other mainland China

        (18         82            281            (2         3            346   
        106            763            423            (2         1,645            2,935   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                                   

Associates

        123            679            142                       (38         906   

Other mainland China

        (6         94            277            (2         37            400   
        117            773            419            (2         (1         1,306   

 

we were awarded ‘Best Trade Finance Bank in Hong Kong’ by both The Asian Banker and The Corporate Treasurer.

In GB&M, we maintained our market leadership in Hong Kong dollar bond issuance and also led the market in Asia ex-Japan G3 currency bonds and Asian local currency bonds, demonstrating the strength of our network and capabilities. We were involved in three of the five largest equity capital markets transactions in Hong Kong during the period.

We continued to lead the market in offshore renminbi (‘RMB’) bond issuance in Hong Kong and were one of the first foreign banks to announce RMB cross-border pooling capability in the Shanghai Free Trade Zone. We completed Japan’s first RMB-denominated import transaction, were the first foreign custodian bank in mainland China to service a Singaporean renminbi qualified foreign institutional investor and won ‘Best Overall Offshore RMB Products and Services’ in the AsiaMoney Offshore RMB Poll 2014.

In mainland China, we continued to expand our branch network with 167 HSBC outlets, 24 HSBC rural bank outlets and 50 Hang Seng Bank outlets at the end of June. We streamlined the mortgage application process in mainland China and were awarded ‘Best Foreign Retail Bank’ by The Asian Banker for the sixth consecutive year. In Payments and Cash Management, we launched the Global Payments System which supports all cross-border payments in and out of mainland China in all currencies, including RMB. In M&A, we were adviser to a number of state owned enterprises on significant overseas investments and acquisitions.

In India, we were adviser on two of the largest mergers and acquisitions transactions in the first half of 2014, assisting UK corporations investing in India, and in Wealth Management we launched Managed Solutions, a multi-asset fund series.

In Australia, we were a mandated lead arranger for the largest mining project financing deal and we were awarded ‘Best Project Finance House in Asia’ by The Asset AAA Award 2013.

Review of performance

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Net interest income rose by US$675m, primarily in Hong Kong and mainland China from growth in Balance Sheet Management income, increased term lending and growth in customer deposits.

The rise in Balance Sheet Management income reflected portfolio growth and higher reinvestment rates. Average term lending balances increased in Asia, driven by strong loan growth to GB&M clients in Hong Kong and mainland China, and in CMB from property-related, commercial and industrial lending. The benefit of this growth was partly offset by lending spread compression compared with the first half of 2013, although spreads in CMB were broadly unchanged from the end of 2013.

Deposit balances increased in Payments and Cash Management in GB&M and CMB, notably in Hong Kong, as well as in Taiwan, mainland China and Singapore. Deposit balances in RBWM also increased, mainly in Hong Kong, in part from new Premier customers, while net interest income growth

 

 

72


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

in mainland China reflected a widening of deposit spreads as market interest rates rose in the first half of 2014.

Additionally, in RBWM, higher net interest income reflected growth in the debt securities portfolio of our insurance operation in Hong Kong, reflecting a rise in premium income, while increased mortgage lending across the region was offset by asset spread compression.

Net fee income decreased by US$74m, mainly in GB&M, due to a reduction in fees received from other regions reflecting lower activity in Markets. In addition, fees from debt under-writing and corporate finance activity decreased due to reduced issuance volumes and the non-recurrence of significant transaction fees in the first half of 2013. These factors were partly offset by higher equity underwriting fees in Hong Kong.

Net trading income was US$454m higher due to the non-recurrence of adverse fair value movements on the Ping An contingent forward sale contract of US$682m, partly offset by an adverse DVA compared with a favourable DVA in the first half of 2013. Excluding these items, net trading income fell, mainly on structured deposits in mainland China from both revaluation losses as yield curves fell and increased interest expense from volume growth where the related income is included in ‘Net interest income’.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value was US$386m compared with a net loss of US$260m a year earlier, primarily due to higher investment returns on assets held by the insurance business in Hong Kong reflecting improved equity market performance. To the extent that these investment returns were attributed to policyholders holding unit-linked insurance policies and insurance contracts with DPF, there was a corresponding movement in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

Gains less losses from financial investments were US$440m compared with US$1.2bn, primarily reflecting the gain on disposal of our investment in Bank of Shanghai of US$428m in the first half of 2014, and the gain on the sale of our investment in Ping An of US$1.2bn in the first half of 2013.

Net earned insurance premiums grew by 7%, mainly in Hong Kong, due to increased new business from deferred annuity, universal life and endowment

contracts, coupled with higher renewals. This was partly offset by lower new business from unit-linked contracts. The growth in premiums resulted in a corresponding increase in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

Other operating income decreased by US$1.2bn, as the comparable period in 2013 included an accounting gain of US$1.1bn on the reclassification of Industrial Bank as a financial investment and a gain on the disposal of our investment in Bao Viet Holdings of US$104m. Excluding these items, other operating income was lower by US$47m, mainly reflecting lower revaluation and disposal gains on investment properties, and a loss on the reclassification of our banking associate in Vietnam of US$32m, partly offset by an increase in PVIF assets due to favourable market conditions and a rise in the value of new business.

LICs increased by US$30m, primarily in CMB in Hong Kong due to a rise in individually assessed impairment charges and the non-recurrence of collective impairment releases. This was partly offset by lower collective impairment charges in RBWM in Malaysia reflecting reduced delinquencies, and the non-recurrence of individually assessed impairments on a few corporate exposures in Australia.

Operating expenses rose by US$299m, reflecting investment in the region, notably in risk and compliance initiatives such as Global Standards. Staff costs rose from inflationary pressures and additional headcount, in Hong Kong to support business growth, and in mainland China and India from increased usage of our Global Service Centres. Higher costs also reflected a litigation provision release in the first half of 2013, higher property costs in Hong Kong from rent inflation and refurbishments, and ongoing branch expansion in mainland China. These factors were partly offset by the non-recurrence of a US$72m write down of Hana HSBC Life Insurance in the first half of 2013. In addition, we achieved over US$100m of sustainable cost savings in the period.

Share of profit from associates and joint ventures rose, primarily from BoCom, reflecting higher fees and trade revenues, along with increased net interest income from balance sheet growth, partly offset by higher operating expenses and increased LICs.

 

 

73


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit before tax and balance sheet data – Asia

 

          Half-year to 30 June 2014  
         

Retail

Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit before tax

                                         

Net interest income/(expense)

        2,466            1,639            1,844            86            (11         66            6,090   

Net fee income

        1,368            785            679            129            5                       2,966   
                                         

Trading income excluding net interest income

        107            211            664            79            16                       1,077   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

        (9         (5         327                       5            (66         252   
                                         

Net trading income59

        98            206            991            79            21            (66         1,329   
                                         

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                    (4                    (4

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

        402            (17         3                       2                       390   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

        402            (17         3                       (2                    386   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                   4            6                       430                       440   

Dividend income

                                         1            20                       21   

Net earned insurance premiums

        3,474            361                                                        3,835   

Other operating income

        341            51            62            6            1,290            (562         1,188   

Total operating income

        8,149            3,029            3,585            301            1,753            (562         16,255   

Net insurance claims66

        (3,796         (352                                                     (4,148

Net operating income13

        4,353            2,677            3,585            301            1,753            (562         12,107   

Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions

        (153         (67         4                                             (216

Net operating income

        4,200            2,610            3,589            301            1,753            (562         11,891   

Operating expenses

        (2,018         (942         (1,323         (168         (1,120         562            (5,009

Operating profit

        2,182            1,668            2,266            133            633                       6,882   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

        157            704            149                       2                       1,012   

Profit before tax

        2,339            2,372            2,415            133            635                       7,894   
        %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

        19.0            19.2            19.6            1.1            5.1                  64.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

        46.4            35.2            36.9            55.8            63.9                  41.4   

Balance sheet data51

                                         
          US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

        115,541            131,920            100,942            12,417            1,567                  362,387   

Total assets

        165,254            157,401            549,935            14,521            76,008            (88,785         874,334   

Customer accounts3

        283,734            149,148            106,935            30,139            265                  570,221   

 

LOGO

 

 

74


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

          Half-year to 30 June 2013  
         

Retail

Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit before tax

                                         

Net interest income/(expense)

        2,424            1,503            1,584            109            (111         10            5,519   

Net fee income

        1,417            780            767            124            2                       3,090   
                                         

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

        101            192            929            105            (720                    607   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

        (11         (4         327                       9            (10         311   
                                         

Net trading income/(expense)59

        90            188            1,256            105            (711         (10         918   
                                         

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                    1                       1   

Net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

        (245         (12         3                       (7                    (261

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

        (245         (12         3                       (6                    (260

Gains less losses from financial investments

        1                       21            1            1,204                       1,227   

Dividend income

                              3                       14                       17   

Net earned insurance premiums

        3,235            347                                  1                       3,583   

Other operating income

        391            27            75            5            2,543            (588         2,453   

Total operating income

        7,313            2,833            3,709            344            2,936            (588         16,547   

Net insurance claims66

        (2,938         (318                                                     (3,256

Net operating income13

        4,375            2,515            3,709            344            2,936            (588         13,291   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

        (176         (22         1            (1                               (198

Net operating income

        4,199            2,493            3,710            343            2,936            (588         13,093   

Operating expenses

        (2,055         (865         (1,249         (166         (1,065         588            (4,812

Operating profit

        2,144            1,628            2,461            177            1,871                       8,281   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

        154            682            145                                             981   

Profit before tax

        2,298            2,310            2,606            177            1,871                       9,262   
        %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

        16.3            16.4            18.5            1.3            13.3                  65.8   

Cost efficiency ratio

        47.0            34.4            33.7            48.3            36.3                  36.2   

Balance sheet data51

                                         
          US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

        109,290            119,621            85,816            10,389            1,567                  326,683   

Total assets

        154,394            142,794            455,744            31,706            87,076            (71,872         799,842   

Customer accounts3

        262,368            129,728            93,978            30,222            320                  516,616   

 

75


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit before tax and balance sheet data – Asia (continued)

 

          Half-year to 31 December 2013  
         

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit before tax

                                         

Net interest income/(expense)

        2,471            1,600            1,661            96            (13         98            5,913   

Net fee income/(expense)

        1,341            738            652            125            (10                    2,846   
                                         

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

        137            185            554            70            (19                    927   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

        (5         (2         281                       5            (98         181   
                                         

Net trading income/(expense)59

        132            183            835            70            (14         (98         1,108   
                                         

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                    (2                    (2

Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value

        560            12            4                                             576   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

        560            12            4                       (2                    574   

Gains less losses on financial investments

        (2                    37            13                                  48   

Dividend income

                   1            3                       131                       135   

Net earned insurance premiums

        3,028            307            1                       (1                    3,335   

Other operating income

        373            70            88            7            1,328            (644         1,222   

Total operating income

        7,903            2,911            3,281            311            1,419            (644         15,181   

Net insurance claims66

        (3,671         (369                                                     (4,040

Net operating income13

        4,232            2,542            3,281            311            1,419            (644         11,141   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

        (171         (122         (4         (3                               (300

Net operating income

        4,061            2,420            3,277            308            1,419            (644         10,841   

Operating expenses

        (2,083         (921         (1,311         (201         (1,252         644            (5,124

Operating profit

        1,978            1,499            1,966            107            167                       5,717   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

        143            649            103                       (21                    874   

Profit before tax

        2,121            2,148            2,069            107            146                       6,591   
        %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

        25.0            25.3            24.3            1.3            1.7                  77.6   

Cost efficiency ratio

        49.2            36.2            40.0            64.6            88.2                  46.0   

Balance sheet data51

                                         
          US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

        111,769            122,882            89,722            10,904            1,620                  336,897   

Total assets

        158,456            146,898            515,023            12,994            82,453            (84,033         831,791   

Customer accounts3

        278,392            141,958            96,546            31,250            337                  548,483   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

LOGO

 

 

76


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Middle East and North Africa

 

The network of branches of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, together with HSBC’s subsidiaries and associates, gives us the widest coverage in the region. Our associate in Saudi Arabia, The Saudi British Bank (40% owned), is the kingdom’s sixth largest bank by total assets.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2014
US$m
          30 Jun
2013
US$m
          31 Dec
2013
US$m
 

Net interest income

     736            746            740   

Net fee income

     335            311            311   

Net trading income

     193            203            154   

Other income/(expense)

     30            (7         45   

Net operating income13

     1,294            1,253            1,250   

LICs53

     50            47            (5

Net operating income

     1,344            1,300            1,245   

Total operating expenses

     (614         (616         (673

Operating profit

     730            684            572   

Income from associates54

     259            225            213   

Profit before tax

     989            909            785   

Cost efficiency ratio

     47.4%            49.2%            53.8%   

RoRWA47

     3.2%            2.9%            2.4%   

Period-end staff numbers

     8,530            8,667            8,618   

Strong GB&M performance driven

by robust risk management

Completed disposal of our operations in Jordan and

announced the sale of our operations in Pakistan in

line with the Group’s six filters investment criteria

 

Best Wealth Management

in the Middle East

(The Asian Banker)

  

Best Project Finance

Advisor in the

Middle East

(EMEA Finance Project

Finance Awards 2013)

 

 

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise. Tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

Economic performance remained uneven in the Middle East and North Africa during the first half of 2014. In the Gulf Cooperation Council, the region’s commodity exporters experienced strong growth supported by oil prices that remained comfortably over US$100 per barrel. The high level of receipts boosted sentiment and allowed governments to maintain their expansionary fiscal stance. Low interest rates, a reflection of the US dollar-pegged currency regimes, also supported the pace of growth. Qatar continued to be the fastest growing of the region’s oil exporting states, and Saudi Arabia remained the largest, but the UAE showed the most improvement in momentum led by Dubai’s export-orientated service sector and a recovery in its real estate market. Despite strong demand and loose fiscal policy, CPI inflation remained subdued across the region.

The economic environment for the region’s non-commodity exporters remained much more challenging, however, particularly for those states where political uncertainty was high. In Egypt, financial support from overseas allies eased pressure on public finances and on the country’s external accounts, allowing government foreign currency reserves to stabilise. However, the public budget continued to generate a deficit equivalent to more than 10% of GDP, and foreign currency was controlled. Growth also remained weak, held back by low levels of investment, consumption and exports. Inflation, though easing, remained high.

Financial overview

Our operations in the Middle East and North Africa reported a profit before tax of US$1.0bn, an increase of 9% on both reported and constant currency bases.

On an underlying basis, profit before tax increased by US$93m, mainly due to higher revenue and increased income from our associate, The Saudi British Bank.

Country business highlights

In the UAE, we made good progress in executing the strategic plan we announced in 2013. In RBWM, we continued to focus on the Wealth Management business through investment in innovative platforms, tablet solutions and an expanded range of products and were awarded ‘Best Wealth Management in the Middle East’ by The Asian Banker. We launched an enhanced personal banking proposition, including

 

 

77


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                                

Egypt

     33            46            71                       (1         149   

Qatar

     9            22            35                                  66   

United Arab Emirates

     82            133            203                       (35         383   

Other

     3            61            69                                  133   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     127            262            378                       (36         731   

Saudi Arabia

     55            94            99            9            1            258   
     182            356            477            9            (35         989   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                                

Egypt

     27            34            72                       (16         117   

Qatar

     7            20            33                                  60   

United Arab Emirates

     97            146            119            1            (26         337   

Other

     6            74            89                       1            170   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     137            274            313            1            (41         684   

Saudi Arabia

     43            77            98            6            1            225   
     180            351            411            7            (40         909   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                                

Egypt

     4            3            94                       (13         88   

Qatar

     3            17            29                                  49   

United Arab Emirates

     45            144            156                       (46         299   

Other

     (13         61            89                       (1         136   

MENA (excluding Saudi Arabia)

     39            225            368                       (60         572   

Saudi Arabia

     39            69            90            9            6            213   
     78            294            458            9            (54         785   

 

additional competitive features on personal loans, which was extended to Egypt and Qatar.

In CMB, key appointments were made in line with the global strategy to focus the business on client segments and drive intra-regional and global client revenue, and we implemented an internal framework to increase relationship managers’ time with customers.

We were awarded the ‘Best International Trade Finance Bank’ in a number of countries including the UAE and Egypt by the Global Trade Review Magazine. Our Payments and Cash Management business continued to invest in new products and resources across the region.

In GB&M, we utilised our distinctive geographic network to help clients meet their financing requirements. For example, we acted as a coordinator, book runner and joint lead manager for a number of issuances in the UAE and other countries, allowing our clients to access our global investor base. We won awards for ‘Best Project Finance Advisor in the Middle East’, ‘Best Power Deal in the Middle East’ and ‘Best Water Deal in EMEA’ at the EMEA

Finance Project Finance Awards 2013, demonstrating our excellence in this area.

In Egypt, we continued to manage risk in an uncertain political and economic environment. During the period, the Central Bank of Egypt resumed interest payments on overnight placements. In RBWM, we were ranked number one in the Customer Recommendation Index and we continued to invest in our personal internet banking platform. In GB&M, we acted as a mandated lead arranger of an EGP2.3bn (US$330m) syndicated term loan facility, demonstrating our ability to deliver large and complex transactions.

In Saudi Arabia, our associate, The Saudi British Bank, won The Global Finance Magazine’s award of ‘The Best Trade Finance Provider in Saudi Arabia, 2014’.

In line with our six filters investment criteria, we completed the disposal of our operation in Jordan and entered into an agreement to sell our operation in Pakistan. This transaction is expected to complete during the second half of 2014.

 

 

78


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Review of performance

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Net interest income was broadly unchanged. Increases in the UAE, primarily in RBWM due to an increase in residential mortgage balances, reflected growth in the property market and improved deposit spreads as a result of re-pricing initiatives. This was partly offset by reduced revenue from lower lending balances and spreads in CMB, reflecting a highly liquid and competitive market. In addition, income increased in Kuwait due to the restructuring of a small number of specific customer loans. These factors were broadly offset by a decrease in Egypt, primarily in CMB from lower customer deposit and lending balances, and in GB&M from declining spreads and lower balances on the available-for-sale portfolio, offset in part by the resumption of interest on overnight placements with the Central Bank of Egypt. In Jordan, net interest income decreased following the announcement to dispose of the business.

Net fee income increased by 8%, primarily in the UAE. In GB&M, net fee income was higher, driven by increased flows in our Equities business which in part reflected the upgrade of the UAE to ‘Emerging Markets’ status in the MSCI index. In addition, there was an increase in advisory mandates in Project and Export Finance in Capital Financing. This was partially offset by lower fees in RBWM relating to our Insurance and Wealth Management businesses following various repositioning initiatives.

Net trading income decreased by 5%, primarily in Algeria following regulatory restrictions on foreign exchange spreads charged on corporate customer transactions. This was coupled with a decrease in Qatar from lower foreign exchange revenues reflecting a reduction in trading volumes from GB&M customers. These factors were partly offset by increased net trading income in the UAE due to higher CVA releases on trading positions relating to a small number of exposures in GB&M.

Gains less losses from financial investments increased by US$21m, mainly in Egypt, due to the non-recurrence of the loss on disposal of available-for-sale debt securities in the first half of 2013.

Net loan impairment releases were higher by US$3m, primarily in the UAE driven by net releases of individually assessed allowances in GB&M. However, this was offset in part by lower impairment releases for a small number of UAE-related exposures.

Operating expenses were broadly unchanged. In Egypt, expenses decreased due to the non-recurrence of charges relating to changes in the interpretation of tax regulations. This was partly offset by increased expenses in the UAE, driven by wage inflation, investment in the Risk and Compliance functions, higher customer facing staff in RBWM and increased service and product support staff in CMB. In addition, expenses increased in Qatar due to wage inflation.

Share of profits from associates and joint ventures increased by 15%, mainly from The Saudi British Bank. This was driven by higher revenue resulting from strong balance sheet growth, and the management of costs and risks.

 

 

79


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Middle East and North Africa

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014  
     Retail
Banking
and Wealth
Management
US$m
          Commercial
Banking
US$m
          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit before tax

                                      

Net interest income

     311            228            182                       2            13            736   

Net fee income/(expense)

     74            137            127                       (3                    335   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     30            35            139                       (4                    200   

Net interest income on trading activities

                           6                                  (13         (7

Net trading income/(expense)59

     30            35            145                       (4         (13         193   

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                 (5                    (5

Gains less losses from financial investments

                           2            1                                  3   

Dividend income

     1            1            7                                             9   

Other operating income

     8            7            8                       53            (53         23   

Total operating income

     424            408            471            1            43            (53         1,294   

Net insurance claims66

                                                                         

Net operating income13

     424            408            471            1            43            (53         1,294   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (14         30            34                                             50   

Net operating income

     410            438            505            1            43            (53         1,344   

Operating expenses

     (284         (176         (128                    (79         53            (614

Operating profit/(loss)

     126            262            377            1            (36                    730   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     56            94            100            8            1                       259   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     182            356            477            9            (35                    989   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     1.5            2.9            3.9                       (0.3               8.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     67.0            43.1            27.2                       183.7                  47.4   

Balance sheet data51

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     6,230            13,126            9,554                                        28,910   

Total assets

     6,968            14,830            38,358            71            3,566            (2,504         61,289   

Customer accounts3

     19,051            11,967            8,802                       262                  40,082   

 

80


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2013  
     Retail
Banking
and Wealth
Management
US$m
          Commercial
Banking
US$m
          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit before tax

                                      

Net interest income

     295            246            194                       2            9            746   

Net fee income/(expense)

     88            137            88                       (2                    311   
                                      

Trading income excluding net interest income

     32            47            125                                             204   

Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities

                           9                       (1         (9         (1

Net trading income/(expense)59

     32            47            134                       (1         (9         203   

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                 (1                    (1

Gains less losses from financial investments

                           (18                                          (18

Dividend income

                           4                                             4   

Other operating income

     12            2            8                       49            (63         8   

Total operating income

     427            432            410                       47            (63         1,253   

Net insurance claims66

                                                                         

Net operating income13

     427            432            410                       47            (63         1,253   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (14         16            44            1                                  47   

Net operating income

     413            448            454            1            47            (63         1,300   

Operating expenses

     (276         (174         (141                    (88         63            (616

Operating profit/(loss)

     137            274            313            1            (41                    684   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     43            77            98            6            1                       225   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     180            351            411            7            (40                    909   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     1.3            2.5            2.9                       (0.2               6.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

     64.6            40.3            34.4                       187.2                  49.2   

Balance sheet data51

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     6,018            13,048            8,868                                        27,934   

Total assets

     6,742            14,995            41,041            55            3,319            (2,860         63,292   

Customer accounts3

     19,594            13,652            7,816            1            79                  41,142   

 

81


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Middle East and North Africa (continued)

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2013  
    

Retail

Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                      

Net interest income

     290            240            196                       2            12            740   

Net fee income/(expense)

     73            132            109                       (3                    311   
                                      

Trading income excluding net interest income

     27            38            95                                             160   

Net interest income on trading activities

                           5                       1            (12         (6

Net trading income59

     27            38            100                       1            (12         154   

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                 (1                    (1

Gains less losses from financial investments

                                                                         

Dividend income

                           5                                             5   

Other operating income

     13            28            7                       50            (57         41   

Total operating income

     403            438            417                       49            (57         1,250   

Net insurance claims66

                                                                         

Net operating income13

     403            438            417                       49            (57         1,250   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (35         (36         66                                             (5

Net operating income

     368            402            483                       49            (57         1,245   

Operating expenses

     (330         (176         (115                    (109         57            (673

Operating profit/(loss)

     38            226            368                       (60                    572   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

     40            68            90            9            6                       213   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     78            294            458            9            (54                    785   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     0.9            3.4            5.4            0.1            (0.6               9.2   

Cost efficiency ratio

     81.9            40.2            27.6                       222.4                  53.8   

Balance sheet data51

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     6,152            11,814            9,241                       4                  27,211   

Total assets

     7,016            13,776            39,302            64            3,340            (2,688         60,810   

Customer accounts3

     18,771            12,402            7,432            1            77                  38,683   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

82


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

North America

 

Our North American businesses are located in the US, Canada and Bermuda. Operations in the US are primarily conducted through HSBC Bank USA, N.A. and HSBC Finance Corporation, a national consumer finance company. HSBC Markets (USA) Inc. is the intermediate holding company of, inter alia, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. HSBC Bank Canada and HSBC Bank Bermuda operate in their respective countries.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun           30 Jun           31 Dec  
     2014           2013           2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Net interest income

     2,635            3,030            2,712   

Net fee income

     991            1,138            1,005   

Net trading income

     228            505            443   

Other income/(expense)

     213            (41         11   

Net operating income13

     4,067            4,632            4,171   

LICs53

     (411         (696         (501

Net operating income

     3,656            3,936            3,670   

Total operating expenses

     (2,837         (3,276         (3,140

Operating profit

     819            660            530   

Income from associates54

     6            6            25   

Profit before tax

     825            666            555   

Cost efficiency ratio

     69.8%            70.7%            75.3%   

RoRWA47

     0.7%            0.5%            0.5%   

Period-end staff numbers

     20,649            21,454            20,871   

10%

growth in CMB lending balances

since 31 December 2013

on a constant currency basis

Gross balances in the CML portfolio,

including loans held for sale, down

since 31 December 2013 by

US$2.9bn to US$27.5bn

Global Lender of the Year

(awarded to GB&M by the

Export-Import Bank of the United States)

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise. Tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

In the US, severe winter weather, a drop in net exports and a slowdown in inventory investment led to a 2.1% (annualised) decline in real GDP in the first half of 2014. However, a number of monthly economic indicators suggested that overall economic activity rebounded during the second quarter. Higher mortgage rates and stricter regulations regarding mortgage credit restricted the growth of housing construction in early 2014. Government fiscal contraction, which had been a major drag on activity throughout 2013, was eased in the first half of 2014 and should allow the economy to grow at a faster pace. CPI inflation remained benign as subdued growth in hourly wages continued to restrain labour costs. The Federal Reserve began to scale back its programme of quantitative easing at the start of 2014 and is on course to gradually eliminate the asset purchase programme by the fourth quarter of the year. The Federal Open Market Committee has, however, kept the federal funds rate in the range of 0.0% and 0.25%, and has indicated that this will probably be warranted for a considerable time after the purchase programme ends in late 2014.

The Canadian economy grew by 2.2% in the first quarter of 2014. Consumption and net exports were the main contributors to growth. Gross fixed capital formation weighed on the economy as both residential investment and business investment contracted. Lifted by rising energy costs and a weaker Canadian dollar, the rate of CPI inflation rose to 2.4% in June, above the Bank of Canada’s target rate. Its policy rate remained unchanged at 1.0%, a level it has been at since September 2010.

Financial overview

North America’s reported profit before tax of US$825m was US$159m higher, and US$192m higher on a constant currency basis.

On an underlying basis, profit before tax of US$870m was US$95m higher, reflecting lower operating expenses as the first half of 2013 included US$100m in customer remediation provisions related to enhancement services products sold by our former CRS business, and lower loan impairment charges in the US, primarily in the CML portfolio due to reduced levels of new impaired loans and delinquency. These were partly offset by lower revenue, mainly reflecting adverse movements on non-qualifying hedges, lower average balances from CML run-off and lower net trading income in GB&M.

 

 

83


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking
and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                                

US

     80            110            162            50            (50         352   

Canada

     35            280            130                       (6         439   

Bermuda

     15            (4         22            1                       34   
     130            386            314            51            (56         825   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                                

US

     (267         144            500            31            (217         191   

Canada

     90            194            169                       (4         449   

Bermuda

     7            (21         26            1            14            27   

Other

                           (1                               (1
     (170         317            694            32            (207         666   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                                

US

     (91         152            133            22            (133         83   

Canada

     41            312            111                       1            465   

Bermuda

     13            5            (10         3            (5         6   

Other

                           1                                  1   
     (37         469            235            25            (137         555   

 

In Canada, underlying profit before tax increased due to a decline in CMB individually assessed loan impairment charges, and an increase in other income due to a reduction in the fair value of an investment property held for sale recognised in the second half of 2013. This was partly offset by lower revenue, reflecting the run-off of the Canadian consumer finance business, a fall in trading income from foreign exchange, and higher operating expenses, primarily from our continued investment in Global Standards and the Risk and Compliance functions.

Country business highlights

In the US we made further progress on executing our key priorities. In RBWM, we continued to focus on meeting the evolving needs of our customers. We have added approximately 11,000 new Premier customers since December 2013, an increase of 24% compared with the first half of 2013, driven by the re-launch of our Global Premier programme along with other Premier campaigns. In addition, the focus on growing high quality customer relationships led to an improvement in the credit quality of our customer base. In the first quarter, CMB launched another US$1.0bn SME fund, doubling the loan programme, to support those businesses that trade or aspire to trade internationally. Loan balances and revenue growth in expansion markets continued, most notably in the Midwest and Southeast, where corporate loans grew by 44% and 15%, respectively in the first half of 2014. Despite lower

revenue in GB&M, further progress on executing against strategy led to market share gains in several product categories, including equity and debt capital markets and lending, while revenue from CMB clients was up by 38%.

In Canada, our focus in RBWM continued to be on developing the Premier customer base and we grew assets under management by US$1.3bn in the period. In CMB, we continued to focus on Payments and Cash Management, where we took part in a pilot launch of Global Liquidity Solutions, a service that enables our clients to manage their liquidity globally. In our international trade business, we earmarked an additional US$1.0bn for our SME fund, bringing the total offered to US$2.0bn, to support businesses with their international expansion. GB&M focused on increasing its multinationals client base and, with the Project and Export Finance business, closed three arranging mandates with two ongoing advisory mandates since the business was established in Canada.

We continued to make progress in our strategy to accelerate the run-off and sales of our CML portfolio. On 1 May 2014 we completed the sale of a tranche of CML real estate secured loans with an unpaid principal balance of US$1.3bn and recognised a gain on sale of US$15m, in addition to a further sale on 1 July 2014 with an unpaid principal balance of US$289m, for which we expect to recognise a gain on sale of US$94m.

 

 

84


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

We identified real estate secured loan balances with unpaid principal of US$2.4bn that we plan to actively market in multiple transactions over the next 15 months. The estimated fair value of these loans was approximately US$5m greater than their carrying value at 30 June 2014. During July 2014, we commenced active marketing to sell a portion of our real estate secured loans with an unpaid principal balance of US$1.1bn, and expect to complete the sale of these loans in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Review of performance

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Net interest income decreased by 12% to US$2.6bn, reflecting portfolio disposals including the sale of the CML non-real estate personal loan portfolio in April 2013, and lower average lending balances from the continued run-off of the CML portfolio and the Consumer Finance business in Canada. This was partly offset by a release of accrued interest associated with uncertain tax positions, and growth in CMB driven by increased lending balances in expansion markets.

Net fee income decreased by 11% to US$1.0bn, primarily due to adverse adjustments to mortgage servicing rights valuations due to mortgage interest rate decreases compared with increases in the same period in 2013, and the expiry of the Transition Servicing Agreements with the buyer of the CRS business.

Net trading income was US$270m or 54% lower, primarily due to adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges in HSBC Finance of US$188m following a decrease in long-term interest rates, compared with favourable movements of US$263m in the first half of 2013. The decrease was partly offset by the non-recurrence of a loss of US$199m in the first half of 2013 related to the early termination of qualifying accounting hedges as a result of changes in funding, and lower provisions for mortgage loan repurchase obligations related to loans previously sold.

Net trading income decreased in GB&M as a result of unfavourable fair value movements on structured liabilities, lower foreign exchange and metals revenue as a result of reduced trading volume and low volatility, a fall in Credit trading revenue driven by lower monoline reserve releases in the legacy portfolio, and the non-recurrence of revaluation gains on securities in the first half of

2013. Net trading income was also negatively affected by the performance of economic hedges used to manage interest rate risk, reflecting unfavourable interest rate movements.

Gains less losses from financial investments were US$118m, a decrease of 46% as Balance Sheet Management reported lower gains on sales of available-for-sale debt securities as a result of our ongoing portfolio repositioning for risk management purposes. This was partly offset by gains on the sale of private equity investments.

Other operating income was US$170m compared with an expense of US$224m in the first half of 2013. The movement reflected the non-recurrence of the US$370m loss on sales of the CML non-real estate personal loan portfolio and our US insurance business in the first half of 2013.

LICs decreased by US$275m to US$411m, mainly in the US, due to reduced levels of delinquency and new impaired loans in the CML portfolio and a fall in lending balances from continued run-off and loan sales, partly offset by lower favourable market value adjustments of underlying properties as improvements in housing market conditions were less pronounced in the first half of 2014. In Canada, loan impairment charges decreased by US$80m, mainly in CMB reflecting lower individually assessed charges. These factors were partly offset by an increase in the US of US$93m, including US$72m in CMB and US$20m in GB&M, as we revised certain estimates used in our corporate loan impairment calculation. In addition, GB&M recorded a rise in loan impairment charges due to higher individually assessed charges on a specific exposure reflecting a deterioration in the underlying asset values and, to a lesser extent, the revaluation of a loan held for sale.

Operating expenses decreased by 12% to US$2.8bn, reflecting the non-recurrence of US$100m in customer remediation provisions in the first half of 2013 related to enhancement services products sold by our former CRS business, reduced average staff numbers and costs resulting from the continued run-off and sales of our CML portfolio, and lower divestiture costs related to the sale in 2012 of our CRS business. Costs also declined as the former Cards business reached the end of the Transition Servicing Agreements, and mortgage foreclosure remediation costs reduced following the 2013 Independent Foreclosure Review Settlement Agreement. We also achieved over US$90m of sustainable cost savings, primarily reflecting organisational effectiveness initiatives.

 

 

85


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income

     1,385            724            307            107            134            (22         2,635   

Net fee income/(expense)

     243            281            408            63            (4                    991   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (103         17            227            8            (10                    139   

Net interest income on trading activities

     3                       62                       1            23            89   
                                      

Net trading income/(expense)59

     (100         17            289            8            (9         23            228   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 (99                    (99

Net expense from other financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                                         

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                 (99                    (99

Gains less losses from financial investments

                15            101                       2                       118   

Dividend income

     7            4            9            1            3                       24   

Net earned insurance premiums

                                                                         

Other operating income/(expense)

     37            17            53            1            883            (821         170   

Total operating income

     1,572            1,058            1,167            180            910            (820         4,067   

Net insurance claims66

                                                                         

Net operating income13

     1,572            1,058            1,167            180            910            (820         4,067   

Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     (226         (136         (54         5                                  (411

Net operating income

     1,346            922            1,113            185            910            (820         3,656   

Operating expenses

     (1,216         (542         (799         (134         (966         820            (2,837

Operating profit/(loss)

     130            380            314            51            (56                    819   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                6                                                        6   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     130            386            314            51            (56                    825   
     %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     1.1            3.1            2.5            0.4            (0.4               6.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

     77.4            51.2            68.5            74.4            106.2                  69.8   
Balance sheet data51                                       
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     63,733            41,454            18,566            5,867                             129,620   

Total assets

     77,978            49,263            314,397            8,461            14,949            (27,342         437,706   

Customer accounts3

     53,055            47,475            23,044            13,200                             136,774   

 

86


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2013  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income

     1,888            706            321            97            49            (31         3,030   

Net fee income

     335            288            384            63            68                       1,138   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     (18         23            375            11            (6                    385   

Net interest income on trading activities

     8                       81                                  31            120   
                                      

Net trading income/(expense)59

     (10         23            456            11            (6         31            505   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long- term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 (72                    (72

Net expense from other financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                                         

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                 (72                    (72

Gains less losses from financial investments

     4                       212                       7                       223   

Dividend income

     7            5            25            2            2                       41   

Net earned insurance premiums

     34                                                                   34   

Other operating income/(expense)

     (352         (16         122            2            847            (831         (228

Total operating income

     1,906            1,006            1,520            175            895            (831         4,671   

Net insurance claims66

     (39                                                                (39

Net operating income13

     1,867            1,006            1,520            175            895            (831         4,632   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (532         (155         (8         (1                               (696

Net operating income

     1,335            851            1,512            174            895            (831         3,936   

Operating expenses

     (1,504         (540         (818         (143         (1,102         831            (3,276

Operating profit/(loss)

     (169         311            694            31            (207                    660   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

     (1         6                       1                                  6   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (170         317            694            32            (207                    666   
     %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     (1.2         2.3            4.9            0.2            (1.5               4.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

     80.6            53.7            53.8            81.7            123.1                  70.7   
Balance sheet data51                                       
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     71,547            35,367            17,323            5,624                             129,861   

Total assets

     88,313            42,820            350,497            7,715            15,269            (31,396         473,218   

Customer accounts3

     54,159            46,455            22,582            13,432            65                  136,693   

 

87


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – North America (continued)

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2013  
    

Retail

Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking

US$m

         

Global

Banking

and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income

     1,595            724            261            98            40            (6         2,712   

Net fee income

     270            305            357            62            11                       1,005   
                                      

Trading income excluding net interest income

     66            17            238            8            13                       342   

Net interest income on trading activities

     3            1            91                                  6            101   
                                      

Net trading income59

     69            18            329            8            13            6            443   
                                      

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

                                                 (216                    (216

Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                                         

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                                 (216                    (216

Gains less losses from financial investments

                           70                       1                       71   

Dividend income

     5            4            23            2            2                       36   

Net earned insurance premiums

                                                                         

Other operating income/(expense)

     (102         16            107            (1         982            (882         120   

Total operating income

     1,837            1,067            1,147            169            833            (882         4,171   

Net insurance claims66

                                                                         

Net operating income13

     1,837            1,067            1,147            169            833            (882         4,171   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (418         (68         (12         (3                               (501

Net operating income

     1,419            999            1,135            166            833            (882         3,670   

Operating expenses

     (1,456         (556         (900         (140         (970         882            (3,140

Operating profit/(loss)

     (37         443            235            26            (137                    530   

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

                26                       (1                               25   

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (37         469            235            25            (137                    555   
     %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     (0.5         5.5            2.8            0.3            (1.6               6.5   

Cost efficiency ratio

     79.3            52.1            78.5            82.8            116.4                  75.3   
Balance sheet data51                                       
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     66,192            37,735            18,070            5,956                             127,953   

Total assets

     82,530            45,706            313,701            8,542            13,211            (31,655         432,035   

Customer accounts3

     53,600            49,225            24,113            13,871                             140,809   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

LOGO

 

 

88


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Latin America

 

Our operations in Latin America principally comprise HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo, HSBC México, S.A. and HSBC Bank Argentina S.A. In addition to banking services, we operate insurance businesses in Brazil, Mexico and Argentina.

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun
2014
US$m
          30 Jun
2013
US$m
          31 Dec
2013
US$m
 

Net interest income

     2,700            3,274            2,912   

Net fee income

     697            896            805   

Net trading income

     543            397            539   

Other income

     325            391            1,354   

Net operating income13

     4,265            4,958            5,610   

LICs53

     (998         (1,423         (1,243

Net operating income

     3,267            3,535            4,367   

Total operating expenses

     (2,893         (3,069         (2,861

Operating profit

     374            466            1,506   

Income from associates54

                             

Profit before tax

     374            466            1,506   

Cost efficiency ratio

     67.8%            61.9%            51.0%   

RoRWA47

     0.8%            1.0%            3.2%   

Period-end staff numbers

     42,157            46,046            42,542   

Corporate lending balances

grew by

11%

on a constant currency basis

Latin America Derivatives

House of the Year

(Global Capital, 2014)

Launched a US$2bn joint Energy fund

in Mexico for CMB customers

in the energy sector

For footnotes, see page 96.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise. Tables are on a reported basis.

Economic background

Economic activity in Latin America was subdued in early 2014, pointing to annualised growth below even the 2.4% achieved in 2013. GDP growth in Brazil grew by just 0.2% in the first quarter of the year and indicators suggest activity remained lacklustre in the second quarter. Inflation rose through the first half of 2014 due to rising food prices and the cost of tourism and other goods and services, where demand was boosted by visitors for the FIFA World Cup. The central bank raised the Selic rate to 11% in April 2014, up from 7.25% a year ago.

The weak growth experienced by Mexico in 2013 extended to the first quarter of 2014. This was in large part because of the rise in VAT (part of the fiscal reform approved in 2013) which depressed consumer spending. In addition, exports to the US remained weak and planned fiscal spending has yet to materialise. In the second quarter, there was a recovery in exports, though domestic demand struggled to grow. Inflation remained subdued, which prompted the central bank to cut the monetary policy rate by 50bp to 3% in the first half of 2014.

The Argentine economy appeared to have contracted in the first quarter of the year. The weakness of growth observed since the end of 2013 was aggravated by the effects of a strong depreciation of the peso in January. This should help restore competitiveness in the country’s export sector and ease pressure on currency reserves. However, in the near term it put further upward pressure on inflation, which accelerated significantly in the first half of 2014. This prompted a gradual increase in the deposit rate by the central bank during the period.

Financial overview

In Latin America, profit before tax of US$374m was US$92m lower on a reported basis, although on a constant currency basis, it increased by US$9m.

Excluding the effect of non-strategic business disposals, including our operations in Panama, Paraguay and Peru and our general insurance business in Mexico in 2013 and the sale of our operations in Colombia in 2014, underlying profit before tax increased by US$53m. This was driven by lower LICs and higher revenue partly offset by increased operating expenses.

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within global businesses

 

    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

          Commercial
Banking
US$m
         

Global
Banking
and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
          Other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                                

Argentina

     33            72            137                       (1         241   

Brazil

     (129         22            175            (6         (7         55   

Mexico

     (2         (4         73            (1         (7         59   

Other

     12            16            17            2            (28         19   
     (86         106            402            (5         (43         374   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                                

Argentina

     44            69            67                                  180   

Brazil

     (117         (19         290            4            (5         153   

Mexico

     85            (15         55            1            (9         117   

Panama

     18            29            29            1            (24         53   

Other

     (27         5            3                       (18         (37
     3            69            444            6            (56         466   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                                

Argentina

     53            73            103                       (1         228   

Brazil

     3            (24         224            1            (6         198   

Mexico

     69            (145         60            (4         20              

Panama

     317            493            333            1            (13         1,131   

Other

     (19         (2         3            (3         (30         (51
     423            395            723            (5         (30         1,506   

 

Country business highlights

We continued to make progress with the implementation of our strategy in the region. In the first half of 2014 we completed the disposal of our operations in Colombia, and are assessing options for the sale of our banking business in Uruguay.

We remain focused on our priority growth markets of Brazil, Mexico and Argentina, where we continue to face slower economic and lending growth and inflationary pressures on our cost base. Revenue growth in RBWM has been affected by the continued shift towards more secured lending, notably in Brazil, and the introduction of a new incentive framework for our front line staff, as part of our wider strategy to improve the quality of revenue. In CMB, while lending volumes increased, revenues remained subdued as we continued to reposition the business. In GB&M, we increased our market share in equity and debt capital markets.

In Brazil, we implemented several initiatives to regain revenue momentum and grow high quality business in RBWM, including moving towards secured and relationship-based lending. Secured lending was 29% of our loan book at 30 June 2014, compared with 22% a year earlier. We launched the MasterCard Black credit card for Premier customers and improved features of our personal loan offering. We continued to invest in improving our credit processes, including recruiting specialists and

enhancing credit underwriting models and processes. We also made progress in optimising our branch network by investing in Client Service Units focused on sales and automated transactions, and exited certain underperforming locations. In CMB we accelerated penetration in the MME market and created a middle office function enabling relationship managers to spend more time with clients.

In Mexico, we continued to reposition our portfolio, in particular in Business Banking, and further strengthened our account opening and transaction monitoring processes. In RBWM, we re-launched our mortgage campaign with strong results, introduced balance transfers for credit cards and increased sales of personal loans through the call centre. In CMB, we worked with our colleagues in the US to grow our market share in the North American Free Trade Agreement corridor and launched a US$2bn joint Energy fund with Nacional Financiera, a local development banking institution, in order to capture opportunities arising from energy reform. In GB&M we achieved a top three ranking in debt capital markets.

In Argentina, we continued to manage our business conservatively as the economic environment remained challenging. We focused our growth on GB&M and corporate CMB customers, and continued to follow cautious lending policies in RBWM and Business Banking.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

90


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Review of performance

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis and comparisons are with the first half of 2013, unless stated otherwise.

Net interest income decreased by US$206m, driven by the effect of the disposals of non-strategic businesses completed during 2013 and reductions in Brazil and Mexico, partly offset by growth in Argentina.

In Brazil, the reduction was mainly in GB&M, driven by increased costs of funding in Balance Sheet Management due to higher interest rates. In CMB and RBWM, net interest income also decreased, reflecting lower revenue from Business Banking and a move towards lower yielding MMEs in CMB, and a change in the product mix towards lower yielding, more secured lending in RBWM.

In Mexico, net interest income decreased in CMB due to a reduction in average lending balances, notably in Business Banking as we continued to reposition the business and in relation to homebuilders following the impairment of some of these loans, coupled with narrower deposit spreads following a decrease in interest rates. In RBWM, net interest income improved, reflecting growth in average lending balances, though this was partly offset by spread compression on deposits.

Net interest income in Argentina increased due to higher average lending and deposit balances across all global businesses and wider spreads due to an increase in interest rates.

Net fee income decreased by 12%. In Brazil fee income was lower in RBWM across a number of products, in part reflecting a change in mix and strong market competition. In Mexico, fees were lower in both RBWM and CMB as a result of lower Account Services and Payments and Cash Management (‘PCM’) fees reflecting fewer customers, as we continued to reposition the business. The reduction in net fee income was also affected by the sale of our non-strategic businesses. These factors were partly offset by an increase in PCM, deposits and trade services-related fees in Argentina following business growth.

Net trading income increased by US$201m, primarily reflecting favourable results in GB&M in Argentina, as well as higher Rates revenue in Brazil, in part reflecting increased client activity, and in Mexico.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value increased by US$295m, notably in Brazil, as a result of higher net income on the bonds portfolio held by the insurance business. To the extent that these investment gains were attributed to policyholders there was a corresponding movement in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

Net earned insurance premiums decreased by 4%, driven by the disposal of our operations in Panama and the sale of our general insurance business in Mexico, coupled with lower sales of life products in Mexico. The reduction in net earned insurance premiums resulted in a corresponding decrease in Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.

Other operating income increased by US$79m, mainly driven by minimal movements in the PVIF asset in the first half of 2014, compared with a significant reduction a year ago which reflected adverse lapse experience and interest rate movements. Other operating income also increased due to the net favourable effect of disposals of our non-strategic businesses.

LICs decreased by US$298m, primarily in Brazil. This was driven by changes to the impairment model and assumption revisions for restructured loan account portfolios which occurred in 2013 in both RBWM and CMB. This was partly offset by refinements to the impairment model for non-restructured loans, notably in RBWM, during the first half of 2014. In addition, Business Banking provisions reduced, reflecting improved delinquency rates.

In Mexico, LICs improved due to lower individually assessed charges in CMB, in particular relating to homebuilders, and in GB&M. In RBWM, LICs increased due to higher credit card, mortgages and personal lending balances.

LICs were also positively affected by the disposals of non-strategic businesses in the region.

Operating expenses increased by US$157m, primarily in Brazil and Argentina, due to union-agreed salary increases, inflationary pressures and an accelerated depreciation charge in Brazil. The increase was partly offset by the effect of disposals of non-strategic businesses along with continued strict cost control and progress with our strategic focus on streamlining, which resulted in sustainable cost savings of US$66m.

 

 

91


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Latin America

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014  
     Retail
Banking
and Wealth
Management
US$m
         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income

     1,698            787            249            9            6            (49         2,700   

Net fee income/(expense)

     381            232            72            15            (3                    697   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     86            57            288            2            (5                    428   

Net interest income on trading activities

                           66                                  49            115   
                                      

Net trading income/(expense)59

     86            57            354            2            (5         49            543   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     268            94                                                        362   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                           49                                             49   

Dividend income

     3            2            1                                             6   

Net earned insurance premiums

     577            150            2                       (1                    728   

Other operating income

     43            13            9            1            88            (80         74   

Total operating income

     3,056            1,335            736            27            85            (80         5,159   

Net insurance claims66

     (700         (193         (1                                          (894

Net operating income13

     2,356            1,142            735            27            85            (80         4,265   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (701         (261         (29         (7                               (998

Net operating income

     1,655            881            706            20            85            (80         3,267   

Operating expenses

     (1,741         (775         (304         (25         (128         80            (2,893

Operating profit/(loss)

     (86         106            402            (5         (43                    374   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                                                         

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (86         106            402            (5         (43                    374   
     %            %            %            %            %                  %   

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     (0.7         0.8            3.2                       (0.3               3.0   

Cost efficiency ratio

     73.9            67.9            41.4            92.6            150.6                  67.8   

Balance sheet data51

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     13,637            21,528            11,410            79                             46,654   

Total assets

     31,651            32,248            61,007            320            876            (472         125,630   

Customer accounts3

     24,794            17,538            9,394            2,126                             53,852   

 

92


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2013  
     Retail
Banking
and Wealth
Management
US$m
         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

          Global
Banking
and
Markets
US$m
          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                      

Net interest income/ (expense)

     1,952            957            436            12            (6         (77         3,274   

Net fee income

     500            288            90            18                                  896   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     58            55            190            2            (3                    302   

Net interest income on trading activities

                           18                                  77            95   

Net trading income/(expense)59

     58            55            208            2            (3         77            397   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     71            13            1                                             85   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                1            50                                             51   

Dividend income

     2            2            1                                             5   

Net earned insurance premiums

     681            179            3                                             863   

Other operating income/(expense)

     6            (11         5                       84            (85         (1

Total operating income

     3,270            1,484            794            32            75            (85         5,570   

Net insurance claims66

     (505         (106         (1                                          (612

Net operating income13

     2,765            1,378            793            32            75            (85         4,958   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (877         (501         (45                                          (1,423

Net operating income

     1,888            877            748            32            75            (85         3,535   

Operating expenses

     (1,885         (808         (304         (26         (131         85            (3,069

Operating profit/(loss)

     3            69            444            6            (56                    466   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                                                         

Profit/(loss) before tax

     3            69            444            6            (56                    466   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

                0.5            3.2                       (0.4               3.3   

Cost efficiency ratio

     68.2            58.6            38.3            81.3            174.7                  61.9   

Balance sheet data51

                                      
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     13,996            20,689            9,807            53                             44,545   

Total assets

     34,497            34,075            53,864            490            448            (342         123,032   

Customer accounts3

     23,294            16,443            8,978            2,755                             51,470   

 

93


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data – Latin America (continued)

 

     Half-year to 31 December 2013  
    

Retail
Banking

and Wealth

Management

US$m

         

Commercial

Banking
US$m

         

Global
Banking

and

Markets

US$m

          Global
Private
Banking
US$m
         

Other

US$m

         

Inter-
segment

elimination65

US$m

          Total
US$m
 
Profit/(loss) before tax                                       

Net interest income/(expense)

     1,824            871            339            12            (6         (128         2,912   

Net fee income

     452            260            78            14            1                       805   
                                      

Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income

     80            62            266            2            (1                    409   

Net interest income on trading activities

                           2                                  128            130   

Net trading income/(expense)59

     80            62            268            2            (1         128            539   

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     193            48                                                        241   

Gains less losses from financial investments

                           31                                             31   

Dividend income

     3            1                                                        4   

Net earned insurance premiums

     783            181            3                                             967   

Other operating income

     306            496            305            1            112            (104         1,116   

Total operating income

     3,641            1,919            1,024            29            106            (104         6,615   

Net insurance claims66

     (818         (185         (2                                          (1,005

Net operating income13

     2,823            1,734            1,022            29            106            (104         5,610   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (675         (561         (7                                          (1,243

Net operating income

     2,148            1,173            1,015            29            106            (104         4,367   

Operating expenses

     (1,725         (778         (292         (34         (136         104            (2,861

Operating profit/(loss)

     423            395            723            (5         (30                    1,506   

Share of loss in associates and joint ventures

                                                                         

Profit/(loss) before tax

     423            395            723            (5         (30                    1,506   
     %           %           %           %           %                       %  

Share of HSBC’s profit before tax

     5.0            4.7            8.5            (0.1         (0.4               17.7   

Cost efficiency ratio

     61.1            44.9            28.6            117.2            128.3                  51.0   
Balance sheet data51                                       
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m                       US$m  

Loans and advances to customers (net)3

     13,616            19,923            10,304            75                             43,918   

Total assets

     30,584            30,001            52,977            337            634            (534         113,999   

Customer accounts3

     23,943            16,593            8,994            1,859                             51,389   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency profit/(loss) before tax

Europe

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

Change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     5,250            292            5,542            5,244                       (5

Net fee income

     2,969            128            3,097            3,188            7            3   

Net trading income

     4,339            247            4,586            982            (77         (79

Own credit spread24

     3            4            7            (159            

Other income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (952         (60         (1,012         1,175               

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (949         (56         (1,005         1,016               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     373            24            397            336            (10         (15

Net earned insurance premiums

     1,746            91            1,837            1,574            (10         (14

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     (10         (10         (20         550               

Total operating income

     13,718            716            14,434            12,890            (6         (11

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (2,244         (114         (2,358         (2,017         10            14   

Net operating income13

     11,474            602            12,076            10,873            (5         (10

LICs53

     (846         (43         (889         (266         69            70   

Net operating income

     10,628            559            11,187            10,607                       (5

Operating expenses

     (7,862         (340         (8,202         (8,352         (6         (2

Operating profit

     2,766            219            2,985            2,255            (18         (24

Income from associates54

     2            8            10            3            50            (70

Profit before tax

     2,768            227            2,995            2,258            (18         (25

 

94a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

Change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     5,443            212            5,655            5,244            (4         (7

Net fee income

     3,063            91            3,154            3,188            4            1   

Net trading income

     84            (39         45            982            1,069         

Own credit spread24

     (1,018         (13         (1,031         (159         84            85   

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     2,385            122            2,507            1,175            (51         (53

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     1,367            109            1,476            1,016            (26         (31

Gains less losses from financial investments

     6                       6            336               

Net earned insurance premiums

     1,412            36            1,448            1,574            11            9   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     614            5            619            550            (10         (11

Total operating income

     11,989            414            12,403            12,890            8            4   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (2,496         (67         (2,563         (2,017         19            21   

Net operating income13

     9,493            347            9,840            10,873            15            10   

LICs53

     (684         (20         (704         (266         61            62   

Net operating income

     8,809            327            9,136            10,607            20            16   

Operating expenses

     (9,751         (266         (10,017         (8,352         14            17   

Operating profit/(loss)

     (942         61            (881         2,255               

Income/(loss) from associates54

     (1                    (1         3               

Profit/(loss) before tax

     (943         61            (882         2,258               

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Asia

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     5,519            (104         5,415            6,090            10            12   

Net fee income

     3,090            (50         3,040            2,966            (4         (2

Net trading income

     918            (43         875            1,329            45            52   

Own credit spread24

     1                       1            (5            

Other income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (261                    (261         391               

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (260                    (260         386               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     1,227            (1         1,226            440            (64         (64

Net earned insurance premiums

     3,583            (4         3,579            3,835            7            7   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     2,470            (29         2,441            1,209            (51         (50

Total operating income

     16,547            (231         16,316            16,255            (2           

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (3,256         4            (3,252         (4,148         (27         (28

Net operating income13

     13,291            (227         13,064            12,107            (9         (7

LICs53

     (198         12            (186         (216         (9         (16

Net operating income

     13,093            (215         12,878            11,891            (9         (8

Operating expenses

     (4,812         102            (4,710         (5,009         (4         (6

Operating profit

     8,281            (113         8,168            6,882            (17         (16

Income from associates54

     981            15            996            1,012            3            2   

Profit before tax

     9,262            (98         9,164            7,894            (15         (14

 

94c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     5,913            (15         5,898            6,090            3            3   

Net fee income

     2,846            (6         2,840            2,966            4            4   

Net trading income

     1,108            1            1,109            1,329            20            20   

Own credit spread24

     (3                    (3         (5         (67         (67

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     577                       577            391            (32         (32

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     574                       574            386            (33         (33

Gains less losses from financial investments

     48                       48            440            817            817   

Net earned insurance premiums

     3,335            (2         3,333            3,835            15            15   

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     1,357            6            1,363            1,209            (11         (11

Total operating income

     15,181            (16         15,165            16,255            7            7   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (4,040         1            (4,039         (4,148         (3         (3

Net operating income13

     11,141            (15         11,126            12,107            9            9   

LICs53

     (300                    (300         (216         28            28   

Net operating income

     10,841            (15         10,826            11,891            10            10   

Operating expenses

     (5,124         3            (5,121         (5,009         2            2   

Operating profit

     5,717            (12         5,705            6,882            20            21   

Income from associates54

     874            2            876            1,012            16            16   

Profit before tax

     6,591            (10         6,581            7,894            20            20   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94d


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Middle East and North Africa

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     746            (6         740            736            (1         (1

Net fee income

     311                       311            335            8            8   

Net trading income

     203                       203            193            (5         (5

Own credit spread24

     (1                    (1         (6            

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

                                      1               

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1                    (1         (5            

Gains less losses from financial investments

     (18                    (18         3               

Net earned insurance premiums

                                                    

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     12                       12            32            167            167   

Total operating income

     1,253            (6         1,247            1,294            3            4   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

                                                    

Net operating income13

     1,253            (6         1,247            1,294            3            4   

LICs53

     47                       47            50            (6         (6

Net operating income

     1,300            (6         1,294            1,344            3            4   

Operating expenses

     (616         3            (613         (614                      

Operating profit

     684            (3         681            730            7            7   

Income from associates54

     225                       225            259            15            15   

Profit before tax

     909            (3         906            989            9            9   

 

94e


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     740            (1         739            736            (1           

Net fee income

     311                       311            335            8            8   

Net trading income

     154            1            155            193            25            25   

Own credit spread24

     (3                    (3         (6         (100         (100

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     2                       2            1            (50         (50

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (1                    (1         (5            

Gains less losses from financial investments

                                      3               

Net earned insurance premiums

                                                    

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     46            (2         44            32            (30         (27

Total operating income

     1,250            (2         1,248            1,294            4            4   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

                                                    

Net operating income13

     1,250            (2         1,248            1,294            4            4   

LICs53

     (5                    (5         50               

Net operating income

     1,245            (2         1,243            1,344            8            8   

Operating expenses

     (673                    (673         (614         9            9   

Operating profit

     572            (2         570            730            28            28   

Income from associates54

     213            (1         212            259            22            22   

Profit before tax

     785            (3         782            989            26            26   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94f


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

North America

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     3,030            (49         2,981            2,635            (13         (12

Net fee income

     1,138            (22         1,116            991            (13         (11

Net trading income

     505            (7         498            228            (55         (54

Own credit spread24

     (22                    (22         (45         (105         (105

Other expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (50                    (50         (54         (8         (8

Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (72                    (72         (99         (38         (38

Gains less losses from financial investments

     223            (4         219            118            (47         (46

Net earned insurance premiums

     34                       34                       (100         (100

Other operating income/(expense) (including dividend income)

     (187         4            (183         194               

Total operating income

     4,671            (78         4,593            4,067            (13         (11

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (39                    (39                    100            100   

Net operating income13

     4,632            (78         4,554            4,067            (12         (11

LICs53

     (696         10            (686         (411         41            40   

Net operating income

     3,936            (68         3,868            3,656            (7         (5

Operating expenses

     (3,276         36            (3,240         (2,837         13            12   

Operating profit

     660            (32         628            819            24            30   

Income from associates54

     6            (1         5            6                       20   

Profit before tax

     666            (33         633            825            24            30   

 

94g


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     2,712            (30         2,682            2,635            (3         (2

Net fee income

     1,005            (14         991            991            (1           

Net trading income

     443            (4         439            228            (49         (48

Own credit spread24

     (203                    (203         (45         78            78   

Other expense from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (13                    (13         (54            

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     (216                    (216         (99         54            54   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     71                       71            118            66            66   

Net earned insurance premiums

                                                    

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     156            1            157            194            24            24   

Total operating income

     4,171            (47         4,124            4,067            (2         (1

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

                                                    

Net operating income13

     4,171            (47         4,124            4,067            (2         (1

LICs53

     (501         1            (500         (411         18            18   

Net operating income

     3,670            (46         3,624            3,656                       1   

Operating expenses

     (3,140         23            (3,117         (2,837         10            9   

Operating profit

     530            (23         507            819            55            62   

Income from associates54

     25            (1         24            6            (76         (75

Profit before tax

     555            (24         531            825            49            55   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94h


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Latin America

30 June 2014 compared with 30 June 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 30 June 2013 (‘1H13’)  
     1H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

1H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     3,274            (368         2,906            2,700            (18         (7

Net fee income

     896            (100         796            697            (22         (12

Net trading income

     397            (55         342            543            37            59   

Own credit spread24

                                                    

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     85            (18         67            362                  440   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     85            (18         67            362               

Gains less losses from financial investments

     51            (3         48            49            (4         2   

Net earned insurance premiums

     863            (104         759            728            (16         (4

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     4            (4                    80               

Total operating income

     5,570            (652         4,918            5,159            (7         5   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (612         91            (521         (894         (46         (72

Net operating income13

     4,958            (561         4,397            4,265            (14         (3

LICs53

     (1,423         127            (1,296         (998         30            23   

Net operating income

     3,535            (434         3,101            3,267            (8         5   

Operating expenses

     (3,069         333            (2,736         (2,893         6            (6

Operating profit

     466            (101         365            374            (20         2   

Income from associates54

                                                    

Profit before tax

     466            (101         365            374            (20         2   

 

94i


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014 (‘1H14’) compared with half-year to 31 December 2013 (‘2H13’)  
     2H13 as
reported
US$m
         

Currency

translation

adjustment22

US$m

         

2H13

at 1H14

exchange

rates

US$m

         

1H14 as

reported

US$m

         

Reported

change23

%

         

Constant

currency

change23

%

 

Net interest income

     2,912            (100         2,812            2,700            (7         (4

Net fee income

     805            (32         773            697            (13         (10

Net trading income

     539            (46         493            543            1            10   

Own credit spread24

                                                    

Other income from financial instruments designated at fair value

     241            (13         228            362            50            59   

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

     241            (13         228            362            50            59   

Gains less losses from financial investments

     31                       31            49            58            58   

Net earned insurance premiums

     967            (22         945            728            (25         (23

Other operating income (including dividend income)

     1,120            (5         1,115            80            (93         (93

Total operating income

     6,615            (218         6,397            5,159            (22         (19

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

     (1,005         43            (962         (894         11            7   

Net operating income13

     5,610            (175         5,435            4,265            (24         (22

LICs53

     (1,243         16            (1,227         (998         20            19   

Net operating income

     4,367            (159         4,208            3,267            (25         (22

Operating expenses

     (2,861         95            (2,766         (2,893         (1         (5

Operating profit

     1,506            (64         1,442            374            (75         (74

Income from associates54

                                                    

Profit before tax

     1,506            (64         1,442            374            (75         (74

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94j


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reconciliation of reported and underlying items

Europe

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     5,244            5,250                       5,244            5,443            (4

Currency translation adjustment22

           292                        212         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                13                             5         

Underlying

     5,244            5,555            (6         5,244            5,660            (7

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     522            (50               522            579            (10

Currency translation adjustment22

           (12                     5         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (7                          (62      

Underlying

     522            (69               522            522              

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     10,873            11,474            (5         10,873            9,493            15   

Currency translation adjustment22

           598                        360         

Own credit spread24

     159            (3               159            1,018         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                6                             (57      

Underlying

     11,032            12,075            (9         11,032            10,814            2   

LICS53

                                

Reported

     (266         (846         69            (266         (684         61   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (43                     (20      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     (266         (889         70            (266         (704         62   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (8,352         (7,862         (6         (8,352         (9,751         14   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (340                     (266      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                16                             12         

Underlying

     (8,352         (8,186         (2         (8,352         (10,005         17   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     75.7%            67.8%                  75.7%            92.5%         

Profit/(loss) before tax

                                

Reported

     2,258            2,768            (18         2,258            (943      

Currency translation adjustment22

           223                        74         

Own credit spread24

     159            (3               159            1,018         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                23                             (40      

Underlying

     2,417            3,011            (20         2,417            109         

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94k


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Asia

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     6,090            5,519            10            6,090            5,913            3   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (104                     (15      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     6,090            5,415            12            6,090            5,898            3   

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     1,188            2,453            (52         1,188            1,222            (3

Currency translation adjustment22

           (25                     5         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     32            (1,185               32            46         

Underlying

     1,220            1,243            (2         1,220            1,273            (4

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     12,107            13,291            (9         12,107            11,141            9   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (227                     (15      

Own credit spread24

     5            (1               5            3         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     32            (1,185               32            46         

Underlying

     12,144            11,878            2            12,144            11,175            9   

LICS53

                                

Reported

     (216         (198         (9         (216         (300         28   

Currency translation adjustment22

           12                                

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     (216         (186         (16         (216         (300         28   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (5,009         (4,812         (4         (5,009         (5,124         2   

Currency translation adjustment22

           102                        3         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                72                                     

Underlying

     (5,009         (4,638         (8         (5,009         (5,121         2   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     41.2%            39.0%                  41.2%            45.8%         

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

                                

Reported

     1,012            981            3            1,012            874            16   

Currency translation adjustment22

           15                        2         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (15                          97         

Underlying

     1,012            981            3            1,012            973            4   

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     7,894            9,262            (15         7,894            6,591            20   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (98                     (10      

Own credit spread24

     5            (1               5            3         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     32            (1,128               32            143         

Underlying

     7,931            8,035            (1         7,931            6,727            18   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94l


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Middle East and North Africa

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     736            746            (1         736            740            (1

Currency translation adjustment22

           (6                     (1      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (20         (25               (20         (25      

Underlying

     716            715                       716            714              

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     23            8            188            23            41            (44

Currency translation adjustment22

                                  (2      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                                                    

Underlying

     23            8            188            23            39            (41

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     1,294            1,253            3            1,294            1,250            4   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (6                     (2      

Own credit spread24

     6            1                  6            3         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (28         (38               (28         (33      

Underlying

     1,272            1,210            5            1,272            1,218            4   

LICS53

                                

Reported

     50            47            (6         50            (5      

Currency translation adjustment22

                                          

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                3                             (3      

Underlying

     50            50                       50            (8      

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (614         (616                    (614         (673         9   

Currency translation adjustment22

           3                                

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     17            19                  17            19         

Underlying

     (597         (594         (1         (597         (654         9   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     46.9%            49.1%                  46.9%            53.7%         

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     989            909            9            989            785            26   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (3                     (3      

Own credit spread24

     6            1                  6            3         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (11         (16               (11         (17      

Underlying

     984            891            10            984            768            28   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94m


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

North America

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported

     2,635            3,030            (13         2,635            2,712            (3

Currency translation adjustment22

           (49                     (30      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                (14                                  

Underlying

     2,635            2,967            (11         2,635            2,682            (2

Other operating income

                                

Reported

     170            (228               170            120            42   

Currency translation adjustment22

           4                        1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                114                             (17      

Underlying

     170            (110               170            104            63   

Revenue13

                                

Reported

     4,067            4,632            (12         4,067            4,171            (2

Currency translation adjustment22

           (78                     (47      

Own credit spread24

     45            22                  45            203         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                105                             (16      

Underlying

     4,112            4,681            (12         4,112            4,311            (5

LICS53

                                

Reported

     (411         (696         41            (411         (501         18   

Currency translation adjustment22

           10                        1         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                1                             (1      

Underlying

     (411         (685         40            (411         (501         18   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (2,837         (3,276         13            (2,837         (3,140         10   

Currency translation adjustment22

           36                        23         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                14                                     

Underlying

     (2,837         (3,226         12            (2,837         (3,117         9   

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     69.0%            68.9%                  69.0%            72.3%         

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     825            666            24            825            555            49   

Currency translation adjustment22

           (33                     (24      

Own credit spread24

     45            22                  45            203         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

                120                             (17      

Underlying

     870            775            12            870            717            21   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94n


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Latin America

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014
US$m

         

30 June

2013
US$m

          Change23
%
         

30 June

2014
US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

          Change23
%
 

Net interest income

                                

Reported net interest income

     2,700            3,274            (18         2,700            2,912            (7

Currency translation adjustment22

           (368                     (100      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (7         (197               (7         (130      

Underlying net interest income

     2,693            2,709            (1         2,693            2,682              

Other operating income

                                

Reported other operating income

     74            (1               74            1,116            (93

Currency translation adjustment22

           (4                     (4      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (18         (29               (18         (1,099      

Underlying other operating income

     56            (34               56            13            331   

Revenue13

                                

Reported revenue

     4,265            4,958            (14         4,265            5,610            (24

Currency translation adjustment22

           (561                     (175      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (27         (294               (27         (1,272      

Underlying revenue

     4,238            4,103            3            4,238            4,163            2   

LICS53

                                

Reported

     (998         (1,423         30            (998         (1,243         20   

Currency translation adjustment22

           127                        16         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     2            40                  2            21         

Underlying

     (996         (1,256         21            (996         (1,206         17   

Operating expenses

                                

Reported

     (2,893         (3,069         6            (2,893         (2,861         (1

Currency translation adjustment22

           333                        95         

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     9            194                  9            115         

Underlying

     (2,884         (2,542         (13         (2,884         (2,651         (9

Underlying cost efficiency ratio

     68.1%            62.0%                  68.1%            63.7%         

Profit before tax

                                

Reported

     374            466            (20         374            1,506            (75

Currency translation adjustment22

           (101                     (64      

Acquisitions, disposals and dilutions

     (16         (60               (16         (1,136      

Underlying

     358            305            17            358            306            17   

For footnotes, see page 96.

 

94o


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Other information

 

Funds under management and assets held in custody

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2014
US$bn
          30 June
2013
US$bn
         

31 December
2013

US$bn

 

Funds under management

              

At beginning of period

     921            910            902   

Net new money

     18            (2         (16

Value change

     21            15            19   

Exchange and other

     4            (21         16   

At end of period

     964            902            921   

Funds under management by business

              

HSBC Global Asset Management

     465            409            420   

Global Private Banking

     286            281            282   

Affiliates

     6            4            5   

Other

     207            208            214   
     964            902            921   

 

Comparisons are with 31 December 2013 unless stated otherwise.

Funds under management (‘FuM’) at 30 June 2014 amounted to US$964bn, an increase of 5%, primarily due to favourable market movements and net inflows in the first half of the year.

Global Asset Management FuM increased by 11% to US$465bn due to strong inflows, notably in fixed income products from our customers in Europe and Asia, net inflows from liquidity funds in Europe and North America and the transfer of FuM from other parts of the Group, which had previously been reported within Other FuM. In addition, FuM benefitted from favourable movements in bond and equity markets.

GPB FuM were broadly unchanged as favourable market and foreign exchange movements were largely offset by negative net new money in Europe as we continued to reposition our client base and disposed of our HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG business in Luxembourg. In the first half of 2014, we agreed to sell a portfolio of private banking assets in Switzerland to LGT Bank (Switzerland) Ltd. The portfolio had FuM of US$8.5bn at 31 December 2013 and the transaction is expected to complete in the second half of 2014.

Other FuM decreased by 3% to US$207bn, primarily due to the transfer of FuM into Global Asset Management noted above.

Assets held in custody and under administration

Custody is the safekeeping and servicing of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients. At 30 June 2014, we held assets as custodian of US$6.6 trillion, 6% higher than the US$6.2 trillion held at 31 December 2013. This was mainly driven by new business in the UK, Australia and Hong Kong coupled with favourable foreign exchange movements.

Our assets under administration business, which includes the provision of bond and loan administration services and the valuation of portfolios of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients, complements the custody business. At 30 June 2014, the value of assets held under administration by the Group amounted to US$3.2 trillion, which was 3% higher than at 31 December 2013. This was mainly driven by new business in the UK and Hong Kong and favourable foreign exchange movements.

Review of transactions with related parties

The FCA’s Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules require the disclosure of related party transactions that have taken place in the first six months of the current financial year and any changes in the related party transactions described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 that have or could have materially affected the financial position or performance of HSBC. A review has been undertaken and any such related party transactions have been disclosed in the Interim Report 2014.

 

 

95


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to pages 2 to 95

Financial highlights

 

1 Dividends recognised in the financial statements are dividends per ordinary share declared in the period and are not dividends in respect of, or for, the period.
2 The cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
3 From 1 January 2014, non-trading reverse repos and repos are presented as separate lines in the balance sheet. Previously, non-trading reverse repos were included within ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and non-trading repos were included within ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’. Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly. Non-trading reverse repos and repos have been presented as separate lines in the balance sheet to align disclosure with market practice and provide more meaningful information in relation to loans and advances. The extent to which reverse repos and repos represent loans to/from customers and banks is set out in Note 11 on the Financial Statements.
4 The return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity.
5 On 1 January 2014, CRD IV came into force and capital and RWAs at 30 June 2014 are calculated and presented on this basis. Prior to this date, capital and RWAs were calculated and presented on a Basel 2.5 basis. In addition, capital and RWAs at 31 December 2013 were also estimated based on the Group’s interpretation of final CRD IV legislation and final rules issued by the PRA.
6 Pre-tax return on average risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s) is calculated using average RWAs based on a Basel 2.5 basis for all periods up to and including 31 December 2013 and on a CRD IV end point basis for 31 March 2014 and 30 June 2014.
7 The basis of calculation of the June 2014 leverage ratio has changed from previous disclosures based on the approach prescribed by the PRA. For further details of the leverage ratio, see page 186.
8 Each ADS represents five ordinary shares.
9 Total shareholder return is defined as the growth in share value and declared dividend income during the relevant period.
10 The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Banks Index.

Business and operating models

 

11 From 1 January 2014, the geographical region ‘Asia’ replaced the geographical regions previously reported as ‘Hong Kong’ and ‘Rest of Asia-Pacific’ (see Note 23 on the Financial Statements for further details). Comparative data have been re-presented to reflect this change.
12 The reporting structure of Hong Kong and the rest of Asia is aligned to the regional Asia management structure.
13 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as revenue.
14 Intermediation of securities, funds and insurance products, including Securities Services in GB&M.
15 Merger and acquisition, event and project financing, and co-investments in GPB.
16 Including Foreign Exchange, Rates, Credit and Equities.
17 Including portfolio management.
18 Including private trust and estate planning (for financial and non-financial assets).
19 Including hedge funds, real estate and private equity.
20 The sum of balances presented does not agree to consolidated amounts because inter-company eliminations are not presented here.
21 Targets for 2014-16 were announced at our Investor Update in May 2013.

Reconciliations of constant currency profit before tax

 

22 ‘Currency translation adjustment’ is the effect of translating the results of subsidiaries and associates for the previous half-years at the average rates of exchange applicable in the current half-year.
23 Positive numbers are favourable: negative numbers are unfavourable.
24 Changes in fair value due to movements in own credit spread on long-term debt issued. This does not include the fair value changes due to own credit risk in respect of trading liabilities or derivative liabilities.
25 The operating results of these disposals were removed from underlying results in addition to disposal gains and losses.
26 The operating results of these disposals were not removed from underlying results as they were not significant.
27 Other income in this context comprises net trading income, net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value, gains less losses from financial investments, dividend income, net earned insurance premiums and other operating income less net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
28 Excludes items where there are substantial offsets in the income statement for the same period.

Financial summary

 

29 Net interest income includes the cost of internally funding trading assets, while the related revenues are reported in net trading income. In our global business results, the total cost of funding trading assets is included within Global Banking and Markets’ net trading income as an interest expense.
30 Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’).
31 Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate payable on average interest-bearing funds. Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.
32 The accounting for the disposal of our interest in Ping An is described on page 521 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. In the first half of 2013, we recognised a net gain on the completion of the Ping An disposal of US$553m which offset the US$553m loss on the contingent forward sale contract recognised in the second half of 2012. The gain of US$553m represented the net effect of the US$1,235m gain on derecognition of the Ping An equity securities classified as available-for-sale investments and recorded in ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’, offset by the US$682m adverse change in fair value of the contingent forward sale contract in the period to the point of delivery of the equity securities recorded in ‘Net trading income’.

 

96


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

33 The cost of internal funding of trading assets was US$123m (first half of 2013: US$74m; second half of 2013: US$101m) and is excluded from the reported ‘Net trading income’ line and included in ‘Net interest income’. However, this cost is reinstated in ‘Net trading income’ in our global business reporting.
34 Net trading income includes an unfavourable movement of US$28m (first half of 2013: favourable movement of US$4m; second half of 2013: unfavourable movement of US$70m) associated with changes in the fair value of issued structured notes and other hybrid instrument liabilities derived from movements in HSBC issuance spreads.
35 The change in fair value related to movements in the Group’s credit spread on long-term debt resulted in an expense of US$215m in the first half of 2014 (first half of 2013: expense of US$19m; second half of 2013: expense of US$1.2bn).
36 Other changes in fair value include gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with HSBC’s long-term debt issued.
37 Discretionary participation features.
38 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders arise from both life and non-life insurance business. For non-life business, amounts reported represent the cost of claims paid during the year and the estimated cost of incurred claims. For life business, the main element of claims is the liability to policyholders created on the initial underwriting of the policy and any subsequent movement in the liability that arises, primarily from the attribution of investment performance to savings-related policies. Consequently, claims rise in line with increases in sales of savings-related business and with investment market growth.

Consolidated balance sheet

 

39 Net of impairment allowances.
40 On 1 January 2014, CRD IV came into force and capital resources at 30 June 2014 are calculated and presented on this basis. Prior to this date, capital resources were calculated and presented on a Basel 2.5 basis.
41 Capital resources are total regulatory capital, the calculation of which is set out on page 186.
42 Includes perpetual preferred securities.
43 The definition of net asset value per share is total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.
44 ‘Currency translation’ is the effect of translating the assets and liabilities of subsidiaries and associates for the previous year-end at the rates of exchange applicable at the current period-end.
45 See Note 13 on the Financial Statements.
46 France primarily comprises the domestic operations of HSBC France, HSBC Assurances Vie and the Paris branch of HSBC Bank plc.

Reconciliation of RoRWA measures

 

47 Risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s) and pre-tax return on average risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’).
48 Underlying RoRWA is calculated using underlying pre-tax return and reported average RWAs at constant currency and adjusted for the effects of business disposals.
49 Other includes treasury services related to the US Consumer Mortgage Lending business and commercial operations in run-off. US CML includes loan portfolios within the run-off business that are designated ‘held for sale’.

Analyses by global business and by geographical region

 

50 The main items reported under ‘Other’ are the results of HSBC’s holding company and financing operations, which includes net interest earned on free capital held centrally, operating costs incurred by the head office operations in providing stewardship and central management services to HSBC, along with the costs incurred by the Group Service Centres and Shared Service Organisations and associated recoveries. The results also include fines and penalties as part of the settlement of investigations into past inadequate compliance with anti-money laundering and sanctions laws, the UK bank levy together with unallocated investment activities, centrally held investment companies, gains arising from the dilution of interests in associates and joint ventures and certain property transactions. In addition, ‘Other’ also includes part of the movement in the fair value of long-term debt designated at fair value (the remainder of the Group’s movement on own debt is included in GB&M).
51 Assets by geographical region and global business include intra-HSBC items. These items are eliminated, where appropriate, under the headings ‘Intra-HSBC items’ or ‘Inter-segment elimination’.
52 For divested businesses, this includes the gain or loss on disposal and material results of operations as described on page 22.
53 Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
54 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures.
55 The Principal RBWM business measure excludes the effects of the US run-off portfolio and the disposed-of US CRS business. Concentrating on the Principal RBWM business allows management to identify material changes in the ongoing business and assess the factors and trends which are expected to have a material effect on it in future years. Tables which reconcile reported RBWM financial measures to Principal RBWM financial measures are provided in the Form 6-K filed with the SEC, which is available on www.hsbc.com.
56 ‘Investment distribution’ includes Investments, which comprises mutual funds (HSBC manufactured and third party), structured products and securities trading, and Wealth Insurance distribution, consisting of HSBC manufactured and third-party life, pension and investment insurance products.
57 ‘Other personal lending’ includes personal non-residential closed-end loans and personal overdrafts.
58 Other’ includes the distribution and manufacturing (where applicable) of retail and credit protection insurance, any gains or losses on business disposals, movements in non-qualifying hedges, losses arising from a review of compliance with the Consumer Credit Act in the UK in 2014 and loss on disposal of HFC UK Bank secured lending portfolio in 2013.
59 In the analysis of global businesses, net trading income/(expense) comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, related external and internal interest income and interest expense, and dividends received; in the statutory presentation internal interest income and expense are eliminated.
60 The management view of income reflects the new management structure of GB&M which has been in place since 12 August 2013. Comparatives have been re-presented for this change.
61 Figures on a reported basis, unless otherwise stated.
62 In the first half of 2014, Markets included an unfavourable value movement of US$28m on structured liabilities (first half of 2013: favourable fair value movement of US$4m; second half of 2013: adverse fair value movement of US$70m).

 

97


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

63 ‘Other’ in GB&M includes net interest earned on free capital held in the global business not assigned to products, gains resulting from business disposals. Within the management view of total operating income, notional tax credits are allocated to the businesses to reflect the economic benefit generated by certain activities which is not reflected within operating income, for example notional credits on income earned from tax-exempt investments where the economic benefit of the activity is reflected in tax expense. In order to reflect the total operating income on an IFRS basis, the offset to these tax credits are included within ‘Other’.
64 ‘Client assets’ are translated at the rates of exchange applicable for their respective period-ends, with the effects of currency translation reported separately. The main components of client assets are funds under management, which are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, and customer deposits, which are reported on the Group’s balance sheet. Client assets at 30 June 2014 included US$12bn (31 December 2013: US$12.5bn) of client assets held for sale.
65 Inter-segment elimination comprises (i) the costs of shared services and Group Service Centres included within ‘Other’ which are recovered from global businesses, and (ii) the intra-segment funding costs of trading activities undertaken within GB&M. HSBC’s Balance Sheet Management business, reported within GB&M, provides funding to the trading businesses. To report GB&M’s net trading income on a fully funded basis, ‘Net interest income/(expense)’ and ‘Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities’ are grossed up to reflect internal funding transactions prior to their elimination in the inter-segment column.
66 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
67 ‘Employee expenses’ comprises costs directly incurred by each global business. The reallocation and recharging of employee and other expenses directly incurred in the ‘Other’ category is shown in ‘Other operating expenses’.
68 RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.

 

98


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Risk

 

Risk profile

     99   
   

Managing risk

     100   
   

Top and emerging risks

     100   
   

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk

     100   

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

     101   

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

     104   
   

Areas of special interest

     107   

Financial crime compliance and regulatory compliance

     107   

Regulatory stress tests

     108   
   

Credit risk

     109   
   

Liquidity and funding

     148   
   

Market risk

     157   
   

Operational risk

     165   
   

Compliance risk

     166   

Reputational risk

     168   
   

Risk management of insurance operations

     169   

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices regarding risk management and governance as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 except that new enhanced global AML and sanctions policies and a globally consistent approach to the risk management of conduct were approved by the Board in the first half of 2014 as described in Compliance risk on page 166. In addition, the Financial Intelligence Unit was established in the Security and Fraud Risk and Financial Crime Compliance functions as described under Operational risk on page 165.

A description of the principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the financial year is on page 100.

 

LOGO       A summary of our current policies and practices regarding risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 266 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Risk profile

 

Managing our risk profile

 

 

A strong balance sheet is core to our philosophy.

 

 

Our portfolios remain aligned to our risk appetite and strategy.

 

 

Our risk management framework is supported by robust forward-looking risk identification.

Maintaining capital strength and strong liquidity position

 

 

Our common equity end point tier 1 capital ratio remains strong at 11.3%.

 

 

We have sustained our strong liquidity position throughout the first half of 2014.

 

 

The ratio of customer advances to deposits remains significantly below 90%.

Strong governance

 

 

Robust risk governance and accountability is embedded across the Group.

 

 

The Board, advised by the Group Risk Committee, approves our risk appetite.

 

 

Our Regulatory Compliance and Financial Crime Compliance functions provide intense focus on these areas.

 

 

Our global risk operating model supports adherence to globally consistent standards and risk management policies across the Group.

Our top and emerging risks

 

 

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk.

 

 

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model.

 

 

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems.

 

 

99


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Managing risk

 

Robust risk governance and accountability are embedded throughout the Group, fostering a continuous monitoring of the risk environment and an integrated evaluation of risks and their interactions.

Our risk governance framework ensures the appropriate oversight of and accountability for the effective management of risk, including financial crime risk, at Group, regional and global business levels.

Our risk profile is underpinned by our core philosophy of maintaining a strong balance sheet and liquidity position, and capital strength. We continued to sustain a conservative risk profile during the first half of 2014 by managing and, where appropriate, reducing exposure to the most likely areas of stress:

 

 

we managed selectively our exposure to sovereign debt and bank counterparties to ensure that the overall quality of the portfolio remained strong;

 

 

we regularly assessed higher-risk countries and adjusted our risk appetite and exposures accordingly;

 

 

we repositioned certain portfolios through our six filters process (see page 13) and our focus on selected products or customer segments;

 

 

we made our client selection filters more robust in managing the risk of financial crime; and

 

 

we mitigated risks, for example reputational and operational, when they were forecast to exceed our risk appetite.

The diversification of our lending portfolio across global businesses and regions, together with our broad range of products, ensured that we were not overly dependent on a limited number of countries or markets to generate income and growth.

Top and emerging risks

 

During the first half of 2014, senior management paid particular attention to a number of top and emerging risks.

Our approach to identifying and monitoring top and emerging risks is described on page 17. Our current ones are as follows:

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk

 

 

LOGO Emerging markets slowdown

 

LOGO Increased geopolitical risk

 

 

LOGO Emerging markets slowdown

Economic growth in emerging markets remained weak in the first half of 2014. Monetary policy in a number of emerging markets was restrictive to counter the risk of capital outflows which could have had negative effects on economic growth. Political tensions in certain countries, including Syria, Ukraine and Thailand, deterred investors and increased the risk that they would fail to meet financing requirements. Forthcoming elections in a number of countries may increase instability and put pressure on currencies.

In mainland China, whilst the absolute level of GDP growth remained relatively high, the rate of growth declined more sharply than expected as a result of tighter central government controls over local government finances and the shadow banking sector. The economic situation in Argentina remained challenging following the devaluation of the peso in early 2014, the US Supreme Court’s decision to oblige Argentina to repay hold-out debt holders and the subsequent technical default by the country.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

We earn a significant proportion of our profits from our operations in emerging markets. HSBC’s results could be adversely affected by a prolonged slowdown in emerging market growth.

 

 

Global trade and capital flows may contract as a result of weaker economic growth in emerging markets, the introduction of protectionist measures, the emergence of geopolitical risks or increasing redenomination risk. This may also curtail our profitability.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We closely monitor developments in emerging markets to ensure trends are identified, the implications for specific customers or customer segments are assessed and appropriate action is taken as circumstances evolve.

 

 

We have conducted a number of stress tests to assess the effect of changes in economic conditions in Asia, and particularly in mainland China, on our operations. These factored in a China hard landing scenario (see page 139 of

 

 

100


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

the Annual Report and Accounts 2013). In the first half of 2014, we ran a further stress test which assumed a significant deceleration of growth in mainland China and a sharp contraction in Hong Kong (see page 108).

 

LOGO Increased geopolitical risk

Our operations are exposed to risks arising from political instability and civil unrest in a number of countries, which may have a wider effect on regional stability and regional and global economies.

Geopolitical risk rose in the first half of 2014 as a result of the crisis in Ukraine and the possibility of military escalation and/or civil war. Further sanctions against the Russian government remain a possibility, which could affect foreign investment in Russia.

Geopolitical risk remained high in the Middle East with the crisis between Israel and Palestine, unrest in Egypt, the civil war in Syria and the conflict in Iraq. Negotiations continued on restricting the scope of Iranian nuclear activities, which add to the risks in the region.

In Asia, there was no easing in the maritime sovereignty disputes involving mainland China and Japan as the Chinese government sought to extend its influence over the South and East China Seas.

In Turkey, the continued political uncertainty led to market volatility and placed the currency under pressure.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Our results are subject to the risk of loss from unfavourable political developments, currency fluctuations, social instability and changes in government policies on matters such as expropriation, authorisations, international ownership, interest-rate caps, foreign exchange transferability and tax in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Actual conflict could put our staff in danger and bring physical damage to our assets.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We monitor the geopolitical and economic outlook, in particular in countries where we have material exposures and a physical presence. Our internal credit risk rating of sovereign counterparties takes these factors into account and drives our appetite for conducting business in those countries. Where necessary, we adjust our country limits and exposures to reflect our appetite and mitigate risks as appropriate.

 

Our sanctions screening processes and governance have been strengthened through our Global Standards programme.

Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model

 

 

LOGO Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

 

LOGO Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions, commitments and consent orders and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand

 

LOGO Dispute risk

 

Financial service providers face increasingly stringent and costly regulatory and supervisory requirements, particularly in the areas of capital and liquidity management, conduct of business, operational structures and the integrity of financial services delivery. Increased government intervention and control over financial institutions, together with measures to reduce systemic risk, may significantly alter the competitive landscape locally, regionally and/or globally for some or all of the Group’s businesses. These measures may be introduced as formal requirements in a super-equivalent manner and to differing timetables by regulatory regimes.

 

LOGO Regulatory developments affecting our business model and Group profitability

Several regulatory changes are likely to affect the activities both of the Group as a whole and of some or all of our principal subsidiaries. These changes include:

 

 

the UK’s Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 which gave effect to the recommendations of the Independent Commission on Banking (‘ICB’) in relation to the ring-fencing of our UK retail banking activities from wholesale banking, together with the structural separation of other activities as envisaged in the legislation and rules adopted in the US (including the Volcker Rule adopted in December 2013 under the Dodd-Frank Act) and potential changes across the EU (including a proposed Regulation on structural measures for EU credit institutions);

 

 

requirements flowing from arrangements for the recovery and resolution of the Group and its individual operating entities, which may have different effects in different countries;

 

 

the implementation of extra-territorial laws,

 

 

101


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

including the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (‘FATCA’) and other related initiatives to share tax information such as those pursued by the OECD;

 

 

changes in the regime for the operation of capital markets, notably mandatory central clearing of over the counter (‘OTC’) derivatives, including under the Dodd-Frank Act and the EU’s European Market Infrastructure Regulation (‘EMIR’);

 

 

changes arising from the increasing focus by regulators on how institutions conduct business, particularly with regard to the delivery of fair outcomes for customers, promoting effective competition in the interests of consumers (including the recently announced proposals for an investigation by the UK Competition and Markets Authority on the personal current account and SME banking market in the UK) and ensuring the orderly and transparent operation of global financial markets. Focus also increases on remuneration and on increasing management accountability, the latter to meet requirements under CRD IV and the UK Banking Reform Act;

 

 

the implementation of significant parts of CRD IV which are yet to be finalised and applied, notably the UK application of the capital buffer framework and its interaction with Pillar 2 and the Financial Policy Committee’s (‘FPC’s) July 2014 consultation on proposals for the development of a UK leverage ratio;

 

 

the ECB Asset Quality Review (‘AQR’), which may require a substantial recapitalisation among eurozone banks;

 

 

the tightening by regulators in a number of countries of credit controls on mortgage lending and unsecured portfolios; and

 

 

the continued risk of further changes to regulation relating to taxes affecting financial service providers, including financial transaction taxes.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Proposed changes in and/or the implementation of regulations including mandatory central clearing of OTC derivatives, EMIR, ring-fencing and similar requirements, the Volcker Rule, recovery and resolution plans, FATCA and findings from competition orientated enquiries and investigations may affect the manner in which we conduct our activities and how the Group is structured. These measures

 

have the potential to increase our cost of doing business and curtail the types of business we can carry out, with the consequent risk of decreased profitability.

 

 

Mandatory central clearing of OTC derivatives also brings new risks to HSBC in our role as a clearing member, as we will be required to underwrite losses incurred by central clearing counterparties from the default of other clearing members and their clients. Hence central clearing brings with it a new element of interconnectedness between clearing members and clients which we believe may increase rather than reduce our exposure to systemic risk.

 

 

Increased regulation of conduct of business (including incentive structures and remuneration) and management accountability may affect the industry in areas such as employee recruitment and retention, product pricing and profitability in both retail and wholesale markets. HSBC’s businesses may be affected by these developments.

 

 

Potential market disruption from the AQR, including the possible re-emergence of concerns over the eurozone, may affect us directly through our exposure to eurozone banks and sovereigns, and indirectly should there be any diminution in economic activity in the eurozone.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We are engaged closely with governments and regulators in the countries in which we operate to help ensure that the new requirements are considered properly and can be implemented in an effective manner.

 

 

We are focused on developing a global approach to the risk management of conduct and have established a Conduct & Values Committee as a sub-committee of the Board to oversee the framework and its implementation across the Group.

 

 

We have enhanced our governance around central clearing counterparties and appointed specialists to manage the associated liquidity and collateral risks.

 

LOGO Regulatory investigations, fines, sanctions, commitments and consent orders and requirements relating to conduct of business and financial crime negatively affecting our results and brand

Financial service providers are at risk of regulatory sanctions or fines related to conduct of business and financial crime. The incidence of regulatory

 

 

102


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

proceedings and other adversarial proceedings against financial service firms is increasing.

Regulatory commitments and consent orders

In December 2012, HSBC Holdings, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’), and HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) entered into agreements with US and UK authorities in relation to investigations regarding past inadequate compliance with AML and sanctions laws. Among other agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA entered into a five-year deferred prosecution agreement (‘US DPA’) with the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) and HSBC Holdings entered into a two-year DPA with the District Attorney of New York County (the ‘DANY DPA’). HSBC Holdings also entered into an undertaking with the FSA (revised as the ‘FCA Direction’ following the UK regulatory restructuring in April 2013) to comply with certain forward-looking obligations with respect to AML and sanctions requirements. In addition, HSBC Holdings entered into a cease and desist order with the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) with respect to compliance with US AML and sanctions requirements.

The agreements with the DoJ and the FRB and the FCA Direction require us to retain an independent monitor to evaluate our progress in fully implementing our obligations and produce regular assessments of the effectiveness of our Financial Crime Compliance function. The Monitor is discussed on page 15.

HSBC Bank USA is also subject to an agreement entered into with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (‘OCC’) in December 2012, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act Agreement (‘GLBA Agreement’). See pages 144 and 556 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 for further information on the GLBA Agreement and other consent orders, respectively.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

It is difficult to predict the outcome of the regulatory proceedings involving our businesses. Unfavourable outcomes may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, brand and results, including loss of business and withdrawal of funding.

 

 

Our significant involvement in facilitating international capital flows and trade exposes the Group to the risk of financial crime or inadvertently breaching restrictions and sanctions imposed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (‘OFAC’) and other regulators.

 

Breach of the US DPA at any time during its term may allow the DoJ to prosecute HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA in relation to the matters which are the subject of the US DPA. Breach of the DANY DPA may allow the District Attorney of New York County to prosecute HSBC Holdings in relation to the matters which are the subject of that DPA.

 

 

Failure to comply with the requirements of consent orders or the GLBA within the time periods specified in them or otherwise as may be extended, could result in supervisory action (see page 145 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 for more information about the consequences of not complying with the GLBA) Any such action could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated results and operation of HSBC.

Mitigating actions

 

 

Steps to address many of the requirements of the DPAs, the FCA Direction, the GLBA Agreement and associated regulatory agreements have either already been taken or are under way in consultation with the relevant regulatory agencies. These include simplifying the Group’s control structure, strengthening the governance structure with new leadership appointments, revising key policies and implementing consistent procedures and controls shaped by the highest or most effective standards available in any location where the Group operates to detect, deter and protect against financial crime through our Global Standards programme. In addition, we have substantially increased spending and staffing in the Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance functions in the past few years.

 

 

There can be no assurance that these remedial measures taken to date will be effective or that we will not have to take additional remedial measures in the future to comply with the terms of the DPAs, the FCA Direction or the GLBA Agreement.

Conduct of business

Regulators in the UK and other countries have continued to increase their focus on ‘conduct’ matters including sales processes and incentives (including remuneration practices), product and investment suitability and more general conduct of business and market conduct concerns.

 

 

103


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

In the UK, the FCA are making increasing use of existing and new powers of intervention and enforcement, including powers to consider past business undertaken and implement customer compensation and redress schemes or other, potentially significant, remedial work. They are also regulating areas of activity not previously regulated by them, such as consumer credit, and considering competition issues in the markets they regulate. Additionally, the FCA and other regulators increasingly take actions in response to customer complaints or where they see poor customer outcomes, either specific to an institution or more generally in relation to a particular product. There have been recent examples of this approach by regulators in the context of the possible mis-selling of PPI, of interest rate hedging products for SMEs and of wealth management products.

The Group also continues to be subject to a number of other regulatory proceedings, including investigations and reviews by various national regulatory, competition and enforcement authorities related to certain past submissions made by panel banks and the process for making submissions in connection with the setting of Libor, Euribor and other benchmark interest rates. There are also investigations into currency benchmarks and credit default swaps.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Regulators in the UK and other countries may identify future industry-wide mis-selling, market conduct or other issues that could affect the Group. This may lead from time to time to significant direct costs or liabilities and/or changes in the practices of such businesses. Also, decisions taken by bodies such as the Financial Ombudsman Service in the UK (or similar overseas bodies) in relation to customer complaints could, if applied to a wider class or grouping of customers, have a material adverse effect on the operating results, financial condition and prospects of the Group.

Mitigating actions

 

 

Programmes to actively manage and mitigate conduct risk have been initiated in all global businesses and functions.

 

 

Incentive plans introduced in RBWM in 2013 and 2014 have removed the formulaic link between product sales and variable pay, focusing instead on relationship management activities that support meeting customer needs, improving customer outcomes and sales quality.

 

HSBC and its subsidiaries are cooperating fully with all regulatory investigations and reviews.

 

LOGO Dispute risk

HSBC is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. Further details are provided in Note 25 on the Financial Statements.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Dispute risk gives rise to potential financial loss and significant reputational damage which could adversely affect customer and investor confidence.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We continue to focus on identifying emerging regulatory and judicial trends in order to limit exposure to litigation or regulatory enforcement action in the future.

 

 

We are enhancing our financial crime and regulatory compliance controls and resources.

Risks related to our business operations, governance and internal control systems

 

 

LOGO Heightened execution risk

 

LOGO People risk

 

LOGO Stress test impact risk

 

LOGO Social media risk

 

LOGO Internet crime and fraud

 

LOGO Information security risk

 

LOGO Data management

 

LOGO Model risk

 

 

LOGO Heightened execution risk

HSBC is facing heightened execution risk due to a number of factors including the volume and complexity of projects needed to meet regulatory requirements and support business initiatives which are moving into implementation phases in 2014; the degree of organisational change, including the restructuring of our Compliance function into two distinct sub-functions, Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance; and external factors, including the challenging macroeconomic environment and the extent and pace of regulatory change. In addition, the implementation of our strategy to simplify our business, which involves withdrawing from certain markets, presents disposal risks.

 

 

104


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

These factors may affect the successful delivery of our strategic priorities.

 

 

The potential risks of disposals include regulatory breaches, industrial action, loss of key personnel and interruption to systems and processes during business transformation. They can have both financial and reputational implications.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We have strengthened our prioritisation and governance processes for significant projects and have invested in our project implementation and IT capabilities.

 

 

Risks related to organisational change and disposals are subject to close management oversight.

 

 

Our planning and stress testing processes consider the effect of potential internal risks or risks arising from the external environment on our earnings and capital position and actions by management to mitigate them.

 

LOGO People risk

The demands being placed on the human capital of the Group are unprecedented. The cumulative workload arising from a regulatory reform programme that is often extra-territorial and still evolving is hugely consumptive of human resources, placing increasingly complex and conflicting demands on a workforce where the expert capability set is in short supply and globally mobile.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Changes in remuneration policy and practice resulting from the new regulations under CRD IV apply globally to all employees of EU headquartered banks. The key change is the application of a cap on variable pay that can be paid to any ‘material risk-taker’ (being employees who have been identified as having a material impact on the institution’s risk profile). This presents significant challenges for HSBC given the fact that as a worldwide business, a significant number of our material risk takers are based outside the EU.

 

 

The proposals for a senior persons regime are being made to set clearer expectations of the behaviour of both senior and more junior employees.

 

The PRA consultation on clawback proposes extending the Remuneration Code to require all PRA-authorised firms to amend employment contracts to be able to apply clawback to vested variable remuneration on a Group-wide basis.

 

 

Implementing organisational changes to support the Group’s strategy has the potential to lead to increased staff turnover.

Mitigating actions

 

 

The changes in remuneration under the new CRD IV regulations has necessitated a review of our remuneration policy, especially the balance between fixed and variable pay, to ensure we can remain competitive on a total compensation basis and retain our key talent.

 

 

Risks related to organisational change and disposals are subject to close management oversight.

 

 

We continue to increase the level of specialist resources within Financial Crime Compliance, Regulatory Compliance and stress testing.

 

LOGO Stress test impact risk

The quantity, granularity and timelines of major regulatory stress test programmes give rise to a range of risks including:

 

 

governance, organisation and people risk, due to the concurrent nature of the stress test exercises;

 

 

data risk, arising from the unprecedented volume and granularity of data requested as part of these programmes;

 

 

model risk, due to the significant increase in the number of models used by the Group, the speed with which they have been introduced and the extended use of models in new areas;

 

 

regulatory and consent order risk, which may arise should regulators identify deficiencies in our stress test results and processes;

 

 

capital planning risk, should regulators’ assessment of stress test results lead to them objecting to planned capital actions, including the payment of dividends;

 

 

execution risk, due to the number and complexity of stress tests under way at the same time;

 

 

disclosure risk, as the publication of stress test results by regulators may have an unexpected effect on a bank’s business and/or reputation; and

 

 

105


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

counterparty and market disruption risk, which could arise should a number of banks fail the stress test exercises.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Banks will be assessed against qualitative as well as quantitative standards and may be judged to fall short against either. If such an event were to arise for HSBC or one of its regulated entities, regulators have a number of options to remedy or mitigate the perceived failing.

 

 

HNAH is required to re-submit its capital plan and make improvements to its stress testing processes following the FRB’s objection to its capital plan on qualitative grounds (see page 108).

Mitigating actions

 

 

We created a Stress Testing Management Board with appropriate subordinate Steering Committees in early 2014, chaired by the Group Finance Director, to ensure appropriate senior management oversight and governance of the stress test programmes. Updates are provided at each meeting of the Risk Management Meeting of the GMB and the Group Risk Committee.

 

LOGO Social media risk

The rapid growth of social media increases the risk that speculation about HSBC or customer complaints, either specific to HSBC or more generally in relation to a particular product, may be spread through the use of these channels.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

This could have an adverse effect on our reputation and brand and potentially our share price.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We monitor social media activity globally, using a dedicated software platform. This enables us to identify, manage and respond to issues where required.

 

LOGO Internet crime and fraud

With the ever-growing acceptance of, and demand for, internet and mobile services by customers, HSBC is increasingly exposed to fraudulent and criminal activities via these channels. We also face the risk of breakdowns in processes or procedures

and systems failure or unavailability, and our business is subject to disruption from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as internet crime and acts of terrorism.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Internet crime and fraud could result in financial loss and/or customer data and sensitive information being compromised. They may also give rise to losses in service to customers. The same threats apply equally when we rely on external suppliers or vendors to provide services to us and our customers.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We continually assess these threats as they evolve and adapt our controls to mitigate them.

 

 

We have increased our defences through enhanced monitoring and have implemented additional controls, such as two-factor authentication, to reduce the possibility of losses from fraud.

 

LOGO Information security risk

The security of our information and technology infrastructure is crucial for maintaining our banking applications and processes while protecting our customers and the HSBC reputation and brand. HSBC and other multinational organisations continue to be the targets of cyber-attacks, which may disrupt services including the availability of our external facing websites, compromise organisational and customer information or expose security weaknesses.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Information security risk gives rise to potential financial loss and reputational damage which could adversely affect customer and investor confidence. Loss of customer data would also result in regulatory breaches which could result in fines and penalties being incurred.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We have invested significantly in addressing this risk through increased training to raise staff awareness of the requirements, enhanced multi-layered controls protecting our information and technical infrastructure, and heightened monitoring and management of potential cyber-attacks.

 

 

106


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

LOGO Data management

HSBC must have a clear data strategy to meet the volume, granularity, frequency and scale of regulatory and other reporting requirements as well as to comply with the principles for effective risk data aggregation and risk reporting as set out by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘the Basel Committee’) in its paper.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

Ineffective data management could adversely affect our ability to aggregate and report complete, accurate and consistent data to regulators, investors and senior management on a timely basis.

 

 

Financial institutions that fail to meet their Basel Committee data obligations by the end of 2015 may face supervisory measures.

Mitigating actions

 

 

Since the Data Strategy Board was established in 2012, we have set the data strategy for the Group and defined Group-level principles, standards and policies to enable consistent data aggregation, reporting and management.

 

 

Key initiatives and projects to deliver our data strategy and work towards meeting our Basel Committee data obligations are in progress.

 

LOGO Model risk

HSBC uses models for a range of purposes in managing its business, including regulatory and economic capital calculations, stress testing, granting credit, pricing and financial reporting. Model risk is the potential for adverse consequences as a result of decisions based on incorrect model outputs and reports or the use of such information for purposes for which it was not designed. Model risk could arise from models that are poorly developed, implemented or used, or from the modelled outcome being misunderstood and acted upon inappropriately by management. The regulatory environment and supervisory concerns over banks’ use of internal models to determine regulatory capital further contribute to model risk.

Potential impact on HSBC

 

 

HSBC could incur losses or be required to hold additional capital as a result of model limitations or failure.

 

 

Supervisory concerns over the internal models and assumptions used by banks in the

   

calculation of regulatory capital have led to the imposition of risk weight and loss given default floors. Such changes have the potential to increase our capital requirement and/or make it more volatile.

Mitigating actions

 

 

We mitigate model risk through appropriate governance over model development, usage and validation, together with independent review, monitoring and feedback to ensure our models remain fit for purpose and compliant, where relevant, with regulatory expectations.

Areas of special interest

 

During the first half of 2014, there were a number of particular areas of focus as a result of the effect they have on the Group. Whilst these areas may already have been identified in Top and Emerging risks, further details of the actions taken in the last six months is provided below.

Financial crime compliance and regulatory compliance

In recent years, we have experienced increasing levels of compliance risk as regulators and other agencies pursued investigations into historical activities, and we continue to work with them in relation to existing issues. This has included the matters giving rise to the DPAs reached with US authorities in relation to investigations regarding inadequate compliance with AML and sanctions law, and the related undertaking with the FCA (the ‘FCA Direction’). The work of the Monitor, who has been appointed to assess our progress against our various obligations, including the DPAs, is discussed on page 15.

We have also responded to a number of investigations by the FCA into the mis-selling in the UK of certain products, including sales of PPI and of interest rate hedging products to SMEs. In addition, we have been involved in investigations and reviews by various regulators and competition enforcement authorities related to certain past submissions made by panel banks and the process for making submissions in connection with the setting of Libor, Euribor and other benchmark interest rates, along with investigations into currency benchmarks and credit default swaps.

It is clear from both our own and wider industry experience that the level of activity among regulators and law enforcement agencies in investigating possible breaches of regulations has increased, and

 

 

107


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

that the direct and indirect costs of such breaches can be significant. Coupled with a substantial rise in the volume of new regulation, much of which has some element of extra-territorial reach, and the geographical spread of our businesses, we believe that the level of inherent compliance risk that we face as a Group will continue to remain high for the foreseeable future.

Further information about our compliance risk management and the changes being made may be found on page 166.

Regulatory stress tests

We are subject to regulatory stress testing in many jurisdictions, which have increased both in frequency and in the granularity of information required by supervisors. These exercises are designed to assess the resilience of banks to adverse market developments and ensure that they have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks and include among others, the programmes of the FRB, the European Banking Authority (‘EBA’), the ECB, the PRA, and the HKMA.

HNAH participated in the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (‘CCAR’) and Dodd-Frank Stress Testing (‘DFAST’) programmes of the FRB and HSBC Bank USA in the OCC’s DFAST programme. HNAH and HSBC Bank USA made submissions under these programmes on 6 January 2014. On 26 March 2014, the FRB informed HNAH that it objected to HNAH’s capital plan on qualitative grounds and a resubmission of its capital plan is required by 5 January 2015 together with improvements to its stress testing processes. However, the FRB approved the capital actions included in HNAH’s CCAR submission and HNAH may proceed with the payment of dividends on the outstanding preferred shares and trust preferred securities of HNAH and its subsidiaries. HNAH also made its mid-cycle DFAST submission in July 2014.

The Group is taking part in the PRA concurrent stress test programme involving all major UK banks. This exercise comprised the EBA base scenario and a stress scenario reflecting the vulnerabilities facing the UK banking system, including significant declines in the value of sterling, residential and commercial property prices and bond and equity

prices, along with a downturn in economic activity and rising unemployment. We made our submission to the PRA at the end of June 2014. The Group also participates in the complementary programme of regular data provision to the Bank of England under its Firm Data Submission Framework.

In addition, we are taking part in the stress test exercise run by the EBA. The base scenario covers a wide range of risks including credit, market, securitisation, sovereign and funding risks. The adverse macro-economic scenario includes country-specific shocks to sovereign bond spreads, short-term interest rates and residential property prices together with a decline in world trade, currency depreciation in Central and Eastern Europe and slow-downs or contractions in GDP growth around the world.

HSBC France and HSBC Malta are participating in the AQR, run as part of the ECB’s comprehensive assessment prior to inception of the Single Supervisory Mechanism. The AQR involved the submission of loan tapes and a detailed file review. HSBC France and HSBC Malta are now subject to the ECB’s stress testing process, which is currently under way using the EBA scenarios.

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation participated in the HKMA stress test exercise in the first half of 2014. The HKMA stress scenario envisaged a significant deceleration of growth in mainland China and a sharper contraction in Hong Kong.

Disclosures by regulators of their evaluation of these exercises are expected to be announced later in the year and we expect to be assessed on both a quantitative and qualitative basis, the latter focusing on our portfolio quality, data provision, stress testing capability and internal management processes.

Stress testing is an increasingly important tool for regulators to assess vulnerabilities in the banking sector and in individual banks, the results of which could have a significant effect on minimum capital requirements, risk and capital management practices and planned capital actions including the payment of dividends going forward.

 

LOGO       A summary of our stress testing and scenario analysis programme is provided on page 139 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.
 

 

108


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Credit risk

 

 

Credit risk in the first half of 2014

     110      

Loans and advances excluding held for sale: total exposure, impairment allowances and charges

     110   

Credit exposure

     111         

Maximum exposure to credit risk

     111      

Maximum exposure to credit risk

     112   

Total personal lending

     113         

Mortgage lending

     113         

Other personal lending

     113      

Total personal lending

     113   

Non-US mortgage lending

     114      

Mortgage lending products

     115   

Mortgage lending in the US

     116      

HSBC Finance US CML – residential mortgages

     116   
     

HSBC Finance: foreclosed properties in the US

     117   
             

Trends in two months and over contractual delinquency in the US

     117   

Wholesale lending

     118      

Total wholesale lending

     118   

Corporate and commercial

     120                 

Credit quality of financial instruments

     120      

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality

     121   

Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

     124      

Past due but not impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by geographical region

     124   
     

Ageing analysis of days past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

     125   

Renegotiated loans and forbearance

     126      

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers

     126   
     

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers by geographical region

     127   

HSBC Finance loan modifications and re-ageing

     128      

Gross loan portfolio of HSBC Finance real estate secured balances

     129   
     

Movement in HSBC Finance renegotiated real estate balances

     129   
             

Number of renegotiated real estate secured accounts remaining in HSBC Finance’s portfolio

     129   

Impaired loans

     129      

Impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector

     130   

Impairment of loans and advances

     130      

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers by geographical region

     131   
     

Net loan impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region

     132   
     

LICs by geographical region

     132   
     

LICs by industry

     132   

Loan impairment in the first half of 2014

     133      

Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks

     134   
     

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and  advances to customers by geographical region

     135   
             

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency changes by geographical region

     135   

Concentration of exposure

     136         

Financial investments

     136         

Trading assets

     136      

Trading assets

     136   

Derivatives

     136         

Loans and advances

     136      

Gross loans and advances by industry sector

     137   
     

Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region

     138   
     

Loans and advances to banks by geographical region

     139   
     

Reverse repos – non-trading by geographical region

     139   
             

Gross loans and advances to customers by country

     140   

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

     142a      

Analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region

     142c   

Securitisation exposures and other structured products

     143      

Overall exposure of HSBC

     143   
     

Movement in the available-for-sale reserve

     143   
     

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss

     144   

Representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities

     147         

 

109


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. It arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from certain other products such as guarantees and credit derivatives and from holding assets in the form of debt securities.

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of credit risk as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. Following the change in balance sheet presentation explained on page 41, non-trading reverse repos are shown separately on the face of the balance sheet and are no longer included in ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Loans and advances to banks’. Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly. As a result, any analysis that references loans and advances to customers or banks excludes non-trading reverse repos to customers or banks, respectively. The amount of the non-trading reverse repos to customers and banks is set out on page 121.

 

LOGO

  A summary of our current policies and practices regarding credit risk is provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 266 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Credit risk in the first half of 2014

Total exposure to credit risk increased in the first half of 2014 with gross loans and advances of US$1,189bn recorded at 30 June 2014, compared with US$1,127bn at 31 December 2013.

During the first half of 2014, there was an overall increase in loans and advances of US$61bn which was accompanied by an overall decrease in impairment allowances of US$1.2bn, principally reflecting run-off of the CML portfolios within North America.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Total personal lending of US$416bn at 30 June 2014, was broadly unchanged from 31 December 2013. Decreases in lending balances in North America due to the continued run-off of the CML portfolio were partly offset by increases in residential mortgage balances in Asia and Latin America.

Total wholesale lending increased to US$773bn at 30 June 2014 from US$725bn at the end of 2013, due to increases in Asia and Europe. In Asia, lending grew across a number of sectors reflecting continued buoyancy in credit market activity. In Europe, the increases were principally driven by a rise in

Loans and advances excluding held for sale: total exposure, impairment allowances and charges

 

     30 Jun
2014
US$bn
          30 Jun
2013
US$bn
          31 Dec
2013
US$bn
 

At end of period:

              

Gross loans and advances

              

– personal lending (A)

     415.8            394.5            410.7   

– wholesale lending (B)

     772.9            687.2            716.6   

Total (C)1

     1,188.7            1,081.7            1,127.3   

Impairment allowances

              

– personal lending (a)

     5.9            7.4            6.6   

– wholesale lending (b)

     8.1            8.2            8.6   

Total (c)1

     14.0            15.6            15.2   

(a) as a percentage of (A)1

     1.42            1.88            1.61   

(b) as a percentage of (B)1

     1.05            1.19            1.20   

(c) as a percentage of (C)1

     1.18            1.44            1.35   

Loans and advances net of impairment allowances1

     1,174.7            1,066.1            1,112.1   

For half-year ended:

              

Impairment charges

              

– personal lending

     1.2            1.8            1.4   

– wholesale lending

     0.8            1.4            1.4   

Total

     2.0            3.2            2.8   

For footnote, see page 172.

corporate overdraft balances, mainly in GB&M, in accounts which are structured to allow customer corporate treasury functions to benefit from net interest arrangements but where net settlement is not intended to occur, together with a corresponding rise in current accounts.

Impairment allowances fell from US$15.4bn at the end of 2013 to US$14bn at 30 June 2014. In personal lending, impairment allowances decreased by US$0.8bn, principally due to the run-off of the CML portfolio within North America. In wholesale lending, impairment allowances decreased by US$0.6bn, mainly in Europe, due to amounts written off and a reduction in new impairment allowances reflecting an improved economic environment.

Loan impairment charges in the first half of 2014 decreased to US$2.0bn from US$3.1bn in the first half of 2013. In personal lending, loan impairment charges decreased by US$0.5bn, mainly in North America and Latin America.

In wholesale lending, loan impairment charges reduced by US$0.6bn, mainly driven by lower individually assessed impairment charges. However, during the first half of 2014, in North America, we revised certain estimates used in our corporate loan collective impairment calculation to better reflect inherent losses in a growing loan portfolio. This resulted in an increase to our allowance for credit losses of approximately US$93m for these loans.

 

 

110


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

We are continuing to refine aspects of our loan allowance calculation and, as a result, there could be further adjustments to our credit loss estimates for corporate loans in future periods.

Credit exposure

Maximum exposure to credit risk

The following commentary is on a reported basis.

The table on page 112 provides information on balance sheet items, offsets and loan and other credit-related commitments. Commentary on the balance sheet movements is provided on page 39.

 

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table (page 112)

The table presents our maximum exposure to credit risk from balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount; for financial guarantees and similar contracts granted, it is the maximum amount that we would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments that are irrevocable over the life of the respective facilities, it is generally the full amount of the committed facilities.

 

Loans and advances

The loans and advances offset in the table on page 112 relates to customer loans and deposits and balances where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes.

Derivatives

The derivatives offset amount in the table below relates to exposures where the counterparty has an offsetting derivative exposure with HSBC, a master netting arrangement is in place and the credit risk exposure is managed on a net basis, or the position is specifically collateralised, normally in the form of cash.

At 30 June 2014, the total amount of such offsets was US$251bn (31 December 2013: US$252bn), of which US$212bn (31 December 2013: US$209bn) were offsets under a master

netting arrangement, US$32bn (31 December 2013: US$36bn) was collateral received in cash and US$7bn (31 December 2013: US$7bn) was other collateral. Whilst the derivative balances have reduced by US$12.4bn over the last six months, the offsets have remained broadly consistent. These amounts do not qualify for offset for accounting purposes as settlement is not intended to be made on a net basis.

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading

The reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading offset in the table on page 112 relates to amounts where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes. The effects of collateral held are not taken into account.

Loan and other credit-related commitments

Loan and other credit-related commitments largely consist of corporate and commercial off-balance sheet commitments, including term and trade-related lending balances and overdrafts, retail off-balance sheet commitments including overdrafts, residential mortgages and personal loans and credit card balances.

As at 30 June 2014, loan and other credit-related commitments increased by US$54bn over the last six months to US$642bn. This was primarily due to corporate loan facilities and undrawn credit card commitments in Asia, undrawn facilities in Europe and increased lending activity with our corporate customers in North America, reflecting our focus on growing in target commercial segments in the US.

Other credit risk mitigants

While not disclosed as an offset in the maximum exposure to credit risk table, other arrangements are in place which reduce our maximum exposure to credit risk. These include short positions in securities and financial assets held as part of linked insurance/ investment contracts where the risk is predominantly borne by the policyholder. In addition, we hold collateral in the form of financial instruments that are not recognised on the balance sheet.

 

 

111


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Maximum exposure to credit risk

 

    At 30 June 2014         At 30 June 2013         At 31 December 2013  
   

Maximum

exposure
US$m

        Offset
US$m
        Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
US$m
       

Maximum

exposure
US$m

        Offset
US$m
        Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
US$m
       

Maximum

exposure
US$m

        Offset
US$m
        Exposure
to credit
risk (net)
US$m
 

Cash and balances at central banks

    132,137                   132,137          148,285                   148,285          166,599                   166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    8,144                   8,144          8,416                   8,416          6,021                   6,021   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

    26,640                   26,640          24,275                   24,275          25,220                   25,220   

Trading assets

    273,251          (3       273,248          381,124          (8,557       372,567          239,301          (1,777       237,524   

Treasury and other eligible bills

    17,678                   17,678          19,188                   19,188          21,584                   21,584   

Debt securities

    155,522                   155,522          147,568                   147,568          141,644                   141,644   

Loans and advances:

                                                   

– to banks

    41,048                   41,048          96,748                   96,748          27,885                   27,885   

– to customers

    59,003          (3       59,000          117,620          (8,557       109,063          48,188          (1,777       46,411   

Financial assets designated at fair value

    9,937                   9,937          12,548                   12,548          12,719                   12,719   

Treasury and other eligible bills

    27                   27          99                   99          50                   50   

Debt securities

    9,870                   9,870          12,392                   12,392          12,589                   12,589   

Loans and advances:

                                                   

– to banks

    39                   39          25                   25          76                   76   

– to customers

    1                   1          32                   32          4                   4   

Derivatives

    269,839          (250,731       19,108          299,213          (254,077       45,136          282,265          (252,344       29,921   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost1,2

    1,047,241          (110,782       936,459          938,294          (79,649       858,645          992,089          (96,726       895,363   

– personal

    409,846          (1,605       408,241          387,125          (1,317       385,808          404,126          (1,348       402,778   

– corporate and commercial

    584,265          (103,289       480,976          505,535          (73,456       432,079          537,922          (90,215       447,707   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

    53,130          (5,888       47,242          45,634          (4,876       40,758          50,041          (5,163       44,878   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost1

    127,387          (662       126,725          127,810          (766       127,044          120,046          (587       119,459   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading1

    198,301          (28,982       169,319          88,400          (14,255       74,145          179,690          (22,267       157,423   

Financial investments

    414,984                   414,984          394,846                   394,846          416,785                   416,785   

Treasury and other similar bills

    78,177                   78,177          79,005                   79,005          78,111                   78,111   

Debt securities

    336,807                   336,807          315,841                   315,841          338,674                   338,674   

Assets held for sale

    3,081                   3,081          18,690          (572       18,118          3,306          (22       3,284   

– disposal groups

    2,794                   2,794          17,756          (572       17,184          2,647          (22       2,625   

– non-current assets held for sale

    287                   287          934                   934          659                   659   

Other assets

    35,212                   35,212          32,470                   32,470          34,018                   34,018   

Endorsements and acceptances

    12,511                   12,511          11,329                   11,329          11,624                   11,624   

Other

    22,701                   22,701          21,141                   21,141          22,394                   22,394   

Financial guarantees and similar contracts

    45,817                   45,817          43,783                   43,783          46,300                   46,300   

Loan and other credit- related commitments3

    642,068                   642,068          587,946                   587,946          587,603                   587,603   
    3,234,039          (391,160       2,842,879          3,106,100          (357,876       2,748,224          3,111,962          (373,723       2,738,239   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

112


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Total personal lending

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

Total personal lending of US$416bn at 30 June 2014 was broadly unchanged from 31 December 2013.

Mortgage lending

Total mortgage lending was US$310bn at 30 June 2014. Mortgage balances decreased by US$2.7bn in the US from the continued run-off and loan sales in our CML portfolio. This was partly offset by increased mortgage lending, particularly in Hong Kong, mainland China and Taiwan due to strong demand.

Other personal lending

Credit cards

Total credit card lending of US$29bn at 30 June 2014 was 5% lower than at the end of 2013. The decline was predominantly in Europe and Asia as a result of consumer de-leveraging following a seasonal high point in December 2013, and the sale of a credit card portfolio in Australia.

Other personal non credit card lending

Other personal non-credit card lending balances remained broadly in line with December 2013 at US$81bn at 30 June 2014. There were increases in term lending in Hong Kong to our private banking customers and in personal loans in Singapore in line with our growth strategy.

These increases were offset by reductions in the US second lien mortgages. In Latin America, personal and payroll loan balances contracted due to more restrictive lending criteria.

 

 

Total personal lending

 

    UK
US$m
       

Rest of

Europe
US$m

       

Hong

Kong
US$m

       

Rest of

Asia
US$m

        US4
US$m
        Rest of
North
America
US$m
       

Other

regions4
US$m

        Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                             

First lien residential mortgages (A)

    135,701          8,524          54,988          40,501          39,939          18,738          7,044          305,435   

Other personal lending (B)

    22,121          28,552          21,777          12,414          5,842          5,054          14,557          110,317   

– motor vehicle finance

             9                   407                   28          1,947          2,391   

– credit cards

    11,276          2,743          6,233          3,448          681          403          4,420          29,204   

– second lien residential mortgages

                               80          4,685          194          3          4,962   

– other

    10,845          25,800          15,544          8,479          476          4,429          8,187          73,760   
                                
                                                                                

Total personal lending (C)

    157,822          37,076          76,765          52,915          45,781          23,792          21,601          415,752   

Impairment allowances on personal lending
First lien residential mortgages (a)

    327          71                   52          2,195          59          149          2,853   

Other personal lending (b)

    376          549          81          137          374          60          1,476          3,053   

– motor vehicle finance

             4                   2                            111          117   

– credit cards

    118          299          43          82          29          8          359          938   

– second lien residential mortgages

                                        339          6                   345   

– other

    258          246          38          53          6          46          1,006          1,653   
                                
                                                                                

Total (c)

    703          620          81          189          2,569          119          1,625          5,906   

(a) as a percentage of (A)

    0.2          0.8                   0.1          5.5          0.3          2.1          0.9   

(b) as a percentage of (B)

    1.7          1.9          0.4          1.1          6.4          1.2          10.1          2.8   

(c) as a percentage of (C)

    0.4          1.7          0.1          0.4          5.6          0.5          7.5          1.4   

 

113


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    UK
US$m
       

Rest of

Europe
US$m

       

Hong

Kong
US$m

       

Rest of

Asia
US$m

        US4
US$m
        Rest of
North
America
US$m
       

Other

regions4
US$m

        Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2013

                             

First lien residential mortgages (D)

    120,740          6,694          53,475          36,605          47,186          19,091          5,857          289,648   

Other personal lending (E)

    20,395          25,441          18,813          11,929          6,805          5,877          15,601          104,861   

– motor vehicle finance

             16                   490                   22          2,560          3,088   

– credit cards

    10,421          3,042          5,738          3,927          742          567          4,168          28,605   

– second lien residential mortgages

                               103          5,483          295                   5,881   

– other

    9,974          22,383          13,075          7,409          580          4,993          8,873          67,287   
                                
                                                                                

Total personal lending (F)

    141,135          32,135          72,288          48,534          53,991          24,968          21,458          394,509   

Impairment allowances on personal lending
First lien residential mortgages (d)

    337          65                   63          3,504          39          155          4,163   

Other personal lending (e)

    488          474          76          128          554          75          1,426          3,221   

– motor vehicle finance

             4                   2                   1          94          101   

– credit cards

    136          232          43          79          35          10          275          810   

– second lien residential mortgages

                                        512          5                   517   

– other

    352          238          33          47          7          59          1,057          1,793   
                                
                                                                                

Total (f)

    825          539          76          191          4,058          114          1,581          7,384   

(d) as a percentage of (D)

    0.3          1.0                   0.2          7.4          0.2          2.6          1.4   

(e) as a percentage of (E)

    2.4          1.9          0.4          1.1          8.1          1.3          9.1          3.1   

(f) as a percentage of (F)

    0.6          1.7          0.1          0.4          7.5          0.5          7.4          1.9   

At 31 December 2013

                             

First lien residential mortgages (G)

    132,174          8,300          53,762          38,285          42,317          18,638          6,399          299,875   

Other personal lending (H)

    22,913          28,720          19,794          12,688          6,257          5,478          15,003          110,853   

– motor vehicle finance

             11                   481                   20          2,181          2,693   

– credit cards

    11,480          3,016          6,428          3,846          734          411          4,441          30,356   

– second lien residential mortgages

                               91          5,010          251          2          5,354   

– other

    11,433          25,693          13,366          8,270          513          4,796          8,379          72,450   
                                
                                                                                

Total personal lending (I)

    155,087          37,020          73,556          50,973          48,574          24,116          21,402          410,728   

Impairment allowances on personal lending
First lien residential mortgages (g)

    368          71                   57          2,834          52          156          3,538   

Other personal lending (h)

    450          509          78          144          470          62          1,351          3,064   

– motor vehicle finance

             3                   2                            88          93   

– credit cards

    132          271          40          87          39          8          278          855   

– second lien residential mortgages

                                        421          5                   426   

– other

    318          235          38          55          10          49          985          1,690   
                                
                                                                                

Total (i)

    818          580          78          201          3,304          114          1,507          6,602   

(g) as a percentage of (G)

    0.3          0.9                   0.1          6.7          0.3          2.4          1.2   

(h) as a percentage of (H)

    2.0          1.8          0.4          1.1          7.5          1.1          9.0          2.8   

(i) as a percentage of (I)

    0.5          1.6          0.1          0.4          6.8          0.5          7.0          1.6   

For footnote, see page 172.

 

Non-US mortgage lending

The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

Total non-US mortgage lending was US$266bn at 30 June 2014, an increase of US$2.8bn compared with December 2013. Our most significant concentrations of mortgage lending remained in the UK and Hong Kong.

In the UK, on a constant currency basis, mortgage lending was US$136bn at 30 June 2014, a

marginal decline of US$0.7bn compared with 31 December 2013 as result of prepayments, mainly on the interest only mortgage portfolio. However, on a reported basis there was an increase of US$3.5bn. The currency effect was US$4.2bn. Interest only products made up US$51bn of total UK mortgage lending including US$22bn of offset mortgages in First Direct.

The credit quality of our UK mortgage portfolio remained high and loan impairment charges and delinquency levels declined in the first half of 2014.

 

 

114


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Impairment allowances were 0.2% of total gross mortgages as the business continued to benefit from initiatives taken in previous years, the buoyant housing market, low interest rates and improved economic conditions. The majority of our mortgage lending in the UK continued to be to existing customers and for owner occupied properties. During the first half of 2014, the average LTV ratio for new business was 60% compared with 47% for the whole portfolio.

Mortgage lending in Asia was US$96bn, an increase of 3% on the end of 2013 reflecting continued growth, primarily in Hong Kong, mainland China and Taiwan. The quality of our Asian mortgage book remained high with negligible impairment allowances. The average LTV ratio on new mortgage lending in Hong Kong was 47% compared with an estimated 32% for the overall portfolio.

Mortgage lending in other regions remained broadly in line with that at the end of 2013.

 

 

Mortgage lending products

 

    UK
US$m
        Rest of
Europe
US$m
       

Hong

Kong
US$m

       

Rest of

Asia
US$m

        US4
US$m
       

Rest of
North

America
US$m

       

Other

regions4
US$m

        Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                             

First lien residential mortgages5

    135,701          8,524          54,988          40,501          39,939          18,738          7,044          305,435   

Second lien residential mortgages

                               80          4,685          194          3          4,962   

Total mortgage lending (A)

    135,701          8,524          54,988          40,581          44,624          18,932          7,047          310,397   

Second lien as percentage of (A)

                               0.2          10.5          1.0                   1.6   

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

    327          71                   52          2,534          65          149          3,198   

First lien residential mortgages

    327          71                   52          2,195          59          149          2,853   

Second lien residential mortgages

                                        339          6                   345   

Interest-only (including offset) mortgages

    49,749          590                   1,138                   332          18          51,827   

Affordability mortgages, including adjustable-rate mortgages (‘ARM’s)

    1          349          10          5,521          15,950                   1          21,832   

Other

    92                            131                            10          233   

Total interest-only, affordability mortgages and other

    49,842          939          10          6,790          15,950          332          29          73,892   

– as a percentage of (A)

    36.7          11.0                   16.7          35.7          1.8          0.4          23.8   

At 30 June 2013

                             

First lien residential mortgages5

    120,740          6,694          53,475          36,605          47,186          19,091          5,857          289,648   

Second lien residential mortgages

                               103          5,483          295                   5,881   

Total mortgage lending (B)

    120,740          6,694          53,475          36,708          52,669          19,386          5,857          295,529   

Second lien as percentage of (B)

                               0.3          10.4          1.5                   2.0   

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

    337          65                   63          4,016          44          155          4,680   

First lien residential mortgages

    337          65                   63          3,504          39          155          4,163   

Second lien residential mortgages

                                        512          5                   517   

Interest-only (including offset) mortgages

    46,301          140          29          1,116                   445                   48,031   

Affordability mortgages, including ARMs

    2          453          17          5,534          18,007                   1          24,014   

Other

    89                            156                            19          264   

Total interest-only, affordability mortgages and other

    46,392          593          46          6,806          18,007          445          20          72,309   

– as a percentage of (B)

    38.4          8.9          0.1          18.5          34.2          2.3          0.3          24.5   

 

115


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Mortgage lending products (continued)

 

    UK
US$m
        Rest of
Europe
US$m
       

Hong

Kong
US$m

       

Rest of

Asia
US$m

        US4
US$m
       

Rest of
North

America
US$m

       

Other

regions4
US$m

        Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                             

First lien residential mortgages5

    132,174          8,300          53,762          38,285          42,317          18,638          6,399          299,875   

Second lien residential mortgages

                               91          5,010          251          2          5,354   

Total mortgage lending (C)

    132,174          8,300          53,762          38,376          47,327          18,889          6,401          305,229   

Second lien as percentage of (C)

                               0.2          10.6          1.3                   1.8   

Impairment allowances on mortgage lending

    368          71                   57          3,255          57          156          3,964   

First lien residential mortgages

    368          71                   57          2,834          52          156          3,538   

Second lien residential mortgages

                                        421          5                   426   

Interest-only (including offset) mortgages

    48,907          553          6          1,109                   352                   50,927   

Affordability mortgages, including ARMs

    2          506          12          5,581          16,274                            22,375   

Other

    95                            141                            18          254   

Total interest-only, affordability mortgages and other

    49,004          1,059          18          6,831          16,274          352          18          73,556   

– as a percentage of (C)

    37.1          12.8                   17.8          34.4          1.9          0.3          24.1   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Mortgage lending in the US

In the US, total mortgage lending balances were US$45bn at 30 June 2014, a decrease of 6% compared with the end of 2013. Overall, US mortgage lending represented 11% of our total personal lending and 14% of our total mortgage lending.

Mortgage lending balances at 30 June 2014 in HSBC Finance were US$27bn, a decrease of 10% compared with the end of 2013 due to the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio.

HSBC Finance US Consumer and Mortgage Lending6 – residential mortgages

 

    

At

30 Jun

2014
US$m

         

At

30 Jun

2013
US$m

         

At

31 Dec

2013
US$m

 

Residential mortgages

              

First lien

     24,490            32,271            27,305   

Second lien

     2,784            3,328            3,014   

Total (A)

     27,274            35,599            30,319   

Impairment allowances

     2,338            3,789            3,028   

– as a percentage of (A)

     8.6            10.6            10.0   

For footnote, see page 172.

For first lien residential mortgages in our CML portfolio, two months and over delinquent balances were US$3.1bn at 30 June 2014 compared with US$4.6bn at 31 December 2013. The decline mainly reflected the continued run-off and loan sales in the CML portfolio.

In HSBC Bank USA, two months and over delinquent balances were broadly in line with the end of 2013, at US$1.1bn.

 

 

Second lien mortgages in the US

The majority of second lien residential mortgages are taken up by customers who hold a first lien mortgage issued by a third party. Second lien residential mortgage loans have a risk profile characterised by higher loan-to-value ratios, because in the majority of cases the loans were taken out to complete the refinancing of properties. Loss severity on default of second liens has typically approached 100% of the amount outstanding, as any equity in the property is consumed through the repayment of the first lien loan.

Impairment allowances for these loans are determined by applying a roll-rate migration analysis which captures the propensity of these loans to default based on past experience. Once we believe that a second lien residential mortgage loan is likely to progress to write-off, the loss severity assumed in establishing our impairment allowance is close to 100% in the CML portfolios, and more than 80% in HSBC Bank USA.

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

HSBC Finance: foreclosed properties in the US

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June
2014
     30 June
2013
     31 December
2013
 

Number of foreclosed properties at end of period

     2,320         4,068         4,254   

Number of properties added to foreclosed inventory in the half-year

     2,243         4,902         4,850   

Average (gain)/loss on sale of foreclosed properties7

     (1%      2%           

Average total loss on foreclosed properties8

     50%         51%         51%   

Average time to sell foreclosed properties (days)

     161         155         154   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

We have resumed processing suspended foreclosure actions in all states and have referred the majority of the backlog of loans for foreclosure. We also began initiating new foreclosure activities in all states. The number of foreclosed properties at HSBC Finance at 30 June 2014 decreased compared with the end of December 2013 as we sold more properties than we added to inventory. The decrease in the number of properties added to the inventory during the second quarter of 2014 resulted from the sale of many of the receivables for which the underlying properties had previously been in the process of foreclosure.

The average total gain on foreclosed properties was 1%, reflecting improvements in home prices.

 

Valuation of foreclosed properties in the US

We obtain real estate by foreclosing on the collateral pledged as security for residential mortgages. Prior to foreclosure, carrying amounts of the loans in excess of fair value less costs to obtain and sell are written down to the discounted cash flows expected to be recovered, including from the sale of the property. Broker price opinions are obtained and updated every 180 days and real estate price trends are reviewed quarterly to reflect any improvement or additional deterioration. Our methodology is regularly validated by comparing the discounted cash flows expected to be recovered based on current market conditions (including estimated cash flows from the sale of the property) to the updated broker price opinion, adjusted for the estimated historical difference between interior and exterior appraisals. The fair values of foreclosed properties are initially determined based on broker price opinions. Within 90 days of foreclosure, a more detailed property valuation is performed reflecting information obtained from a physical interior inspection of the property and additional allowances or write-downs are recorded as appropriate. Updates to the valuation are performed no less than once every 45 days until the property is sold, with declines or increases recognised through changes to allowances.

 

 

 

Trends in two months and over contractual delinquency in the US

 

    

At

30 June

2014
US$m

         

At

30 June

2013
US$m

         

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

In personal lending in the US

              

First lien residential mortgages

     4,169            8,378            5,931   

Consumer and Mortgage Lending

     3,062            7,114            4,595   

Other mortgage lending

     1,107            1,264            1,336   

Second lien residential mortgages

     216            401            406   

Consumer and Mortgage Lending

     161            274            276   

Other mortgage lending

     55            127            130   

Credit card

     17            19            25   

Personal non-credit card

     8            24            25   

Total

     4,410            8,822            6,387   
     %           %           %  

As a percentage of the equivalent loans and receivables balances

              

First lien residential mortgages

     10.4            17.6            14.0   

Second lien residential mortgages

     4.6            7.3            8.1   

Credit card

     2.5            2.5            3.4   

Personal non-credit card

     1.7            4.1            4.9   

Total

     9.6            16.2            13.1   

 

117


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Wholesale lending

Wholesale lending covers the range of credit facilities granted to sovereign borrowers, banks, non-bank financial institutions, corporate entities

and commercial borrowers. Our wholesale portfolios are well diversified across geographical and industry sectors, with certain exposures subject to specific portfolio controls.

 

 

Total wholesale lending1

 

     Europe
US$m
          Asia9
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                                

Corporate and commercial (A)

     257,715            221,852            20,983            55,916            32,965            589,431   

– manufacturing

     65,374            35,210            2,445            12,941            14,196            130,166   

– international trade and services

     79,981            80,574            10,072            13,087            8,534            192,248   

– commercial real estate

     30,935            34,727            434            6,677            2,492            75,265   

– other property-related

     7,444            32,730            1,593            8,644            348            50,759   

– government

     2,404            1,082            1,696            568            1,007            6,757   

– other commercial10

     71,577            37,529            4,743            13,999            6,388            134,236   
Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (B)      29,603            12,091            2,838            7,579            1,397            53,508   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     2,382                                  138                       2,520   

Loans and advances to banks (C)

     27,763            72,222            8,644            6,252            12,569            127,450   

Total wholesale lending (D)

     317,463            306,165            32,465            69,885            46,931            772,909   

Impairment allowances on wholesale lending

                                

Corporate and commercial (a)

     3,355            951            1,161            817            1,402            7,686   

– manufacturing

     526            252            162            148            372            1,460   

– international trade and services

     961            458            490            187            257            2,353   

– commercial real estate

     1,062            19            147            178            454            1,860   

– other property-related

     257            99            239            89            7            691   

– government

     3                       4            1                       8   

– other commercial

     546            123            119            214            312            1,314   

Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (b)

     250            15            30            81            2            378   

Loans and advances to banks (c)

     45                       18                                  63   

Total (d)

     3,650            966            1,209            898            1,404            8,127   

(a) as a percentage of (A)

     1.30            0.43            5.53            1.46            4.25            1.30   

(b) as a percentage of (B)

     0.84            0.12            1.06            1.07            0.14            0.71   

(c) as a percentage of (C)

     0.16                       0.21                                  0.05   

(d) as a percentage of (D)

     1.15            0.32            3.72            1.28            2.99            1.05   

 

118


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    

Europe

US$m

         

Asia9

US$m

         

MENA

US$m

         

North

America

US$m

         

Latin

America

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2013

                                

Corporate and commercial (E)

     211,128            198,457            21,416            48,327            30,451            509,779   

– manufacturing

     46,202            30,244            3,409            9,609            12,128            101,592   

– international trade and services

     66,317            77,798            9,458            13,082            7,771            174,426   

– commercial real estate

     30,764            33,416            898            6,064            2,328            73,470   

– other property-related

     7,403            23,715            1,526            7,725            285            40,654   

– government

     1,834            3,220            1,664            348            1,431            8,497   

– other commercial10

     58,608            30,064            4,461            11,499            6,508            111,140   
Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (F)      26,895            8,549            1,822            7,470            1,365            46,101   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     3,319                                  147                       3,466   

Loans and advances to banks (G)

     26,741            72,483            9,054            8,614            10,968            127,860   

Total wholesale lending (H)

     268,083            279,489            32,292            64,558            42,784            687,206   

Impairment allowances on wholesale lending

                                

Corporate and commercial (e)

     3,708            840            1,264            827            1,071            7,710   

– manufacturing

     570            211            199            88            325            1,393   

– international trade and services

     1,116            381            523            207            346            2,573   

– commercial real estate

     1,036            28            158            156            231            1,609   

– other property-related

     213            98            241            139            13            704   

– government

     2                       31            2                       35   

– other commercial

     771            122            112            235            156            1,396   

Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (f)

     270            35            118            43            1            467   

Loans and advances to banks (g)

     33                       17                                  50   

Total (h)

     4,011            875            1,399            870            1,072            8,227   

(e) as a percentage of (E)

     1.76            0.42            5.90            1.71            3.52            1.51   

(f) as a percentage of (F)

     1.00            0.41            6.48            0.58            0.07            1.01   

(g) as a percentage of (G)

     0.12                       0.19                                  0.04   

(h) as a percentage of (H)

     1.50            0.31            4.33            1.35            2.51            1.20   

At 31 December 2013

                                

Corporate and commercial (I)

     239,116            203,894            19,760            50,307            30,188            543,265   

– manufacturing

     55,920            30,758            3,180            11,778            12,214            113,850   

– international trade and services

     76,700            79,368            8,629            11,676            8,295            184,668   

– commercial real estate

     31,326            34,560            639            5,900            2,421            74,846   

– other property-related

     7,308            27,147            1,333            8,716            328            44,832   

– government

     3,340            1,021            1,443            499            974            7,277   

– other commercial10

     64,522            31,040            4,536            11,738            5,956            117,792   
Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (J)      27,872            9,688            2,532            9,055            1,376            50,523   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     2,578                                  138                       2,716   

Loans and advances to banks (K)

     24,273            72,814            6,419            6,420            10,178            120,104   

Total wholesale lending (L)

     293,839            286,396            28,711            65,920            41,742            716,608   

Impairment allowances on wholesale lending

                                

Corporate and commercial (i)

     3,821            918            1,212            769            1,339            8,059   

– manufacturing

     618            246            182            89            384            1,519   

– international trade and services

     1,216            428            502            188            349            2,683   

– commercial real estate

     1,116            22            153            202            396            1,889   

– other property-related

     269            102            236            93            8            708   

– government

     3                       10            1                       14   

– other commercial

     599            120            129            196            202            1,246   

Financial (non-bank financial institutions) (j)

     344            17            60            50            11            482   

Loans and advances to banks (k)

     35                       18            5                       58   

Total (l)

     4,200            935            1,290            824            1,350            8,599   

(i) as a percentage of (I)

     1.60            0.45            6.13            1.53            4.44            1.48   

(j) as a percentage of (J)

     1.23            0.18            2.37            0.55            0.80            0.95   

(k) as a percentage of (K)

     0.14                       0.28            0.08                       0.05   

(l) as a percentage of (L)

     1.43            0.33            4.49            1.25            3.23            1.20   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

119


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The commentary that follows is on a constant currency basis.

Corporate and commercial

Corporate and commercial lending, excluding commercial real estate and other property-related lending, represented 44% of total gross loans and advances to customers compared with 42% at 31 December 2013. The increase of US$34bn was driven by lending within manufacturing, transport and other subsectors within Asia and increases in manufacturing and other commercial portfolios within Europe, where this was principally driven by a rise in corporate overdraft balances, mainly in GB&M, in accounts which are structured to allow customer corporate treasury functions to benefit from net interest arrangements but where net settlement is not intended to occur, together with a corresponding rise in current accounts.

The aggregate of our commercial real estate and other property-related lending was US$126bn at 30 June 2014, an increase of US$5.3bn relative to 31 December 2013, but still representing an overall 12% of total loans and advances to customers.

Commercial real estate

Our exposure to commercial real estate lending continued to be concentrated in Asia, the UK and North America. The improvements in commercial real estate markets noted in 2013 continued into 2014.

Refinance risk in commercial real estate

Refinance risk is described on page 272 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. This risk is

subject to close scrutiny in key commercial real estate markets.

Liquidity continued to improve further in 2014, as a wider range of funding sources returned to the market. There are now many refinancing opportunities with evidence of pressure on pricing.

On a reported basis, at 31 June 2014, we had US$22bn (31 December 2013: US$22bn) of commercial real estate loans in the UK of which US$5.8bn (31 December 2013: US$6.8bn) were due to be refinanced within the next 12 months. Of these balances, cases subject to close monitoring in our Loan Management unit amounted to US$2.0bn (31 December 2013: US$2.4bn). US$1.6bn (31 December 2013: US$1.6bn) were disclosed as impaired with impairment allowances of US$0.7bn (31 December 2013: US$0.6bn). Where these loans are not considered impaired it is because there is sufficient evidence to indicate that the associated contractual cash flows will be recovered or that the loans will not need to be refinanced on terms we would consider below market norms.

Credit quality of financial instruments

We assess credit quality on all financial instruments which bear credit risk. The distribution of financial instruments by credit quality is tabulated below. The five classifications describing the credit quality of our lending, debt securities portfolios and derivatives are set out in the Appendix to Risk on page 267 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. Additional credit quality information in respect of our consolidated holdings of ABSs is provided on page 143.

 

 

120


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality

 

    Neither past due nor impaired   Past due                   Impair-            
    Strong
US$m
        Good
US$m
        Satis-
factory
US$m
        Sub-
standard
US$m
        but not
impaired11
US$m
        Impaired
US$m
        ment
allowances
12
US$m
        Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                             

Cash and balances at central banks

    129,684          1,781          256          416                      132,137   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    7,466          299          286          93                      8,144   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

    26,640                                                 26,640   

Trading assets13

    190,567          39,199          41,659          1,826                      273,251   

– treasury and other eligible bills

    13,400          3,356          893          29                      17,678   

– debt securities

    119,117          18,709          16,389          1,307                      155,522   

– loans and advances:

                                       

to banks

    23,478          5,456          11,686          428                      41,048   

to customers

    34,572          11,678          12,691          62                      59,003   

Financial assets designated at fair value13

    4,341          4,362          852          382                      9,937   

– treasury and other eligible bills

    24                            3                      27   

– debt securities

    4,298          4,361          832          379                      9,870   

– loans and advances:

                                       

to banks

    19                   20                               39   

to customers

             1                                        1   

Derivatives13

    213,280          43,103          12,460          996                      269,839   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost1,14

    501,162          274,776          212,714          24,712          13,967          33,880          (13,970       1,047,241   

– personal

    332,045          38,673          16,847          1,366          9,283          17,538          (5,906       409,846   

– corporate and commercial

    140,941          222,982          185,541          22,450          4,327          15,710          (7,686       584,265   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

    28,176          13,121          10,326          896          357          632          (378       53,130   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost1

    96,849          21,948          6,986          1,599          12          56          (63       127,387   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading1

    137,023          32,897          25,780          2,601                                     198,301   

Financial investments

    358,131          29,280          18,734          6,503                   2,336              414,984   

– treasury and other similar bills

    66,661          7,038          2,445          2,033                                78,177   

– debt securities

    291,470          22,242          16,289          4,470                   2,336              336,807   

Assets held for sale

    1,265          802          597          90          6          397          (76       3,081   

– disposal groups

    1,232          802          596          90          3          118          (47       2,794   

– non-current assets held for sale

    33                   1                   3          279          (29       287   

Other assets

    10,893          8,060          14,815          823          178          443              35,212   

– endorsements and acceptances

    1,661          5,179          5,176          463          24          8              12,511   

– accrued income and other

    9,232          2,881          9,639          360          154          435              22,701   
                                
                                                                                
    1,677,301          456,507          335,139          40,041          14,163          37,112          (14,109       2,546,154   

 

121


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality (continued)

 

    Neither past due nor impaired   Past due                   Impair-            
    Strong
US$m
        Good
US$m
        Satis-
factory
US$m
        Sub-
standard
US$m
        but not
impaired11
US$m
        Impaired
US$m
        ment
allowances12
US$m
        Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2013

                             

Cash and balances at central banks

    145,666          2,084          156          379                      148,285   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    7,992          117          215          92                      8,416   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

    24,275                                                 24,275   

Trading assets13

    238,433          60,246          77,818          4,627                      381,124   

– treasury and other eligible bills

    14,827          3,569          758          34                      19,188   

– debt securities

    115,007          15,430          16,333          798                      147,568   

– loans and advances:

                                       

to banks

    59,115          22,581          13,076          1,976                      96,748   

to customers

    49,484          18,666          47,651          1,819                      117,620   

Financial assets designated at fair value13

    6,016          5,417          1,024          91                      12,548   

– treasury and other eligible bills

    99                                                 99   

– debt securities

    5,916          5,385          1,010          81                      12,392   

– loans and advances:

                                       

to banks

    1                   14          10                      25   

to customers

             32                                        32   

Derivatives13

    228,458          44,137          24,808          1,810                      299,213   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost1,14

    464,224          216,359          198,418          20,687          16,047          38,120          (15,561       938,294   

– personal

    311,216          36,434          13,103          1,702          9,968          22,086          (7,384       387,125   

– corporate and commercial

    134,939          167,595          171,797          17,956          5,794          15,164          (7,710       505,535   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

    18,069          12,330          13,518          1,029          285          870          (467       45,634   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost1

    95,549          20,795          9,355          2,050          26          85          (50       127,810   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading1

    78,258          4,421          5,721                                              88,400   

Financial investments

    340,631          26,981          18,751          5,110                   3,373              394,846   

– treasury and other similar bills

    72,441          3,424          2,056          1,078                   6              79,005   

– debt securities

    268,190          23,557          16,695          4,032                   3,367              315,841   

Assets held for sale

    4,906          5,955          6,129          492          641          744          (177       18,690   

– disposal groups

    4,788          5,679          6,065          478          609          239          (102       17,756   

– non-current assets held for sale

    118          276          64          14          32          505          (75       934   

Other assets

    11,146          6,530          12,627          1,532          193          442              32,470   

– endorsements and acceptances

    1,880          4,506          4,367          543          31          2              11,329   

– accrued income and other

    9,266          2,024          8,260          989          162          440              21,141   
                                
                                                                                
    1,645,554          393,042          355,022          36,870          16,907          42,764          (15,788       2,474,371   

 

122


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    Neither past due nor impaired   Past due                   Impair-            
    Strong
US$m
        Good
US$m
        Satis-
factory
US$m
        Sub-
standard
US$m
        but not
impaired11
US$m
        Impaired
US$m
        ment
allowances12
US$m
        Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                             

Cash and balances at central banks

    162,017          2,877          265          1,440                      166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    5,590          66          286          79                      6,021   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

    25,220                                                 25,220   

Trading assets13

    163,444          39,475          34,868          1,514                      239,301   

– treasury and other eligible bills

    17,235          3,585          758          6                      21,584   

– debt securities

    107,831          16,498          16,167          1,148                      141,644   

– loans and advances:

                                       

to banks

    15,804          5,546          6,342          193                      27,885   

to customers

    22,574          13,846          11,601          167                      48,188   

Financial assets designated at fair value13

    6,608          5,183          671          257                      12,719   

– treasury and other eligible bills

    50                                                 50   

– debt securities

    6,490          5,179          664          256                      12,589   

– loans and advances:

                                       

to banks

    68                   7          1                      76   

to customers

             4                                        4   

Derivatives13

    220,711          47,004          13,425          1,125                      282,265   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost1,14

    488,504          243,077          199,821          23,942          15,460          36,428          (15,143       992,089   

– personal

    326,269          39,024          14,882          1,580          10,175          18,798          (6,602       404,126   

– corporate and commercial

    132,943          194,966          174,905          21,281          5,009          16,877          (8,059       537,922   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

    29,292          9,087          10,034          1,081          276          753          (482       50,041   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost1

    91,498          21,131          6,266          1,123          11          75          (58       120,046   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading1

    111,543          37,878          28,265          2,004                                     179,690   

Financial investments

    362,799          27,833          17,556          6,089                   2,508              416,785   

– treasury and other similar bills

    69,364          5,595          1,856          1,296                                78,111   

– debt securities

    293,435          22,238          15,700          4,793                   2,508              338,674   

Assets held for sale

    1,129          642          1,050          351          89          156          (111       3,306   

– disposal groups

    1,093          642          496          351          86          90          (111       2,647   

– non-current assets held for sale

    36                   554                   3          66                   659   

Other assets

    11,372          7,386          13,798          808          218          436              34,018   

– endorsements and acceptances

    1,976          4,824          4,562          225          19          18              11,624   

– accrued income and other

    9,396          2,562          9,236          583          199          418              22,394   
                                
                                                                                
    1,650,435          432,552          316,271          38,732          15,778          39,603          (15,312       2,478,059   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

123


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The commentary that follows is on a reported basis.

The balance of credit risk-bearing financial instruments at 30 June 2014 was US$2,546bn, of which US$1,677bn or 66% were classified as ‘strong’ (31 December 2013: 67%). The proportion of financial instruments classified as ‘good’ and ‘satisfactory’ remained broadly unchanged at 18% and 13%, respectively. The proportion of ‘sub-standard’ financial instruments remained low at 2% at 30 June 2014.

Loans and advances held at amortised cost were US$1,175bn, a US$63bn increase over the US$1,112bn at 31 December 2013. At 30 June 2014, 76% of these balances were classified as either ‘strong’ or ‘good’, broadly in line with the end of 2013.

The majority of the Group’s exposure to financial investments was in the form of available-for-sale debt securities issued by government and government agencies classified as ‘strong’. At

30 June 2014 this amounted to 86% of the total, broadly similar to 31 December 2013.

Trading assets increased by US$34bn to US$273bn at 30 June 2014, broadly reflecting the same credit quality distribution as at 31 December 2013.

Derivative assets fell by US$12bn with credit quality distribution remaining broadly consistent with 31 December 2013.

Cash and balances at central banks reduced by US$34bn to US$132bn at 30 June 2014, principally in Europe, driven by the redeployment of surplus funds.

Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

The definition of past due but not impaired loans is set out on page 172 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

 

Past due but not impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by geographical region

 

         

Europe

US$m

         

Asia9

US$m

         

MENA

US$m

         

North

America

US$m

         

Latin

America

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2014

                                   

Banks

                   12                                             12   

Customers

        2,717            4,244            872            4,303            1,831            13,967   

– personal

        1,395            2,860            198            3,679            1,151            9,283   

– corporate and commercial

        1,316            1,192            640            516            663            4,327   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

        6            192            34            108            17            357   
  

 

                                
                                                                         
        2,717            4,256            872            4,303            1,831            13,979   

At 30 June 2013

                                   

Banks

        16            10                                             26   

Customers

        2,043            4,135            1,001            6,930            1,938            16,047   

– personal

        1,210            2,648            227            4,585            1,298            9,968   

– corporate and commercial

        822            1,275            723            2,340            634            5,794   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

        11            212            51            5            6            285   
  

 

                                
                                                                         
        2,059            4,145            1,001            6,930            1,938            16,073   

At 31 December 2013

                                   

Banks

                   11                                             11   

Customers

        2,399            4,211            757            6,453            1,640            15,460   

– personal

        1,287            2,764            174            4,817            1,133            10,175   

– corporate and commercial

        1,092            1,197            580            1,635            505            5,009   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

        20            250            3            1            2            276   
  

 

                                
                                                                         
        2,399            4,222            757            6,453            1,640            15,471   

For footnote, see page 172.

 

124


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Ageing analysis of days past due but not impaired gross financial instruments

 

         

Up to 29

days

US$m

         

30-59

days

US$m

         

60-89

days

US$m

         

90-179

days

US$m

         

180 days

and over

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2014

                                   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost

        10,980            1,910            915            121            41            13,967   

– personal

        6,848            1,655            759            14            7            9,283   

– corporate and commercial

        3,814            238            137            107            31            4,327   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

        318            17            19                       3            357   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost

  

 

     12                                                        12   

Loans and advances

  

 

     10,992            1,910            915            121            41            13,979   

Assets held for sale

        3            1                       1            1            6   

– disposal groups

        3                                                        3   

– non-current assets held for sale

                   1                       1            1            3   

Other assets

        111            32            15            13            7            178   

– endorsements and acceptances

        15            8                       1                       24   

– other

        96            24            15            12            7            154   
  

 

                                
                                                                         
        11,106            1,943            930            135            49            14,163   

At 30 June 2013

                                   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost

        12,147            2,711            1,098            78            13            16,047   

– personal

        6,944            2,052            953            19                       9,968   

– corporate and commercial

        4,923            655            144            59            13            5,794   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

        280            4            1                                  285   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost

  

 

     26                                                        26   

Loans and advances

  

 

     12,173            2,711            1,098            78            13            16,073   

Assets held for sale

        384            139            79            20            19            641   

– disposal groups

        361            133            76            20            19            609   

– non-current assets held for sale

        23            6            3                                  32   

Other assets

        111            42            19            12            9            193   

– endorsements and acceptances

        20            5            2            3            1            31   

– other

        91            37            17            9            8            162   
  

 

                                
                                                                         
        12,668            2,892            1,196            110            41            16,907   

At 31 December 2013

                                   

Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost

        11,689            2,587            1,057            76            51            15,460   

– personal

        7,170            2,124            865            16                       10,175   

– corporate and commercial

        4,290            418            190            60            51            5,009   

– financial (non-bank financial institutions)

        229            45            2                                  276   

Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost

  

 

     11                                                        11   

Loans and advances

  

 

     11,700            2,587            1,057            76            51            15,471   

Assets held for sale

        61            12            8            6            2            89   

– disposal groups

        61            11            8            5            1            86   

– non-current assets held for sale

                   1                       1            1            3   

Other assets

        142            43            18            6            9            218   

– endorsements and acceptances

        13            3                       1            2            19   

– other

        129            40            18            5            7            199   
  

 

                                
                                                                         
        11,903            2,642            1,083            88            62            15,778   

 

125


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Renegotiated loans and forbearance

There have been no material changes to our policies and procedures regarding renegotiated loans and forbearance in the first half of 2014.

LOGO    Current policies and procedures regarding renegotiated loans and forbearance are described on pages 173 and 268-272 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.
 

 

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers

 

          At 30 June 2014  
         

Neither
past

due nor

impaired

          Past due
but not
impaired
          Impaired           Total  
          US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Personal

        5,552            2,661            11,435            19,648   

– first lien residential mortgages

        4,550            2,356            10,121            17,027   

– other personal15

        1,002            305            1,314            2,621   

Corporate and commercial

        2,849            279            8,501            11,629   

– manufacturing and international trade services

        1,527            81            4,057            5,665   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

        737            112            3,420            4,269   

– governments

        257                       44            301   

– other commercial10

        328            86            980            1,394   

Financial

  

 

     358                       292            650   
        8,759            2,940            20,228            31,927   

Total renegotiated loans and advances to customers as a percentage of total gross loans and advances to customers1

  

        3.0   

 

     At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
    

Neither
past

due nor
impaired
US$m

          Past due
but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
          Total
US$m
         

Neither
past

due nor
impaired
US$m

          Past due
but not
impaired
US$m
          Impaired
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Personal

     6,953            3,299            16,008            26,260            5,895            3,585            12,092            21,572   

– first lien residential mortgages

     5,638            2,862            14,498            22,998            4,881            3,219            10,857              18,957   

– other personal15

     1,315            437            1,510            3,262            1,014            366            1,235              2,615   

Corporate and commercial

     3,521            292            6,987            10,800            3,147            362            8,493            12,002   

– manufacturing and international trade services

     1,944            75            3,190            5,209            1,529            163            4,178              5,870   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     1,164            115            3,336            4,615            1,050            113            3,385              4,548   

– governments

     150                                  150            274                       43              317   

– other commercial10

     263            102            461            826            294            86            887              1,267   

Financial

     262            16            355            633            358                       243            601   
     10,736            3,607            23,350            37,693            9,400            3,947            20,828            34,175   

Total renegotiated loans and advances to customers as a percentage of total gross loans and advances to customers1

   

        4.0                              3.4   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

126


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Renegotiated loans and advances to customers by geographical region

 

     Europe
US$m
          Asia9
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                                

Personal

     2,166            418            123            16,410            531            19,648   

– first lien residential mortgages

     1,743            107            69            15,034            74            17,027   

– other personal15

     423            311            54            1,376            457            2,621   

Corporate and commercial

     7,064            454            1,579            508            2,024            11,629   

– manufacturing and international trade services

     3,534            218            594            151            1,168            5,665   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     2,862            40            564            336            467            4,269   

– governments

                           136                       165            301   

– other commercial10

     668            196            285            21            224            1,394   

Financial

     287            5            356            1            1            650   
     9,517            877            2,058            16,919            2,556            31,927   

Total impairment allowances on renegotiated loans

     1,355            73            436            2,025            893            4,782   

– individually assessed

     1,335            52            436            117            441            2,381   

– collectively assessed

     20            21                       1,908            452            2,401   

At 30 June 2013

                                

Personal

     2,339            454            165            22,600            702            26,260   

– first lien residential mortgages

     1,806            128            102            20,896            66            22,998   

– other personal15

     533            326            63            1,704            636            3,262   

Corporate and commercial

     6,205            294            1,654            549            2,098            10,800   

– manufacturing and international trade services

     2,920            109            547            224            1,409            5,209   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     3,060            5            805            314            431            4,615   

– governments

                           1                       149            150   

– other commercial10

     225            180            301            11            109            826   

Financial

     272            3            355            2            1            633   
     8,816            751            2,174            23,151            2,801            37,693   

Total impairment allowances on renegotiated loans

     1,596            82            424            2,694            687            5,483   

– individually assessed

     1,579            62            424            124            263            2,452   

– collectively assessed

     17            20                       2,570            424            3,031   

At 31 December 2013

                                

Personal

     2,251            435            149            18,130            607            21,572   

– first lien residential mortgages

     1,820            117            91            16,853            76            18,957   

– other personal15

     431            318            58            1,277            531            2,615   

Corporate and commercial

     7,270            330            1,583            658            2,161            12,002   

– manufacturing and international trade services

     3,709            103            489            198            1,371            5,870   

– commercial real estate and other property-related

     2,940            39            662            446            461            4,548   

– governments

                           137                       180            317   

– other commercial10

     621            188            295            14            149            1,267   

Financial

     235            2            362            1            1            601   
     9,756            767            2,094            18,789            2,769            34,175   

Total impairment allowances on renegotiated loans

     1,867            101            460            2,285            1,014            5,727   

– individually assessed

     1,821            78            460            98            464            2,921   

– collectively assessed

     46            23                       2,187            550            2,806   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

127


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The following commentary is on a reported basis.

In the first half of 2014 renegotiated loans declined by US$2.2bn to US$32bn at 30 June 2014 (31 December 2013: US$34bn). The most significant portfolio of renegotiated loans remained in North America, substantially all of which were retail loans held by HSBC Finance.

The next largest portfolio of renegotiated loans was in Europe, largely concentrated in the commercial real estate and other property sectors at 30% (31 December 2013: 30%) and the manufacturing and international trade service sectors at 37% (31 December 2013: 38%).

In the corporate and commercial sector, renegotiated loans reduced by 3.1% compared with the end of 2013.

HSBC Finance loan modifications and re-ageing

 

 

Types of loan renegotiation programme in HSBC Finance

 

 

A temporary modification is a change to the contractual terms of a loan that results in the giving up of a right to contractual cash flows over a pre-defined period. With a temporary modification the loan is expected to revert back to the original contractual terms, including the interest rate charged, after the modification period. An example is reduced interest payments.

A substantial number of HSBC Finance modifications involve interest rate reductions. These modifications lower the amount of interest income HSBC Finance is contractually entitled to receive in future periods. Historically, modifications have generally been for six months, although extended modification periods are now more common.

Loans that have been re-aged are classified as impaired with the exception of first-time loan re-ages that were less than 60 days past due at the time of re-age. These remain classified as impaired until they have demonstrated a history of payment performance against their original contracted terms for at least 12 months.

 

 

A permanent modification is a change to the contractual terms of a loan that results in giving up a right to contractual cash flows over the life of the loan. An example is a permanent reduction in the interest rate charged.

Permanent or long-term modifications which are due to an underlying hardship event remain classified as impaired for their full life.

 

 

The term ‘re-age’ describes a renegotiation by which the contractual delinquency status of a loan is reset to current after demonstrating payment performance. The overdue principal and/or interest is deferred and paid at a later date. Loan re-ageing enables customers who have been unable to make a small number of payments to have their loan delinquency status reset to current so that their credit score is not affected by the overdue balances.

Loans that have been re-aged remain classified as impaired until they have demonstrated a history of payment performance against the original contractual terms for at least 12 months.

A temporary or permanent modification may also lead to a re-ageing of a loan although a loan may be re-aged without any modification to its original terms and conditions.

 

 

Where loans have been granted multiple concessions, subject to the qualifying criteria discussed below, the concession is deemed to have been made due to concern regarding the borrower’s ability to pay, and the loan is disclosed as impaired. The loan remains disclosed as impaired from that date forward until the borrower has demonstrated a history of repayment performance for the period of time required for either modifications or re-ages, as described above.

 

HSBC Finance maintains loan modification and re-age (‘loan renegotiation’) programmes in order to manage customer relationships, improve collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid foreclosure. The volume of loans that qualify for modification has reduced significantly in recent years. We expect this trend to continue as HSBC Finance believes the percentage of its customers with unmodified loans who would benefit from loan modification in a way that would avoid non-payment of future cash flows is decreasing. In addition, volumes of new loan modifications are expected to decrease due to improvements in economic conditions and the continued run-off of the CML portfolio.

Qualifying criteria

For an account to qualify for renegotiation it must meet certain criteria. However, HSBC Finance retains the right to decline a renegotiation. The extent to which HSBC Finance renegotiates accounts that are eligible under its existing policies will vary depending upon its view of prevailing economic conditions and other factors which may change from year to year. In addition, exceptions to policies and practices may be made in specific situations in response to legal or regulatory agreements or orders.

Renegotiated real estate secured and personal lending receivables are not eligible for a subsequent renegotiation for twelve or six months, respectively, with a maximum of five renegotiations permitted within a five-year period. Borrowers must be approved for a modification and generally make two minimum qualifying monthly payments within 60 days to activate a modification.

In certain circumstances where the debt has been restructured in bankruptcy proceedings, fewer or no payments may be required. Accounts whose borrowers are subject to a Chapter 13 plan filed with a bankruptcy court generally may be re-aged upon receipt of one qualifying payment, whereas accounts whose borrowers have filed for Chapter 7 bankruptcy protection may be re-aged upon receipt of a signed reaffirmation agreement. In addition, for some products, accounts may be re-aged without receipt of a payment in certain special circumstances (e.g. in the event of a natural disaster or a hardship programme).

 

 

128


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

At 30 June 2014, renegotiated real estate secured accounts represented 54% (31 December 2013: 53%) of HSBC Finance’s total renegotiated loans, and US$9bn (31 December 2013: US$10bn)

of renegotiated real estate secured loans in HSBC Finance were classified as impaired.

 

 

Gross loan portfolio of HSBC Finance real estate secured balances

 

    

 

Re-aged16

US$m

  

  

    

 

 

Modified

and re-aged

US$m

  

  

  

    

 

Modified

US$m

  

  

    

 

 

 

Total re-

negotiated

loans

US$m

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

Total non-

renegotiated

loans

US$m

  

  

  

  

    

 

 

 

Total

gross

loans

US$m

  

  

  

  

    

 

 

 

 

Total

impair-

ment

allowances

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

    

 

 

 

 

Impair-

ment

allowances/

gross loans

%

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

     7,389         7,391         664         15,444            11,830         27,274         2,338         9   

30 June 2013

     9,237         10,796         961         20,994            15,066         36,060         3,822         11   

31 December 2013

     8,167         8,213         768         17,148            13,171         30,319         3,028         10   

For footnote, see page 172.

Movement in HSBC Finance renegotiated real estate balances

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

         

31 December

2013

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

At beginning of period

     17,148            22,421            20,994   

Additions

     357            548            419   

Payments

     (675         (807         (733

Write-offs

     (333         (641         (481

Transfers and disposals

     (1,053         (527         (3,051

At end of period

     15,444            20,994            17,148   

Number of renegotiated real estate secured accounts remaining in HSBC Finance’s portfolio

 

     Re-aged     

Modified

and re-aged

     Modified      Total     

Total number

of loans

 
     (000s)      (000s)      (000s)      (000s)      (000s)  

30 June 2014

     96         71         7         174         325   

30 June 2013

     113         100         10         223         408   

31 December 2013

     102         78         8         188         352   

 

During the half-year to 30 June 2014, the aggregate number of renegotiated loans reduced, due to the continued run-off of the CML portfolio and lower levels of modifications of real estate and other retail loans resulting from improved economic conditions in the US.

Within the constraints of our Group credit policy, HSBC Finance’s policies allow for multiple renegotiations under certain circumstances, and a number of accounts received a second or further renegotiation during the first half of the year which are not duplicated in the statistics presented above. These statistics present a loan as an addition to the volume of renegotiated loans on its first renegotiation only. At 30 June 2014, renegotiated loans were 57% (31 December 2013: 57%) of HSBC Finance’s real estate secured accounts.

Impaired loans

Impaired loans and advances are those that meet any of the following criteria:

 

 

wholesale loans and advances classified as Customer Risk Rating (‘CRR’) 9 or CRR 10. These grades are assigned when the bank considers that either the customer is unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full, without recourse to security, or when the customer is past due 90 days or more on any material credit obligation to HSBC. For further details of the CRR scale, see page 267 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013;

 

 

retail loans and advances classified as Expected Loss (‘EL’) 9 or EL 10. These grades are assigned to retail loans and advances greater

 

 

129


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

than 90 days past due unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired. For further details of the EL scale see page 267 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013;

 

 

renegotiated loans and advances that have been subject to a change in contractual cash flows as a result of a concession which the lender would not otherwise consider, and where it is probable that without the concession the borrower would be unable to meet its contractual payment obligations in full, unless the concession is insignificant and there are no other indicators of impairment. Renegotiated loans remain classified as impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, and there are no other indicators of impairment.

For loans that are assessed for impairment on a collective basis, the evidence to support reclassification as no longer impaired typically

comprises a history of payment performance against the original or revised terms, depending on the nature and volume of renegotiation and the credit risk characteristics surrounding the renegotiation. For loans that are assessed for impairment on an individual basis, all available evidence is assessed on a case by case basis.

In HSBC Finance, where a significant majority of HSBC’s loan forbearance activity occurs, the history of payment performance is assessed with reference to the original terms of the contract, reflecting the higher credit risk characteristics of this portfolio. The payment performance periods are monitored to ensure they remain appropriate to the levels of recidivism observed within the portfolio.

Further disclosure about loans subject to forbearance is provided on page 268 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. Renegotiated loans and forbearance disclosures are subject to evolving industry practice and regulatory guidance.

 

 

Impaired loans and advances to customers and banks by industry sector

 

         Impaired loans and advances
at 30 June 2014
          Impaired loans and advances
at 30 June 2013
          Impaired loans and advances
at 31 December 2013
 
        

Individ-

ually

assessed

         

Collect-

ively

assessed

          Total          

Individ-

ually

assessed

         

Collect-

ively

assessed

          Total          

Individ-

ually

assessed

         

Collect-

ively

assessed

          Total  
         US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Banks

       56                       56            85                       85            75                       75   

Customers

       18,076            15,804            33,880            17,610            20,510            38,120            19,395            17,033            36,428   

– personal

       2,171            15,367            17,538            2,064            20,022            22,086            2,185            16,613            18,798   

– corporate and commercial

       15,274            436            15,710            14,676            488            15,164            16,457            420            16,877   

– financial

       631            1            632            870                       870            753                       753   
                   

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                                                                                      
       18,132            15,804            33,936            17,695            20,510            38,205            19,470            17,033            36,503   

 

On a reported basis, impaired loans and advances were US$33.9bn at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: US$38.2bn; 31 December 2013: US$36.5bn). The decrease of US$2.6bn from the end of 2013 was due to a reduction in individually assessed impaired balances, mainly in Europe, as well as fewer collectively assessed impaired balances in the US CML portfolio due to run-off and loan sales.

Impairment of loans and advances

The tables below analyse by geographical region the impairment allowances recognised for impaired loans and advances that are either individually assessed or collectively assessed, and collective impairment allowances on loans and advances classified as not impaired.

 

 

130


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers by geographical region

 

        

Europe

US$m

         

Asia9

US$m

         

MENA

US$m

         

North

America

US$m

         

Latin

America

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2014

                                  

Gross loans and advances to customers1

                                  

Individually assessed impaired loans17 (A)

       10,374            1,605            2,060            1,413            2,624            18,076   

Collectively assessed18 (B)

       474,224            362,018            28,314            131,793            46,786            1,043,135   

– impaired loans17

       1,581            176            143            12,289            1,615            15,804   

– non-impaired loans19

       472,643            361,842            28,171            119,504            45,171            1,027,331   
 

 

                                
                                                                        

Total (C)

       484,598            363,623            30,374            133,206            49,410            1,061,211   

Less: Impairment allowances (c)

       4,928            1,236            1,464            3,586            2,756            13,970   

– individually assessed (a)

       3,430            650            1,068            384            959            6,491   

– collectively assessed (b)

       1,498            586            396            3,202            1,797            7,479   
 

 

                                
                                                                        

Net loans and advances

       479,670            362,387            28,910            129,620            46,654            1,047,241   

(a) as a percentage of (A)

       33.1            40.5            51.8            27.2            36.5            35.9   

(b) as a percentage of (B)

       0.3            0.2            1.4            2.4            3.8            0.7   

(c) as a percentage of (C)

       1.0            0.3            4.8            2.7            5.6            1.3   

At 30 June 2013

                                  

Gross loans and advances to customers1

                                  

Individually assessed impaired loans17 (D)

       10,712            1,356            2,108            1,629            1,805            17,610   

Collectively assessed18 (E)

       403,900            326,472            27,507            133,274            45,092            936,245   

– impaired loans17

       1,505            185            206            17,059            1,555            20,510   

– non-impaired loans19

       402,395            326,287            27,301            116,215            43,537            915,735   
 

 

                                
                                                                        

Total (F)

       414,612            327,828            29,615            134,903            46,897            953,855   

Less: Impairment allowances (f)

       5,341            1,145            1,681            5,042            2,352            15,561   

– individually assessed (d)

       3,853            597            1,235            498            579            6,762   

– collectively assessed (e)

       1,488            548            446            4,544            1,773            8,799   
 

 

                                
                                                                        

Net loans and advances

       409,271            326,683            27,934            129,861            44,545            938,294   

(d) as a percentage of (D)

       36.0            44.0            58.6            30.6            32.1            38.4   

(e) as a percentage of (E)

       0.4            0.2            1.6            3.4            3.9            0.9   

(f) as a percentage of (F)

       1.3            0.3            5.7            3.7            5.0            1.6   

At 31 December 2013

                                  

Gross loans and advances to customers1

                                  

Individually assessed impaired loans17 (G)

       11,497            1,450            2,117            1,736            2,595            19,395   

Collectively assessed18 (H)

       450,176            336,661            26,659            130,454            43,887            987,837   

– impaired loans17

       1,690            173            148            13,373            1,649            17,033   

– non-impaired loans19

       448,486            336,488            26,511            117,081            42,238            970,804   
 

 

                                
                                                                        

Total (I)

       461,673            338,111            28,776            132,190            46,482            1,007,232   

Less: Impairment allowances (i)

       5,563            1,214            1,565            4,237            2,564            15,143   

– individually assessed (g)

       4,019            634            1,131            410            878            7,072   

– collectively assessed (h)

       1,544            580            434            3,827            1,686            8,071   
 

 

                                
                                                                        

Net loans and advances

       456,110            336,897            27,211            127,953            43,918            992,089   

(g) as a percentage of (G)

       35.0            43.7            53.4            23.6            33.8            36.5   

(h) as a percentage of (H)

       0.3            0.2            1.6            2.9            3.8            0.8   

(i) as a percentage of (I)

       1.2            0.4            5.4            3.2            5.5            1.5   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

131


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net loan impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region

 

     Europe
US$m
          Asia9
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                                

Individually assessed impairment allowances

     328            50            (50         76            154            558   

– new allowances

     634            147            32            152            230            1,195   

– release of allowances no longer required

     (292         (88         (77         (63         (44         (564

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (14         (9         (5         (13         (32         (73

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

     151            166            (7         319            838            1,467   

– new allowances net of allowance releases

     412            232            12            373            921            1,950   

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (261         (66         (19         (54         (83         (483
     

 

                          
                                                                      

Total charge for impairment losses

     479            216            (57         395            992            2,025   

– customers

     469            216            (57         395            992            2,015   

– banks

     10                                                        10   
                             

 

  
                                                                      

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                                

Individually assessed impairment allowances

     714            34            (58         168            263            1,121   

– new allowances

     914            118            67            210            312            1,621   

– release of allowances no longer required

     (180         (68         (111         (21         (20         (400

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (20         (16         (14         (21         (29         (100

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

     209            146            9            552            1,152            2,068   

– new allowances net of allowance releases

     480            216            29            597            1,285            2,607   

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (271         (70         (20         (45         (133         (539
     

 

                          
                                                                      

Total charge for impairment losses

     923            180            (49         720            1,415            3,189   

– customers

     923            180            (49         720            1,415            3,189   
                             

 

  
                                                                      

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                                

Individually assessed impairment allowances

     662            111            (28         94            360            1,199   

– new allowances

     914            198            129            188            390            1,819   

– release of allowances no longer required

     (222         (77         (124         (77         (11         (511

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (30         (10         (33         (17         (19         (109

Collectively assessed impairment allowances

     147            192            33            421            867            1,660   

– new allowances net of allowance releases

     463            263            53            461            968            2,208   

– recoveries of amounts previously written off

     (316         (71         (20         (40         (101         (548
     

 

                          
                                                                      

Total charge for impairment losses

     809            303            5            515            1,227            2,859   

– customers

     809            303            5            510            1,227            2,854   

– banks

                                      5                       5   
                             

 

  
                                                                      

For footnote, see page 172.

 

Loan impairment charges by geographical region

 

LOGO

 

Loan impairment charges by industry

 

LOGO

 

 

132


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Loan impairment in the first half of 2014

On a reported basis, loan impairment allowances at 30 June 2014 were US$14.0bn, an 8% decrease compared with the end of 2013. Impaired loans were US$33.9bn, US$2.6bn lower than the balance at 31 December 2013.

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

The reduction in loan impairment allowances was mainly due to lower individually assessed new allowances in Europe, as well as a decrease in collectively assessed new allowances in North America and Latin America.

Releases and recoveries of US$1.1bn were 7% higher than in the first half of 2013 due to reduced delinquency and improved market conditions in Europe and higher releases of individually assessed allowances in North America.

In Europe, new loan impairment allowances were US$1.0bn, a 29% decrease on the first half of 2013 with a reduction in both individually and collectively assessed allowances, primarily in the UK, notably in the commercial and corporate sectors, reflecting improved quality in the portfolio and the economic environment.

Impaired loans of US$12.0bn at 30 June 2014 were 11% lower than at 31 December 2013, primarily in the corporate and commercial sectors.

Releases and recoveries in Europe were US$567m, a rise of 13% compared with the first half of 2013, primarily due to higher releases in the corporate and commercial sectors in the UK.

In Asia, new impairment allowances were US$379m, an increase of US$62m from the first half of 2013 due to an increase in individually assessed allowances against a small number of CMB exposures in Hong Kong, as well as higher new collective allowances net of releases as a result of higher releases in the previous year which reflected an overall improvement in the loan portfolio and growth in lending balances.

Impaired loans of US$1.8bn at 30 June 2014 were 8% higher than at 31 December 2013, mainly relating to corporate and commercial exposures in Indonesia, Hong Kong and Malaysia.

Releases and recoveries in the region were US$163m, an increase of 10% compared with the first half of 2013, due to higher individual releases.

In the Middle East and North Africa, new loan impairment allowances were US$44m, a decrease of

US$52m compared with the first half of 2013 reflecting lower individually and collectively assessed new allowances in the UAE.

Impaired loans of US$2.2bn at 30 June 2014 were 3% lower than at 31 December 2013, mainly due to a decrease in individually assessed corporate and commercial loans as a result of ongoing loan recoveries.

Releases and recoveries in the region were US$101m, a fall of 31% compared with the first half of 2013, primarily due to fewer significant one-off recoveries.

In North America, new loan impairment allowances decreased by 34% to US$525m. This was driven by reduced collectively assessed new allowances as a result of the continued run-off of the CML portfolio though this was partly offset by lower favourable market value adjustments of the underlying properties as improvements in housing market conditions were less pronounced in the first half of 2014. In addition, collectively assessed allowances increased in CMB and GB&M as we revised certain estimates used in our corporate loan impairment calculation. Individually assessed new allowances also reduced in Canada in CMB.

Impaired loans fell by 9% from the end of 2013 to US$13.7bn, driven by the continued run-off of the CML portfolio and loan sales.

Releases and recoveries in North America were US$130m, a 49% increase compared with the first half of 2013, driven by releases of individually assessed allowances in the wholesale portfolio, due to upgrades of certain customers in the US, and higher releases relating to CMB clients in Canada.

In Latin America, new impairment allowances fell by 21% to US$1.2bn, driven by lower collectively assessed new allowances in Brazil reflecting the change to the impairment model and assumption revisions for restructured loan portfolios in both RBWM and CMB, which occurred in the first half of 2013, though this was partly offset by an increase due to refinements to the impairment model for non-restructured loan portfolios, primarily in RBWM, in the first half of 2014. Individually assessed new allowances also reduced, notably in Mexico, reflecting lower new allowances in CMB, in particular relating to homebuilders.

Impaired loans fell by 4% from the end of 2013 to US$4.2bn, notably in Brazil. This was largely due to the settlement of a significant individually assessed corporate account.

 

 

133


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Releases and recoveries in Latin America were US$159m, a reduction of 3% compared with the first half of 2013 due to lower recoveries on collectively assessed balances in the retail

portfolio due to a reduction in the number of loans being written off. This was partly offset by releases of individually assessed allowances on a small number of GB&M and CMB exposures.

 

 

Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks

 

     Banks           Customers              
    

individually

assessed
US$m

          Individually
assessed
US$m
          Collectively
assessed
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 1 January 2014

     58            7,072            8,071            15,201   

Amounts written off

     (6         (1,276         (2,288         (3,570

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

                74            483            557   

Charge to income statement

     10            548            1,467            2,025   

Exchange and other movements22

     1            73            (254         (180

At 30 June 2014

     63            6,491            7,479            14,033   

Impairment allowances:

                    

on loans and advances to customers

           6,491            7,479            13,970   

– personal

           534            5,372            5,906   

– corporate and commercial

           5,708            1,978            7,686   

– financial

           249            129            378   

as a percentage of loans and advances20,21

     0.05            0.61            0.71            1.19   

At 1 January 2013

     57            6,572            9,540            16,169   

Amounts written off

     (6         (823         (2,614         (3,443

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

                100            539            639   

Charge to income statement

                1,121            2,068            3,189   

Exchange and other movements22

     (1         (208         (734         (943

At 30 June 2013

     50            6,762            8,799            15,611   

Impairment allowances:

                    

on loans and advances to customers

           6,762            8,799            15,561   

– personal

           586            6,798            7,384   

– corporate and commercial

           5,785            1,925            7,710   

– financial

           391            76            467   

as a percentage of loans and advances20,21

     0.04            0.71            0.92            1.45   

At 1 July 2013

     50            6,762            8,799            15,611   

Amounts written off

     2            (1,114         (2,100         (3,212

Recoveries of loans and advances previously written off

                109            548            657   

Charge to income statement

     5            1,194            1,660            2,859   

Exchange and other movements22

     1            121            (836         (714

At 31 December 2013

     58            7,072            8,071            15,201   

Impairment allowances:

                    

on loans and advances to customers

           7,072            8,071            15,143   

– personal

           589            6,013            6,602   

– corporate and commercial

           6,096            1,963            8,059   

– financial

           387            95            482   

as a percentage of loans and advances20,21

     0.05            0.70            0.80            1.35   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

134


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers by geographical region1

 

     Europe           Asia9           MENA           North
America
          Latin
America
          Total  
     %           %           %           %           %           %  

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                                

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.39            0.17            (0.23         0.71            4.72            0.55   

Recoveries

     (0.15         (0.04         (0.17         (0.10         (0.49         (0.12

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.24            0.13            (0.40         0.61            4.23            0.43   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.61            0.11            0.38            1.11            3.74            0.65   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                                

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.68            0.17            (0.10         1.16            6.11            0.86   

Recoveries

     (0.16         (0.05         (0.23         (0.10         (0.63         (0.14

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.52            0.12            (0.33         1.06            5.48            0.72   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.35            0.12            0.36            1.43            3.69            0.63   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                                

New allowances net of allowance releases

     0.64            0.24            0.20            0.84            5.51            0.78   

Recoveries

     (0.19         (0.05         (0.36         (0.08         (0.49         (0.15

Total charge for impairment losses

     0.45            0.19            (0.16         0.76            5.02            0.63   

Amount written off net of recoveries

     0.50            0.12            0.42            0.77            3.54            0.57   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Loans and advances to customers are excluded from average balances when reclassified to ‘Assets held for sale’.

 

 

Reconciliation of reported and constant currency changes by geographical region

 

    

 

31 Dec 13

as reported

  

  

       

 

 

Currency

translation

adjustment23

  

  

  

       
 
 
 
31 Dec 13
at 30 Jun 14
exchange
rates
  
  
  
  
       
 
 
 
 
Movement
on a
constant
currency
basis
  
  
  
  
  
       

 

30 Jun 14

as reported

  

  

       

 

Reported

change24

  

  

       

 

 

Constant

currency

change24

  

  

  

     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           %           %  

Impaired loans

                                      

Europe

     13,228            217            13,445            (1,453         11,992            (9         (11

Asia9

     1,623            30            1,653            128            1,781            10            8   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,285            (4         2,281            (59         2,222            (3         (3

North America

     15,123            (2         15,121            (1,419         13,702            (9         (9

Latin America

     4,244            161            4,405            (166         4,239                       (4
     36,503            402            36,905            (2,969         33,936               

Impairment allowances

                                      

Europe

     5,598            107            5,705            (732         4,973            (11         (13

Asia9

     1,214            15            1,229            7            1,236            2            1   

Middle East and North Africa

     1,583            (3         1,580            (98         1,482            (6         (6

North America

     4,242            (2         4,240            (654         3,586            (15         (15

Latin America

     2,564            120            2,684            72            2,756            7            3   
     15,201            237            15,438            (1,405         14,033               

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

135


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Concentration of exposure

 

LOGO  

Concentrations of credit risk are described in the Appendix to Risk on page 273 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

The commentary that follows is on a reported basis.

The geographical diversification of our lending portfolio and our broad range of global businesses and products ensured that we did not overly depend on a few markets to generate growth in the first half of 2014. This diversification also supported our strategies for growth in faster-growing regions and markets with international connectivity. An analysis of credit quality is provided on page 120.

Financial investments

Our holdings of available-for-sale government and government agency debt securities, corporate debt securities, ABSs and other securities were spread over a wide range of issuers and geographical regions, with 13% invested in securities issued by banks and other financial institutions and 73% in government or quasi-government debt. We also held assets backing insurance and investment contracts. For an analysis of financial investments, see Note 12 on the Financial Statements.

Trading assets

Trading assets

 

    

At

30 Jun
2014
US$bn

         

At

30 Jun
2013
US$bn

         

At

31 Dec
2013
US$bn

 

Trading securities25

     173            218            163   

Loans and advances to banks

     41            97            28   

Loans and advances to customers

     59            118            48   
     273            433            239   

For footnote, see page 172.

Trading securities remained the largest concentration within trading assets at 63%, compared with 68% at the end of 2013. The largest concentration within the trading securities portfolio was in government and government agency debt securities. We had significant exposures to US Treasury and government agency debt securities (US$27bn) and UK (US$9bn) and Hong Kong (US$5bn) government debt securities.

Derivatives

Derivative assets were US$270bn at 30 June 2014 (31 December 2013: US$282bn), of which the largest concentrations were interest rate and, to a lesser extent, foreign exchange derivatives. Our exposure to derivatives decreased by 4% reflecting upward movements in yield curves in major currencies which led to a decline in the fair value of interest rate contracts, largely in Europe, as well as a fall in Asia relating to foreign exchange derivatives, in part due to maturities. This was partly offset by a reduction in netting. For an analysis of derivatives, see Note 10 on the Financial Statements.

Loans and advances

Gross loans and advances to customers (excluding the financial sector) of US$1,008bn at 30 June 2014 increased by US$51bn compared with 31 December 2013 on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis they were US$38bn higher.

 

 

136


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances by industry sector1

 

    

At

31 December

2013

         

Currency

effect

          Movement          

At

30 June

2014

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Personal

     410,728            6,021            (997         415,752   

– first lien residential mortgages5

     299,875            5,025            535            305,435   

– other personal15

     110,853            996            (1,532         110,317   

Corporate and commercial

     543,265            7,217            38,949            589,431   

– manufacturing

     113,850            1,903            14,413            130,166   

– international trade and services

     184,668            2,325            5,255            192,248   

– commercial real estate

     74,846            786            (367         75,265   

– other property-related

     44,832            296            5,631            50,759   

– government

     7,277            45            (565         6,757   

– other commercial10

     117,792            1,862            14,582            134,236   

Financial

     50,523            717            2,268            53,508   

– non-bank financial institutions

     48,537            700            1,085            50,322   

– settlement accounts

     1,986            17            1,183            3,186   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     2,716            82            (278         2,520   

Total gross loans and advances to customers (A)26

     1,007,232            14,037            39,942            1,061,211   

Gross loans and advances to banks

     120,104            525            6,821            127,450   

Total gross loans and advances

     1,127,336            14,562            46,763            1,188,661   

Impaired loans and advances to customers

     36,428            400            (2,948         33,880   

– as a percentage of (A)

     3.6                        3.2   

Impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers

     15,143            236            (1,409         13,970   

– as a percentage of (A)

     1.5                        1.3   
     Half-year to
30 June 2013
                                  Half-year to
30 June 2014
 
     US$m                                   US$m  

Charge for impairment losses in the period

     3,189            (102         (1,062         2,025   

– new allowances net of allowance releases

     3,828            (98         (1,149         2,581   

– recoveries

     (639         (4         87            (556

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

The following commentary is on a constant currency basis.

At 39% of gross lending to customers at 30 June 2014, personal lending balances were broadly in line with 31 December 2013 at US$416bn. Movements in these balances are explained under ‘Total personal lending’ (see page 113). First lien residential mortgage lending continued to represent the Group’s largest concentration in a single exposure type, the most significant balances being in the UK (44%), Hong Kong (18%) and the US (13%).

Corporate and commercial lending was 56% of gross lending to customers at 30 June 2014, representing our largest lending category. International trade and services was the biggest portion of the corporate and commercial lending category, which increased by 3% compared with 31 December 2013, driven by growth in Europe, the Middle East and North Africa and North America.

Commercial real estate lending represented 7% of total gross lending to customers, which was broadly unchanged from December 2013. The main concentrations of commercial real estate lending were in Hong Kong and the UK.

Lending to non-bank financial institutions was US$50bn, an increase of US$1.1bn compared with 31 December 2013 primarily due to a US$2.3bn increase in Asia, partly offset by a US$1.5bn reduction in North America. Our exposure was spread across a range of institutions, with the most significant exposures in the UK, Hong Kong and the US.

Loans and advances to banks were widely distributed across many countries and increased by 6%. This was driven by higher placements with financial institutions in Europe, the Middle East and North Africa and Latin America.

 

 

137


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The following tables analyse loans by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary or, in the case of the operations of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle

East and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the lending branch. The commentary on these loans and advances can be found in the ‘Total personal lending’ and ‘Wholesale lending’ sections on pages 113 and 118, respectively.

 

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region1

 

     Gross loans and advances to customers  
     Europe
US$m
          Asia9
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
          Total
US$m
         

As a %

of total
gross

loans

 

At 30 June 2014

                                      

Personal

     194,898            129,680            6,553            69,573            15,048            415,752            39.2   

– first lien residential mortgages5

     144,225            95,489            2,543            58,677            4,501            305,435            28.8   

– other personal15

     50,673            34,191            4,010            10,896            10,547            110,317            10.4   

Corporate and commercial

     257,715            221,852            20,983            55,916            32,965            589,431            55.5   

– manufacturing

     65,374            35,210            2,445            12,941            14,196            130,166            12.3   

– international trade and services

     79,981            80,574            10,072            13,087            8,534            192,248            18.1   

– commercial real estate

     30,935            34,727            434            6,677            2,492            75,265            7.1   

– other property-related

     7,444            32,730            1,593            8,644            348            50,759            4.8   

– government

     2,404            1,082            1,696            568            1,007            6,757            0.6   

– other commercial10

     71,577            37,529            4,743            13,999            6,388            134,236            12.6   

Financial

     29,603            12,091            2,838            7,579            1,397            53,508            5.0   

– non-bank financial institutions

     26,990            11,686            2,837            7,579            1,230            50,322            4.7   

– settlement accounts

     2,613            405            1                       167            3,186            0.3   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     2,382                                  138                       2,520            0.3   

Total gross loans and advances to customers (A)26

     484,598            363,623            30,374            133,206            49,410            1,061,211            100.0   

Percentage of (A) by geographical region

     45.6            34.3            2.9            12.5            4.7            100.0         

Impaired loans

     11,955            1,781            2,203            13,702            4,239            33,880         

– as a percentage of (A)

     2.5            0.5            7.3            10.3            8.6            3.2         

Total impairment allowances

     4,928            1,236            1,464            3,586            2,756            13,970         

– as a percentage of (A)

     1.0            0.3            4.8            2.7            5.6            1.3         

At 30 June 2013

                                      

Personal

     173,270            120,822            6,377            78,959            15,081            394,509            41.4   

– first lien residential mortgages5

     127,434            90,080            2,296            66,277            3,561            289,648            30.4   

– other personal15

     45,836            30,742            4,081            12,682            11,520            104,861            11.0   

Corporate and commercial

     211,128            198,457            21,416            48,327            30,451            509,779            53.4   

– manufacturing

     46,202            30,244            3,409            9,609            12,128            101,592            10.6   

– international trade and services

     66,317            77,798            9,458            13,082            7,771            174,426            18.3   

– commercial real estate

     30,764            33,416            898            6,064            2,328            73,470            7.7   

– other property-related

     7,403            23,715            1,526            7,725            285            40,654            4.3   

– government

     1,834            3,220            1,664            348            1,431            8,497            0.9   

– other commercial10

     58,608            30,064            4,461            11,499            6,508            111,140            11.6   

Financial

     26,895            8,549            1,822            7,470            1,365            46,101            4.8   

– non-bank financial institutions

     25,361            7,789            1,821            7,470            1,274            43,715            4.6   

– settlement accounts

     1,534            760            1                       91            2,386            0.2   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     3,319                                  147                       3,466            0.4   

Total gross loans and advances to customers (B)26

     414,612            327,828            29,615            134,903            46,897            953,855            100.0   

Percentage of (B) by geographical region

     43.5            34.4            3.1            14.1            4.9            100.0         

Impaired loans

     12,217            1,541            2,314            18,688            3,360            38,120         

– as a percentage of (B)

     2.9            0.5            7.8            13.9            7.2            4.0         

Total impairment allowances

     5,341            1,145            1,681            5,042            2,352            15,561         

– as a percentage of (B)

     1.3            0.3            5.7            3.7            5.0            1.6         

 

138


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Gross loans and advances to customers  
     Europe
US$m
          Asia9
US$m
          MENA
US$m
          North
America
US$m
          Latin
America
US$m
         

Total

US$m

         

As a %

of total

gross loans

 

At 31 December 2013

                                      

Personal

     192,107            124,529            6,484            72,690            14,918            410,728            40.8   

– first lien residential mortgages5

     140,474            92,047            2,451            60,955            3,948            299,875            29.8   

– other personal15

     51,633            32,482            4,033            11,735            10,970            110,853            11.0   

Corporate and commercial

     239,116            203,894            19,760            50,307            30,188            543,265            53.9   

– manufacturing

     55,920            30,758            3,180            11,778            12,214            113,850            11.3   

– international trade and services

     76,700            79,368            8,629            11,676            8,295            184,668            18.3   

– commercial real estate

     31,326            34,560            639            5,900            2,421            74,846            7.4   

– other property-related

     7,308            27,147            1,333            8,716            328            44,832            4.5   

– government

     3,340            1,021            1,443            499            974            7,277            0.7   

– other commercial10

     64,522            31,040            4,536            11,738            5,956            117,792            11.7   

Financial

     27,872            9,688            2,532            9,055            1,376            50,523            5.0   

– non-bank financial institutions

     26,314            9,359            2,532            9,055            1,277            48,537            4.8   

– settlement accounts

     1,558            329                                  99            1,986            0.2   

Asset-backed securities reclassified

     2,578                                  138                       2,716            0.3   

Total gross loans and advances to
customers (C)26

     461,673            338,111            28,776            132,190            46,482            1,007,232            100.0   

Percentage of (C) by geographical region

     45.8            33.6            2.9            13.1            4.6            100.0         

Impaired loans

     13,187            1,623            2,265            15,109            4,244            36,428         

– as a percentage of (C)

     2.9            0.5            7.9            11.4            9.1            3.6         

Total impairment allowances

     5,563            1,214            1,565            4,237            2,564            15,143         

– as a percentage of (C)

     1.2            0.4            5.4            3.2            5.5            1.5         

For footnotes, see page 172.

Loans and advances to banks by geographical region1

 

     Europe
US$m
     Asia9
US$m
     MENA
US$m
    

North

America
US$m

    

Latin

America
US$m

     Total
US$m
    

Impair-

ment

allowances27
US$m

 

At 30 June 2014

     27,763         72,222         8,644         6,252         12,569         127,450         (63

At 30 June 2013

     26,741         72,483         9,054         8,614         10,968         127,860         (50

At 31 December 2013

     24,273         72,814         6,419         6,420         10,178         120,104         (58

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Reverse repos – non-trading by geographical region

Following the change in balance sheet presentation explained on page 41, non-trading reverse repos are presented separately on the face of the balance sheet and are no longer included in ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and ‘Loans and advances to banks’.

Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly. As a result, any analysis in the Credit Risk section that references loans and advances to customers or banks excludes non-trading reverse repos to customers or banks, respectively. For reference, the amount of non-trading reverse repos to customers and banks is set out below.

 

 

     Europe           Asia9           MENA          

North

America

         

Latin

America

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 30 June 2014

                                

With customers

     37,095            6,463                       37,152                       80,710   

With banks

     63,749            23,199            20            24,851            5,772            117,591   
     100,844            29,662            20            62,003            5,772            198,301   

 

139


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Reverse repos – non-trading by geographical region (continued)

 

     Europe
US$m
          Asia9
US$m
          MENA
US$m
         

North

America
US$m

         

Latin

America
US$m

          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2013

                                

With customers

     24,165            2,275                       4,633            15            31,088   

With banks

     41,540            9,775            400            3,204            2,393            57,312   
     65,705            12,050            400            7,837            2,408            88,400   

At 31 December 2013

                                

With customers

     48,091            6,448                       33,676                       88,215   

With banks

     49,631            12,973            24            23,744            5,103            91,475   
     97,722            19,421            24            57,420            5,103            179,690   

For footnote, see page 172.

Gross loans and advances to customers by country1

 

    

First lien

residential

mortgages
US$m

          Other
personal
US$m
          Property-
related
US$m
          Commercial,
international
trade and other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                          

Europe

     144,225            50,673            38,379            251,321            484,598   

UK

     135,701            22,121            28,124            204,624            390,570   

France

     3,131            14,177            8,322            23,292            48,922   

Germany

     6            205            146            8,080            8,437   

Malta

     2,030            505            391            1,613            4,539   

Switzerland

     352            8,189            248            461            9,250   

Turkey

     788            3,915            276            4,368            9,347   

Other

     2,217            1,561            872            8,883            13,533   

Asia9

     95,489            34,191            67,457            166,486            363,623   

Hong Kong

     54,988            21,777            49,209            84,002            209,976   

Australia

     10,214            915            2,805            7,135            21,069   

India

     1,169            303            593            4,993            7,058   

Indonesia

     70            469            75            5,632            6,246   

Mainland China

     5,516            151            6,228            24,349            36,244   

Malaysia

     5,463            1,892            1,988            5,181            14,524   

Singapore

     10,330            6,118            4,351            12,803            33,602   

Taiwan

     4,193            691            127            6,960            11,971   

Other

     3,546            1,875            2,081            15,431            22,933   

Middle East and North Africa
(excluding Saudi Arabia)

     2,543            4,010            2,027            21,794            30,374   

Egypt

     1            493            104            2,264            2,862   

Qatar

     12            367            318            1,333            2,030   

UAE

     2,168            1,815            1,314            13,379            18,676   

Other

     362            1,335            291            4,818            6,806   

North America

     58,677            10,896            15,321            48,312            133,206   

US

     39,939            5,842            10,609            34,279            90,669   

Canada

     17,174            4,769            4,210            13,064            39,217   

Bermuda

     1,564            285            502            969            3,320   

Latin America

     4,501            10,547            2,840            31,522            49,410   

Argentina

     16            1,158            84            1,837            3,095   

Brazil

     2,232            6,360            1,273            19,555            29,420   

Mexico

     2,155            2,987            1,428            9,128            15,698   

Other

     98            42            55            1,002            1,197   
     

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                                
     305,435            110,317            126,024            519,435            1,061,211   

 

140


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    

First lien

residential

mortgages
US$m

          Other
personal
US$m
          Property-
related
US$m
          Commercial,
international
trade and other
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2013

                          

Europe

     127,434            45,836            38,167            203,175            414,612   

UK

     120,740            20,395            28,615            160,347            330,097   

France

     2,563            11,533            7,775            23,581            45,452   

Germany

     6            193            126            5,488            5,813   

Malta

     1,848            531            454            1,560            4,393   

Switzerland

     350            8,506            94            288            9,238   

Turkey

     952            4,152            280            3,908            9,292   

Other

     975            526            823            8,003            10,327   

Asia9

     90,080            30,742            57,131            149,875            327,828   

Hong Kong

     53,475            18,813            41,340            74,594            188,222   

Australia

     9,183            1,284            2,064            6,350            18,881   

India

     1,060            360            455            4,578            6,453   

Indonesia

     81            526            104            5,592            6,303   

Mainland China

     4,210            285            5,226            22,658            32,379   

Malaysia

     5,079            2,027            1,900            5,917            14,923   

Singapore

     9,999            4,840            4,060            10,980            29,879   

Taiwan

     3,495            631            107            4,500            8,733   

Other

     3,498            1,976            1,875            14,706            22,055   

Middle East and North Africa
(excluding Saudi Arabia)

     2,296            4,081            2,424            20,814            29,615   

Egypt

     1            479            150            2,455            3,085   

Qatar

     10            379            263            1,000            1,652   

UAE

     1,879            1,826            1,391            12,457            17,553   

Other

     406            1,397            620            4,902            7,325   

North America

     66,277            12,682            13,789            42,155            134,903   

US

     47,186            6,805            9,532            27,370            90,893   

Canada

     17,455            5,540            3,679            13,607            40,281   

Bermuda

     1,636            337            578            1,178            3,729   

Latin America

     3,561            11,520            2,613            29,203            46,897   

Argentina

     25            1,487            66            2,340            3,918   

Brazil

     1,715            7,052            1,193            17,715            27,675   

Mexico

     1,821            2,981            1,336            8,440            14,578   

Other

                           18            708            726   
     

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                                
     289,648            104,861            114,124            445,222            953,855   

 

141


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Gross loans and advances to customers by country (continued)

 

    

First lien

residential

mortgages
US$m

          Other
personal
US$m
          Property-
related
US$m
          Commercial,
international
trade and
other US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 31 December 2013

                          

Europe

     140,474            51,633            38,634            230,932            461,673   

UK

     132,174            22,913            28,127            185,534            368,748   

France

     2,661            13,840            8,442            23,962            48,905   

Germany

     7            218            127            6,361            6,713   

Malta

     2,007            526            434            1,627            4,594   

Switzerland

     364            8,616            269            320            9,569   

Turkey

     833            4,002            305            4,059            9,199   

Other

     2,428            1,518            930            9,069            13,945   

Asia9

     92,047            32,482            61,707            151,875            338,111   

Hong Kong

     53,762            19,794            44,904            75,547            194,007   

Australia

     9,468            1,236            2,511            7,138            20,353   

India

     1,080            297            425            4,231            6,033   

Indonesia

     69            447            78            5,361            5,955   

Mainland China

     4,880            300            5,808            22,149            33,137   

Malaysia

     5,140            1,994            1,997            5,420            14,551   

Singapore

     10,283            5,754            3,953            12,188            32,178   

Taiwan

     3,797            660            158            5,198            9,813   

Other

     3,568            2,000            1,873            14,643            22,084   

Middle East and North Africa
(excluding Saudi Arabia)

     2,451            4,033            1,972            20,320            28,776   

Egypt

     1            477            146            2,232            2,856   

Qatar

     13            377            261            1,245            1,896   

UAE

     2,082            1,842            1,331            12,344            17,599   

Other

     355            1,337            234            4,499            6,425   

North America

     60,955            11,735            14,616            44,884            132,190   

US

     42,317            6,257            10,174            30,952            89,700   

Canada

     17,036            5,116            3,912            13,079            39,143   

Bermuda

     1,602            362            530            853            3,347   

Latin America

     3,948            10,970            2,749            28,815            46,482   

Argentina

     20            1,425            62            2,103            3,610   

Brazil

     1,811            6,466            1,268            17,132            26,677   

Mexico

     2,117            3,079            1,398            8,994            15,588   

Other

                           21            586            607   
     

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

  
                                                                
     299,875            110,853            119,678            476,826            1,007,232   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

142


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

The disclosure of credit risk elements in this section reflects US accounting practice and classifications. The purpose of the disclosure is to present within the US disclosure framework those elements of the loan portfolios with a greater risk of loss. The three main classifications of credit risk elements presented are:

 

 

impaired loans;

 

 

unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal; and

 

 

troubled debt restructurings not included in the above.

Impaired loans

In the following tables, we present information on our impaired loans and advances in accordance with the classification approach described on page 129.

A loan is impaired, and an impairment allowance is recognised, when there is objective evidence of a loss event that has an effect on the cash flows of the loan which can be reliably estimated. In accordance with IFRSs, we recognise interest income on assets after they have been written down as a result of an impairment loss.

The balance of impaired loans at 30 June 2014 was US$2.6bn lower than at 31 December 2013. This reduction was due to a combination of the continued run-off of the CML portfolio, and reductions in corporate impaired loans due to lower individually assessed impaired balances in Europe.

Unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more

Examples of unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more include individually assessed mortgages that are in arrears more than 90 days where there are no other indicators of impairment, but where the value of collateral is sufficient to repay both the principal debt and all potential interest for at least one year; and short-term trade facilities past due more than 90 days for technical reasons such as delays in documentation, but where there is no concern over the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

The amount of unimpaired loans past due 90 days or more at 30 June 2014 was US$162m, US$35m higher than at 31 December 2013. The increase was primarily in the Middle East and North Africa.

Troubled debt restructurings

Under US GAAP, a troubled debt restructuring (‘TDR’) is a loan the terms of which have been modified for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties to grant a concession to the borrower that the lender would not otherwise consider. A modification which results in a delay in payment that is considered insignificant is not regarded as a concession for the purposes of this disclosure. The SEC requires separate disclosure of any loans which meet the definition of a TDR that are not included in the previous two loan categories. These are classified as TDR’s in the table on page [16a-c]. Loans that have been identified as a TDR under the US guidance retain this designation until they are repaid or are derecognised. This treatment differs from the Group’s impaired loans disclosure convention under IFRS under which a loan may return to unimpaired status after demonstrating a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows. As a result reported TDRs include those loans that have returned to unimpaired status under the Group’s disclosure convention for renegotiated loans.

The balance of TDRs not included as impaired loans at 30 June 2014 decreased to US$6.6bn principally due to the continued CML portfolio run-off within North America.

Potential problem loans

Potential problem loans are loans where information on possible credit problems among borrowers causes management to seriously doubt their ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. There are no potential problem loans other than those identified in the table of risk elements on page [16a-c]. The following concentrations of credit risk have a higher risk of containing potential problem loans.

‘Mortgage lending’ on page 113 includes disclosure about certain homogeneous groups of loans which are collectively assessed for impairment, which may represent exposures to potential problem loans, including interest-only mortgages and affordability mortgages, including ARMs. Collectively assessed loans and advances, as set out on page 131, although not classified as impaired until more than 90 days past due, are assessed collectively for losses that have been incurred but have not yet been individually identified. This policy is further described on pages 272 and 435 of the Form 20-F for 2013 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and available on our website www.hsbc.com under Investor Relations.

 

 

142a


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

‘Renegotiated loans and forbearance’ on page 126 includes disclosure about the credit quality of loans whose contractual payment terms have been changed at some point in the life of the loan because of significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to make contractual payments when due. Renegotiated loans are classified as impaired when:

 

 

there has been a change in contractual cash flows as a result of a concession which the lender would otherwise not consider, and

 

 

it is probable that without the concession, the borrower would be unable to meet contractual payment obligations in full.

This presentation applies unless the concession is insignificant and there are no other indicators of impairment. The renegotiated loan will continue to be disclosed as impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, and there are no other indicators of impairment.

Renegotiated loans that are not classified as impaired may have a higher risk of becoming delinquent in the future, and may therefore be potential problem loans. Further information regarding the credit quality classification of renegotiated loans can be found on page 269 of the Form 20-F for 2013 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and available on our website www.hsbc.com under Investor Relations.

 

 

142b


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region

 

    

At

30 June
2014

US$m

         

At

30 June

2013

US$m

         

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Impaired loans

     33,936            38,205            36,503   

Europe

     11,992            12,266            13,228   

Asia

     1,781            1,541            1,623   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,222            2,336            2,285   

North America

     13,702            18,702            15,123   

Latin America

     4,239            3,360            4,244   

Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest

     162            91            127   

Europe

     8            12            25   

Asia

     10            30            33   

Middle East and North Africa

     105            40            56   

North America

     39            9            13   

Latin America

                             

Troubled debt restructurings (not included in the classifications above)

     6,626            7,197            7,235   

Europe

     1,253            1,105            1,427   

Asia

     302            260            277   

Middle East and North Africa

     381            606            406   

North America

     4,285            4,368            4,643   

Latin America

     405            858            482   

Trading loans classified as in default

              

North America

     17            126            133   

Risk elements on loans1

     40,741            45,619            43,998   

Europe

     13,253            13,383            14,680   

Asia

     2,093            1,831            1,933   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,708            2,982            2,747   

North America

     18,043            23,205            19,912   

Latin America

     4,644            4,218            4,726   

Assets held for resale2

     317            446            453   

Europe

     43            57            46   

Asia

     20            12            10   

Middle East and North Africa

                             

North America

     228            346            370   

Latin America

     26            31            27   

Total risk elements

     41,058            46,065            44,451   

Europe

     13,296            13,440            14,726   

Asia

     2,113            1,843            1,943   

Middle East and North Africa

     2,708            2,982            2,747   

North America

     18,271            23,551            20,282   

Latin America

     4,670            4,249            4,753   
     %           %           %  

Loan impairment allowances as a percentage of risk elements on loans3

     34.5            34.3            34.7   

 

1 In addition to the numbers presented there were US$0.4bn (31 December 2013: US$0.2bn) of impaired loans; nil unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest (31 December 2013: US$0.1bn) and nil troubled debt restructurings (not included in the classifications above) (31 December 2013: nil), all relating to assets held for sale at 30 June 2014.
2 Assets held for resale represent assets obtained by taking possession of collateral held as security for financial assets.
3 Ratio excludes trading loans classified as in default.

 

142c


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Securitisation exposures and other structured products

This section contains information about our exposure to asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s), including mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s) and related collateralised debt obligations (‘CDO’s) and direct

lending at fair value through profit or loss summarised in the table below:

 

LOGO     A summary of the nature of HSBC’s exposures is provided on page 274 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.
 

 

Overall exposure of HSBC

 

     Carrying amount28 at  
     30 June
2014
          30 June
2013
          31 December
2013
 
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

Asset-backed securities

     46.6            54.6            50.1   

– fair value through profit or loss

     3.1            3.1            3.1   

– available for sale29

     39.6            46.4            42.7   

– held to maturity29

     1.0            1.3            1.1   

– loans and receivables

     2.9            3.8            3.2   

Direct lending at fair value through profit or loss

                0.2            0.1   

Total ABSs and direct lending at fair value through profit or loss

     46.6            54.8            50.2   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Within the above table are assets held in the GB&M legacy credit portfolio with a carrying value of US$26.9bn (30 June 2013: US$29.2bn; 31 December 2013: US$28.0bn).

ABSs classified as available for sale

Our principal holdings of available-for-sale ABSs

are held in GB&M structured entities (‘SE’s) established from the outset with the benefit of external investor first loss protection support, and positions held directly and by Solitaire Funding Ltd (‘Solitaire’), where we provide first loss risk protection of US$1.2bn through a liquidity facility.

 

 

Movement in the available-for-sale reserve

 

     Half-year to 30 June 2014           Half-year to 30 June 2013           Half-year to 31 December 2013  
    

 

 

Directly

held/

Solitaire30

  

  

  

        SEs            Total           

 

 

Directly

held/

Solitaire30

  

  

  

        SEs            Total           

 

 

Directly

held/

Solitaire30

  

  

  

        SEs            Total   
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Available-for-sale reserve at beginning of period

     (1,514         (129         (1,643         (1,473         (720         (2,193         (1,586         (362         (1,948

Increase/(decrease) in fair value of securities

     593            96            689            (215         374            159            (227         225            (2

Effect of impairments31

     13                       13            124            8            132            (23         53            30   

Repayment of capital

     34            116            150            (35         55            20            73            30            103   

Other movements

     (106         (54         (160         13            (79         (66         249            (75         174   

Available-for-sale reserve at end of period

     (980         29            (951         (1,586         (362         (1,948         (1,514         (129         (1,643

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

The table below summarises the carrying amount of our ABS exposure by categories of collateral and details where the risk of our ABS

exposure is mitigated through credit derivatives with monoline insurance companies and other financial institutions.

 

 

143


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss

 

    

 

Trading

US$m

  

  

       

 

 

Available

for sale

US$m

  

  

  

       

 

 

Held to

maturity

US$m

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

 

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

Loans and

receivables

US$m

  

  

  

       

 

Total

US$m

  

  

       

 

 

 

 

Of which

held through

consolidated

SEs

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

Gross

principal

exposure32

US$m

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

 

Credit

default

swap

protection33

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

Net

principal

exposure34

US$m

  

  

  

  

At 30 June 2014

                                                        

Mortgage-related assets:

                                                        

Sub-prime residential

     150            3,231                                  394            3,775            3,041            4,495            107            4,388   

– direct lending

     23                                                        23                       62                       62   

– MBSs and MBS CDOs

     127            3,231                                  394            3,752            3,041            4,433            107            4,326   

US Alt-A residential

     96            3,214            18                       128            3,456            2,738            4,881            97            4,784   

– direct lending

     1                                                        1                                               

– MBSs

     95            3,214            18                       128            3,455            2,738            4,881            97            4,784   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises:

                                                        

MBSs

     136            16,739            1,004                                  17,879                       16,411                       16,411   

Other residential

     266            1,737                                  362            2,365            1,336            2,458            49            2,409   

– direct lending

                                                                                                          

– MBSs

     266            1,737                                  362            2,365            1,336            2,458            49            2,409   

Commercial property

                                                        

MBSs and MBS CDOs

     469            4,942                                  593            6,004            4,472            6,417                       6,417   
     1,117            29,863            1,022                       1,477            33,479            11,587            34,662            253            34,409   

Leveraged finance-related assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     298            4,836                                  242            5,376            4,209            5,601            357            5,244   

Student loan-related assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     227            3,654                                  123            4,004            3,546            4,629            200            4,429   

Other assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     1,375            1,245                       22            1,051            3,693            995            4,030            812            3,218   
     3,017            39,598            1,022            22            2,893            46,552            20,337            48,922            1,622            47,300   

 

144


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    
 
Trading
US$m
  
  
       
 
 
Available
for sale
US$m
  
  
  
       
 
 
Held to
maturity
US$m
  
  
  
       

 

 

 

 

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

Loans and

receivables

US$m

  

  

  

       
 
Total
US$m
  
  
       

 

 

 

 

Of which

held through

consolidated

SEs

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

Gross

principal

exposure32

US$m

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

 

Credit

default

swap

protection33

US$m

  

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

Net

principal

exposure34

US$m

  

  

  

  

At 30 June 2013

                                                        

Mortgage-related assets:

                                                        

Sub-prime residential

     195            2,607                                  419            3,221            2,380            4,318            121            4,197   

– direct lending

     54                                                        54                       127                       127   

– MBSs and MBS CDOs

     141            2,607                                  419            3,167            2,380            4,191            121            4,070   

US Alt-A residential

     104            3,641            30                       127            3,902            2,996            6,208            100            6,108   

– direct lending

     11                                                        11                       17                       17   

– MBSs

     93            3,641            30                       127            3,891            2,996            6,191            100            6,091   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises:

                                                        

MBSs

     196            21,814            1,257                                  23,267                       22,663                       22,663   

Other residential

     579            1,877                                  449            2,905            1,324            3,727            62            3,665   

– direct lending

     166                                                        166                       166                       166   

– MBSs

     413            1,877                                  449            2,739            1,324            3,561            62            3,499   

Commercial property

                                                        

MBSs and MBS CDOs

     197            6,082                       105            1,155            7,539            5,270            8,260                       8,260   
     1,271            36,021            1,287            105            2,150            40,834            11,970            45,176            283            44,893   

Leveraged finance-related assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     279            4,980                                  239            5,498            4,164            5,845            374            5,471   

Student loan-related assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     205            4,003                                  120            4,328            3,662            5,286            199            5,087   

Other assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     1,398            1,395                       63            1,279            4,135            1,016            5,352            1,143            4,209   
     3,153            46,399            1,287            168            3,788            54,795            20,812            61,659            1,999            59,660   

 

145


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Carrying amount of HSBC’s consolidated holdings of ABSs, and direct lending held at fair value through profit or loss (continued)

 

     Trading           
 
Available
for sale
  
  
       
 
Held to
maturity
  
  
       
 
 
 
Designated
at fair value
through
profit or loss
  
  
  
  
       
 
Loans and
receivables
  
  
        Total           
 
 

 

Of which
held through
consolidated

SEs

  
  
  

  

       

 

 

Gross

principal

exposure32

  

  

  

       

 

 

 

Credit

default

swap

protection33

  

  

  

  

       

 

 

Net

principal

exposure34

  

  

  

     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                                        

Mortgage-related assets:

                                                        

Sub-prime residential

     178            2,977                                  403            3,558            2,782            4,504            112            4,392   

– direct lending

     46                                                        46                       106                       106   

– MBSs and MBS CDOs

     132            2,977                                  403            3,512            2,782            4,398            112            4,286   

US Alt-A residential

     101            3,538            18                       134            3,791            2,926            5,692            100            5,592   

– direct lending

     10                                                        10                       14                       14   

– MBSs

     91            3,538            18                       134            3,781            2,926            5,678            100            5,578   

US Government agency and sponsored enterprises:

                                                        

MBSs

     178            18,661            1,110                                  19,949                       19,812                       19,812   

Other residential

     618            1,925                                  399            2,942            1,513            3,981            53            3,928   

– direct lending

                                                                                                          

– MBSs

     618            1,925                                  399            2,942            1,513            3,981            53            3,928   

Commercial property

                                                        

MBSs and MBS CDOs

     133            5,667                       104            669            6,573            5,146            7,188                       7,188   
     1,208            32,768            1,128            104            1,605            36,813            12,367            41,177            265            40,912   

Leveraged finance-related assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     294            5,011                                  251            5,556            4,310            5,841            365            5,476   

Student loan-related assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     196            3,705                                  121            4,022            3,495            4,897            199            4,698   

Other assets:

                                                        

ABSs and ABS CDOs

     1,271            1,265                       34            1,186            3,756            989            4,805            1,010            3,795   
     2,969            42,749            1,128            138            3,163            50,147            21,161            56,720            1,839            54,881   

For footnotes, see page 172.

The above table excludes leveraged finance transactions.

 

146


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Representations and warranties related to mortgage sales and securitisation activities

We have been involved in various activities related to the sale and securitisation of residential mortgages, that are not recognised on our balance sheet. These activities include:

 

 

the purchase of US$24bn of third-party originated mortgages by HSBC Bank USA and the securitisation of these by HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (‘HSI’) between 2005 and 2007;

 

 

HSI acting as underwriter for third-party issuance of private label MBSs with an original issuance value of US$37bn, most of which were sub-prime; and

 

 

the origination and sale by HSBC Bank USA of mortgage loans, primarily to government sponsored entities.

In selling and securitising mortgage loans, various representations and warranties may be made to purchasers of the mortgage loans and MBSs. When purchasing and securitising mortgages originated by third-parties and underwriting third-party MBSs, the obligation to repurchase loans in the event of a breach of loan level representations and warranties resides predominantly with the organisation that originated the loan.

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans, such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries. Further details are provided in Note 25 on the Financial Statements.

At 30 June 2014, a liability of US$34m (30 June 2013: US$217m; 31 December 2013: US$99m) was recognised in respect of various representations and warranties relating to the origination and sale by HSBC Bank USA of mortgage loans, primarily to government sponsored entities. These relate to, among other things, the ownership of the loans, the validity of the liens, the loan selection and origination process, and compliance with the origination criteria established by the agencies. In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, HSBC Bank USA may be obliged to repurchase the loans with identified defects or to indemnify the buyers. The estimated liability was based on the level of outstanding repurchase demands, the level of outstanding requests for loan files and the expected future repurchase demands in respect of mortgages sold to date which were either two or more payments delinquent or might become delinquent at an estimated conversion rate. Repurchase demands of US$3m were outstanding at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: US$53m; 31 December 2013: US$44m).

 

 

147


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Liquidity and funding

 

 

Liquidity and funding in the first half of 2014

     148         

Customer deposit markets

     148         

Wholesale funding markets

     149         

Liquidity regulation

     149         
          

Management of liquidity and funding risk

     149         

Advances to core funding ratio

     149      

Advances to core funding ratios

     149   

Stressed coverage ratios

     149      

Stressed one-month and three-month coverage ratios

     150   

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal operating entities

     150      

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal entities

     150   

Net contractual cash flows

     151      

Net cash flows for interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits and reverse repo,  repo and short positions

     151   
          

Contingent liquidity risk arising from committed lending facilities

     152      

The Group’s contractual undrawn exposures monitored under the contingent liquidity risk limit structure

     152   
          

Sources of funding

     152      

Consolidated funding sources and uses

     153   

Repos and stock lending

     153         

Cross-border, intra-Group and cross-currency liquidity and funding risk

     154         
          

Wholesale term debt maturity profile

     154      

Wholesale funding principal cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities

     155   

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. The risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

There were no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of liquidity and funding risks in the first half of 2014.

Following the change in balance sheet presentation explained on page 41, the advances to deposits ratio now excludes non-trading reverse repos and repos with customers. The change had no effect on the 31 December 2013 ratio as disclosed.

 

LOGO

  A summary of our current policies and practices regarding liquidity and funding is provided on page 276 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

 

Our liquidity and funding risk management framework

The objective of our liquidity framework is to allow us to withstand very severe liquidity stresses. It is designed to be adaptable to changing business models, markets and regulations.

Our liquidity and funding risk management framework requires:

 

 

liquidity to be managed by operating entities on a stand-alone basis with no implicit reliance on the Group or central banks;

 

 

all operating entities to comply with their limits for the advances to core funding ratio; and

 

 

all operating entities to maintain a positive stressed cash flow position out to three months under prescribed Group stress scenarios.

Further details of the metrics are provided on page 276 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

 

Liquidity and funding in the first half of 2014

The liquidity position of the Group remained strong in the first half of 2014, as demonstrated by the key liquidity and funding metrics presented below. During the first half of 2014, customer accounts increased by 4% (US$54bn) while loans and advances to customers increased by 6% (US$55bn), leading to a small increase in our advances to deposits ratio to 74% (30 June 2013: 74%; 31 December 2013: 73%).

Customer deposit markets

Retail Banking and Wealth Management: RBWM customer balances increased by 3% in the first half of 2014, primarily reflecting strong growth in the two home markets of the UK and Hong Kong, and in the rest of Asia. This growth was partially offset by reductions in deposit balances in North America.

Commercial Banking: Customer accounts rose by 3% in the first half of 2014, notably in Asia and Europe reflecting higher balances in our Payments and Cash Management business.

Global Banking and Markets: Customer accounts increased by 10% in the first half of 2014, notably in Asia and Europe. In Europe the increase was mainly due to a rise in corporate overdraft balances in accounts which are structured to allow customer corporate treasury functions to benefit from net interest arrangements but where net settlement is not intended to occur. In Asia, customers account balances increased, reflecting growth in our Payments and Cash Management business.

 

 

148


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Global Private Banking: GPB customer account balances decreased by 7%, in the first half of 2014, primarily due to reclassification of customer account balances of around US$4bn relating to non-strategic business to ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ and around US$2bn of net outflows from the continued repositioning of our business.

Wholesale funding markets

Wholesale debt market conditions remained positive in the first half of 2014, with strong investor demand and a relatively stable economic outlook contributing to continued credit spread tightening. We retained good access to debt capital markets with Group entities issuing US$10.6bn of public transactions of which US$7.1bn was in the form of senior unsecured debt.

Liquidity regulation

The European adoption of the Basel Committee framework (legislative texts known as the Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive – CRR/CRD IV) was published in June 2013, and required the reporting of the liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) and the net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’) to European regulators from January 2014, which was subsequently delayed until 30 June 2014. A significant level of interpretation is currently required to report and calculate the LCR as defined in the CRR text due to areas still to be addressed by the LCR delegated act, now expected to be finalised in early 2015. In addition, the Basel Committee is still working on the calibration of the NSFR.

Management of liquidity and funding risk

Our liquidity and funding risk management framework (‘LFRF’) employs two key measures to define, monitor and control the liquidity and funding risk of each of our operating entities. The advances to core funding ratio is used to monitor the structural long-term funding position, and the stressed coverage ratio, incorporating Group-defined stress scenarios, is used to monitor the resilience to severe liquidity stresses.

The three principal entities listed in the tables below represented 67% (30 June 2013: 63%; 31 December 2013: 66%) of the Group’s customer accounts. Including the other principal entities, the figure was 96% (30 June 2013: 95%; 31 December 2013: 94%).

Advances to core funding ratio

The table below shows the extent to which loans and advances to customers in the listed principal banking entities were financed by reliable and stable sources of funding.

Advances to core funding ratios35

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2014

    

30 Jun

2013

    

31 Dec

2013

 
     %      %      %  

HSBC UK36

        

Period-end

     99         104         100   

Maximum

     102         107         104   

Minimum

     99         103         100   

Average

     101         105         102   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation37

        

Period-end

     74         77         72   

Maximum

     75         77         77   

Minimum

     72         73         70   

Average

     74         74         74   

HSBC USA38

        

Period-end

     97         84         85   

Maximum

     98         84         85   

Minimum

     85         78         83   

Average

     93         80         84   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities39

        

Period-end

     93         92         93   

Maximum

     94         92         93   

Minimum

     93         89         90   

Average

     93         91         91   

For footnotes, see page 172.

The advances to core funding ratio for HSBC USA increased due to strong growth in customer advances. There were no material movements in the first half of 2014 for other principal banking entities and all entities remained within their advances to core funding limits. The limits set for principal operating entities at 30 June 2014 ranged from 80% to 115%.

Stressed coverage ratios

The stressed coverage ratios tabulated below express stressed cash inflows as a percentage of stressed cash outflows over both one-month and three-month time horizons. Operating entities are required to maintain a ratio of 100% or more out to three months.

Inflows included in the numerator of the stressed coverage ratio are generated from liquid assets net of assumed haircuts, and cash inflows related to assets contractually maturing within the time period.

In general, customer advances are assumed to be renewed and as a result do not generate a cash inflow.

 

 

149


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Stressed one-month and three-month coverage ratios35

 

    

Stressed one-month

coverage ratios for the half-year to

         

Stressed three-month

coverage ratios for the half-year to

 
     30 Jun      30 Jun      31 Dec           30 Jun      30 Jun      31 Dec  
     2014      2013      2013           2014      2013      2013  
     %      %      %           %      %      %  

HSBC UK36

                    

Period-end

     103         105         106            103         104         109   

Maximum

     106         114         106            109         104         109   

Minimum

     102         103         100            103         101         101   

Average

     104         108         103            104         102         104   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation37

                    

Period-end

     114         113         119            111         109         114   

Maximum

     119         131         119            114         126         115   

Minimum

     114         113         113            111         109         109   

Average

     115         120         117            112         114         112   

HSBC USA38

                    

Period-end

     115         111         114            108         110         110   

Maximum

     115         126         118            110         119         115   

Minimum

     108         111         110            104         109         109   

Average

     112         117         113            107         113         111   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities39

                    

Period-end

     115         114         121            108         109         114   

Maximum

     121         129         121            115         119         114   

Minimum

     114         114         113            108         109         109   

Average

     117         122         117            111         114         111   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal operating entities

The table below shows the estimated liquidity value (before assumed haircuts) of assets categorised as liquid used for the purposes of calculating the three-month stressed coverage ratios, as defined under the LFRF. Any unencumbered asset held as a consequence of a reverse repo transaction with a residual contractual maturity within the stressed coverage ratio time period and unsecured interbank loans maturing within three months are not included in liquid assets, as these assets are reflected as contractual cash inflows.

 

Liquid assets are held and managed on a standalone operating entity basis. Most of the liquid assets shown are held directly by each operating entity’s Balance Sheet Management function, primarily for the purpose of managing liquidity risk, in line with the LFRF.

Liquid assets also include any unencumbered liquid assets held outside Balance Sheet Management for any other purpose. The LFRF gives ultimate control of all unencumbered assets and sources of liquidity to Balance Sheet Management.

All assets held within the liquid asset portfolio are unencumbered.

 

 

Liquid assets of HSBC’s principal entities

 

     Estimated liquidity value40  
     30 Jun 2014           30 Jun 2013           31 Dec 2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

HSBC UK36

              

Level 1

     152,058            142,005            168,877   

Level 2

     3,706            933            1,076   

Level 3

     67,065            44,866            63,509   
     222,829            187,804            233,462   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation37

              

Level 1

     107,127            91,742            108,713   

Level 2

     5,291            5,131            5,191   

Level 3

     7,624            3,861            7,106   
     120,042            100,734            121,010   

 

150


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Estimated liquidity value40  
     30 Jun 2014           30 Jun 2013           31 Dec 2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

HSBC USA38

              

Level 1

     45,955            49,715            43,446   

Level 2

     12,874            12,233            12,709   

Level 3

     4,593            5,359            5,044   

Other

     7,375            5,842            8,000   
     70,797            73,149            69,199   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities39

              

Level 1

     142,147            140,529            144,774   

Level 2

     11,965            12,984            12,419   

Level 3

     15,812            12,693            13,663   
     169,924            166,206            170,856   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Net contractual cash flows

Unencumbered liquid assets are a key component of the Group’s stressed coverage ratios. In addition to liquid assets, stressed coverage ratios reflect any contractual cash flows that are recognised in line with the assumptions used for the Group’s operational cash flow projections. These cash flows predominately relate to the contractual cash flows resulting from maturing reverse repo (net of any short covering), repo, stock lending, stock borrowing (net of any short covering), interbank unsecured lending/borrowing and intra-Group unsecured lending/borrowing.

The following table quantifies the contractual cash flows from interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits, and reverse repo, repo (including intra- Group transactions) and short positions for the principal entities shown.

Outflows included in the denominator of the stressed coverage ratios include the principal outflows associated with the contractual maturity of wholesale debt securities reported in the table headed ‘Wholesale funding principal cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities’ on page 155.

 

 

Net cash inflows/(outflows) for interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits and reverse repo, repo and short positions

 

    

Cash flows

at 30 June 2014

         

Cash flows

at 30 June 2013

         

Cash flows

at 31 December 2013

 
    

within

one month

    

from one to

three months

         

within

one month

    

from one to

three months

         

within

one month

    

from one to

three months

 
     US$m      US$m           US$m      US$m           US$m      US$m  

Interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits

                       

HSBC UK36

     (25,546      (1,498         (17,173      (3,696         (19,033      (5,272

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation37

     (3,713      9,619            (4,368      8,638            2,314         7,487   

HSBC USA38

     (22,990      1,470            (23,320      2,629            (24,268      729   

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities39

     1,433         4,653            4,500         10,894            4,295         10,149   

Reverse repo, repo, stock borrowing, stock lending and outright short positions (including intra-Group)

                       

HSBC UK36

     (25,603      2,445            (11,569      (8,080         (39,064      149   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation37

     12,825         3,870            7,746         2,354            12,662         4,297   

HSBC USA38

     (4,026      173            (10,818      (219         (11,001        

Total of HSBC’s other principal entities39

     (43,095      4,973            (42,359      8,114            (40,223      9,551   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Net cash flow arising from interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits

Under the LFRF, a net cash inflow within three months arising from interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits will give rise to a lower liquid asset

requirement. Conversely, a net cash outflow within three months arising from interbank and intra-Group loans and deposits will give rise to a higher liquid assets requirement.

 

 

151


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Net cash flow arising from reverse repo, repo, stock borrowing, stock lending and outright short positions (including intra-Group)

A net cash inflow represents additional liquid resources, in addition to liquid assets, because any unencumbered asset held as a consequence of a reverse repo transaction with a residual contractual maturity within the stressed coverage ratio time period is not reflected as a liquid asset.

The effect of a net cash outflow depends on whether the underlying collateral encumbered as a result will qualify as a liquid asset when released at the maturity of the repo. The majority of the Group’s repo transactions are collateralised by liquid assets and, as such, any net cash outflow shown is offset by the return of liquid assets, which are excluded from the liquid asset table above.

Contingent liquidity risk arising from committed lending facilities

The Group’s operating entities provide commitments to various counterparties. In terms of liquidity risk, the most significant risk relates to committed lending facilities which, whilst undrawn, give rise to contingent liquidity risk, as these could be drawn during a period of liquidity stress. Commitments are given to customers and committed lending facilities

are provided to consolidated multi-seller conduits, established to enable clients to access a flexible market-based source of finance, consolidated securities investment conduits (‘SIC’s) and third-party sponsored conduits.

The consolidated SICs primarily represent Solitaire and Mazarin Funding Limited (‘Mazarin’). These conduits issue asset-backed commercial paper secured against the portfolio of securities held by them. At 30 June 2014, HSBC UK had undrawn committed lending facilities to these conduits of US$13bn (30 June 2013: US$16bn; 31 December 2013: US$15bn), of which Solitaire represented US$10bn (30 June 2013: US$12bn; 31 December 2013: US$11bn) and the remaining US$3bn (30 June 2013: US$4bn; 31 December 2013: US$4bn) pertained to Mazarin. At 30 June 2014, the commercial paper issued by Solitaire and Mazarin was entirely held by HSBC UK. Since HSBC controls the size of the portfolio of securities held by these conduits, no contingent liquidity risk exposure arises as a result of these undrawn committed lending facilities.

The table below shows the level of undrawn commitments to customers outstanding for the five largest single facilities and the largest market sector, and the extent to which they are undrawn.

 

 

The Group’s contractual undrawn exposures monitored under the contingent liquidity risk limit structure

 

    HSBC UK36         HSBC USA37         HSBC Canada        

The Hongkong and

Shanghai Banking

Corporation38

 
   

At

30 Jun

2014

   

At

30 Jun

2013

   

At

31 Dec

2013

       

At

30 Jun

2014

   

At

30 Jun

2013

   

At

31 Dec

2013

       

At

30 Jun

2014

   

At

30 Jun

2013

   

At

31 Dec

2013

       

At

30 Jun

2014

   

At

30 Jun

2013

    

At

31 Dec
2013

 
    US$bn     US$bn     US$bn         US$bn     US$bn     US$bn         US$bn     US$bn     US$bn         US$bn     US$bn      US$bn  

Conduits

                              

Client-originated assets

                              

– total lines

    10.4        7.9        10.1          2.4        3.1        2.5          0.2        0.9        1.0                           

– largest individual lines

    0.7        0.7        0.7          0.5        0.5        0.5          0.2        0.7        0.7                           

HSBC-managed assets
– total lines

    12.8        16.1        14.8                                                                         

Other conduits
– total lines

                           0.1        0.8        0.7                                                  

Single-issuer liquidity facilities

                              

– five largest41

    4.6        6.6        4.4          6.4        6.2        6.3          1.6        1.4        1.5          2.9        2.8         2.4   

– largest market sector42

    12.4        11.7        9.5          8.6        7.2        8.2          3.4        3.7        3.4          2.9        2.2         2.7   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Sources of funding

Our primary sources of funding are customer current accounts and customer savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice. We issue wholesale securities (secured and unsecured) to supplement our customer

deposits and change the currency mix, maturity profile or location of our liabilities.

Following the change in balance sheet presentation explained on page 41, non-trading reverse repos and repos are presented as separate lines in the balance sheet.

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Consolidated funding sources and uses1

 

     At          At          At  
     30 Jun          30 Jun          31 Dec  
     2014          2013          2013  
     US$m          US$m          US$m  

Sources

            

Customer accounts

     1,415,705           1,266,905           1,361,297   

Deposits by banks

     92,764           92,709           86,507   

Repurchase agreements
– non-trading

     165,506           66,591           164,220   

Debt securities issued

     96,397           109,389           104,080   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     12,361           19,519           2,804   

Subordinated liabilities

     28,052           28,821           28,976   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     82,968           84,254           89,084   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     75,223           69,771           74,181   

Trading liabilities

     228,135           342,432           207,025   

– repos

     5,189           134,506           17,421   

– stock lending

     15,252           10,097           12,218   

– settlement accounts

     41,240           41,092           17,428   

– other trading liabilities

     166,454           156,737           159,958   

Total equity

     198,722           182,361           190,459   
                              
     2,395,833           2,262,752           2,308,633   
     At          At          At  
     30 Jun          30 Jun          31 Dec  
     2014          2013          2013  
     US$m          US$m          US$m  

Uses

            

Loans and advances to customers

     1,047,241           938,294           992,089   

Loans and advances to banks

     127,387           127,810           120,046   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading

     198,301           88,400           179,690   

Assets held for sale

     10,248           20,377           4,050   

Trading assets

     347,106           432,601           303,192   

– reverse repos

     4,484           104,273           10,120   

– stock borrowing

     13,903           17,372           10,318   

– settlement accounts

     48,139           53,749           19,435   

– other trading assets

     280,580           257,207           263,319   

Financial investments

     423,710           404,214           425,925   

Cash and balances with central banks

     132,137           148,285           166,599   

Net deployment in other balance sheet assets and liabilities

     109,703           102,771           117,042   
     2,395,833           2,262,752           2,308,633   
 

 

For footnote, see page 172.

 

Previously, non-trading reverse repos were included within ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and non-trading repos were included within ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’. Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly.

The level of customer accounts continued to exceed the level of loans and advances to customers. The positive funding gap was predominantly deployed into liquid assets, cash and balances with central banks and financial investments, as required by the LFRF.

Loans and other receivables due from banks continued to exceed deposits taken from banks. The Group remained a net unsecured lender to the banking sector.

Repos and stock lending

GB&M provides collateralised security financing services to its clients, providing them with cash financing or specific securities. When cash is lent against collateral in the form of securities, the cash provided is recognised on the balance sheet as a reverse repo. When cash is borrowed against collateral in the form of securities, the cash received is recognised on the balance sheet as a repo. In cases where specific securities are lent/borrowed against cash collateral the

cash collateral received/provided is recognised on balance sheet as stock lending/ borrowing.

Each operating entity manages its collateral through a central collateral pool, in line with the LFRF. When specific securities need to be delivered and the entity does not have them available within the central collateral pool, they are borrowed on a collateralised basis.

Operating entities may also borrow cash against collateral in the form of securities, using those available in the central collateral pool. Repos and stock lending can be used in this way to fund the cash requirement arising from securities owned outright by Global Markets to facilitate client business, and the net cash requirement arising from financing client securities activity.

Reverse repos, stock borrowing, repos and stock lending are reported net when the IFRSs offsetting criteria are met. In some cases transactions to borrow or lend securities are collateralised using securities. These transactions are off-balance sheet.

Securities reflected on the balance sheet that are pledged as collateral against an existing liability or lent are treated as encumbered for the duration of the transaction. When securities are received as collateral or borrowed, and when we have the right to sell or

 

 

153


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

re-pledge them, they are reflected as available and unencumbered for the duration of the transaction, unless re-pledged or sold.

In the normal course of business we do not seek to utilise repo financing as a source of funding to finance customer assets, beyond the collateralised security financing activities within Global Markets described above.

The original contractual maturity of reverse repo, stock borrowing, repo and stock lending is short term with the vast majority of transactions being for less than 90 days.

The residual contractual maturity profile of the balance sheet is set out on in Note 17 on the Financial Statements.

Any security accepted as collateral for a reverse repo or stock borrowing transaction must be of very high quality and its value subject to an appropriate haircut. Securities borrowed under reverse repo or stock borrowing transactions can only be recognised as part of the liquidity asset buffer for the duration of the transactions and only if the security received is eligible under the liquid asset policy within the LFRF.

Credit controls are in place to ensure that the fair value of any collateral received remains appropriate to collateralise the cash or fair value of securities given.

In the second half of 2013, GB&M changed the way it managed repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses. Previously, they were managed in the trading environment; during the second half of 2013, they were organised into trading and non-trading portfolios, with separate risk management procedures. This resulted in an increase in the amount of ‘Non-trading reverse repos’ and a decline in the amount classified as ‘Trading assets’, and an increase in the amount of ‘Non-trading repos’ and a decline in the amount classified as ‘Trading liabilities’ at 31 December 2013 compared with previous period-ends.

Cross-border, intra-Group and cross-currency liquidity and funding risk

The stand-alone operating entity approach to liquidity and funding mandated by the LFRF restricts the exposure of our operating entities to the risks that can arise from extensive reliance on cross-border funding. Operating entities manage their funding sources locally, focusing predominantly on the local customer deposit base. The RBWM, CMB and GPB customer relationships that give rise to core deposits within an operating entity generally reflect a local customer relationship with that operating entity. Access to public debt markets is co-ordinated globally by the Global Head of Balance Sheet Management and the Group Treasurer with Group ALCO monitoring all

planned public debt issuance on a monthly basis. As a general principle, operating entities are only permitted to issue in their local currencies and are encouraged to focus on local private placements. The public issuance of debt instruments in foreign currency is tightly controlled and generally restricted to HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank plc.

A central principle of LFRF is that operating entities place no future reliance on other Group entities. However, operating entities may, at their discretion, utilise their respective committed facilities from other Group entities if necessary. In addition, intra-Group large exposure limits are applied by national regulators to individual legal entities locally, restricting the unsecured exposures of legal entities to the rest of the Group to a percentage of the lender’s regulatory capital.

Our LFRF also considers the ability of each entity to continue to access foreign exchange markets under stress when a surplus in one currency is used to meet a deficit in another currency, for example, by using the foreign currency swap markets. Where appropriate, operating entities are required to monitor stressed coverage ratios and advance to core funding ratios for non-local currencies and set limits for them. Foreign currency swap markets in currency pairs settled through the Continuous Link Settlement Bank are considered to be extremely deep and liquid and it is assumed that capacity to access these markets is not exposed to idiosyncratic risks.

For the majority of operating entities within the Group, the only significant non-local currency (i.e. exceeding 10% of balance sheet liabilities) is the US dollar. The euro is an additional significant non-local currency for HSBC UK and offshore renminbi is significant for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. Singapore dollars and Indian rupees are also material currencies for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, but these currencies are  managed onshore within the local country branch operations on a stand-alone branch basis.

Wholesale term debt maturity profile

The maturity profile of the Group’s wholesale term debt obligations is set out below in the table headed ‘Wholesale funding principal cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities’.

The balances in the table will not agree directly with those in our consolidated balance sheet as the table presents gross cash flows relating to principal payments and not the balance sheet carrying value, which includes debt securities and subordinated liabilities measured at fair value.

 

 

154


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Wholesale funding principal cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities

 

    

Due

within

1 month

        

Due

between

1 and 3

months

        

Due

between

3 and 6

months

        

Due

between

6 and 9

months

        

Due

between

9 months

and 1 year

        

Due

between

1 and 2

years

        

Due

between

2 and 5

years

        

Due

after

5 years

         Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 30 June 2014

                                          

Debt securities issued

     18,445           11,619           13,118           13,213           13,420           32,033           43,054           33,534           178,436   

– unsecured certificates of deposit (‘CD’s) and commercial paper (‘CP’)

     5,582           7,205           7,883           2,845           2,647           5,855           4,130           208           36,355   

– unsecured senior medium-term notes (‘MTN’s)

     1,489           2,414           2,663           6,766           7,873           20,563           25,806           22,656           90,230   

– unsecured senior structured notes

     521           797           2,153           2,069           2,819           4,225           8,179           6,478           27,241   

– secured covered bonds

     1,250                                                   225           2,957           3,079           7,511   

– secured asset-backed commercial paper (‘ABCP’)

     9,338                                                                                 9,338   

– secured ABSs

     174           1,202           413           1,379           81           1,165           1,982                     6,396   

– others

     91           1           6           154                                         1,113           1,365   

Subordinated liabilities

     16           114           26           183                     307           6,202           42,399           49,247   

– subordinated debt securities

     16           114           26           183                     307           6,202           36,332           43,180   

– preferred securities

                                                                           6,067           6,067   
    

 

                                     
                                                                                                  
     18,461           11,733           13,144           13,396           13,420           32,340           49,256           75,933           227,683   

At 30 June 2013

                                          

Debt securities issued

     25,197           16,162           18,123           14,894           9,158           30,335           44,591           27,194           185,654   

– unsecured CDs and CP

     9,228           9,146           9,505           3,578           3,664           2,584           2,326                     40,031   

– unsecured senior MTNs

     2,636           3,570           6,947           8,745           3,607           19,219           31,828           18,708           95,260   

– unsecured senior structured notes

     435           705           646           1,164           1,344           2,936           4,868           6,059           18,157   

– secured covered bonds

               397           667           939           287           3,179           3,459           425           9,353   

– secured ABCP

     12,725           2,159                                                             495           15,379   

– secured ABSs

     70           142           315           461           181           1,384           1,517           92           4,162   

– others

     103           43           43           7           75           1,033           593           1,415           3,312   

Subordinated liabilities

               10                     26           1,170           336           4,349           39,084           44,975   

– subordinated debt securities

               10                     26           1,170           336           3,349           32,560           37,451   

– preferred securities

                                                                 1,000           6,524           7,524   
    

 

                                     
                                                                                                  
     25,197           16,172           18,123           14,920           10,328           30,671           48,940           66,278           230,629   

 

155


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Wholesale funding principal cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities (continued)

 

    

Due

within

1 month

        

Due

between

1 and 3

months

        

Due

between

3 and 6

months

        

Due

between

6 and 9

months

        

Due

between

9 months

and 1 year

        

Due

between

1 and 2

years

        

Due

between

2 and 5

years

        

Due

after

5 years

         Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                          

Debt securities issued

     25,426           9,752           17,942           11,659           10,587           31,839           46,934           31,066           185,205   

– unsecured CDs and CP

     7,589           7,206           9,867           3,239           5,043           4,449           2,749                     40,142   

– unsecured senior MTNs

     6,284           71           5,448           4,221           3,062           21,428           33,091           21,433           95,038   

– unsecured senior structured notes

     987           1,423           1,952           1,689           1,718           3,712           6,036           5,021           22,538   

– secured covered bonds

                                   1,250                     225           2,747           3,317           7,539   

– secured ABCP

     10,383                                                                                 10,383   

– secured ABSs

     74           1,052           675           1,260           764           1,861           2,311                     7,997   

– others

     109                                                   164                     1,295           1,568   

Subordinated liabilities

               28           1,171           144           6           1,460           3,374           41,801           47,984   

– subordinated debt securities

               28           1,171           144           6           460           3,374           34,899           40,082   

– preferred securities

                                                       1,000                     6,902           7,902   
    

 

                                     
                                                                                                  
     25,426           9,780           19,113           11,803           10,593           33,299           50,308           72,867           233,189   

 

156


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Market risk

 

 

Market risk in the first half of 2014

     158           
          

Trading portfolios

     158           

Value at risk of the trading portfolios

     158        

Trading value at risk

     158   
       

Daily VaR (trading portfolios)

     158   
       

VaR by risk type for trading activities

     158   
       

Backtesting of trading VaR against hypothetical profit and loss for the Group

     159   

Stressed value at risk of the trading portfolio

     159        

Stressed value at risk (1-day equivalent)

     160   
          

Non-trading portfolios

     160           

Value at risk of the non-trading portfolios

     160        

Non-trading value at risk

     160   
       

Daily VaR (non-trading portfolios)

     160   
       

VaR by risk type for non-trading activities

     160   

Credit spread risk for available-for-sale debt securities

     161           
          

Equity securities classified as available for sale

     161        

Fair value of equity securities

     161   
          

Structural foreign exchange exposures

     161           
          

Non-trading interest rate risk

     161           
          

Balance Sheet Management

     161        

Third-party assets in Balance Sheet Management

     162   
          

Sensitivity of net interest income

     162        

Sensitivity of projected net interest income

     163   
       

Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements

     163   
          

Defined benefit pension schemes

     164        

HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes

     164   
          

Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company

     164           

Foreign exchange risk

     164        

HSBC Holdings – foreign exchange VaR

     164   

Interest rate repricing gap table

     164        

Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings

     164   

 

Market risk is the risk that movements in market factors will reduce our income or the value of our portfolios including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices.

There have been no significant changes to our policies and practices for the management of market risk as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

 

Exposure to market risk

Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolios:

 

 

Trading portfolios comprise positions arising from the market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions. The interest rate risk on fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included in Group VaR. The management of this risk is described on page 164.

 

 

Non-trading portfolios comprise positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments designated as available for sale and held to maturity, and exposures arising from our insurance operations (see page 169).

 

 

Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures

Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures while maintaining a market profile consistent with our risk appetite.

We use a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures, including:

 

 

sensitivity measures include sensitivity of net interest income and sensitivity for structural foreign exchange, which are used to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type;

 

 

value at risk (‘VaR’) is a technique that estimates the potential losses that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence; and

 

 

in recognition of VaR’s limitations we augment VaR with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, though plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables. Examples of scenarios reflecting current market concerns are the slowdown in mainland China and the potential effects of a sovereign debt default, including its wider contagion effects.

 

 

LOGO   A summary of our current policies and practices regarding market risk is provided on page 281 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.
 

 

157


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Market risk in the first half of 2014

Central banks continued to maintain accommodative monetary policies in developed markets, with measures including low central bank rates and purchases. The FRB in the US continued its asset purchase programme, albeit at a slower pace (tapering), and the ECB introduced a range of measures to address deflationary pressures, which included a negative rate on deposits.

These actions by central banks supported a rally in riskier assets such as emerging and peripheral European markets. The search for higher yields led many equity markets to touch all-time highs and interest rate curves to rally and flatten at the long end.

Paradoxically, while geopolitical and idiosyncratic risks remain high, volatility indices are at or near their lows across all asset classes. Against the backdrop of an uncertain market outlook, we maintained a defensive risk profile that resulted in a continued reduction in trading and non-trading VaR.

 

Trading portfolios

Value at risk of the trading portfolios

Our Group trading VaR for the year is shown in the table below.

Trading value at risk

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

    

30 June

2013

     31 December
2013
 
     US$m      US$m      US$m  

At period-end

     49.2         52.9         52.1   

Average

     51.3         50.1         49.7   

Minimum

     38.5         41.4         38.6   

Maximum

     63.4         71.5         81.3   

The daily levels of total trading over the last year are set out in the graph below.

 

 

Daily VaR (trading portfolios)

 

LOGO

 

Almost all trading VaR resides within Global Markets. The VaR for trading activity at 30 June 2014 was lower than at 31 December 2013 due primarily to

the benefit of the defensive contribution from the Equity and Foreign Exchange businesses.

 

 

VaR by risk type for trading activities43

 

    

Foreign

exchange and

commodity

    

Interest

rate

     Equity     

Credit

spread

    

Portfolio

diversification44

     Total45  
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

Half-year to 30 June 2014

     13.6         41.7         9.1         12.7         (27.9      49.2   

Average

     15.8         37.1         5.9         15.0         (22.5      51.3   

Minimum

     8.7         26.9         3.2         9.3                 38.5   

Maximum

     28.0         50.5         12.4         20.9                 63.4   

 

158


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    

Foreign

exchange and

commodity

US$m

    

Interest

rate

US$m

    

Equity

US$m

    

Credit

spread
US$m

    

Portfolio

Diversification44
US$m

     Total45
US$m
 

Half-year to 30 June 2013

     14.9         35.5         4.2         18.1         (19.7      52.9   

Average

     15.2         33.0         5.1         17.6         (20.9      50.1   

Minimum

     8.8         22.8         2.2         11.9                 41.4   

Maximum

     25.8         52.3         14.1         25.5                 71.5   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

     16.0         33.4         9.2         14.2         (20.7      52.1   

Average

     15.1         33.7         5.0         15.5         (19.7      49.7   

Minimum

     6.5         24.7         2.4         11.2                 38.6   

Maximum

     26.4         71.9         13.6         21.3                 81.3   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

We routinely validate the accuracy of our VaR models by testing the daily VaR against the hypothetical profit and loss (footnote 46). The VaR (and hypothetical profit and loss) presented below is used for internal management purposes and differs from that used for managing our regulatory exposures.

There were no loss exceptions for the Group in the first half of 2014 (second half of 2013: no loss exceptions). However, there was one profit exception (second half of 2013: one profit exception).

This exception was due primarily to gains from exposures to major foreign exchange and interest rates in some emerging markets. It is important to

note that profits in excess of VaR are only considered when backtesting the accuracy of our models and are not used to calculate the VaR numbers used for risk management or capital purposes. There is no evidence of model errors or control failures.

The graph below shows the daily trading VaR against hypothetical profit and loss for the Group during the first half of 2014. On a case by case basis, the PRA may allow loss exceptions to be exempted for regulatory capital purposes.

 

LOGO   A summary of our market risk backtesting is provided on page 283 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.
 

 

Backtesting of trading VaR against hypothetical profit and loss46 for the Group (US$m)

 

LOGO

For footnote, see page 172.

 

Stressed value at risk of the trading portfolios

Stressed VaR is primarily used for regulatory capital purposes but is also integrated into the risk management process. Stressed VaR significantly reduced during the first half of 2014 following the defensive positions taken by the Equity and Foreign Exchange businesses. These defensive positions

minimised the losses sustained from high volatility included within the stressed period used to calculate stressed VaR.

 

LOGO   A summary of our Stress Value at Risk framework is provided on page 283 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.
 

 

159


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Stressed value at risk (1-day equivalent)

 

     At      At  
     30 Jun 2014      31 Dec 2013  
     US$m      US$m  

At period-end

     60.3         92.7   

Non-trading portfolios

Value at risk of the non-trading portfolios

Non-trading value at risk

 

     Half-year to  
     30 Jun 2014      30 Jun 2013      31 Dec 2013  
     US$m      US$m      US$m  

At period-end

     151.0         194.9         154.6   

Average

     154.5         141.4         197.9   

Minimum

     122.5         114.7         145.8   

Maximum

     189.0         212.7         252.3   

 

The daily levels of non-trading VaR over the last year are set out in the graph below. There was no material change in non-trading VaR between 31 December

2013 and 30 June 2014. In this period, a gradual decline in non-trading interest rate VaR was offset by a decrease in diversification benefit.

 

 

Daily VAR (non-trading portfolios)

 

LOGO

VaR by risk type for non-trading activities

 

    

Interest

rate

    

Credit

spread

    

Portfolio

diversification44

     Total45  
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

Half-year to 30 June 2014

     103.6         75.1         (27.7      151.0   

Average

     116.1         79.3         (40.9      154.5   

Minimum

     99.1         69.0                 122.5   

Maximum

     147.7         91.9                 189.0   

Half-year to 30 June 2013

     191.1         105.6         (101.8      194.9   

Average

     112.5         109.7         (80.8      141.4   

Minimum

     84.6         98.3                 114.7   

Maximum

     195.2         130.3                 212.7   

Half-year to 31 December 2013

     150.6         80.4         (76.4      154.6   

Average

     177.6         103.6         (83.3      197.9   

Minimum

     136.3         80.3                 145.8   

Maximum

     221.7         135.7                 252.3   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

160


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Most of the Group non-trading VaR relates to Balance Sheet Management or local treasury management functions. Contributions to Group non-trading VaR are driven by interest rates and credit spread risks arising from all global businesses. There is no commodity risk in the non-trading portfolios. The decrease of non-trading VaR during the first half of 2014 was due mainly to the effect of lower levels of volatility in interest rates utilized in the VaR calculations.

 

LOGO   A summary of our non-trading framework is provided on page 285 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

The management of interest rate risk in the banking book is described further in ‘Non-trading interest rate risk’ below, including the role of Balance Sheet Management.

Non-trading VaR excludes equity risk on available-for-sale securities, structural foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk on fixed rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings, the management of which is described in the relevant sections below. These sections together describe the scope of HSBC’s management of market risks in non-trading books.

Credit spread risk for available-for-sale debt securities

Credit spread VaR for available-for-sale debt securities, excluding those held in insurance operations, is included in the Group non-trading VaR. However, SICs are not included.

At 30 June 2014, the sensitivity of equity capital to the effect of movements in credit spreads on our available-for-sale debt securities based on credit spread VaR was US$114m (30 June 2013: US$126m; 31 December 2013: US$113m) including the gross exposure for the SICs consolidated within our balance sheet. This sensitivity was calculated before taking into account losses which would have been absorbed by the capital note holders.

At 30 June 2014, the capital note holders would absorb the first US$1.8bn (30 June 2013: US$2.2bn; 31 December 2013: US$2.3bn) of any losses incurred by the SICs before we incur any losses on the senior notes held.

Equity securities classified as available for sale

Fair values of equity securities

 

    

At

30 Jun

2014

        

At

30 Jun

2013

        

At

31 Dec

2013

 
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

Private equity holdings47

     2.4           2.9           2.7   

Funds invested for short- term cash management

               0.1             

Investment to facilitate ongoing business48

     1.2           1.1           1.2   

Other strategic investments

     5.1           5.3           5.2   
     8.7           9.4           9.1   

For footnotes, see page 172.

The fair values of the equity securities classified as available for sale can fluctuate considerably. The table above sets out the maximum possible loss on shareholders’ equity from available-for-sale equity securities. The decrease in private equity is due to the disposal of direct investments and private equity fund holdings.

Structural foreign exchange exposures

 

LOGO   Our policies and procedures for managing structural foreign exchange exposures are described on page 285 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Non-trading interest rate risk

 

LOGO   Our policies and procedures for managing non-trading interest rate risk are described on page 285 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Balance Sheet Management

 

LOGO   Our Balance Sheet Management framework is described on page 238 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Balance Sheet Management (‘BSM’) invests in highly-rated liquid assets in line with the Group’s liquid asset policy. The majority of the liquidity is invested in central bank deposits and government, supranational and agency securities with most of the remainder held in short-term interbank and central bank loans.

 

 

161


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Third-party assets in BSM decreased by 3% during the first half of 2014. Deposits with central banks reduced by US$26bn, predominantly in Europe due to a combination of reduced repo activity and a reduction in balances with the ECB as deposit rates became negative. Deployment of commercial surplus via reverse repurchase agreements increased by US$11bn, mainly through Asia.

Third-party assets in Balance Sheet Management

 

    

At

30 Jun

2014

US$m

        

At

30 Jun

2013

US$m

        

At

31 Dec

2013

US$m

 

Cash and balances at central banks

     107,698           118,139           134,086   

Trading assets

     5,673           7,830           5,547   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     70           73           72   

Loans and advances1

            

– to banks

     61,277           59,548           59,355   

– to customers

     1,871           17,792           2,146   

Reverse repurchase agreements

     69,844           21,660           58,968   

Financial investments

     311,333           279,051           314,427   

Other

     1,420           3,284           3,700   
     559,186           507,377           578,301   

For footnote, see page 172.

Withdrawable central bank deposits are accounted for as cash balances. Interbank loans, statutory central bank reserves and loans to central banks are accounted for as loans and advances to banks. BSM’s holdings of securities are accounted for as available-for-sale or, to a lesser extent, held-to-maturity assets.

Statutory central bank reserves are not recognised as liquid assets. The statutory reserves that would be released in line with the Group’s stressed customer deposit outflow assumptions are reflected as stressed inflows.

BSM is permitted to use derivatives as part of its mandate to manage interest rate risk. Derivative activity is predominantly through the use of vanilla interest rate swaps which are part of cash flow hedging and fair value hedging relationships.

Credit risk in BSM is predominantly limited to short-term bank exposure created by interbank lending, and exposure to central banks and high quality sovereigns, supranationals or agencies which constitute the majority of BSM’s liquidity portfolio. BSM does not manage the structural credit risk of any Group entity balance sheets.

BSM is permitted to enter into single name and index credit derivatives activity, but it does so to manage credit risk on the exposure specific to its securities portfolio in limited circumstances only.

The risk limits are extremely restricted and closely monitored. At 30 June 2014 and 31 December 2013 BSM had no open credit derivative index risk.

VaR is calculated on both trading and non-trading positions held in BSM by applying the same methodology used in the Global Markets business and for market risk control purposes.

BSM holds trading portfolio instruments in only very limited circumstances. Positions and the associated VaR were not significant during the first half of 2014.

Sensitivity of net interest income

The table below sets out the effect on our future net interest income of an incremental 25 basis points parallel rise or fall in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 months from 1 July 2014. The sensitivities shown represent the change in the base case projected net interest income that would be expected under the two rate scenarios assuming that all other non-interest rate risk variables remain constant, and there are no management actions. In deriving our base case net interest income projections the re-pricing rate of assets and liabilities used is derived from current yield curves.

These figures incorporate the effect of any option features in the underlying exposures. Assuming no management response, a sequence of such rises would increase planned net interest income for the 12 months to 30 June 2015 by US$979m (to 31 December 2014: US$938m), while a sequence of such falls would decrease planned net interest income by US$1,746m (31 December 2014: US$1,734m).

 

 

162


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Sensitivity of projected net interest income49

 

    

US

dollar

bloc

     Rest of
Americas
bloc
    

Hong Kong
dollar

bloc

    

Rest of
Asia

bloc

    

Sterling

bloc

    

Euro

bloc

     Total  
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

Change in July 2014 to June 2015 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter of:

                    

+ 25 basis points

     54         26         293         252         451         (97      979   

– 25 basis points

     (308      (37      (450      (235      (691      (25      (1,746

Change in January 2014 to December 2014 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter of:

                    

+ 25 basis points

     (107      12         327         236         598         (128      938   

– 25 basis points

     (291      (23      (412      (233      (761      (14      (1,734

Change in July 2013 to June 2014 projected net interest income arising from a shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter of:

                    

+ 25 basis points

     112         56         283         152         593         (41      1,155   

– 25 basis points

     (351      (65      (399      (181      (524      (24      (1,544

For footnote, see page 172.

 

The interest rate sensitivities set out in the table above are indicative and based on simplified scenarios. The limitations of this analysis are discussed on page 286 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. Net interest income and its associated sensitivity as reflected above include the expense of funding trading assets, while related revenue is reported in ‘Net trading income’.

We monitor the sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements on a monthly basis by assessing the expected reduction in valuation of available-for-sale portfolios and cash flow hedges

due to parallel movements of plus or minus 100bps in all yield curves. These particular exposures form only a part of our overall interest rate exposures. The accounting treatment of our remaining interest rate exposures, while economically largely offsetting the exposures shown in the above table, does not require revaluation movements to go to reserves.

The table below describes the sensitivity of our reported reserves to the stipulated movements in yield curves and the maximum and minimum month-end figures during the period. The sensitivities are indicative and based on simplified scenarios.

 

 

Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements49

 

            Impact in the preceding 6 months  
     US$m     

Maximum

US$m

    

Minimum

US$m

 

At 30 June 2014

        

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,157      (5,212      (5,066

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (2.7%      (2.7%      (2.7%

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     4,730         4,915         4,730   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (2.5%      (2.6%      (2.5%

At 30 June 2013

        

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,991      (5,991      (5,507

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (3.4%      (3.4%      (3.2%

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     5,752         5,752         4,910   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     3.3%         3.3%         2.8%   

At 31 December 2013

        

+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     (5,762      (5,992      (5,762

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     (3.2%      (3.3%      (3.2%

– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves

     5,634         5,786         5,633   

As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity

     3.1%         3.2%         3.1%   

For footnote, see page 172.

 

163


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Defined benefit pension schemes

Market risk arises within our defined benefit pension schemes to the extent that the obligations of the schemes are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows.

HSBC’s defined benefit pension schemes

 

    

At

30 Jun

2014

        

At

30 Jun

2013

        

At

31 Dec

2013

 
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

Liabilities (present value)

     42.7           37.1           40.5   
     %           %           %   

Assets:

            

Equity investments

     18           19           18   

Debt securities

     71           71           70   

Other (including property)

     11           10           12   
     100           100           100   

 

LOGO   For details of the latest actuarial valuation of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme and other defined benefit plans, see page 457 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company

The principal tools used in the management of market risk are VaR for foreign exchange rate risk and the projected sensitivity of HSBC Holdings’ net interest income to future changes in yield curves and interest rate gap repricing for interest rate risk.

Foreign exchange risk

Total foreign exchange VaR arising within HSBC Holdings in the first half of 2014 was as follows:

HSBC Holdings – foreign exchange VaR

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 Jun

2014

    

30 Jun

2013

    

31 Dec

2013

 
     US$m      US$m      US$m  

At period end

     51.3         46.9         54.1   

Average

     47.0         52.6         49.8   

Minimum

     42.5         46.6         47.5   

Maximum

     51.5         64.1         54.1   

The foreign exchange risk largely arises from loans to subsidiaries of a capital nature that are not denominated in the functional currency of either the provider or the recipient and which are accounted for as financial assets. Changes in the carrying amount of these loans due to foreign exchange rate differences are taken directly to HSBC Holdings’ income statement. These loans, and most of the associated foreign exchange exposures, are eliminated on consolidation.

Interest rate repricing gap table

The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included within the Group VaR but is managed on a repricing gap basis. The interest rate repricing gap table below analyses the full-term structure of interest rate mismatches within HSBC Holdings’ balance sheet.

 

 

Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings

 

     Total         

Up to

1 year

        

1 to 5

years

        

5 to 10

years

        

More than

10 years

        

Non-interest

bearing

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 30 June 2014

                           

Total assets

     145,891           45,396           591           1,961           665           97,278   

Total liabilities and equity

     (145,891        (9,503        (10,348        (8,509        (14,891        (102,640

Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity

               (20,597        7,137           7,400           6,042           18   

Net interest rate risk gap

               15,296           (2,620        852           (8,184        (5,344

Cumulative interest rate gap

               15,296           12,676           13,528           5,344             

At 30 June 2013

                           

Total assets

     142,080           43,355           310           2,183           594           95,638   

Total liabilities and equity

     (142,080        (11,716        (7,215        (7,681        (13,838        (101,630

Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity

               (16,799        3,977           7,681           4,079           1,062   

Net interest rate risk gap

               14,840           (2,928        2,183           (9,165        (4,930

Cumulative interest rate gap

               14,840           11,912           14,095           4,930             

 

164


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

    

Total

US$m

        

Up to

1 year
US$m

        

1 to 5

years

US$m

         5 to 10
years
US$m
        

More than

10 years
US$m

        

Non-interest

bearing
US$m

 

At 31 December 2013

                           

Total assets

     150,836           50,636           290           1,970           645           97,295   

Total liabilities and equity

     (150,836        (14,515        (7,685        (9,876        (14,306        (104,454

Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity

               (18,620        4,382           9,876           4,421           (59

Net interest rate risk gap

               17,501           (3,013        1,970           (9,240        (7,218

Cumulative interest rate gap

               17,501           14,488           16,458           7,218             

 

Operational risk

 

Operational risk is relevant to every aspect of our business and covers a wide spectrum of issues, in particular legal, compliance, security and fraud. Losses arising from breaches of regulation and law, unauthorised activities, error, omission, inefficiency, fraud, systems failure or external events all fall within the definition of operational risk.

Activity to embed the use of our operational risk management framework continued in the first half of 2014. At the same time, we are streamlining operational risk management processes and harmonising framework components and risk management processes. This is expected to lead to a stronger operational risk management culture and more forward-looking risk insights to enable businesses to determine whether material risks are being managed within the Group’s risk appetite and whether further action is required. In addition, the Security and Fraud Risk and Financial Crime Compliance functions have built a Financial Intelligence Unit (‘FIU’) which provides intelligence on the potential risks of financial crime posed by customers and business prospects to enable better risk management decision-making. The FIU provides context and expertise to identify, assess and understand financial crime risks holistically in clients, sectors and markets.

The diagrammatic representation of our operational risk management framework (‘ORMF’) is provided on page 245 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

LOGO   A summary of our current policies and practices regarding operational risk is provided on page 287 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Operational risk profile in the first half of 2014

During the first half of 2014, our operational top and emerging risk profile continued to be dominated by compliance and legal risks. Additional losses were

recorded from the events of previous years, including the historical mis-selling of PPI, albeit at a level much lower than seen in the past.

The Group also continues to be involved in investigations and reviews by various regulators and competition enforcement authorities related to certain past submissions made by panel banks and the process for making submissions in connection with the setting of Libor, Euribor and other benchmark interest rates, along with investigations into currency benchmarks and credit default swaps.

HSBC has undertaken a review of compliance with the fixed-sum unsecured loan agreement requirements of the UK Consumer Credit Act (‘CCA’). A liability has been recognised as at 30 June 2014 within ‘Other liabilities’ for the repayment of interest to customers where annual statements did not remind them of their right to partially prepay the loan, notwithstanding that the customer loan documentation did include this right. There is uncertainty as to whether other technical requirements of the CCA have been met, for which we have assessed an additional contingent liability. For further details see Note 16 on the Financial Statements.

The regulatory environment in which we operate is increasing the cost of doing business and could reduce our future profitability. We continue to invest in new initiatives in the areas of financial crime compliance and regulatory compliance. The implementation of Global Standards remains one of the key strategic priorities for the Group and is ongoing.

Other operational risks include:

 

 

fraud risks: the threat of fraud perpetrated by or against our customers, especially in retail and commercial banking, may grow during adverse economic conditions. We increased monitoring, analysed root causes and reviewed internal controls to enhance our defences against external attacks and reduce the level of loss in these areas. In addition, Group Security and Fraud Risk worked closely with the global businesses to

 

 

165


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

 

continually assess these threats as they evolved and adapt our controls to mitigate these risks;

 

 

level of change creating operational complexity: The Global Risk function is engaged with business management in business transformation initiatives to ensure robust internal controls are maintained, including through participation in all relevant management committees. The Global Transactions Team has developed an enhanced risk management framework to be applied to the management of disposal risks;

 

 

information security: the security of our information and technology infrastructure is crucial for maintaining our banking applications and processes while protecting our customers and the HSBC brand. A failure of our defences against such attacks could result in financial loss and the loss of customer data and other sensitive information which could undermine both our reputation and our ability to retain the trust of our customers. In common with other banks and multinational organisations, we continue to be a target of distributed denial of service (‘DDoS’) attacks which impact the availability of customer-facing websites. No evidence of customer data being breached was discovered in the first half of 2014 as a result of these attacks.

This area will continue to be a focus of ongoing initiatives to strengthen the control environment. Significant investment has already been made in enhancing controls, including increased training to raise staff awareness of the requirements, improved controls around data access and heightened monitoring of potential DDoS attacks.

The Cyber Intelligence and Threat team continued to develop our intelligence-driven responses to these attacks based on lessons learnt from previous attacks and through information sharing with other financial institutions, government agencies and external intelligence providers. We continued to refine our operational processes and contingency plans; and

 

 

vendor risk management: we remain focused on the management of vendor risks and the roll out of a global performance tracking process with our most important suppliers is ongoing.

Other operational risks are also monitored and managed through the use of the ORMF, including investments made to further improve the resilience of our payments infrastructure.

Legal proceedings are discussed in Note 25 on the Financial Statements and further details regarding compliance risk are set out below.

Compliance risk

 

Compliance risk is the risk that we fail to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice, and incur fines and penalties and suffer damage to our business as a consequence.

All Group companies and employees are required to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice.

In line with our ambition to be the world’s leading international bank, we have committed to adopt and adhere to industry-leading compliance standards across the Group. One of the ways to achieve this is to ensure that we put in place a robust compliance risk management infrastructure.

We have now completed the restructuring of our previous Compliance sub-function within Global Risk into two new sub-functions: Financial Crime Compliance and Regulatory Compliance, jointly supported by Compliance Shared Services. The new structure allows us to:

 

 

manage different types of regulatory and financial crime compliance risk more effectively;

 

 

focus our efforts appropriately in addressing the issues highlighted by regulatory investigations and reviews, internal audits and risk assessments of past business activities; and

 

 

ensure we have in place clear, robust accountability and appropriate expertise and processes for all areas of compliance risk.

Financial Crime Compliance sets policy and manages risks in the following areas:

 

 

anti-money laundering, counter terrorist financing and proliferation finance;

 

 

sanctions; and

 

 

anti-bribery and corruption.

Regulatory Compliance sets policy and manages risks in the following areas:

 

 

conduct of business;

 

 

market conduct; and

 

 

other applicable laws, rules and regulations.

A Financial Crime Risk Appetite Statement was approved by the Board in October 2013. A financial crime-based component has been embedded in Group Strategy, determining what business HSBC does,

 

 

166


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

with whom and in which markets. An enhanced global AML policy, incorporating risk appetite, was approved by the Board in January 2014. The policy adopts and enforces the highest or most effective standards globally, including a globally consistent approach to knowing and retaining our customers.

The AML policy is being implemented in phases through the development and application of minimum standards of procedure to manage AML compliance in our global businesses. The overriding policy objective is for every employee to conduct ‘the right kind of business’, which will be a recurring theme across all pillars of the AML programme and engagement campaign.

Conducting customer due diligence is one of the fundamental ways in which we understand and manage financial crime risk. Enhanced minimum standards for customer due diligence procedures covering the majority of our customer types were completed and approved in 2013. Implementation of these procedures began in February 2014 in the UAE.

Similarly, in January 2014, the Board approved an enhanced global sanctions policy, which is informed by the sanctions laws and regulations of the EU, Hong Kong, the UK and the US. The policy defines the Group’s risk appetite in dealing with sanctioned individuals, entities and countries over and above compliance with applicable sanctions laws and regulations.

The policy will be implemented through the development and maintenance of global business operating procedures. To assist in this, an analysis is being conducted to understand where there are gaps in current business operating procedures and processes compared with new policy requirements or where local laws or regulations conflict with or exceed global policy requirements.

In May 2014, the Board approved a globally consistent approach to the risk management of conduct which defines how we will deliver fair outcomes for our customers and undertake orderly and transparent operations in financial markets. Implementation of our conduct approach will be managed through the global lines of business and functions, which will perform a gap analysis to determine where current policy, processes and practices may require enhancement to meet our required outcomes.

We continue to invest in the Compliance sub-functions to ensure that, through their operation and the execution of the Group strategy, including measures to implement Global Standards, we are well positioned to meet increased levels of regulation and scrutiny from regulators and law enforcement agencies. In addition, the measures we have put in place are designed to ensure we have the appropriate people, processes and procedures to manage evolving markets, emerging risks and new products and business.

Our focus on compliance issues is reinforced by the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee, which reports to the Board on matters relating to financial crime and financial system abuse and provides a forward-looking perspective on financial crime risk. In addition, the Conduct & Values Committee reports to the Board on matters relating to responsible business conduct and adherence to HSBC’s Values.

It is clear that the level of inherent compliance risk that we face will continue to remain high for the foreseeable future. However, we consider that good progress is being made and will continue to be made in ensuring that we are well placed to effectively manage those risks.

Whistleblowing

The HSBC Group operates a global Compliance Disclosure Line (telephone and email) which is available to allow employees to make disclosures when the normal channels for airing grievances or concerns are unavailable or inappropriate.

The Compliance Disclosure Line is available to capture employee concerns on a number of matters, including breaches of law or regulation, allegations of bribery and corruption, failure to comply with Group policies, suspicions of money laundering, breaches of internal controls and fraud or deliberate error in the financial records of any Group company. Global Regulatory Compliance is responsible for the operation of the Compliance Disclosure Line and the handling of disclosure cases. Each case is reviewed and referred for appropriate investigation. The disclosure is acknowledged (when contact details are provided) and the employee is advised when the investigation has been concluded. Global Regulatory Compliance may also be made aware of whistleblowing cases raised directly with senior executives, line managers, Human Resources and Security and Fraud, and will investigate accordingly.

 

 

167


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Additional local whistleblowing lines are in place in several countries, operated by Security and Fraud, Human Resources and Regulatory Compliance. When such lines are established, processes are put in place to escalate relevant disclosures made on the local whistleblowing lines to Global Regulatory Compliance or Financial Crime Compliance. Global Regulatory Compliance also monitors an external email address for complaints regarding accounting and internal financial controls or auditing matters (accountingdisclosures@hsbc.com highlighted under Investor Relations and Governance on www.hsbc.com). Cases received are escalated to the Group Chief Accounting Officer, Group Finance Director and Group Chief Executive as appropriate.

Reputational risk

 

Reputational risk can arise from issues, activities and associations that might pose a threat to the reputation of the Group, locally, regionally or internationally.

We continue to take steps to tackle the root causes of the deficiencies that, amongst other things, led to the Group entering into DPAs with various US authorities in relation to investigations regarding inadequate compliance with AML and sanctions law in December 2012.

A number of measures to address the requirements of the DPAs and otherwise to enhance our AML and sanctions compliance framework have been taken and/or are ongoing. These measures, which should also serve over time to enhance our reputational risk management, include the following:

 

 

simplifying our business through the ongoing implementation of our Group strategy, including the adoption of a global financial crime risk filter, which should help to standardise our approach to doing business in higher risk countries;

 

 

a substantial increase in resources and investment allocated to the two Compliance sub-functions (see ‘Compliance risk’ above);

 

an increase in dedicated reputational risk resources in each region in which we operate and the introduction of a central case management and tracking process for reputational risk and client relationship matters;

 

 

the creation of combined Reputational Risk and Client Selection committees within the global businesses with a clear process to escalate and address matters at the appropriate level;

 

 

the continued provision of training and communication about the HSBC Values programme that defines the way everyone in the Group should act and seeks to ensure that the Values are embedded into our business as usual operations; and

 

 

the ongoing development and implementation of Global Standards around financial crime compliance, which underpin our business. This includes ensuring globally consistent application of policies that govern AML and sanctions compliance provisions.

We have a zero tolerance for knowingly engaging in any business, activity or association where foreseeable reputational damage has not been considered and mitigated. There must be no barriers to open discussion and the escalation of issues that could impact negatively on HSBC. While there is a level of risk in every aspect of business activity, appropriate consideration of potential harm to HSBC’s good name must be a part of all business decisions.

Detecting and preventing illicit actors’ access to the global financial system calls for constant vigilance and we will continue to cooperate closely with all governments to achieve success. This is integral to the execution of our strategy, to HSBC Values and to preserving and enhancing our reputation.

The reputational risk policies and practices remain materially unchanged from those reported on page 294 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

 

168


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Risk management of insurance operations

 

 

HSBC’s bancassurance model    169  
          

Risk management of insurance operations in the first half of 2014

     169   
          

Asset and liability matching

     169   

– Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

     170   
          

Insurance risk

     171   

Analysis of life insurance risk – liabilities under insurance contracts

     172   

The majority of the risk in our insurance business derives from manufacturing activities and can be categorised as insurance risk and financial risk. Insurance risk is the risk, other than financial risk, of loss transferred from the holder of the insurance contract to the issuer (HSBC). Financial risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

There have been no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of risks arising in the insurance operations.

 

LOGO    A summary of HSBC’s policies and practices regarding the risk management of insurance operations, and the main contracts we manufacture, are provided in the Appendix to Risk on page 290 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

HSBC’s bancassurance model

We operate an integrated bancassurance model which provides insurance products principally for customers with whom we have a banking relationship. Insurance products are sold through all global businesses, but predominantly by RBWM and CMB, through our branches and direct channels worldwide.

The insurance contracts we sell relate to the underlying needs of our banking customers, which we can identify from our point-of-sale contacts and customer knowledge. The majority of sales are of savings and investment products and term and credit life contracts. By focusing largely on personal and SME lines of business we are able to optimise volumes and diversify individual insurance risks.

Where we have operational scale and risk appetite, mostly in life insurance, these insurance products are manufactured by HSBC subsidiaries. Manufacturing insurance allows us to retain the

risks and rewards associated with writing insurance contracts by keeping part of the underwriting profit, investment income and distribution commission within the Group.

Where we do not have the risk appetite or operational scale to be an effective insurance manufacturer, we engage with a handful of leading external insurance companies in order to provide insurance products to our customers through our banking network and direct channels. These arrangements are generally structured with our exclusive strategic partners and earn the Group a combination of commissions, fees and a share of profits.

We distribute insurance products in all of our geographical regions. We have core life insurance manufacturing entities, the majority of which are direct subsidiaries of legal banking entities, in seven countries (Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, France, the UK, Hong Kong and Singapore). There are also life insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in mainland China, Ireland (in run-off), Malaysia and Malta.

Risk management of insurance operations in the first half of 2014

The risk profile of our life insurance manufacturing businesses did not change materially during the first half of 2014 despite the increase in liabilities under insurance contracts to US$75bn (2013: US$74bn). This growth in liabilities largely resulted from new premiums received during 2014 and market value gains on underlying financial assets, partially offset by the transfer of some of these liabilities to ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ during the period when HSBC entered into an agreement to sell its UK Pensions business.

Asset and liability matching

A principal tool used to manage exposures to both financial and insurance risk, in particular for life insurance contracts, is asset and liability matching. In many markets in which we operate it is neither possible nor appropriate to follow a perfect asset and liability matching strategy. For long-dated non-linked contracts, in particular, this results in a duration mismatch between assets and liabilities. We therefore structure portfolios to support projected liabilities from non-linked contracts.

In the absence of insurable events occurring, unit-linked contracts match assets more directly with liabilities. This results in the policyholder bearing the majority of the financial risk exposure.

 

 

169


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The table below shows the composition of assets and liabilities by contract type and demonstrates that there were sufficient assets

to cover the liabilities to policyholders in each case at 30 June 2014.

 

 

Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract

 

     Insurance contracts          Investment contracts                        
    

With

DPF

US$m

        

Unit-

linked

US$m

        

Annu-

ities

US$m

        

Other

long-

term50

US$m

        

Non-

life

US$m

        

With

DPF51

US$m

        

Unit-

linked

US$m

        

Other

US$m

        

Other

assets52

US$m

         Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                                               

Financial assets

     28,014           12,043           1,629           5,430           22           26,657           2,867           4,455           6,064           87,181   

– trading assets

                         4                                                                       4   

– financial assets designated at fair value

     4,383           11,760           564           646           5           7,523           2,411           1,541           2,219           31,052   

– derivatives

     7           1                     2                     95                               71           176   

– financial investments

     20,565                     960           4,410           11           17,049                     1,750           3,697           48,442   

– other financial assets

     3,059           282           101           372           6           1,990           456           1,164           77           7,507   

Reinsurance assets

     183           265                     722           1                                         2           1,173   

PVIF53

                                                                                     5,438           5,438   

Other assets and investment properties

     794           330           19           101                     728           11           27           7,813           9,823   

Total assets

     28,991           12,638           1,648           6,253           23           27,385           2,878           4,482           19,317           103,615   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                               

– designated at fair value

                                                                 2,878           3,800                     6,678   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                           476                     476   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     28,217           12,518           1,591           5,492           20           27,385                                         75,223   

Deferred tax54

     12                     11           9           1                                         1,223           1,256   

Other liabilities

                                                                                     9,451           9,451   

Total liabilities

     28,229           12,518           1,602           5,501           21           27,385           2,878           4,276           10,674           93,084   

Total equity

                                                                                     10,531           10,531   

Total equity and liabilities55

     28,229           12,518           1,602           5,501           21           27,385           2,878           4,276           21,205           103,615   

At 30 June 2013

                                               

Financial assets

     25,918           12,451           1,733           4,365           45           23,636           8,782           4,303           5,511           86,744   

– trading assets

                         4                                                                       4   

– financial assets designated at fair value

     3,628           12,258           524           670           14           6,389           8,349           1,550           1,425           34,807   

– derivatives

     13           3                     1                     191           6           1           59           274   

– financial investments

     19,053                     955           3,402           5           15,518                     1,906           3,193           44,032   

– other financial assets

     3,224           190           250           292           26           1,538           427           846           834           7,627   

Reinsurance assets

     174           327           493           339           7                                         3           1,343   

PVIF53

                                                                                     4,874           4,874   

Other assets and investment properties

     730           10           28           105                     694           28           26           452           2,073   

Total assets

     26,822           12,788           2,254           4,809           52           24,330           8,810           4,329           10,840           95,034   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                               

– designated at fair value

                                                                 8,601           3,740                     12,341   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                           452                     452   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     26,222           12,700           2,213           4,280           26           24,330                                         69,771   

Deferred tax54

     13                     11                                                             1,099           1,123   

Other liabilities

                                                                                     1,890           1,890   

Total liabilities

     26,235           12,700           2,224           4,280           26           24,330           8,601           4,192           2,989           85,577   

Total equity

                                                                                     9,457           9,457   

Total equity and liabilities55

     26,235           12,700           2,224           4,280           26           24,330           8,601           4,192           12,446           95,034   

 

170


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     Insurance contracts          Investment contracts                        
    

With

DPF

        

Unit-

linked

        

Annu-

ities

        

Other

long-

term50

         Non-life         

With

DPF51

        

Unit-

linked

         Other          Other
assets52
         Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 31 December 2013

                                               

Financial assets

     26,382           13,348           1,651           4,703           25           25,676           9,720           4,375           5,846           91,726   

– trading assets

                         3                                                                       3   

– financial assets designated at fair value

     3,850           13,131           532           753           8           6,867           9,293           1,706           1,757           37,897   

– derivatives

     1           3                                         215           5                     55           279   

– financial investments

     19,491                     959           3,769           11           16,556                     1,853           3,745           46,384   

– other financial assets

     3,040           214           157           181           6           2,038           422           816           289           7,163   

Reinsurance assets

     182           291           522           436           3                                         2           1,436   

PVIF53

                                                                                     5,335           5,335   

Other assets and investment properties

     757           284           23           113                     791           19           31           546           2,564   

Total assets

     27,321           13,923           2,196           5,252           28           26,467           9,739           4,406           11,729           101,061   

Liabilities under investment contracts:

                                               

– designated at fair value

                                                                 9,730           3,761                     13,491   

– carried at amortised cost

                                                                           448                     448   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     26,920           13,804           2,158           4,848           24           26,427                                         74,181   

Deferred tax54

     12                     17                     1                                         1,163           1,193   

Other liabilities

                                                                                     2,048           2,048   

Total liabilities

     26,932           13,804           2,175           4,848           25           26,427           9,730           4,209           3,211           91,361   

Total equity

                                                                                     9,700           9,700   

Total equity and liabilities55

     26,932           13,804           2,175           4,848           25           26,427           9,730           4,209           12,911           101,061   

For footnotes, see page 172.

 

Our most significant life insurance products are investment contracts with DPF issued in France, insurance contracts with DPF issued in Hong Kong and unit-linked contracts issued in Latin America, Hong Kong and the UK.

Our exposure to financial risks arising in the above balance sheet varies depending on the type of contract issued. For unit-linked contracts, the policyholder bears the majority of the exposure to financial risks whereas, for non-linked contracts, the majority of financial risks are borne by the shareholder (HSBC). For contracts with DPF, the shareholder is exposed to financial risks to the extent that the exposure cannot be managed by utilising any discretionary participation (or bonus) features within the policy contracts issued.

During the period HSBC entered into an agreement to sell its UK Pensions business, and the related balances are reported as a disposal group held for sale under IFRS 5 (and therefore included within the ‘Other assets’ column in the table above). The disposal group comprises liabilities under unit-linked investment contracts, unit-linked insurance contracts and annuity contracts, financial and reinsurance assets backing these liabilities, and the associated PVIF on these contracts. The transfer is subject to

regulatory approvals and is expected to complete in the second half of 2015. As part of the transaction we have also entered into a reinsurance agreement transferring certain risks and rewards of the business to the purchaser from 1 January 2014 until completion of the transaction.

Insurance risk

Insurance risk is principally measured in terms of liabilities under the contracts in force.

A principal risk we face is that, over time, the cost of acquiring and administering a contract, claims and benefits may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income. The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity experience, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of the assets held to support the liabilities.

The following table analyses our life insurance risk exposures by geographical region and by type of business. The insurance risk profile and related exposures remain largely consistent with those observed at 31 December 2013.

 

 

171


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Analysis of life insurance risk – liabilities under insurance contracts56

 

     Europe          Asia9          Latin
America
         Total  
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

At 30 June 2014

                 

Non-linked insurance57

     829           32,461           2,030           35,320   

– insurance contracts with DPF58

     395           27,822                     28,217   

– credit life

     99           84                     183   

– annuities

     77           135           1,379           1,591   

– term assurance and other long-term contracts

     258           4,405           646           5,309   

– non-life insurance

               15           5           20   

Unit-linked insurance

     1,582           5,635           5,301           12,518   

Investment contracts with DPF51,58

     27,385                               27,385   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     29,796           38,096           7,331           75,223   

At 30 June 2013

                 

Non-linked insurance57

     1,293           29,295           2,153           32,741   

– insurance contracts with DPF58

     354           25,868                     26,222   

– credit life

     131           68                     199   

– annuities

     585           127           1,501           2,213   

– term assurance and other long-term contracts

     223           3,217           641           4,081   

– non-life insurance

               15           11           26   

Unit-linked insurance

     3,402           4,303           4,995           12,700   

Investment contracts with DPF51,58

     24,330                               24,330   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     29,025           33,598           7,148           69,771   

At 31 December 2013

                 

Non-linked insurance57

     1,383           30,554           2,013           33,950   

– insurance contracts with DPF58

     380           26,540                     26,920   

– credit life

     130           74                     204   

– annuities

     622           129           1,407           2,158   

– term assurance and other long-term contracts

     250           3,795           599           4,644   

– non-life insurance

     1           16           7           24   

Unit-linked insurance

     3,976           5,065           4,763           13,804   

Investment contracts with DPF51,58

     26,427                               26,427   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

     31,786           35,619           6,776           74,181   

For footnotes, see below.

Footnotes to Risk

Credit risk

 

1 From 1 January 2014, non-trading reverse repos and repos are presented as separate lines in the balance sheet. Previously, non-trading reverse repos were included within ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and non-trading repos were included within ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’. Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly.
2 The loans and advances offset relates to customer loans and deposits and balances where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk management purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes. The effects of collateral held are not taken into account.
3 The amount of the loan commitments reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. In addition to those amounts, there is a further maximum possible exposure to credit risk of US$60bn (30 June 2013: US$48bn; 31 December 2013: US$34bn), reflecting the full take-up of such irrevocable loan commitments. The take-up of such offers is generally at modest levels.
4 The US includes residential mortgages of HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance. Other regions comprise Middle East and North Africa and Latin America.
5 First lien residential mortgages include Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme loans of US$3.3bn at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: US$3.1bn; 31 December 2013: US$3.2bn).
6 HSBC Finance lending is shown on a management basis and includes loans transferred to HSBC USA Inc. which are managed by HSBC Finance.
7 Property acquired through foreclosure is initially recognised at the lower of the carrying amount of the loan or its fair value less estimated costs to sell (‘Initial Foreclosed Property Carrying Amount’). The average gain or loss on sale of foreclosed properties is calculated as the Initial Foreclosed Properties Carrying Amount less cash proceeds divided by the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimbursable from the cash proceeds (e.g. real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property. This ratio represents the portion of our total loss on foreclosed properties that occurred after we took title to the property.

 

172


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

8 The average total loss on foreclosed properties includes both the loss on sale of the foreclosed property as discussed in footnote 6 and the cumulative write-downs recognised on the loans up to the time we took title to the property. This calculation of the average total loss on foreclosed properties uses the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimbursable from the cash proceeds (e.g. real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property.
9 From 1 January 2014, the geographical region ‘Asia’ replaced the geographical regions previously reported as ‘Hong Kong’ and ‘Rest of Asia-Pacific’ (see Note 23 on the Financial Statements for further details). Comparative data have been re-presented to reflect this change.
10 ‘Other commercial loans and advances’ includes advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
11 For the purpose of this disclosure, retail loans which are past due up to 89 days and are not otherwise classified as impaired in accordance with our disclosure convention (see page 185 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013), are not disclosed within the expected loss (‘EL’) grade to which they relate, but are separately classified as past due but not impaired.
12 Impairment allowances are not reported for financial instruments whereby the carrying amount is reduced directly for impairment and not through the use of an allowance account.
13 Impairment is not measured for assets held in trading portfolios or designated at fair value as assets in such portfolios are managed according to movements in fair value, and the fair value movement is taken directly to the income statement. Consequently, we report all such balances under ‘Neither past due nor impaired’.
14 Loans and advances to customers include asset-backed securities that have been externally rated as strong (30 June 2014: US$1.8bn; 30 June 2013: US$2.0bn; 31 December 2013: US$1.7bn), good (30 June 2014: US$88m; 30 June 2013: US$348m; 31 December 2013: US$255m), satisfactory (30 June 2014: US$54m; 30 June 2013: US$338m; 31 December 2013: US$200m), sub-standard (30 June 2014: US$220m; 30 June 2013: US$493m; 31 December 2013: US$283m) and impaired (30 June 2014: US$321m; 30 June 2013: US$246m; 31 December 2013: US$259m).
15 Other personal loans and advances include second lien mortgages and other property-related lending.
16 Included in this category are loans of US$1.8bn (30 June 2013: US$2.1bn; 31 December 2013: US$1.9bn) that have been re-aged once and were less than 60 days past due at the point of re-age. These loans are not classified as impaired following re-age due to the overall expectation that these customers will perform on the original contractual terms of their borrowing in the future.
17 Impaired loans and advances are those classified as CRR 9, CRR 10, EL 9 or EL 10, retail loans 90 days or more past due, unless individually they have been assessed as not impaired (see page 272 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013, ‘Past due but not impaired gross financial instruments’) and renegotiated loans and advances meeting the criteria to be disclosed as impaired (see page 130).
18 Collectively assessed loans and advances comprise homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant, and loans subject to individual assessment where no impairment has been identified on an individual basis, but on which a collective impairment allowance has been calculated to reflect losses which have been incurred but not yet identified.
19 Collectively assessed loans and advances not impaired are those classified as CRR1 to CRR8 and EL1 to EL8 but excluding retail loans 90 days past due and renegotiated loans and advances meeting the criteria to be disclosed as impaired.
20 Net of settlement accounts and stock borrowings.
21 As a percentage of loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers, as applicable.
22 Included within ‘Exchange and other movements’ is US$0.2bn of impairment allowances reclassified to held for sale (30 June 2013: nil; 31 December 2013: US$0.6bn).
23 ‘Currency translation adjustment’ is the effect of translating the results of subsidiaries and associates for the previous period at the average rates of exchange applicable in the current period.
24 Negative numbers are favourable: positive numbers are unfavourable.
25 Equity securities not included.
26 Included within ‘Total gross loans and advances to customers’ is credit card lending of US$29.4bn (30 June 2013: US$28.9bn; 31 December 2013: US$30.6bn).
27 The impairment allowances on loans and advances to banks at 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2013 relate to the geographical regions, Europe and Middle East and North Africa (31 December 2013: Europe, Middle East and North Africa and North America).
28 Carrying amount of the net principal exposure.
29 Includes holdings of ABSs issued by The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’) and The Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’).
30 ‘Directly held’ includes assets held by Solitaire where we provide first loss protection and assets held directly by the Group.
31 ‘Effect of impairments’ represents the reduction or increase in the reserve on initial impairment and subsequent reversal of impairment of the asset.
32 The gross principal is the redemption amount on maturity or, in the case of an amortising instrument, the sum of the future redemption amounts through the residual life of the security.
33 A credit default swap (‘CDS’) gross protection is the gross principal of the underlying instrument that is protected by CDSs.
34 Net principal exposure is the gross principal amount of assets that are not protected by CDSs. It includes assets that benefit from monoline protection, except where this protection is purchased with a CDS.

Liquidity and funding

 

35 The most favourable metrics are a smaller advances to core funding and a larger stressed one month coverage ratio.
36 HSBC UK comprises five legal entities; HSBC Bank plc (including all overseas branches), Marks and Spencer Financial Services Limited, HSBC Private Bank (UK) Ltd, HFC Bank Ltd and HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited, managed as a single operating entity, in line with the application of UK liquidity regulation as agreed with the PRA.
37 The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation represents the bank in Hong Kong including all overseas branches. Each branch is monitored and controlled for liquidity and funding risk purposes as a stand-alone operating entity.
38 HSBC USA represents the HSBC USA Inc. consolidated group; predominantly HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank USA, NA. The HSBC USA Inc. consolidated group is managed as a single operating entity.
39 The total shown for other principal entities represents the combined position of all the other operating entities overseen directly by the Risk Management Meeting of the GMB.
40 Estimated liquidity value represents the expected realisable value of assets prior to management assumed haircuts.
41 The undrawn balance for the five largest committed liquidity facilities provided to customers other than facilities to conduits.

 

173


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

42 The undrawn balance for the total of all committed liquidity facilities provided to the largest market sector, other than facilities to conduits.

Market risk

 

43 Trading portfolios comprise positions arising from the market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions.
44 Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types, for example, interest rate, equity and foreign exchange, together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
45 The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
46 Hypothetical profit and loss is calculated by applying the day’s market moves to the previous day’s portfolio. Hypothetical profit and loss excludes non-trading revenues such as fees and commissions, portfolio changes (e.g. new or expired deals) and carry (e.g. funding costs).
47 Investments in private equity are primarily made through managed funds that are subject to limits on the amount of investment. Potential new commitments are subject to risk appraisal to ensure that industry and geographical concentrations remain within acceptable levels for the portfolio as a whole. Regular reviews are performed to substantiate the valuation of the investments within the portfolio.
48 Investments held to facilitate ongoing business include holdings in government-sponsored enterprises and local stock exchanges.
49 Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, we group our interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose rates are considered likely to move together.

Risk management of insurance operations

 

50 Other-long term includes term assurance, credit life insurance and universal life insurance.
51 Although investment contracts with DPF are financial instruments, HSBC continues to account for them as insurance contracts as permitted by IFRS 4.
52 The Other assets column shows shareholder assets as well as assets and liabilities classified as held for sale. The majority of the assets for insurance businesses classified as held for sale are reported as ‘Other assets and investment properties’ and totalled US$7.3bn at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: US$0.1bn; 31 December 2013: nil). The majority of these assets were debt and equity securities. All liabilities for insurance businesses classified as held for sale are reported in ‘Other liabilities’ and totalled US$7.4bn at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: US$0.1bn; 31 December 2013: nil). The majority of these liabilities were liabilities under insurance contracts and liabilities under investment contracts.
53 Present value of in-force long-term insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF.
54 Deferred tax includes the deferred tax liabilities arising on recognition of PVIF.
55 Does not include associated insurance company SABB Takaful Company or joint venture insurance company Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited.
56 HSBC has no insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in North America or the Middle East and North Africa.
57 Non-linked insurance includes remaining non-life business.
58 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) can give policyholders the contractual right to receive, as a supplement to their guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that may be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits, but whose amount and timing are determined by HSBC. These additional benefits are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool of contracts or assets, or the profit of the company issuing the contracts.

 

174


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Capital

 

 

     Page      App1      Tables    Page  

Capital overview

     176          Capital ratios      176   
                       Total regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets      176   

Capital management

        193         

Approach and policy

        193         

Stress testing

        193         

Risks to capital

        193         

Risk-weighted asset targets

        193         

Capital generation

              194                 

Capital measurement and allocation

        194         

Regulatory capital

        194         

Pillar 1 capital requirements

        194         

Pillar 2 capital requirements

        196         

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

              196                 

Risk-weighted assets and total regulatory capital

     177          RWAs by risk type      177   
         RWAs by global businesses      177   
         RWAs by geographical regions      177   

Credit risk RWAs

     178          Credit risk exposure – RWAs by geographical region      178   
         Credit risk exposure – RWAs by global business      178   
        

RWA movement by key driver – credit risk – IRB only

     179   
        

RWA movement by global business by key driver – credit risk – IRB only

     180   

Counterparty credit risk RWAs

     181         

Counterparty credit risk RWAs

     181   
        

RWA movement by key driver – counterparty credit risk – advanced approach

     182   

Market risk RWAs

     182         

Market risk RWAs

     182   

Operational risk RWAs

     183         

RWA movement by key driver – market risk – internal model based

     182   
           
                                 

RWA movement by key driver – basis of
preparation and supporting notes

        196         

Credit risk drivers – definitions and
quantification

        196         

Counterparty risk drivers – definitions and
quantification

        198         

Market risk drivers – definitions and
quantification

              198                 

Movement in total regulatory capital in the first  half of 2014

     183                Source and application of total regulatory capital      183   

Capital structure

     184          Composition of regulatory capital      184   
         Reconciliation of regulatory capital from Year 1 transitional basis to an estimated CRD IV end point basis      185   
        

Capital and RWA movements by major driver – CRD IV end point basis

     186   

Leverage ratio

     186               

Estimated leverage ratio

     187   

Regulatory capital buffers

     187            

G-SII buffer

     187            

Capital conservation buffer

     188            

Countercyclical and other macroprudential buffers

     188            

Pillar 2 and the ‘PRA buffer’

     188            

Regulatory stress testing

     189            

RWA integrity

     189                          

Other regulatory updates

     190            

Structural banking reform

     190                          

 

1 Appendix to Capital.

           

 

175


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Our objective in the management of Group capital is to maintain appropriate levels of capital to support our business strategy and meet our regulatory requirements.

 

 

Capital highlights

 

 

Year 1 transition CET1 ratio 11.2%, up from 10.8% at the end of 2013, as a result of capital generation and the benefit of higher fourth interim scrip take-up.

 

 

End point CET1 ratio 11.3%, up from 10.9% at the end of 2013, as a result of similar drivers.

 

Capital overview

Capital ratios

 

     At
30 Jun
2014
%
          At
30 Jun
2013
%
          At
31 Dec
2013
%
 

CRD IV year 1 transition

              

Common equity tier 1 ratio

     11.2            n/a            10.8   

Tier 1 ratio

     12.3            n/a            12.0   

Total capital ratio

     15.4            n/a            14.9   

CRD IV end point

              

Common equity tier 1 ratio

     11.3            10.1            10.9   

Basel 2.5

              

Core tier 1 ratio

     n/a            12.7            13.6   

Tier 1 ratio

     n/a            13.6            14.5   

Total capital ratio

     n/a            16.6            17.8   

Total regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets

 

    

CRD IV

Year 1

transition

   

 

   Basel 2.5  
    

At

30 Jun

2014

US$m

        

At

30 Jun

2013

US$m

         

At

31 Dec

2013

US$m

 

Common equity/Core tier 1 capital

     140,070           140,890            149,051   

Additional tier 1 capital

     13,813           9,252            9,104   

Tier 2 capital

     38,951           33,308            35,854   

Total regulatory capital

     192,834           183,450            194,009   

Risk-weighted assets

     1,248,572           1,104,764            1,092,653   

On 1 January 2014, CRD IV came into force and capital and RWAs at 30 June 2014 are calculated and presented on this basis. Prior to this date, they were calculated and presented in accordance with the previous regime under CRD III, also referred to as ‘Basel 2.5’.

Prior to implementation, CRD IV capital and RWAs were estimates based on the Group’s interpretation of CRD IV legislation and the rules of the PRA available at the time (details of basis of preparation of these estimates can be found on page 324 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 and page 197 of the Interim Report 2013, respectively).

The capital and RWAs on a CRD IV basis incorporate the effect of the PRA’s final rules in their Policy Statement (‘PS 7/13’) issued in December 2013. This transposed various areas of national discretion within the final CRD IV legislation into UK law. In its final rules, the PRA did not adopt most of the CRD IV transitional provisions available, instead opting for an acceleration of the CRD IV end point definition of common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’), with the exception that the CRD IV transitional provisions for unrealised gains were applied, such that unrealised gains on investment property and available-for-sale securities are not recognised for capital until 1 January 2015. As a result, our transitional capital ratio is slightly lower than the comparable end point capital ratio.

In April 2014, the PRA published its rules and supervisory statements implementing some of the CRD IV provisions relating to capital buffers, further details of which are provided in the regulatory buffers section on page 187.

In addition, the PRA has also published its expectations in relation to capital ratios for major UK banks and building societies, namely that from 1 July 2014, capital resources should be held equivalent to at least 7% of RWAs using a CRD IV end point definition of CET1. This PRA capital guidance applies instead of the minimum 4% CET1 transitional ratio applicable during 2014 under CRD IV.

The PRA also established a forward-looking CRD IV end point CET1 target ratio for the Group to be met by 2019.

Despite the rules published to date, there remains continued uncertainty around the amount of capital that UK banks will be required to hold. This relates specifically to the quantification and interaction of capital buffers and Pillar 2, where further PRA consultations are due in 2014. Furthermore, there are a significant number

 

 

176


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

of draft and unpublished EBA technical and implementation standards due in 2014.

Our approach to managing Group capital is designed to ensure that we exceed current regulatory requirements and that we respect the payment priority of our capital providers. We complied with the PRA’s regulatory capital adequacy requirements throughout 2013 and the first half of 2014. We are also well placed to meet our expected future capital requirements.

 

We manage our capital position to meet an internal target CET1 ratio on an end point basis of greater than 10%. We continue to keep this target under review.

 

LOGO   A summary of our policies and practices regarding capital management, measurement and allocation is provided in the Appendix to Capital on page 193.
 

 

Risk-weighted assets and total regulatory capital

RWAs by risk type

 

                 CRD IV              
     At           transition and           At  
     30 Jun           end point           31 Dec  
     2014           31 Dec 2013           2013  
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

Credit risk

     966.0            936.5            864.3   

Counterparty credit risk

     101.4            95.8            45.8   

Market risk

     63.1            63.4            63.4   

Operational risk

     118.1            119.2            119.2   
     1,248.6            1,214.9            1,092.7   

Of which:

              

– run-off portfolios

     121.6            142.3            104.8   

– legacy credit in GB&M

     52.7            63.7            26.3   

– US CML and Other

     68.9            78.6            78.5   

– Card and Retail Services1

                1.1            1.1   

 

For footnote, see page 192.

 

RWAs by global businesses

 

  

  

    

CRD IV

transition and

end point

          Basel 2.5 at           Basel 2.5 at  
     30 Jun 2014           30 Jun 2013           31 Dec 2013  
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

Retail Banking and Wealth Management

     223.0            243.4            233.5   

Commercial Banking

     424.9            385.9            391.7   

Global Banking and Markets

     537.3            429.2            422.3   

Global Private Banking

     22.1            21.8            21.7   

Other

     41.3            24.5            23.5   
     1,248.6            1,104.8            1,092.7   

 

RWAs by geographical regions2

 

  

    

CRD IV

transition and
end point

          Basel 2.5 at           Basel 2.5 at  
     30 Jun 2014           30 Jun 2013           31 Dec 2013  
     US$bn           US$bn           US$bn  

Europe

     393.6            305.4            300.1   

Asia

     481.1            413.1            430.7   

Middle East and North Africa

     62.7            64.2            62.5   

North America

     236.9            236.4            223.8   

Latin America

     96.8            96.7            89.5   
     1,248.6            1,104.8            1,092.7   

 

177


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Credit risk RWAs

Credit risk exposure – RWAs by geographical region

 

     Europe          Asia3          MENA         

North

America

        

Latin

America

         Total  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

RWAs at 30 June 2014

                           

IRB advanced approach

     211.2           209.9           11.2           155.3           12.0           599.6   

IRB foundation approach

     11.4                     4.1                               15.5   

Standardised approach

     46.9           174.3           39.0           30.7           60.0           350.9   
     269.5           384.2           54.3           186.0           72.0           966.0   

RWAs at 31 December 2013

                           

IRB advanced approach

     157.1           182.9           11.2           161.5           8.5           521.2   

IRB foundation approach

     9.8                     3.8                               13.6   

Standardised approach

     44.5           165.9           40.0           22.7           56.4           329.5   
     211.4           348.8           55.0           184.2           64.9           864.3   

For footnote, see page 192.

Credit risk exposure – RWAs by global businesses

 

     Principal
RBWM
         RBWM
(Run-off)
        

Commercial

Banking

        

Global

Banking

& Markets

        

Global

Private

Banking

         Other          Total  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

RWAs at 30 June 2014

                                

IRB advanced approach

     60.3           60.6           206.2           249.5           11.1           11.9           599.6   

IRB foundation approach

                         7.2           6.9           0.1           1.3           15.5   

Standardised approach

     59.0           5.5           178.5           73.6           6.5           27.8           350.9   
     119.3           66.1           391.9           330.0           17.7           41.0           966.0   

RWAs at 31 December 2013

                                

IRB advanced approach

     58.4           72.6           183.2           192.8           10.4           3.8           521.2   

IRB foundation approach

                         6.3           5.8           0.1           1.4           13.6   

Standardised approach

     60.6           3.1           169.3           71.6           6.9           18.0           329.5   
     119.0           75.7           358.8           270.2           17.4           23.2           864.3   

 

Credit risk RWAs are calculated using three approaches as permitted by the PRA. For consolidated Group reporting we have adopted the advanced IRB approach for the majority of our business, with a small proportion being on the foundation IRB approach and the remaining portfolios on the standardised approach.

Standardised approach

For portfolios treated under the standardised approach, credit risk RWAs increased by US$21.4bn. The move to a CRD IV basis increased RWAs on 1 January 2014 by US$7.1bn. This movement was mainly comprised of material holdings and deferred tax asset amounts in aggregate below the capital threshold risk-weighted at 250%

(US$28.3bn), partially offset by a reclassification of non-credit obligation assets to the IRB approach for reporting purposes (US$16.3bn) and netting of collective impairments against EAD under the standardised approach (US$3.5bn).

In the first quarter of 2014, several individually immaterial portfolios moved from the IRB to the standardised approach, increasing standardised RWAs by US$6.0bn, and reducing IRB RWAs by US$4.8bn.

Corporate growth in Asia, Middle East and North Africa and Latin America increased RWAs by US$8.9bn. This was partially offset by the reclassification of Vietnam Technological & Commercial Joint Stock Bank from an associate to an investment, which reduced RWAs by US$1.1bn.

 

 

178


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

RWA movement by geographical regions by key driver – credit risk – IRB only

 

     Europe          Asia3          MENA         

North

America

        

Latin

America

         Total  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

RWAs at 1 January 2014 on Basel 2.5 basis

     166.9           182.9           15.0           161.5           8.5           534.8   

Foreign exchange movement

     4.9           0.8           (0.2        (0.1        (0.4        5.0   

Acquisitions and disposals

     (2.3                  (0.5        (2.6        (0.1        (5.5

Book size

     3.0           13.0           (0.2        (0.5        1.9           17.2   

Book quality

     (1.7        0.7           0.7           (2.3        0.4           (2.2

Model updates

     14.9           0.3                     (5.1                  10.1   

– portfolios moving onto IRB approach

                                                         

– new/updated models

     14.9           0.3                     (5.1                  10.1   

Methodology and policy

     36.9           12.2           0.5           4.4           1.7           55.7   

– internal updates

     (9.8        (5.6        (0.2        (2.6        (0.1        (18.3

– external updates – regulatory

     2.2           6.7           (0.2        0.7           0.1           9.5   

– CRD IV impact

     37.0           5.7           0.4           4.9           0.2           48.2   

– NCOA moving from STD to IRB

     7.5           5.4           0.5           1.4           1.5           16.3   
    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

  
                                                                         

Total RWA movement

     55.7           27.0           0.3           (6.2        3.5           80.3   

RWAs at 30 June 2014 on CRD IV basis

     222.6           209.9           15.3           155.3           12.0           615.1   

RWAs at 1 January 2013 on Basel 2.5 basis

     150.7           162.3           12.6           187.1           11.2           523.9   

Foreign exchange movement

     (6.0        (3.2        (0.4        (1.6        (0.5        (11.7

Acquisitions and disposals

     (1.6                            (8.2                  (9.8

Book size

     2.0           10.4           0.1           (5.5        (0.4        6.6   

Book quality

     2.4           3.7           1.5           (7.1        0.1           0.6   

Model updates

     (1.8                  0.1           (0.2                  (1.9

– portfolios moving onto IRB approach

                                                         

– new/updated models

     (1.8                  0.1           (0.2                  (1.9

Methodology and policy

     2.7           0.4                     10.0           0.1           13.2   

Internal updates

     0.2           (6.0                  (0.2        0.1           (5.9

External updates

     2.5           6.4                     10.2                     19.1   
    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

  
                                                                         

Total RWA movement

     (2.3        11.3           1.3           (12.6        (0.7        (3.0

RWAs at 30 June 2013 on Basel 2.5 basis

     148.4           173.6           13.9           174.5           10.5           520.9   

RWAs at 1 January 2013 on Basel 2.5 basis

     150.7           162.3           12.6           187.1           11.2           523.9   

Foreign exchange movement

     3.3           (4.5        (0.5        (1.9        (1.0        (4.6

Acquisitions and disposals

     (1.5                            (8.6        (1.7        (11.8

Book size

     2.1           21.2           1.4           (10.6        0.2           14.3   

Book quality

     (1.5        5.3           1.3           (10.8        (0.3        (6.0

Model updates

     11.6                     0.1           (0.2                  11.5   

– portfolios moving onto IRB approach

     13.4                                                   13.4   

– new/updated models

     (1.8                  0.1           (0.2                  (1.9

Methodology and policy

     2.2           (1.4        0.1           6.5           0.1           7.5   

Internal updates

     (0.2        (7.8        0.1           (0.6        0.1           (8.4

External updates

     2.4           6.4                     7.1                     15.9   
    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

  
                                                                         

Total RWA movement

     16.2           20.6           2.4           (25.6        (2.7        10.9   

RWAs at 31 December 2013 on Basel 2.5 basis

     166.9           182.9           15.0           161.5           8.5           534.8   

For footnote, see page 192.

 

179


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

RWA movement by global businesses by key driver – credit risk – IRB only

 

    

Principal

RBWM

        

US

run-off

portfolio

         Total
RBWM
         CMB          GB&M          GPB          Other          Total  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

RWAs at 1 January 2014 on Basel 2.5 basis

     58.4           72.6           131.0           189.5           198.5           10.6           5.2           534.8   

Foreign exchange movement

     0.5                     0.5           2.2           2.1           0.2                     5.0   

Acquisitions and disposals

                                             (5.5                            (5.5

Book size

     1.1           (3.4        (2.3        11.7           8.5           (0.4        (0.3        17.2   

Book quality

     (1.8        (4.0        (5.8        2.8           0.7           (0.3        0.4           (2.2

Model updates

     0.1           (4.9        (4.8        9.3           5.3           0.3                     10.1   

– portfolios moving onto IRB approach

                                                                             

– new/updated models

     0.1           (4.9        (4.8        9.3           5.3           0.3                     10.1   

Methodology and policy

     2.0           0.3           2.3           (2.1        46.8           0.8           7.9           55.7   

– internal updates

     (2.6                  (2.6        (5.5        (9.9        (0.3                  (18.3

– external updates – regulatory

                                   2.5           6.3           0.5           0.2           9.5   

– CRD IV impact

                                   (0.7        48.6           0.2           0.1           48.2   

– NCOA moving from STD to IRB

     4.6           0.3           4.9           1.6           1.8           0.4           7.6           16.3   

Total RWA movement

     1.9           (12.0        (10.1        23.9           57.9           0.6           8.0           80.3   

RWAs at 30 June 2014 on CRD IV basis

     60.3           60.6           120.9           213.4           256.4           11.2           13.2           615.1   

 

Internal ratings-based approach

Credit risk RWA movements by key driver for portfolios treated under the IRB approach are set out in the table below. For the basis of preparation, see Appendix to Capital on page 193. For portfolios treated under IRB approach, credit risk RWAs increased by US$80.3bn of which US$5.0bn was due to foreign exchange movements.

Acquisitions and disposals

In GB&M, the sale of ABSs in North America reduced RWAs by US$2.7bn. Additionally, GB&M continued to manage down the securitisation positions held through the sale of certain structured investment conduit positions, lowering RWAs by US$2.0bn in Europe.

The disposal of our businesses in Colombia and Jordan resulted in a reduction in IRB RWAs of US$0.2bn and US$0.5bn in Latin America and Middle East and North Africa, respectively.

Book size

Book size movement reflected higher corporate lending, including term and trade-related lending, increasing RWAs by US$16.2bn in Asia, Europe and North America for CMB and GB&M. The Group’s exposure to sovereigns principally arises from balance sheet and liquidity management, investment services and mandatory deposits, and those holdings are the main driver of RWA sovereign movements in GB&M across a number of regions. Overall,

sovereign book growth increased RWAs by US$1.0bn, mainly in Asia and Latin America.

In North America, in RBWM, continued run-off of the US CML retail mortgage portfolios resulted in a book size RWA reduction of US$3.4bn.

Book quality

Book quality improvements in Principal RBWM relate to risk model realignment for personal lending portfolios and favourable shifts in portfolio quality in Europe which reduced RWAs by US$1.8bn.

RWAs reduced by US$4.0bn in the US run-off portfolio, primarily as a consequence of continued run-off and the sale of lower quality loans that resulted in an improvement in the quality of the residual portfolio.

This was partially offset by increases in RWAs resulting from adverse movements in average customer credit quality in corporate and sovereign portfolios in Asia, Middle East and North Africa and North America, increasing RWAs by US$3.1bn.

Model updates

In Europe, an LGD floor applied to UK corporate portfolios resulted in an increase in RWAs of US$14.8bn in CMB and GB&M. This was partially offset by model updates in North America, primarily the implementation of new risk models for the US mortgage run-off portfolio, resulting in a decrease in RWAs of US$4.9bn.

 

 

180


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Methodology and policy changes

Methodology and policy updates increased RWAs by US$55.7bn. The increase primarily related to the implementation of CRD IV rules at 1 January 2014, having an RWA impact of US$48.2bn. The main CRD IV movements arose from securitisation positions that were previously deducted from capital and are now included as a part of credit risk RWAs and risk-weighted at 1,250%, resulting in a US$40.2bn increase in RWAs as well as the introduction of an asset valuation correlation multiplier for financial counterparties, producing a US$9.2bn increase in RWAs.

Selected portfolios with a low default history mainly in Europe, Asia and North America, were subjected to external updates with the introduction of LGD floors, increasing RWAs by US$9.8bn.

This was partially offset by an internal update consisting of a transfer of individually immaterial portfolios moving to standardised approach, reducing IRB RWAs by US$4.8bn. A further decrease in RWAs of US$7.4bn arose from the adjustment of regulatory accounting value of GB&M legacy credit portfolio positions by their associated available-for-sale reserves.

In Asia, internal methodology changes associated with trade finance products accounted for a reduction in RWAs of US$4.6bn.

Counterparty credit risk RWAs

CCR increased by US$55.7bn, of which US$28.6bn relates to advanced approach. The RWA increase of US$27.1bn for standardised approach mainly relates to the implementation of CRD IV on 1 January 2014, which introduced credit valuation adjustment and central counterparty (‘CCP’) RWAs.

Advanced approach

Credit valuation adjustment and asset value correlation multiplier for financial counterparties introduced by the implementation of CRD IV increased RWAs by US$6.8bn and US$10.2bn respectively on 1 January 2014.

Within external regulatory and model updates, selected portfolios were subject to PRA LGD floors, which increased RWAs by US$9.7bn, mainly in Europe and Asia. Decreases in RWAs from internal methodology updates were mainly the result of changes in qualifying central counterparties and additional CVA exemptions.

The increase in book size was mainly driven by an increase in foreign exchange derivatives and reverse repo positions.

 

 

Counterparty credit risk RWAs

 

     At          At          At  
     30 June          30 June          31 December  
     2014          2013          2013  
Counterparty credit risk    US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

Advanced approach

     70.8           45.1           42.2   

– CCR IRB approach

     65.2           45.1           42.2   

– CVA

     5.6                       

Standardised approach

     30.6           3.5           3.5   

– CCR standardised approach

     3.9           3.5           3.5   

– CVA

     22.2                       

– CCP

     4.5                       
    

 

       
                                

RWAs

     101.4           48.6           45.7   

 

181


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

RWA movement by key driver – counterparty credit risk – advanced approach

 

    

On CRD IV

basis

         On Basel 2.5 basis  
         Half-year to          Half-year to          Year to  
     30 Jun 2014          30 Jun 2013          31 Dec 2013  
     US$bn          US$bn          US$bn  

RWAs at beginning of period on Basel 2.5 basis

     42.2           45.7           45.7   

Book size

     3.2           1.0           (0.9

Book quality

     (0.3        (1.0        (2.7

Model updates

     2.2                       

Methodology and policy

     23.5           (0.6        0.1   

– internal regulatory updates

     (1.0        (0.6        0.1   

– external regulatory updates

     7.5                       

– CRD IV impact

     17.0                         
    

 

    

 

  
                                  

Total RWA movement

     28.6           (0.6        (3.5

RWAs at end of period

     70.8           45.1           42.2   

 

Market risk RWAs

 

Market risk RWAs

 

            
    

At

30 June

2014

US$bn

        

At

30 June

2013

US$bn

        

At

31 December

2013

US$bn

 

Internal model based

            

VaR

     5.6           5.7           4.9   

Stressed VaR

     7.8           6.9           9.4   

Incremental risk charge

     24.9           24.2           23.1   

Comprehensive risk measure

     2.0           3.1           2.6   

Other VaR and stressed VaR

     9.2           19.6           12.2   

Internal model based

     49.5           59.5           52.2   

Standardised approach

     13.6           11.4           11.2   
     63.1           70.9           63.4   

 

RWA movement by key driver – market risk – internal model based

 

            
     Half-year to          Year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$bn

        

30 June

2013

US$bn

        

31 December

2013

US$bn

 

RWAs at beginning of period on Basel 2.5 basis

     52.2           44.5           44.5   

Movement in risk levels

     0.9           (4.6        (14.5

Model updates

               17.6           17.6   

Methodology and policy

     (3.6        2.0           4.6   

– internal regulatory updates

     0.5           2.0           4.6   

– external regulatory updates

     (4.1                    
    

 

    

 

  
                                  

Total RWA movement

     (2.7        15.0           7.7   

RWAs at end of period

     49.5           59.5           52.2   

 

Total market risk RWAs remained relatively stable during the first half of the year, decreasing marginally by US$0.3bn.

Movements relating to changes in risk levels reflected an increase in the incremental risk charge as a result of increased exposures with sovereign counterparties, with an impact of US$4.2bn partially

offset by a decrease of trading positions which led to an RWA reduction of US$2.8bn.

Methodology and policy movements mainly relate to a regulatory approval for a change in the basis of consolidation for modelled market risk charges delivering a reduction in RWAs of US$4.1bn.

 

 

182


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Market risk RWAs movements for portfolios not within the scope of modelled approaches resulted in an increase of US$2.4bn, mainly related to trading book securitisation positions that were previously deducted from capital (US$2.6bn).

Operational risk RWAs

The reduction in operational risk RWAs of US$1.1bn was mainly due to the continuing amortisation of the operational risk RWAs for the US CRS portfolio disposed of in May 2012.

 

 

Movement in total regulatory capital in the first half of 2014

Source and application of total regulatory capital

 

         CRD IV Year 1
transition
         Basel 2.5  
    

Half-year to

30 Jun

2014

US$m

        

Half-year to

30 Jun

2013

US$m

        

Half-year to

31 Dec

2013

US$m

 

Movement in total regulatory capital

            

Opening common equity/core tier 1 capital

     131,233           138,789           140,890   

Contribution to common equity/core tier 1 capital from profit for the period

     10,045           10,297           6,827   

Consolidated profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     9,746           10,284           5,920   

Removal of own credit spread net of tax

     202           13           907   

Debit valuation adjustment

     97                         

Net dividends including foreseeable net dividends4

     (2,329        (4,780        (2,207

Dividends net of scrip recognised under Basel 2.5

                (4,780        (2,207

Update for fourth interim dividend scrip take-up in excess of plan

     1,108                 

First interim dividend net of scrip

     (1,766              

Second interim dividend

     (2,053              

Add back: planned scrip take-up

     382                         

Decrease in goodwill and intangible assets deducted

     147           739           (204

Ordinary shares issued

     14           169           128   

Foreign currency translation differences

     720           (4,387        3,093   

Other, including regulatory adjustments

     240           63           524   

Closing common equity/core tier 1 capital

     140,070           140,890           149,051   

Opening additional/other tier 1 capital

     14,408           12,259           9,252   

Hybrid capital securities including redemptions

     (500        (1,478        327   

Unconsolidated investments

     1           (1,519        (485

Other, including regulatory adjustments

     (96        (10        10   

Closing tier 1 capital

     153,883           150,142           158,155   

Opening other tier 2 capital

     35,538           29,758           33,308   

Issued tier 2 capital securities net of redemptions

     3,450           (457        2,066   

Unconsolidated investments

     2           6,932           (485

Other, including regulatory adjustments

     (39        (2,925        965   

Closing total regulatory capital

     192,834           183,450           194,009   

For footnote, see page 192.

 

We complied with the PRA’s regulatory capital adequacy requirements throughout 2013 and the first half of 2014. Internal capital generation contributed US$7.7bn to common equity tier 1 capital, being profits attributable to shareholders of the parent

company after regulatory adjustment for own credit spread and net of dividends. The second interim dividend is net of planned scrip. We also benefited from a higher fourth interim dividend scrip take-up in excess of plan.

 

 

183


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Capital structure

Composition of regulatory capital

 

     CRD IV Year 1 transition          Basel 2.5  
    

At

30 June

2014

US$m

        

Estimated at

31 December

2013

US$m

        

At

31 December

2013

US$m

        

At

30 June

2013

US$m

 

Tier 1 capital

                 

Shareholders’ equity

     173,453           164,057           173,449           165,816   

Shareholders’ equity per balance sheet5

     190,281           181,871           181,871           174,070   

Foreseeable interim dividend4

     (1,671        (3,005              

Preference share premium

     (1,405        (1,405        (1,405        (1,405

Other equity instruments

     (5,851        (5,851        (5,851        (5,851

Deconsolidation of special purpose entities6

     (686        (1,166        (1,166        (998

Deconsolidation of insurance entities

     (7,215        (6,387                      

Non-controlling interests

     3,792           3,644           4,955           4,754   

Non-controlling interests per balance sheet

     8,441           8,588           8,588           8,291   

Preference share non-controlling interests

     (2,153        (2,388        (2,388        (2,395

Non-controlling interests transferred to tier 2 capital

     (487        (488        (488        (490

Non-controlling interests in deconsolidated subsidiaries

     (824        (757        (757        (652

Surplus non-controlling interest disallowed in CET1

     (1,185        (1,311                      

Regulatory adjustments to the accounting basis

     (2,559        (2,230        480           178   

Unrealised (gains)/losses in available-for-sale debt and equities7

     (141                   1,121           1,071   

Own credit spread8

     1,314           1,112           1,037           137   

Debit valuation adjustment

     (354        (451              

Defined benefit pension fund adjustment9

     (2,301        (1,731        (518        70   

Reserves arising from revaluation of property

     (1,346        (1,281        (1,281        (1,284

Cash flow hedging reserve

     269           121           121           184   

Deductions

     (34,616        (34,238        (29,833        (29,858

Goodwill and intangible assets

     (24,752        (24,899        (25,198        (24,994

Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excludes those arising from temporary differences)

     (945        (680              

Additional valuation adjustment (referred to as PVA)

     (1,688        (2,006              

Investments in own shares through the holding of composite products of which HSBC is a component (exchange traded funds, derivatives and index stock)

     (904        (677              

50% of securitisation positions

                   (1,684        (1,722

50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

                   151           134   

Excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

     (6,327        (5,976        (3,102        (3,276
    

 

    

 

    

 

  
                                               

Common equity/core tier 1 capital

     140,070           131,233           149,051           140,890   

Additional tier 1 capital

                 

Other tier 1 capital before deductions

     13,977           14,573           16,110           15,790   

Preference share premium

     1,160           1,160           1,405           1,405   

Preference share non-controlling interests

     1,955           1,955           2,388           2,395   

Allowable non-controlling interest in AT1

     635           731                 

Hybrid capital securities

     10,227           10,727           12,317           11,990   

Deductions

     (164        (165        (7,006        (6,538

Unconsolidated investments10

     (164        (165        (7,157        (6,672

50% of tax credit adjustment for expected losses

                           151           134   
    

 

    

 

    

 

  
                                               

Tier 1 capital

     153,883           145,641           158,155           150,142   

 

184


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

     CRD IV Year 1 transition          Basel 2.5  
    

At

30 June

2014

US$m

        

Estimated at

31 December

2013

US$m

        

At

31 December

2013

US$m

        

At

30 June

2013

US$m

 

Tier 2 capital

                 

Total qualifying tier 2 capital before deductions

     39,197           35,786           47,812           45,009   

Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains in available-for-sale equities

                           2,755           2,567   

Collective impairment allowances

                   2,616           2,799   

Allowable non-controlling interest in tier 2

     47           86                 

Perpetual subordinated debt

     2,218           2,218           2,777           2,777   

Term subordinated debt

     36,692           33,242           39,364           36,566   

Non-controlling interests in tier 2 capital

     240           240           300           300   

Total deductions other than from tier 1 capital

     (246        (248        (11,958        (11,701

Unconsolidated investments10

     (246        (248        (7,157        (6,672

50% of securitisation positions

                   (1,684        (1,722

50% of excess of expected losses over impairment allowances

                   (3,102        (3,276

Other deductions

                           (15        (31
    

 

    

 

    

 

  
                                               

Total regulatory capital

     192,834           181,179           194,009           183,450   

For footnotes, see page 192.

Reconciliation of regulatory capital from Year 1 transitional basis to an estimated CRD IV end point basis

 

    

At 30 June

2014

US$m

        

Estimated at

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Common equity tier 1 capital on a year 1 transitional basis

     140,070           131,233   

Unrealised gains arising from revaluation of property

     1,346           1,281   

Unrealised gains in available for sale reserves

     141             

Common equity tier 1 capital end point basis

     141,557           132,514   

Additional tier 1 capital on a year 1 transitional basis

     13,813           14,408   

Grandfathered instruments:

       

Preference share premium

     (1,160        (1,160

Preference share non-controlling interests

     (1,955        (1,955

Hybrid capital securities

     (10,227        (10,727

Transitional provisions:

       

Allowable non-controlling interest in AT1

     (231        (366

Unconsolidated investments

     164           165   

Additional tier 1 capital end point basis

     404           365   

Tier 2 capital on a year 1 transitional basis

     38,951           35,538   

Grandfathered instruments:

       

Perpetual subordinated debt

     (2,218        (2,218

Term subordinated debt

     (21,513        (21,513

Transitional provisions:

       

Non-controlling interest in tier 2 capital

     (240        (240

Allowable non-controlling interest in tier 2

     190           345   

Unconsolidated investments

     (164        (165

Tier 2 capital end point basis

     15,006           11,747   

 

185


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

The capital position presented on a CRD IV Year 1 transitional basis follows the CRD IV legislation as implemented in the UK via the PRA’s final rules in the Policy Statement (‘PS 7/13’) issued in December 2013.

The effects of draft EBA standards are not generally captured in our numbers. These could have additional effects on our capital position and RWAs.

Whilst CRD IV allows for the majority of regulatory adjustments and deductions from CET1 to be implemented on a gradual basis from 1 January 2014 to 1 January 2018, the PRA has largely decided not to make use of these transitional provisions. This results in a cost to our transitional CET1 capital and ratio, corresponding to the treatment of unrealised gains on investment property and available-for-sale securities, which are only capable of being recognised in CET1 capital from 1 January 2015.

For tier 1 and tier 2 capital, the PRA followed the transitional provisions timing as set out in CRD IV to apply the necessary regulatory adjustments and deductions. The effect of these adjustments will be phased in at 20% per annum from 1 January 2014 to 1 January 2018.

Furthermore, non-CRD IV compliant additional tier 1 and tier 2 instruments benefit from a grandfathering period. This progressively reduces the eligible amount by 10% annually, following an initial 20% on 1 January 2014, until they are fully phased out by 1 January 2022.

Under CRD IV, as implemented in the UK, banks are required to meet a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.0% of RWAs (increasing to 4.5% from 1 January 2015), a minimum tier 1 ratio of 5.5% of RWAs (increasing to 6% from 1 January 2015) and a total capital ratio of 8% of RWAs. Going forward, as the grandfathering provisions fall away, we intend to meet these minima in an economically efficient manner by issuing non-equity capital as necessary. At 30 June 2014, the Group had US$15.2bn of CRD IV compliant non-equity capital instruments and US$37.1bn of non-equity capital instruments qualifying as eligible capital under CRD IV by virtue of application of the grandfathering provisions, after applying the 20% reduction outlined above.

The net dividends for the period of US$2.3bn include US$1.7bn to reflect our prospective second interim dividend declared, net of projected scrip dividend, which will be paid in October 2014. The remaining US$0.6bn include our first quarter interim dividend paid, net of scrip dividend, partially offset

by a positive adjustment to the scrip take-up related to the fourth interim dividend of 2013.

Capital and RWA movements by major driver – CRD IV end point basis

 

    

Common

equity tier 1

            
     capital                  RWAs  
     US$bn          US$bn  

CRD IV end point basis at 1 January 2014

     132.5           1,214.9   

Contribution to CET1 capital from profit

     10.0             

Net dividends including foreseeable net dividends5

     (2.3          

Implementation of PRA LGD floors

     (0.2        34.4   

Corporate lending growth

               24.7   

Legacy portfolio

               (20.1

Other

     1.6           (5.3

CRD IV end point basis at 30 June 2014

     141.6           1,248.6   

Leverage ratio

 

LOGO   For a detailed basis of preparation of the leverage ratio, see the Appendix to Capital, page 193.

In January 2014, the Basel Committee published its finalised leverage ratio framework, along with the public disclosure requirements applicable from 1 January 2015. This is currently in the process of being transposed into European law.

Under CRD IV, the legislative proposals and final calibration of the leverage ratio are expected to be determined following a review of the revised Basel proposals and the basis of the EBA’s assessment of the impact and effectiveness of the leverage ratio during a monitoring period, between 1 January 2014 and 30 June 2016.

In May 2014, the PRA issued a letter setting out the approach to be taken for calculating the leverage ratio for disclosure in Interim Reports. This confirmed that the basis of calculation of the leverage ratio has changed from previous disclosures. While the numerator continues to be calculated using the final CRD IV end point tier 1 capital definition, the exposure measure is now calculated based on the January 2014 Basel III text (rather than the December 2010 Basel III text). The main differences between the two approaches are set out in our basis of preparation.

It should be noted the revised PRA-prescribed basis for disclosing the leverage ratio is not aligned with CRD IV. However, CRD IV is anticipated to align to Basel during 2014.

 

 

186


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Estimated leverage ratio

 

    

PRA-

prescribed

basis at

 
     30 June  
     2014  
     US$bn  

Total assets per financial balance sheet

     2,754   

Deconsolidation of insurance/other entities

     (107

Consolidation of banking associates

     186   

Total assets per regulatory balance sheet

     2,833   

Adjustment to reverse netting of loans and deposits allowable under IFRS

     98   

Reversal of accounting values

     (498

Derivatives

     (270

Repurchase agreement and securities finance

     (228

Derivatives

     199   

Mark-to-market value

     60   

Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin

     (55

Add-on amounts for potential future exposure

     166   

Exposure amount resulting from the additional treatment for written credit derivatives

     28   

Repurchase agreement and securities finance

     237   

Gross securities financing transactions assets

     314   

Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross securities financing transactions assets

     (86

Measurement of counterparty risk

     9   

Addition of off balance sheet commitments and guarantees:

     445   

Guarantees and contingent liabilities

     80   

Commitments

     356   

Other

     9   

Exclusion of items already deducted from the capital measure

     (37

Exposure measure after regulatory adjustments

     3,277   

Tier 1 capital under CRD IV (end point)

     142   

Estimated leverage ratio (end point)

     4.3%   

 

Regulatory capital buffers

CRD IV establishes a number of capital buffers, to be met by CET1 capital, broadly aligned with the Basel III framework. CRD IV contemplates that these will be phased in from 1 January 2016, subject to national discretion. Restrictions on distributions apply where a bank fails to meet these buffers.

In April 2014, HM Treasury published the statutory instrument ‘Capital Requirements (Capital Buffers and Macro-Prudential Measures) Regulations 2014’ transposing into UK legislation the main provisions in CRD IV related to capital buffers, with the exception of the ‘Systemic Risk Buffer’, where HM Treasury is yet to designate the authority responsible for its application.

The PRA is the designated authority for the Global Systemically Important Institutions (‘G-SIIs’) buffer, the Other Systemically Important Institutions (‘O-SIIs’) buffer and the Capital Conservation Buffer (‘CCB’). In April 2014, they published rules and supervisory statements implementing the main

CRD IV provisions in relation to these buffers. The Bank of England is the designated authority for the countercyclical capital buffer (‘CCyB’) and macro prudential measures.

G-SII buffer

The G-SII buffer (which is the EU implementation of the Basel ‘Global Systemically Important Banks’ (‘G-SIB’) buffer) is to be met with CET1 capital and will be phased in from 1 January 2016. The buffer rate has not yet been formally set and will depend on the final draft EBA Regulatory Technical Standard, on the implementation of the methodology within the EU, being finalised and adopted.

In 2013, the Basel Committee issued the ‘Global systemically important banks: updated assessment methodology and the higher loss absorbency requirement’. Based on this, the Financial Stability Board (‘FSB’) and the Basel Committee updated the list of G-SIBs, using end-2012 data. The add-on of 2.5% previously assigned to HSBC was left unchanged, but this rate will be subject to PRA

 

 

187


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

confirmation later in 2014, after the assessment using end-2013 data has been carried out.

Following direction from the PRA to UK banks in their Supervisory Statement issued in April 2014, and in accordance with the EBA final draft Implementing Technical Standard and guidelines published in June 2014, we disclosed in July 2014 the EBA template showing the values used for the identification and scoring process which underpins our G-SIB designation. The template can be found on our website using the following link http://www.hsbc.com/investor-relations/financial-and-regulatory-reports.

Capital conservation buffer

The CCB was designed to ensure banks build up capital outside periods of stress that can be drawn down when losses are incurred and is set at 2.5% of RWAs. The PRA will phase-in this buffer from 1 January 2016 to 1 January 2019.

Countercyclical and other macro-prudential buffers

CRD IV contemplates a cyclical buffer in line with Basel III, in the form of an institution-specific CCyB, to protect against future losses where unsustainable levels of leverage, debt or credit growth pose a systemic threat. In addition to the buffers as defined under Basel III, CRD IV contemplates the application of increased requirements to address macro-prudential or systemic risk, including the setting of macro-prudential measures such as increasing capital requirements for specific sectors of the economy.

The FPC is responsible for related policy decisions, including setting the CCyB rate and the use of direction powers over sectoral capital requirements (‘SCRs’). The UK legislation enabled use of the CCyB and SCR tools from 1 May 2014. Application of buffer rates set by regulatory authorities outside the UK before 1 January 2016 requires recognition and confirmation by the FPC. Beyond this date reciprocity mechanisms will apply.

In January 2014, the FPC issued a policy statement on its powers to supplement capital requirements, through the use of the CCyB and the SCR tools. The CCyB allows the FPC to raise capital requirements above the micro-prudential level for all exposures to borrowers in the UK. The SCR is a more targeted tool which allows the FPC to increase capital requirements above minimum regulatory standards for exposures to three broad sectors judged to pose a risk to the stability of the financial system as a whole: residential and commercial property; and

other parts of the financial sector, potentially on a global basis.

In June 2014, the FPC set the CCyB rate for UK exposures at 0% but later in the year will consider its approach for recognition of CCyB rates in other countries. Should a CCyB be required, it is expected to be set in the range of 0-2.5% of relevant credit exposures RWAs, although it is uncapped. The institution-specific CCyB rate for the Group will be based on the weighted average of the CCyB rates that apply in the jurisdictions where relevant credit exposures are located. The SCR tool is not currently deployed.

In addition to the measures above, CRD IV sets out a systemic risk buffer (‘SRB’) for the financial sector as a whole, or one or more sub-sectors, to be deployed as necessary by each EU member state with a view to mitigate structural macro-prudential risk. It is expected that, if such a risk was found to be prevalent, the SRB would be set at a minimum of 1% based on the exposures to which it would apply. This is not restricted to exposures within the member state itself and to the extent it would apply at a global level, it is expected that the higher of the G-SII and the SRB would apply. This buffer is yet to be transposed into UK legislation.

Restrictions on capital distributions apply if the bank’s CET1 capital falls below the level of its combined buffer, defined as the total of the CCB, the CCyB, the G-SII and the SRB (as these become applicable).

Pillar 2 and the ‘PRA buffer’

To implement the CRD IV capital buffers in the UK, the PRA issued an initial consultation in 2013, proposing changes to the Pillar 2 framework and explaining its interaction with the buffers. Under the Pillar 2 framework, banks are already required to hold capital in respect of the internal capital adequacy assessment and supervisory review which leads to a final determination by the PRA of individual capital guidance under Pillar 2A. This is currently met by total capital, and in accordance with PS 7/13, is now proposed to be met 56% by CET1 from 1 January 2015.

The PRA further proposed to introduce a PRA buffer, to replace the current capital planning buffer (‘CPB’) (known as Pillar 2B), also to be held in the form of CET1 capital. The PRA buffer is intended to be calculated independently and then compared with the extent to which other CRD IV buffers may already cover the same risks. Depending upon the business undertaken by an individual firm, the PRA has stated its expectation that the capital

 

 

188


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

conservation buffer and relevant systemic buffers should serve a similar purpose to the PRA buffer and therefore be deducted from it.

The PRA is expected to consult on their revised Pillar 2 framework later in 2014 and this will include the transition to the PRA buffer.

Until outstanding consultations are published and guidance issued, there remains uncertainty as to the interaction between these buffers, the exact buffer rate requirements and the ultimate capital impact.

For a high-level representation of the proposed buffers under the new regime on a fully loaded basis, see figure below.

 

LOGO

Level of CET1 capital requirements

Given the developments outlined above, it remains uncertain what HSBC’s precise end point CET1 capital requirement will be. However, elements of the capital requirements that are known or quantified to date are as follows:

 

     %  

Minimum CET1 (phased in up to 2015)

     4.5   

Pillar 2A – 56% CET1

     0.9   

Capital conservation buffer (phased in up to 2019)

     2.5   

G-SIB buffer (to be phased in up to 2019)

     2.5   

It should be noted that Pillar 2A guidance is a point in time assessment of the amount of capital the PRA considers that a bank should hold to meet the overall financial adequacy rule. It is therefore subject to change pending annual assessment and the

supervisory review process. The Group’s Pillar 2A guidance is currently 1.5% of RWA supported by total capital. In line with the PRA’s proposed requirements, this is to be met with at least 56% CET1 from 1 January 2015, being 0.9% of RWA.

Regulatory stress testing

The Group is subject to supervisory stress testing in many jurisdictions. These supervisory requirements are increasing in frequency and in the granularity with which results are required. As such, stress testing represents a key focus for the Group.

In October 2013, the Bank of England published an initial discussion paper ‘A framework for stress testing the UK banking system’. The framework replaces the current stress testing for the capital planning buffer with annual concurrent stress tests, the results of which are expected to inform the setting of the PRA buffer, the CCyB, sectoral capital requirements and other FPC recommendations to the PRA. Later in 2014, the PRA is expected to further consult on Pillar 2, the transition to the PRA buffer and the relationship between the PRA buffer and the stress testing exercise.

The Group is undertaking the Bank of England’s 2014 concurrent stress test exercise. This programme includes common base and stress scenarios applied across major UK banks. The exercise is supported by a complementary programme of data provision to the Bank of England under its Firm Data Submission Framework. Simultaneously, the Group is participating in the EBA stress testing exercise.

Additionally, our subsidiaries in France and Malta are participating in the ECB’s Asset Quality Review, undertaken as part of the ECB’s comprehensive assessment, prior to inception of the Single Supervisory Mechanism. They will then be subject to the ECB’s ongoing stress testing process.

Disclosures of the results of these exercises are planned for late 2014.

Additionally HNAH and HSBC Bank USA are subject to the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (‘CCAR’) and Dodd-Frank Stress Testing programmes of the Federal Reserve and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The results of the exercises were disclosed in March 2014 and are described in more detail on page 108.

RWA integrity

In March 2014 the FPC published that it was minded to recommend that firms report and disclose capital ratios using the standardised approach to credit risk as soon as practicable in 2015 following a Basel

 

 

189


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

review of the standardised approach to credit risk. The latter is yet to be published and its recommendations are unknown.

In May 2014, the EBA published a consultation on benchmarks of internal approaches for calculating own funds requirements for credit and market risk exposures (RWAs). This follows a series of benchmarking exercises run in 2013 to better understand the drivers of differences observed in RWAs across EU institutions. The future annual benchmarking exercise outlined in the consultation paper aims to improve the comparability of capital requirements calculated using internal modelled approaches and will be used by regulators to inform their policy decisions.

Other regulatory updates

In December 2013, the PRA issued its Supervisory Statement SS13/13 in relation to Market Risk. This requires firms to identify risks not adequately captured by models and to hold additional funds against those under its Risks not in VaR (‘RNIV’) framework. In assessing these risks, no offsetting or diversification will be allowed across risk factors.

In March 2014, the EBA published a final draft regulatory technical standard on prudent valuation. We await the adoption of the finalised standard by the European Commission later in 2014.

In June 2014, the EBA and Basel Committee each issued a consultation on Pillar 3 requirements. The EBA consultation addresses how institutions should apply considerations of materiality, confidentiality and proprietary information in relation to disclosure, as well as how they should assess the appropriate frequency of their disclosures. The Basel consultation proposes increased use of standardised templates to enhance comparability in banks’ risk and capital disclosures, as well as a selective approach to increased frequency.

In June 2014, the PRA issued its consultation CP12/14. Two changes to the credit risk rules are being proposed. The first is a proposal that the PRA will not grant advanced internal ratings-based (‘AIRB’) approach permissions in relation to exposures to central governments, public sector entities, central banks and financial sector entities and instead require calculation under the foundation approach from June 2015. The second is a proposal to introduce stricter criteria for the application of a 50% risk weight to certain commercial real estate (‘CRE’) exposures located in non-EEA countries dependent upon loss rates prevalent in these jurisdictions over a representative period. We are carrying out a detailed review of the consultation.

Also, in July 2014, the FPC issued a consultation on the design of a leverage ratio framework for the UK. The consultation makes a range of proposals including that the leverage framework include a minimum leverage ratio, a leverage conservation buffer, a supplementary leverage ratio for a subset of firms such as ring-fenced banks and/or G-SIBs, and the ability for the leverage ratio to vary over time in a countercyclical manner. An infringement of these leverage buffers above the minimum leverage ratio would restrict distributions. It also considers that the minimum leverage ratio may need to be met predominantly with CET1. In addition, the leverage buffers are proposed to be met with CET1, in line with the quality of capital for the risk-weighted buffers. The FPC is of the preliminary view that it should be granted powers of direction over all components of the leverage ratio framework not determined under EU legislation and that these powers should apply as soon as practicable.

Structural banking reform

UK

In December 2013, the UK’s Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 received Royal Assent. It implements the recommendations of the ICB and of the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards, which inter alia establish a framework for ‘ring-fencing’ UK retail banking in separately incorporated banking entities (‘ring-fenced banks’) from trading activities, and sets out requirements for loss absorbency in the form of equity capital and loss absorbing debt. The PRA, subject to the approval of HM Treasury, is empowered to require banking groups to restructure their operations if it considers that the operation of the ring-fence in a group is proving to be ineffective. The exercise of these powers may lead to groups being required to split their retail and investment banking operations into separate corporate groups. In July 2014, final secondary legislation, in the form of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Excluded Activities and Prohibitions) Order 2014 and the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Ring-Fenced Bodies and Core Activities) Order 2014 (‘the orders’) setting out further details were published. The orders include provisions detailing the requirement that the deposits of certain UK individuals and organisations be housed in ring-fenced banks. In addition, the orders place restrictions on the activities and geographical scope of ring-fenced banks. Regulatory rules from supervisory authorities are not yet available. The UK government intends to complete

 

 

190


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

the legislative process by the end of this Parliament in May 2015 and to have reforms in place by 2019.

The UK Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 also creates a ‘bail-in’ mechanism as an additional resolution tool alongside existing options to transfer all or part of the bank to a private sector purchaser, to transfer parts of the bank to a new ‘bridge’ bank which is later sold or takes the bank into temporary public sector ownership. In a ‘bail-in’, shareholders and creditors in the bank have their investments written down in value or converted into new interests (such as new shares) without the bank being placed in liquidation. This allows the bank to continue to provide its core banking services without interruption and ensures that the solvency of the bank is addressed without taxpayer support, while also allowing the Bank of England to provide temporary funding to this newly solvent bank. Certain liabilities including deposits protected by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme are excluded from bail-in. It is intended that these bail-in provisions will be consistent with the EU Recovery and Resolution Directive once it comes into force.

In June 2014, the final text of the Banking Recovery and Resolution Directive was published in the EU’s Official Journal. In July 2014, both HM Treasury and the PRA published consultation papers to transpose and implement the Directive requirements into UK law and rules. The finalised requirements are expected to be in place by 31 December 2014.

Eurozone

In February 2012, the European Commission appointed a High Level Expert Group under the Governor of the Bank of Finland, Erkki Liikanen, to consider potential structural changes in banks within the EU. The group recommended, inter alia, the ring-fencing of certain market-making and trading activities from the deposit-taking and retail payments activities of major banks and possible amendments to the use of bail-in instruments as a resolution tool, as well as a number of other comments.

In January 2014, following a consultation period, the European Commission published its own legislative proposals on the structural reform of the European banking sector which would prohibit proprietary trading in financial instruments and commodities, and enable supervisors to require trading activities such as market-making, complex derivatives and securitisation operations to be undertaken in a separate subsidiary from deposit taking activities.

The ring-fenced deposit taking entity would be subject to separation from the trading entity including capital and management structures, issuance of own debt and arms-length transactions between entities.

The proposals allow for derogation from these requirements for super-equivalent national regimes. On the current basis, it is understood that non-EEA subsidiaries of the Group which could be separately resolved without a threat to the financial stability of the EU would be excluded from the proposals.

The proposals will now be subject to discussion in the European Parliament and the Council and are not expected to be finalised in 2014. The implementation date for any separation under the final rules would depend upon the date on which the final legislation is agreed. The EU proposal contains a provision which would permit derogation by member states which have implemented their own structural reform legislation, subject to meeting certain conditions. This derogation could benefit the UK, which has passed the UK Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013, and France and Germany, which have enacted structural reform. However, it is possible that the proposed derogation will not be enacted. The interaction between the EU proposals and the US Volker Rule has still to be clarified. The G20 has asked the FSB, in collaboration with the International Monetary Fund and the OECD, to assess the cross-border consistency and global financial stability implications of structural measures, to be completed by the end of 2014.

 

 

191


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to Capital

 

1 Operational risk RWAs, under the standardised approach, are calculated using an average of the last three years’ revenues. For business disposals, the operational risk RWAs are not removed immediately on disposal, but diminish over a period of time. The RWAs for the CRS business represent the remaining operational risk RWAs for the business.
2 RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.
3 From 1 January 2014, the geographical region ‘Asia’ replaced the geographical regions previously reported as ‘Hong Kong’ and ‘Rest of Asia-Pacific’ (see Note 23 on the Financial Statements for further details). Comparative data have been re-presented to reflect this change.
4 This includes dividends on ordinary shares, quarterly dividends on preference shares and coupons on capital securities, classified as equity.
5 Includes externally verified profits for the half-year to 30 June 2014.
6 Mainly comprises unrealised gains/losses in available-for-sale debt securities related to SPEs.
7 Unrealised gains/losses in available-for-sale securities are net of tax.
8 Includes own credit spread on trading liabilities.
9 Under Basel 2.5 rules, any defined benefit asset is derecognised and a defined benefit liability may be substituted with the additional funding that will be paid into the relevant schemes over the following five-year period.
10 Mainly comprise investments in insurance entities.

 

192


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

LOGO  

Appendix to Capital

 

Capital management and capital measurement and allocation

Capital management

Approach and policy

Our approach to capital management is driven by our strategic and organisational requirements, taking into account the regulatory, economic and commercial environment in which we operate. Pre-tax return on risk-weighted assets (‘RoRWA’) is an operational metric by which the global businesses are managed on a day-to-day basis. The metric combines return on equity and regulatory capital efficiency objectives. It is our objective to maintain a strong capital base to support the risks inherent in our business and invest in accordance with our six filters framework, exceeding both consolidated and local regulatory capital requirements at all times.

Our policy on capital management is underpinned by a capital management framework which enables us to manage our capital in a consistent manner. The framework, which is approved by the GMB annually, incorporates a number of different capital measures including market capitalisation, invested capital, economic capital and regulatory capital. In accordance with PRA regulations we set our capital ratio target on an end point CRD IV CET1 basis.

 

 

Capital measures

 

 

market capitalisation is the stock market value of HSBC;

 

 

invested capital is the equity capital invested in HSBC by our shareholders, adjusted for certain reserves and goodwill previously amortised or written off;

 

 

economic capital is the internally calculated capital requirement which we deem necessary to support the risks to which we are exposed; and

 

 

regulatory capital is the capital which we are required to hold in accordance with the rules established by the PRA for the consolidated Group and by our local regulators for individual Group companies.

 

Our assessment of capital adequacy is aligned to our assessment of risks, including: credit, market, operational, interest rate risk in the banking book, pension fund, insurance, structural foreign exchange risk and residual risks.

Stress testing

In addition to our internal stress tests, the Group is subject to supervisory stress testing in many jurisdictions. Supervisory requirements are increasing in frequency and in the granularity with which the results are required. These exercises include the programmes of the PRA, the Federal Reserve Board, the EBA, the ECB and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, as well as stress tests undertaken in other jurisdictions. We take into account the results of all such regulatory stress testing when assessing our internal capital requirements.

Risks to capital

Outside the stress-testing framework, a list of top and emerging risks is regularly evaluated for their effect on our CET1 capital ratio. In addition, other risks may be identified which have the potential to affect our RWAs and/or capital position. These risks are also included in the evaluation of risks to capital. The downside or upside scenarios are assessed against our capital management objectives and mitigating actions are assigned as necessary. The responsibility for global capital allocation principles and decisions rests with the GMB. Through our internal governance processes, we seek to maintain discipline over our investment and capital allocation decisions and seek to ensure that returns on investment are adequate after taking into account capital costs. Our strategy is to allocate capital to businesses and entities on the basis of their ability to achieve established RoRWA objectives and their regulatory and economic capital requirements.

Risk-weighted asset targets

RWA targets for our global businesses are established in accordance with the Group’s strategic direction and risk appetite, and approved through the Group’s annual planning process. As these targets are deployed to lower levels of management, action plans for implementation are developed. These may include growth strategies; active portfolio management; restructuring; business and/or customer-level reviews; RWA efficiency and optimisation initiatives and

 

193


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

risk-mitigation. Our capital management process is articulated in the annual Group capital plan which is approved by the Board.

Business performance against RWA targets is monitored through regular reporting to the Group Holdings ALCO. The management of capital deductions is also addressed in the RWA monitoring framework through additional notional charges for these items.

Analysis is undertaken in the RWA monitoring framework to identify the key drivers of movements in the position, such as book size and book quality. Particular attention is paid to identifying and segmenting items within the day-to-day control of the business and those items that are driven by changes in risk models or regulatory methodology.

Capital generation

HSBC Holdings is the primary provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and also provides them with non-equity capital where necessary. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ own capital issuance and profit retention. As part of its capital management process, HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the composition of its capital and its investment in subsidiaries.

 

Capital measurement and allocation

The PRA supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis and therefore receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, the Group as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor their capital adequacy requirements. In 2013, we calculated capital at a Group level using the Basel II framework as amended for CRD III, commonly known as Basel 2.5, and also estimated capital on an end point CRD IV basis. From 1 January 2014, our capital at Group level is calculated under the CRD IV and supplemented by PRA rules to effect the transposition of directive requirements.

Our policy and practice in capital measurement and allocation at Group level is underpinned by the CRD IV rules. However, local regulators are at different stages of implementation and some local reporting is still on a Basel I basis, notably in the US where they are also parallel running on a Basel III basis. In most jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities.

The Basel III framework, similarly to Basel II, is structured around three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The CRD IV legislation implemented Basel III in the EU and, in the UK, the ‘PRA rulebook CRR Firms Instrument 2013’ transposed the various national discretions under the CRD IV legislation into UK law. The CRD IV and PRA legislation came into force on 1 January 2014.

Regulatory capital

For regulatory purposes, our capital base is divided into three main categories, namely Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2, depending on the degree of permanency and loss absorbency exhibited.

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital is the highest quality form of capital, comprising shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests (subject to limits). Under CRD IV various capital deductions and regulatory adjustments are made against these items which are treated differently for the purposes of capital adequacy – these include deductions for goodwill and intangible assets, deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability, negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts under IRB and defined benefit pension fund assets.

 

 

Additional tier 1 capital comprises qualifying non-common equity capital instruments and related share premium; it also includes qualifying instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to certain limits. Holdings of additional tier 1 instruments of financial sector entities are deducted.

 

 

Tier 2 capital comprises qualifying capital instruments and subordinated loans, related share premium and qualifying tier 2 capital instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to limits. Holdings of tier 2 capital of financial sector entities are deducted.

Pillar 1 capital requirements

Pillar 1 covers the capital resources requirements for credit risk, market risk and operational risk. Credit risk includes counterparty credit risk and securitisation requirements. These requirements are expressed in terms of RWAs.

 

194


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Credit risk capital requirements

CRD IV applies three approaches of increasing sophistication to the calculation of Pillar 1 credit risk capital requirements. The most basic, the standardised approach, requires banks to use external credit ratings to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Other counterparties are grouped into broad categories and standardised risk weightings are applied to these categories. The next level, the internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) foundation approach, allows banks to calculate their credit risk capital requirements on the basis of their internal assessment of a counterparty’s probability of default (‘PD’), but their estimates of exposure at default (‘EAD’) and loss given default (‘LGD’) are subject to standard supervisory parameters. Finally, the IRB advanced approach allows banks to use their own internal assessment in both determining PD and quantifying EAD and LGD.

The capital resources requirement, which is intended to cover unexpected losses, is derived from a formula specified in the regulatory rules which incorporates PD, LGD, EAD and other variables such as maturity and correlation. Expected losses under the IRB approaches are calculated by multiplying PD by EAD and LGD. Expected losses are deducted from capital to the extent that they exceed total accounting impairment allowances.

For credit risk we have adopted the IRB advanced approach for the majority of our portfolios, with the remainder on either IRB foundation or standardised approaches.

Under our CRD IV rollout plans, a number of our Group companies and portfolios are in transition to advanced IRB approaches. At the end of the first half of 2014, global models for sovereigns, banks, large corporates as well as portfolios in most of Europe, Asia and North America were on advanced IRB approaches. Others remain on the standardised or foundation approaches pending definition of local regulations or model approval, or under exemptions from IRB treatment.

 

 

Counterparty credit risk

CCR arises for OTC derivatives and securities financing transactions. It is calculated in both the trading and non-trading books and is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of the transaction. Three approaches to calculating CCR and determining exposure values are defined by CRD IV: standardised, mark-to-market and internal model method. These exposure values are used to determine capital requirements under one of the credit risk approaches: standardised, IRB foundation and IRB advanced.

We use the mark-to-market and internal model method approaches for CCR. Our longer-term aim is to migrate more positions from the mark-to-market to the internal model method approach.

In addition, CRD IV applies a capital requirement for CVA risk. Where we have both specific risk VaR approval and internal model method approval for a product, the CVA VaR approach has been used to calculate the CVA capital charge. Where we do not hold both approvals, the standardised approach has been applied.

 

 

Securitisation

Securitisation positions are held in both the trading and non-trading books. For non-trading book securitisation positions, CRD IV specifies two methods for calculating credit risk requirements, the standardised and the IRB approaches. Both rely on the mapping of rating agency credit ratings to risk weights, which range from 7% to 1,250%.

Within the IRB approach, we use the ratings-based method for the majority of our non-trading book securitisation positions, and the internal assessment approach for unrated liquidity facilities and programme-wide enhancements for asset-backed securitisations.

The majority of securitisation positions in the trading book are treated for capital purposes as if they are held in the non-trading book under the standardised or IRB approaches. Other traded securitisation positions, known as correlation trading, are treated under an internal model approach approved by the PRA.

Market risk capital requirement

The market risk capital requirement is measured using internal market risk models where approved by the PRA, or the PRA’s standard rules. Our internal market risk models comprise VaR, stressed VaR, incremental risk charge and the comprehensive risk measure.

 

195


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

Operational risk capital requirement

CRD IV includes a capital requirement for operational risk, again utilising three levels of sophistication. The capital required under the basic indicator approach is a simple percentage of gross revenues, whereas under the standardised approach it is one of three different percentages of total operating income less insurance premiums allocated to each of eight defined business lines. Both these approaches use an average of the last three financial years’ revenues. Finally, the advanced measurement approach uses banks’ own statistical analysis and modelling of operational risk data to determine capital requirements. We have adopted the standardised approach in determining our operational risk capital requirements.

Pillar 2 capital requirements

We conduct an internal capital adequacy assessment process (‘ICAAP’) to determine a forward looking assessment of our capital requirements given our business strategy, risk profile, risk appetite and capital plan. This process incorporates the Group’s risk management processes and governance framework. A range of stress tests are applied to our base capital plan. These, coupled with our economic capital framework and other risk management practices, are used to assess our internal capital adequacy requirements.

The ICAAP is examined by the PRA as part of its supervisory review and evaluation process, which occurs periodically to enable the regulator to define the individual capital guidance or minimum capital requirements for HSBC and our capital planning buffer where required.

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

Pillar 3 of the Basel regulatory framework is related to market discipline and aims to make firms more transparent by requiring them to publish, at least annually, wide-ranging information on their risks and capital, and how these are managed. Our Pillar 3 Disclosures 2013 are published on our website, www.hsbc.com, under Investor Relations.

 

 

RWA movement by key driver – basis of preparation and supporting notes

Credit risk drivers – definitions and quantification

The causal analysis of RWA movements splits the total movement in IRB RWAs into six drivers, described below. The first four relate to specific, identifiable and measurable changes. The remaining two, book size and book quality, are derived after accounting for movements in the first four specific drivers.

1. Foreign exchange movements

This is the movement in RWAs as a result of changes in the exchange rate between the functional currency of the HSBC company owning each portfolio and US dollars, being our presentation currency for consolidated reporting. We hedge structural foreign exchange exposures only in limited circumstances. Our structural foreign exchange exposures are managed with the primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that our consolidated capital ratios and the capital ratios of individual banking subsidiaries are largely protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates. This is usually achieved by ensuring that, for each subsidiary bank, the ratio of structural exposures in a given currency to risk-weighted assets denominated in that currency is broadly equal to the capital ratio of the subsidiary in question.

2. Acquisitions and disposals

This is the movement in RWAs as a result of the disposal or acquisition of business operations. This can be whole businesses or parts of a business. The movement in RWAs is quantified based on the credit risk exposures as at the end of the month preceding a disposal or following an acquisition.

3. Model updates

New/updated models

RWA movements arising from the implementation of new models and from changes to existing parameter models are allocated to this driver. This figure will also include changes which arise following review of modelling

 

196


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

assumptions. Where a model recalibration reflects an update to more recent performance data, the resulting RWA changes are not assigned here, but instead reported under book quality.

RWA changes are estimated based on the impact assessments made in the testing phase prior to implementation. These values are used to simulate the impact of new or updated models on the portfolio at the point of implementation, assuming there were no major changes in the portfolio from the testing phase to implementation phase.

Portfolios moving onto IRB approach

Where a portfolio moves from the standardised approach to the IRB approach, the RWA movement by key driver statement shows the increase in IRB RWAs, but does not show the corresponding reduction in standardised approach RWAs as its scope is limited to IRB only.

The movement in RWAs is quantified at the date at which the IRB approach is applied, and not during the testing phase as with a new/updated model.

4. Methodology and policy

Internal regulatory updates

This captures the RWA impact resulting from changing the internal treatment of exposures. This may include, but is not limited to, a portfolio or a part of one moving from an existing IRB model onto a standardised model, identification of netting and credit risk mitigation.

External regulatory updates

This specifies the impact resulting from additional or changing regulatory requirements. This includes, but is not limited to, regulatory-prescribed changes to the RWA calculation. The movement in RWAs is quantified by comparing the RWAs calculated for that portfolio under the old and the new requirements.

5. Book size

RWA movements attributed to this driver are those we would expect to experience for the given movement in exposure, as measured by EAD adjusted for eligible cash collateral for businesses which are managed on a basis net of collateral, assuming a stable risk profile. These RWA movements arise in the normal course of business, such as growth in credit exposures or reduction in book size from run-offs and write-offs.

The RWA movement is quantified as follows:

 

 

RWA and EAD changes captured in the four drivers above are excluded from the total movements to create an adjusted movement in EAD and RWA for the period.

 

 

The average RWA to EAD percentage is calculated for the opening position and is applied to the adjusted movement in EAD. This results in an estimated book size RWA movement based on the assumption that the EAD to RWA percentage is constant throughout the period.

As the calculation relies on averaging, the output is dependent upon the degree of portfolio aggregation and the number of discrete time periods for which the calculation is undertaken. For each quarter of 2013 this calculation was performed for each HSBC company with an IRB portfolio by global businesses, split by the main Basel categories of credit exposures, as described in the table below:

 

Basel categories of IRB credit exposures within HSBC

Central governments and central banks

   Corporate foundation IRB    Qualifying revolving retail exposures

Institutions

   Other advanced IRB    Retail SME

Corporate advanced IRB

   Retail mortgages    Other retail

The total of the results is shown in book size within the RWA movement by key driver table.

6. Book quality

This represents RWA movements resulting from changes in the underlying credit quality of customers. These are caused by changes to IRB risk parameters which arise from actions such as, but not limited to, model recalibration, change in counterparty external rating, or the influence of new lending on the average quality of the book. The

 

197


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Interim Management Report (continued)

  

 

change in RWAs attributable to book quality is calculated as the balance of RWA movements after taking account of all drivers described above. The RWA movement by key driver statement includes only movements which are calculated under the IRB approach. Certain classes of credit risk exposure are treated as capital deductions and therefore reductions are not shown in this statement. If the treatment of a credit risk exposure changes from RWA to capital deduction in the period, then only the reduction in RWAs would appear in the RWA movement by key driver tables. In this instance, a reduction in RWAs does not necessarily indicate an improvement in the capital position.

Counterparty risk drivers – definitions and quantification

The RWA movement by key driver for counterparty credit risk calculates the credit risk drivers 5 and 6 at a more granular level, by using transaction level details provided by regional sites. ‘Foreign exchange movement’ is not a reported layer for counterparty risk drivers, as there is cross currency netting across the portfolio.

Market risk drivers – definitions and quantification

The RWA movement by key driver for market risk combines the credit risk drivers 5 and 6 into a single driver called ‘Movements in risk levels’.

 

 

Leverage ratio: basis of preparation

The numerator, capital measure, is calculated using the ‘end point’ definition of tier 1 capital applicable from 1 January 2022, which is set out in the final CRD IV rules. This is supplemented with the EBA’s Own Funds’ RTS to the extent that these have been published in the Official Journal of the European Commission as at the reporting date, as well as making reference to the PRA Rulebook where appropriate. The denominator, exposure measure, is calculated according to the January 2014 Basel III leverage ratio framework, the instructions provided in March 2014 for the Basel III Quantitative Impact Study, its related Frequently Asked Questions and the PRA’s guidance on the methodologies used there. This revised Basel III leverage ratio framework follows the same scope of regulatory consolidation as is used for the risk-based capital framework, which differs to the 2010 Basel text that required banks to include items using their accounting balance sheet. The exposure measure generally follows the accounting value, adjusted as follows:

 

 

on-balance sheet, non-derivative exposures are included in the exposure measure net of specific provisions or accounting valuation adjustments (e.g. accounting credit valuation adjustments);

 

 

netting of loans and deposits is not allowed;

 

 

the scope of netting for derivatives is extended to all scenarios where we would recognise a netting agreement for regulatory purposes;

 

 

compared with the Basel 2010 text, the Basel 2014 text appears to permit the offsetting of cash variation margin against derivative assets and liabilities in circumstances where we would recognise offset for regulatory purposes. This is subject to certain additional conditions including the requirement that the margin be exchanged daily and be in the same currency as the currency of settlement of the derivative contract. For these purposes we have considered this to include any currency that can be used to make payments under the derivative contract, the governing qualifying master netting agreement, or its associated credit support annex;

 

 

the approach to netting securities financing transactions (‘SFTs’) is aligned to that permitted under IFRS, though for leverage purposes there is an additional add-on to the extent that an SFT is under collateralised. This represents a stricter requirement compared with the Basel 2010 text;

 

 

the inclusion of potential future exposure add-ons for both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives;

 

 

the notional amount of written credit derivatives is included in the exposure measure, subject to offsets for purchased protection. This represents a stricter requirement compared with the Basel 2010 text;

 

 

off-balance sheet items are converted into credit exposure equivalents through the use of credit conversion factors (CCFs). The Basel 2010 text required that off-balance sheet items are included in full except for commitments that are unconditionally cancellable at any time by HSBC without prior notice, where only 10% of the exposures are included. This has changed under the Basel 2014 text which now includes a CCF of 20% and 50% for certain exposures; and

 

 

the exclusion of items deducted from the end point tier 1 capital such as goodwill and intangible assets.

 

198


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management

  

 

Directors

 

 

 

Douglas Flint, CBE, 59

Group Chairman

 

Skills and experience: Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland and the Association of Corporate Treasurers. Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants. Extensive governance experience gained through membership of the boards of HSBC and BP p.l.c.; considerable knowledge of finance and risk management in banking, multinational financial reporting, treasury and securities trading operations; honoured with a CBE in recognition of his services to the finance industry. Joined HSBC in 1995 as Group Finance Director.

Appointed Group Chairman: 2010

Appointed to the Board: 1995

Current appointments include: A director of The Hong Kong Association and Chairman of the Institute of International Finance. A member of the Mayor of Beijing’s International Business Leaders Advisory Council as well as the Mayor of Shanghai’s International Business Leaders Advisory Council; a member of the International Advisory Board of the China Europe International Business School, Shanghai; an independent external member of the UK Government’s Financial Services Trade and Investment Board and a British Business Ambassador since 24 January 2014.

Former appointments include: Group Finance Director; Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director, Risk and Regulation. Co-Chairman of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group III; Chairman of the Financial Reporting Council’s review of the Turnbull Guidance on Internal Control; member of the Accounting Standards Board and the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Board; served on the Large Business Forum on Tax and Competitiveness and the Consultative Committee of the Large Business Advisory Board of HM Revenue and Customs; partner in KPMG; and non-executive director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of BP p.l.c.

 

 

Stuart Gulliver, 55

Group Chief Executive

Chairman of the Group Management Board

 

Skills and experience: A career banker with over 30 years’ international experience with HSBC; has held a number of key roles in the Group’s operations worldwide, including in London,

Hong Kong, Tokyo, Kuala Lumpur and the United Arab Emirates; played a leading role in developing and expanding Global Banking and Markets. Joined HSBC in 1980 as an International Officer Trainee.

Appointed Group Chief Executive: 2011

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Chairman of the Group Management Board. A member of the Monetary Authority of Singapore International Advisory Panel and the International Advisory Council of the China Banking Regulatory Commission.

Former appointments include: Chairman, Europe, Middle East and Global Businesses and Chairman of HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. Head of Global Banking and Markets; Co-Head of Global Banking and Markets; Head of Global Markets; Head of Treasury and Capital Markets in Asia-Pacific; Deputy Chairman of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG and a member of its supervisory board; and Chairman of HSBC France.

 

 

Kathleen Casey, 48

 

Member of the Group Audit Committee and the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee since 1 March 2014.

Skills and experience: Extensive financial regulatory policy experience. Formerly Commissioner of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, acting as the regulator’s principal representative in multilateral and bilateral regulatory dialogues, the G-20 Financial Stability Board and the International Organisation of Securities Commissions.

Appointed to the Board: 1 March 2014

Current appointments include: Chairman of the Alternative Investment Management Association; senior adviser to Patomak Global Partners; member of the Board of Trustees of Pennsylvania State University, the Trust Fund Board of the Library of Congress and the Advisory Council of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

Former appointments include: Staff Director and Counsel of the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and Legislative Director and Chief of Staff for a US Senator.

 

 

199


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

 

Safra Catz, 52

 

Skills and experience: A background in international business leadership, having helped transform Oracle into the largest producer of business management software and the world’s leading supplier of software for information management.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: President and Chief Financial Officer of Oracle Corporation. Joined Oracle in 1999 and appointed to its board of directors in 2001.

Former appointments include: Managing Director of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette.

 

 

Laura Cha, GBS, 64

 

Member of the Conduct & Values Committee since 17 January 2014 and a member of the Nomination Committee since 23 May 2014.

Skills and experience: Extensive regulatory and policy making experience in the finance and securities sector in Hong Kong and mainland China; formerly Vice Chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, being the first person outside mainland China to join the Central Government of the People’s Republic of China at vice-ministerial rank; awarded Gold and Silver Bauhinia Stars by the Hong Kong Government for public service; formerly Deputy Chairman of the Securities and Futures Commission in Hong Kong; and has worked in the US and Asia.

Appointed to the Board: 2011

Current appointments include: Non-executive Deputy Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited; non-official member of the Executive Council of Hong Kong SAR; a Hong Kong Delegate to the 12th National People’s Congress of China; non-executive director of China Telecom Corporation Limited; Senior International Adviser for Foundation Asset Management Sweden AB; member of the State Bar of California; Chairman of the Financial Services Development Council of Hong Kong SAR; a non-executive director of Unilever PLC and Unilever N.V.; Vice Chairman of the International Advisory Council of the China Securities Regulatory Commission and a member of the China Banking Regulatory Commission’s International Advisory Council.

Former appointments include: A non-executive director of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., Baoshan Iron and Steel Co. Limited and Johnson Electric Holdings Limited; Chairman of the

University Grants Committee in Hong Kong; non-executive director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited and Tata Consultancy Services Limited; and Chairman of the ICAC Advisory Committee on Corruption. A member of the Advisory Board of the Yale School of Management.

 

 

Marvin Cheung, GBS, OBE, 66

 

Member of the Group Audit Committee.

Skills and experience: A background in international business and financial accounting, particularly in Greater China and the wider Asian economy; retired from KPMG Hong Kong in 2003 after more than 30 years; awarded the Gold Bauhinia Star by the Hong Kong Government. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales.

Appointed to the Board: 2009. Resigned on 1 August 2014.

Current appointments include: A non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Limited and HKR International Limited; non-executive Chairman of the Council of the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology; director of The Association of Former Council Members of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and The Hong Kong International Film Festival Society Ltd; a member of the Working Group on Transportation under the Economic Development Commission of the Hong Kong SAR Government; a member of the court of The Open University of Hong Kong and a member of the Lantau Development Advisory Committee since 1 February 2014.

Former appointments include: A non-executive director of Sun Hung Kai Properties Limited and Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited; non-executive Chairman of the Airport Authority Hong Kong; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of KPMG Hong Kong; council member of the Open University of Hong Kong; and non-official member of the Executive Council of the Hong Kong SAR.

 

 

Sir Jonathan Evans, 56

 

Member of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee and, since 23 May 2014, Chairman. Member of the Conduct & Values Committee since 17 January 2014.

Skills and experience: Extensive experience in national security policy and operations. Formerly Director General of MI5 with responsibility for the leadership, policy and strategy of the Security Service, including international and domestic counter-

 

 

200


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

terrorism, counter-espionage and counter-proliferation activities and cyber security. Responsibility for the oversight of the Joint Terrorist Analysis Centre and the Centre for the Protection of National Infrastructure and attended the National Security Council.

Appointed to the Board: 2013

Current appointments include: Senior associate of Accenture plc; a member of the advisory board of Darktrace Limited; a non-executive director of the UK National Crime Agency; and an adviser to Facewatch Limited.

Former appointments include: Various positions in the UK Security Service over a 30-year career, including: Director General; Deputy Director General; Director of International Counter-Terrorism; and Head of the Security Service’s Secretariat.

 

 

Joachim Faber, 64

 

Chairman of the Group Risk Committee.

Skills and experience: A background in banking and asset management with significant international experience, having worked in Germany, Tokyo, New York and London. Former Chief Executive Officer of Allianz Global Investors AG and member of the management board of Allianz SE; 14 years’ experience with Citigroup Inc. holding positions in Trading and Project Finance and as Head of Capital Markets for Europe, North America and Japan. Has a doctorate from the University of Administrative Sciences in Speyer, Germany.

Appointed to the Board: 2012

Current appointments include: Chairman of the supervisory board of Deutsche Börse AG; Chairman of the Shareholder Committee of Joh A. Benckiser SARL; independent director of Coty Inc.; director of Allianz France S.A.; member of the advisory boards of the Siemens Group Pension Board, the European School for Management and Technology; and council member of The Hongkong – Europe Business Council.

Former appointments include: Chairman of Allianz Global Investors Kapitalanlagegesellschaft and Allianz Global Investors Deutschland GmbH; Chairman of the board of Allianz Global Investors SGR; member of the board of Allianz SpA, Allianz Investment Management GmbH and Allianz Climate Solutions GmbH and of the supervisory board of Bayerische Börse AG; and member of the supervisory board and Chairman of the audit and risk committee of OSRAM Licht AG; member of the

German Council for Sustainable Development.

 

 

Rona Fairhead, CBE, 52

 

Chairman of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee until 23 May 2014, and a member thereafter. Member of the Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: A background in international industry, publishing, finance and general management. Formerly Chairman and CEO of the Financial Times Group Limited responsible for its strategy, management and operations and Finance Director of Pearson plc with responsibility for overseeing the day-to-day running of the finance function and directly responsible for global financial reporting and control, tax and treasury. Has a Master’s in Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.

Appointed to the Board: 2004

Current appointments include: Chairman of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. since 1 January 2014. A non-executive member of the board of the UK Government’s Cabinet Office; a non-executive director of The Economist Newspaper Limited; a British Business Ambassador since 24 January 2014; and a non-executive director of PepsiCo Inc. since 13 March 2014.

Former appointments include: Executive Vice President, Strategy and Group Control of Imperial Chemical Industries plc; Finance Director of Pearson plc; and Chairman and director of Interactive Data Corporation. Chairman and CEO of Financial Times Group Limited and director of Pearson plc.

 

 

Renato Fassbind, 59

 

Member and, since 23 May 2014, Chairman of the Group Audit Committee. Member of the Group Remuneration Committee.

Skills and experience: A background in financial accounting and international business. Formerly Chief Financial Officer of Credit Suisse Group AG and ABB Group. Has a Master’s in Business Administration and a PhD in Economics from the University of Zurich.

Appointed to the Board: 2013

Current appointments include: Vice Chairman of the supervisory board, chairman of the audit committee and member of the compensation committee of Swiss Reinsurance Company; member of the supervisory board and audit committee of Kühne + Nagel International AG; independent director of Oanda Corporation and Ahaus Alstaetter

 

 

201


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

Eisenbahn; and member of the supervisory board of the Swiss Federal Audit Oversight Authority.

Former appointments include: Chief Financial Officer of Credit Suisse Group AG; Senior Adviser to the Chief Executive, Credit Suisse Group AG; Chief Executive Officer of Diethelm Keller Group; Chief Financial Officer of ABB Group; Chairman of ABB (Switzerland) AG and DKSH AG; and a member of the supervisory board of Winterthur Insurance Company.

 

 

Sam Laidlaw, 58

 

Member of the Group Remuneration Committee and, since 23 May 2014, member of the Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: Significant international experience, particularly in the energy sector, having had responsibility for businesses in four continents. Qualified solicitor and Master’s in Business Administration from INSEAD.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Chief Executive Officer of Centrica plc; and lead non-executive board member of the UK Department for Transport.

Former appointments include: Executive Vice President of Chevron Corporation; non-executive director of Hanson PLC; Chief Executive Officer of Enterprise Oil plc; President and Chief Operating Officer of Amerada Hess Corporation; and a member of the UK Prime Minister’s Business Advisory Group.

 

 

John Lipsky, 67

 

Member of the Group Risk Committee, the Nomination Committee and, since 23 May 2014, the Group Remuneration Committee.

Skills and experience: International experience having worked in Chile, New York, Washington and London and interacted with financial institutions, central banks and governments in many countries. Served at the International Monetary Fund as First Deputy Managing Director, Acting Managing Director and as Special Adviser. Has a PhD from Stanford University.

Appointed to the Board: 2012

Current appointments include: Senior Fellow, Foreign Policy Institute at the Paul H. Nitze School

of Advanced International Studies, Johns Hopkins University. Co-chairman of the Aspen Institute Program on the World Economy; director of the National Bureau of Economic Research and the Center for Global Development; and member of the advisory board of the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research and the Council on Foreign Relations. Global Policy Adviser for Anderson Global Macro, LLC and Chairman of World Economic Forum’s Global Agenda Council on the International Monetary System.

Former appointments include: Vice Chairman of J P Morgan Investment Bank; director of the American Council on Germany and the Japan Society; and a trustee of the Economic Club of New York.

 

 

Rachel Lomax, 69

 

Chairman of the Conduct & Values Committee since 17 January 2014. Member of the Group Audit Committee and Group Risk Committee.

Skills and experience: Experience in both the public and private sectors and a deep knowledge of the operation of the UK Government and financial system.

Appointed to the Board: 2008

Current appointments include: Chairman of the International Regulatory Strategy Group; a director of TheCityUK; a non-executive director of Arcus European Infrastructure Fund GP LLP and Heathrow Airport Holdings Limited; member of the Council of Imperial College, London; President of the Institute of Fiscal Studies; a director of Bruegel, a Brussels-based European think tank; a Trustee of the Ditchley Foundation; and a non-executive director and chairman of the corporate responsibility committee of Serco Group plc since 3 March 2014.

Former appointments include: Deputy Governor, Monetary Stability, at the Bank of England and member of the Monetary Policy Committee; Permanent Secretary at the UK Government Departments for Transport and Work and Pensions and the Welsh Office; and Vice President and Chief of Staff to the President of the World Bank. A non-executive director of Reinsurance Group of America Inc. and The Scottish American Investment Company PLC.

 

 

202


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

 

Iain Mackay, 52

Group Finance Director

 

Skills and experience: Extensive financial and international experience, having worked in London, Paris, US, Africa and Asia. Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland. Joined HSBC in 2007 as Chief Financial Officer of HSBC North America Holdings Inc.

Appointed to the Board: 2010

Current appointments include: A member of the Group Management Board.

Former appointments include: A director of Hang Seng Bank Limited; Chief Financial Officer, Asia-Pacific; Chief Financial Officer, HSBC North America Holdings Inc; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Consumer Finance and Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Healthcare – Global Diagnostic Imaging.

 

 

Marc Moses, 56

Group Chief Risk Officer

 

Skills and experience: Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales. Extensive risk management and financial experience. Joined HSBC in 2005 as Chief Financial and Risk Officer, Global Banking and Markets.

Appointed to the Board: 1 January 2014

Current appointments include: A member of the Group Management Board. A director of HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA.

Former appointments include: Chief Financial and Risk Officer, Global Banking and Markets and director of HSBC Insurance (Bermuda) Limited. Formerly European chief financial officer at JP Morgan and audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers.

 

 

Sir Simon Robertson, 73

Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director

 

Chairman of the Nomination Committee and the Group Remuneration Committee. Member of the Financial System Vulnerabilities Committee.

 

Skills and experience: A background in international corporate advisory work with a wealth of experience in mergers and acquisitions, merchant banking, investment banking and financial markets; honoured with a knighthood in recognition of his services to business; extensive international experience having worked in France, Germany, the UK and the US.

Appointed Senior Independent Director: 2007

Appointed Deputy Chairman: 2010

Appointed to the Board: 2006

Current appointments include: The founding member of Simon Robertson Associates LLP; a non-executive director of Berry Bros. & Rudd Limited, The Economist Newspaper Limited and Troy Asset Management; and trustee of the Eden Project Trust and the Royal Opera House Endowment Fund.

Former appointments include: Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International; Chairman of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson; non-executive director of Royal Opera House, Covent Garden Limited and NewShore Partners Limited; and non-executive Chairman of Rolls-Royce Holdings plc.

 

 

Jonathan Symonds, CBE, 55

 

 

A member of the Group Remuneration Committee and Conduct & Values Committee since 14 April 2014.

Skills and experience: Extensive international financial experience, having worked in the UK, US and Switzerland. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales.

Appointed to the Board: 14 April 2014

Current appointments include: Chairman of HSBC Bank plc. A non-executive director of Genomics England Limited. Innocoll Inc. since 23 May 2014 and Proteus Digital Health since 2 June 2014.

Former appointments include: Chief Financial Officer of Novartis AG; partner and managing director of Goldman Sachs; Chief Financial Officer of AstraZeneca plc and a partner of KPMG. A non-executive director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Diageo plc.

 

Independent non-executive Director.
 

 

203


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

Secretary

 

 

 

Ben Mathews, 47

Group Company Secretary

 

Joined HSBC on 11 June 2013 and became Group Company Secretary on 1 July 2013. Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators. Former appointments include: Group Company Secretary of Rio Tinto plc and Group Company Secretary of BG Group plc.

Group Managing Directors

 

 

 

Ann Almeida, 58

Group Head of Human Resources and Corporate Sustainability

 

Joined HSBC in 1992. A Group Managing Director since 2008. Former HSBC appointments include: Global Head of Human Resources for Global Banking and Markets, Global Private Banking, Global Transaction Banking and HSBC Amanah.

 

 

Samir Assaf, 54

Chief Executive, Global Banking and Markets

 

Joined HSBC in 1994. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Chairman of HSBC France and director of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG. Former HSBC appointments include: director of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited and of HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E.; Head of Global Markets; and Head of Global Markets for Europe, Middle East and Africa.

 

 

Peter Boyles, 58

Chief Executive of Global Private Banking

 

Joined HSBC in 1975. A Group Managing Director since October 2013. A director of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited since April 2013. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief Executive of HSBC France and Continental Europe and a director of HSBC Bank plc. Ceased to be director of HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c in March 2013 and director of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG in August 2013.

 

Simon Cooper, 46

Chief Executive, Global Commercial Banking

 

Joined HSBC in 1989. A Group Managing Director and Chief Executive of Global Commercial Banking since October 2013. A director of HSBC Bank plc since April 2013. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief Executive of HSBC Bank Middle East, Chief Executive of HSBC Korea and Head of Corporate and Investment Banking of HSBC Singapore. Ceased to be Chairman of HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E in June 2013, director of The Saudi British Bank in September 2013, Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited in October 2013, director and Chairman of HSBC Bank Oman in October 2013 and a director of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited on 13 February 2014.

 

 

Irene Dorner, 59

President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA (due to retire on 1 November 2014)

 

Joined HSBC in 1986. A Group Managing Director since February 2013. Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, National Association and HSBC USA Inc.; President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North America Inc. Former HSBC appointments include: Chairman of HSBC Amanah Malaysia Berhad and HSBC Amanah Takaful (Malaysia) Sendirian Berhad; Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive of HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad; Chief Operating Officer, Treasury and Capital Markets; General Manager of Marketing, General Manager of Human Resources; and General Manager of Premier and Wealth Management, HSBC Bank plc.

 

 

John Flint, 46

Chief Executive, Retail Banking and Wealth Management

 

Joined HSBC in 1989. A Group Managing Director since January 2013. A director of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA since June 2013. Formerly a Director of HSBC Bank Canada. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief of Staff to the Group Chief Executive and Group Head of Strategy and Planning; Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Global Asset Management; Group Treasurer; and Deputy Head of Global Markets.

 

 

204


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

  

 

 

Pam Kaur, 50

Group Head of Internal Audit

 

Joined HSBC and became a Group Managing Director in April 2013. A co-opted member of The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales since May 2013. Former appointments include: Global Head of Group Audit for Deutsche Bank AG; Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Restructuring and Risk Division, Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc; Group Head of Compliance and Anti-Money Laundering, Lloyds TSB; and Global Director of Compliance, Global Consumer Group, Citigroup.

 

 

Alan Keir, 55

Chief Executive, HSBC Bank plc

 

Joined HSBC in 1981. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Group Managing Director, Europe Middle East & Africa and Chief Executive of HSBC Bank plc since October 2013. A Director of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited since February 2014, a director of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG since August 2013 and a director of HSBC France since December 2013. Former HSBC appointments include: Global Head, Global Commercial Banking.

 

 

Stuart Levey, 51

Chief Legal Officer

 

Joined HSBC and became a Group Managing Director in January 2012. Former appointments include: Under Secretary for Terrorism and Financial Intelligence in the US Department of Treasury; Senior Fellow for National Security and Financial Integrity at the Council on Foreign Relations; Principal Associate Deputy Attorney General at the US Department of Justice; and Partner at Miller, Cassidy, Larroca & Lewin LLP and Baker Botts LLP.

 

Antonio Losada, 59

Chief Executive, Latin America and the Caribbean

 

Joined HSBC in 1973. A Group Managing Director since December 2012. Ceased to be Chairman of HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A in October 2013. A director of HSBC Bank Argentina S.A., HSBC Mexico, S.A., Institucion de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC and Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V. Director of HSBC North America Holdings since January 2014. Former HSBC appointments include: Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Argentina; and Deputy Head, Personal Financial Services, Brazil.

 

 

Sean O’Sullivan, 58

Group Chief Operating Officer

 

Joined HSBC in 1980. A Group Managing Director since 2011. Former HSBC appointments include: Group Chief Technology and Services Officer; director and Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Bank plc; and Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Bank Canada.

 

 

Peter Wong, 62

Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

 

Joined HSBC in 2005. A Group Managing Director since 2010. Chairman of HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited and HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. A non-executive director of Hang Seng Bank Limited and Bank of Communications Co. Ltd. An independent non-executive director of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited. Former appointments include: Vice Chairman of HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd; director of HSBC Bank Australia Limited; and a director of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.

 

 

205


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited)

  

 

Consolidated income statement for the half-year to 30 June 2014

 

            Half-year to  
     Notes     

30 June

2014

US$m

         

30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 
                 

Interest income

        25,435            25,740            25,452   

Interest expense

        (8,030         (7,921         (7,732
                 

Net interest income

        17,405            17,819            17,720   
                 

Fee income

        10,031            10,148            9,825   

Fee expense

        (1,854         (1,744         (1,795
                 

Net fee income

        8,177            8,404            8,030   
                 

Trading income excluding net interest income

        2,362            5,230            1,413   

Net interest income on trading activities

        913            1,132            915   
                 

Net trading income

        3,275            6,362            2,328   
                 

Changes in fair value of long-term debt issued and related derivatives

        438            (1,419         191   

Net income from other financial instruments designated at fair value

        1,222            222            1,774   
                 

Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value

        1,660            (1,197         1,965   

Gains less losses from financial investments

        946            1,856            156   

Dividend income

        88            107            215   

Net earned insurance premiums

        6,137            6,226            5,714   

Other operating income

        538            946            1,686   

Total operating income

        38,226            40,523            37,814   

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in liabilities to policyholders

        (7,059         (6,151         (7,541

Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

        31,167            34,372            30,273   

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

        (1,841         (3,116         (2,733

Net operating income

        29,326            31,256            27,540   

Employee compensation and benefits

        (9,978         (9,496         (9,700

General and administrative expenses

        (7,127         (7,727         (9,338

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

        (712         (699         (665

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

        (449         (477         (454

Total operating expenses

        (18,266         (18,399         (20,157

Operating profit

        11,060            12,857            7,383   

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

        1,280            1,214            1,111   

Profit before tax

        12,340            14,071            8,494   

Tax expense

     5         (2,022         (2,725         (2,040

Profit for the period

        10,318            11,346            6,454   

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

        9,746            10,284            5,920   

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

        572            1,062            534   
            US$           US$           US$  

Basic earnings per ordinary share

     4         0.50            0.54            0.30   

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

     4         0.50            0.54            0.30   

The accompanying notes on pages 214 to 268 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 213.

 

206


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the half-year to 30 June 2014

 

     Half-year to  
    

    30 June

2014

US$m

         

    30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Profit for the period

     10,318            11,346            6,454   

Other comprehensive income/(expense)

              

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met:

              

Available-for-sale investments

     958            (1,818         100   

– fair value gains/(losses)

     2,183            (1,609         (178

– fair value gains transferred to income statement on disposal

     (643         (1,025         (252

– amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of impairment losses

     15            206            80   

– income taxes

     (597         610            450   
              

Cash flow hedges

     (17         (198         70   

– fair value gains/(losses)

     (44         35            741   

– fair value (gains)/losses transferred to income statement

     50            (258         (636

– income taxes

     (23         25            (35
              

Share of other comprehensive income/(expense) of associates and joint ventures

     (16         1            (72

– share for the period

     (18         37            (72

– reclassified to income statement on disposal

     2            (36           
              

Exchange differences

     670            (4,525         3,081   

– foreign exchange gains reclassified to income statement on disposal of a foreign operation

     (21         (290           

– other exchange difference

     691            (4,235         3,081   

– income tax attributable to exchange differences

                           72   

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

              

Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability

     316            (959         501   

– before income taxes

     421            (1,223         622   

– income taxes

     (105         264            (121

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period, net of tax

     1,911            (7,499         3,752   

Total comprehensive income for the period

     12,229            3,847            10,206   

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to:

              

– shareholders of the parent company

     11,706            3,072            9,572   

– non-controlling interests

     523            775            634   
     12,229            3,847            10,206   

The accompanying notes on pages 214 to 268 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 213.

 

207


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated balance sheet at 30 June 2014

 

     Notes     

At

    30 June

2014

US$m

         

At

    30 June

2013

US$m

         

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Assets

                 

Cash and balances at central banks

        132,137            148,285            166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

        8,144            8,416            6,021   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

        26,640            24,275            25,220   

Trading assets

     6         347,106            432,601            303,192   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     9         31,823            35,318            38,430   

Derivatives

     10         269,839            299,213            282,265   

Loans and advances to banks2

        127,387            127,810            120,046   

Loans and advances to customers2

        1,047,241            938,294            992,089   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading2

     11         198,301            88,400            179,690   

Financial investments

     12         423,710            404,214            425,925   

Assets held for sale

     13         10,248            20,377            4,050   

Other assets

        53,270            45,135            50,939   

Current tax assets

        1,068            1,207            985   

Prepayments and accrued income

        11,503            9,781            11,006   

Interests in associates and joint ventures

        17,497            15,676            16,640   

Goodwill and intangible assets

        29,740            28,537            29,918   

Property, plant and equipment

        10,747            10,572            10,847   

Deferred tax assets

        7,192            7,205            7,456   

Total assets

        2,753,593            2,645,316            2,671,318   

Liabilities and equity

                 

Liabilities

                 

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

        26,640            24,275            25,220   

Deposits by banks2

        92,764            92,709            86,507   

Customer accounts2

        1,415,705            1,266,905            1,361,297   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading2

     11         165,506            66,591            164,220   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

        9,936            9,364            6,910   

Trading liabilities

     14         228,135            342,432            207,025   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     15         82,968            84,254            89,084   

Derivatives

     10         263,494            293,669            274,284   

Debt securities in issue

        96,397            109,389            104,080   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

        12,361            19,519            2,804   

Other liabilities

        32,936            33,511            30,421   

Current tax liabilities

        1,434            1,586            607   

Liabilities under insurance contracts

        75,223            69,771            74,181   

Accruals and deferred income

        14,972            11,292            16,185   

Provisions

     16         4,283            4,787            5,217   

Deferred tax liabilities

        1,091            864            910   

Retirement benefit liabilities

        2,974            3,216            2,931   

Subordinated liabilities

        28,052            28,821            28,976   

Total liabilities

        2,554,871            2,462,955            2,480,859   

Equity

                 

Called up share capital

        9,535            9,313            9,415   

Share premium account

        11,582            11,071            11,135   

Other equity instruments

        5,851            5,851            5,851   

Other reserves

        28,355            23,503            26,742   

Retained earnings

        134,958            124,332            128,728   

Total shareholders’ equity

        190,281            174,070            181,871   

Non-controlling interests

        8,441            8,291            8,588   

Total equity

        198,722            182,361            190,459   

Total equity and liabilities

        2,753,593            2,645,316            2,671,318   

The accompanying notes on pages 214 to 268 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 213.

 

208


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the half-year to 30 June 2014

 

            Half-year to  
     Notes     

    30 June

2014

US$m

         

    30 June

2013

US$m

         

31 December
2013

US$m

 

Cash flows from operating activities

                 

Profit before tax

        12,340            14,071            8,494   

Adjustments for:

                 

– net gain from investing activities

        (979         (1,426         (32

– share of profit in associates and joint ventures

        (1,280         (1,214         (1,111

– gain on disposal of associates, joint ventures, subsidiaries and businesses

        (18         (9         (1,164

– other non-cash items included in profit before tax

     20         4,284            5,091            6,904   

– change in operating assets

     20         (86,266         20,921            (169,820

– change in operating liabilities

     20         59,108            (21,070         185,827   

– elimination of exchange differences3

        (5,486         4,877            (398

– dividends received from associates

        127            665            29   

– contributions paid to defined benefit plans

        (315         (494         (468

– tax paid

        (1,358         (2,125         (2,571

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

        (19,843         19,287            25,690   

Cash flows from investing activities

                 

Purchase of financial investments

        (187,934         (171,175         (192,804

Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments

        194,335            181,706            160,833   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (523         (1,155         (797

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

        55            164            277   

Proceeds from the sale of loan portfolios

        950            3,193            3,325   

Net purchase of intangible assets

        (385         (416         (418

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from disposal of other subsidiaries and businesses

        (140         287            2,631   

Net cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of associates

        (30         (25         (1

Proceeds from disposal of Ping An

     20                    7,413              

Proceeds from disposal of other associates and joint ventures

                   367            10   

Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities

        6,328            20,359            (26,944

Cash flows from financing activities

                 

Issue of ordinary share capital

        14            169            128   

Net sales/(purchases) of own shares for market-making and investment purposes

        (25         (33         1   

Redemption of preference shares

        234                         

Subordinated loan capital issued

        3,500                       1,989   

Subordinated loan capital repaid

        (3,042         (45         (1,617

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from change in stake in subsidiaries

                   1            (1

Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

        (1,755         (2,799         (3,615

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

        (350         (331         (255

Dividends paid to holders of other equity instruments

        (287         (286         (287

Net cash used in financing activities

        (1,711         (3,324         (3,657

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        (15,226         36,322            (4,911

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

        346,281            315,308            343,371   

Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents

        3,443            (8,259         7,821   

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     20         334,498            343,371            346,281   

The accompanying notes on pages 214 to 268 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 213.

 

209


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the half-year to 30 June 2014

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2014  
                                            Other reserves                          
    Called up
share
capital
US$m
       

Share

premium4
US$m

        Other
equity
instru-
ments
US$m
        Retained
earnings5,6
US$m
        Available-
for-sale
fair value
reserve
US$m
        Cash  flow
hedging
reserve7
US$m
        Foreign
exchange
reserve
US$m
       

Merger

reserve5,8
US$m

        Total
share-
holders’
equity
US$m
       

Non-

controlling

interests
US$m

        Total
equity
US$m
 

At 1 January 2014

    9,415          11,135          5,851          128,728          97          (121       (542       27,308          181,871          8,588          190,459   

Profit for the period

                               9,746                                              9,746          572          10,318   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               300          956          (16       720                   1,960          (49       1,911   

Available-for-sale investments

                                        956                                     956          2          958   

Cash flow hedges

                                                 (16                         (16       (1       (17

Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability

                               316                                              316                   316   

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               (16                                           (16                (16

Exchange differences

                                                          720                   720          (50       670   
   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
                                                                                                                               

Total comprehensive income for the period

                               10,046          956          (16       720                   11,706          523          12,229   

Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans

    28          539                   (553                                           14                   14   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon4

    92          (92                2,111                                              2,111                   2,111   

Dividends to shareholders9

                               (5,774                                           (5,774       (432       (6,206

Tax credits on distributions

                               52                                              52                   52   

Own shares adjustment

                               (18                                           (18                (18

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               333                                              333                   333   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               (9                                           (9                (9

Other movements

                               42          (39       (8                         (5       (1       (6

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     (12       (12

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                     (225       (225

At 30 June 2014

    9,535          11,582          5,851          134,958          1,014          (145       178          27,308          190,281          8,441          198,722   

 

210


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2013  
                                            Other reserves                          
    Called up
share
capital
US$m
       

Share

premium4
US$m

        Other
equity
instru-
ments
US$m
       

Retained

earnings5,6
US$m

        Available-
for-sale
fair value
reserve
US$m
       

Cash flow

hedging

reserve7
US$m

        Foreign
exchange
reserve
US$m
       

Merger

reserve5,8
US$m

        Total
share-
holders’
equity
US$m
       

Non-

controlling

interests
US$m

        Total
equity
US$m
 

At 1 January 2013

    9,238          10,084          5,851          120,347          1,649          13          752          27,308          175,242          7,887          183,129   

Profit for the period

                               10,284                                              10,284          1,062          11,346   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               (993       (1,635       (197       (4,387                (7,212       (287       (7,499

Available-for-sale investments

                                        (1,635                                  (1,635       (183       (1,818

Cash flow hedges

                                                 (197                         (197       (1       (198

Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability

                               (994                                           (994       35          (959

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               1                                              1                   1   

Exchange differences

                                                          (4,387                (4,387       (138       (4,525
   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
                                                                                                                               

Total comprehensive income for the period

                               9,291          (1,635       (197       (4,387                3,072          775          3,847   

Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans

    50          1,012                   (893                                           169                   169   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon4

    25          (25                707                                              707                   707   

Dividends to shareholders9

                               (5,487                                           (5,487       (400       (5,887

Tax credits on distributions

                               54                                              54                   54   

Own shares adjustment

                               (36                                           (36                (36

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               355                                              355                   355   

Income taxes on share-based payments

                               9                                              9                   9   

Other movements

                               (15                                           (15       22          7   

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     6          6   

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                     1          1   

At 30 June 2013

    9,313          11,071          5,851          124,332          14          (184       (3,635       27,308          174,070          8,291          182,361   

 

211


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the half-year to 30 June 2014 (continued)

 

    Half-year to 31 December 2013  
                                            Other reserves                          
    Called up
share
capital
US$m
       

Share

premium4
US$m

       

Other
equity
instru-

ments
US$m

       

Retained

earnings5,6
US$m

        Available-
for-sale
fair value
reserve
US$m
       

Cash flow

hedging

reserve7
US$m

        Foreign
exchange
reserve
US$m
       

Merger

reserve5,8
US$m

       

Total
share-
holders’

equity
US$m

       

Non-

controlling

interests
US$m

        Total
equity
US$m
 

At 1 July 2013

    9,313          11,071          5,851          124,332          14          (184       (3,635       27,308          174,070          8,291          182,361   

Profit for the period

                               5,920                                              5,920          534          6,454   

Other comprehensive income (net of tax)

                               432          58          69          3,093                   3,652          100          3,752   

Available-for-sale investments

                                        58                                     58          42          100   

Cash flow hedges

                                                 69                            69          1          70   

Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability

                               504                                              504          (3       501   

Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures

                               (72                                           (72                (72

Exchange differences

                                                          3,093                   3,093          60          3,153   
   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
                                                                                                                               

Total comprehensive income for period

                               6,352          58          69          3,093                   9,572          634          10,206   

Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans

    10          156                   (38                                           128                   128   

Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon4

    92          (92                1,816                                              1,816                   1,816   

Dividends to shareholders9

                               (4,023                                           (4,023       (318       (4,341

Tax credits on distributions

                               (12                                           (12                (12

Own shares adjustment

                                                                                                

Cost of share-based payment arrangements

                               275                                              275                   275   

Income taxes on share based payments

                               (7                                           (7                (7

Other movements

                               33          25          (6                         52          (3       49   

Acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries

                                                                                     (30       (30

Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries that did not result in loss of control

                                                                                     14          14   

At 31 December 2013

    9,415          11,135          5,851          128,728          97          (121       (542       27,308          181,871          8,588          190,459   

The accompanying notes on pages 214 to 268 form an integral part of these financial statements1.

For footnote, see page 213.

 

212


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Footnotes to Financial Statements

 

1 The tables: ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ (page 112), ‘Gross loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region’ (page 138), ‘Movement in impairment allowances on loans and advances to customers and banks’ (page 134), and the Composition of regulatory capital within ‘Capital structure’ (page 184) excluding those figures that are part of the estimated CRD IV transition position at 31 December 2013, also form an integral part of these financial statements.
2 From 1 January 2014, non-trading reverse repos and repos are presented as separate lines in the balance sheet. Previously, non-trading reverse repos were included within ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and non-trading repos were included within ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’. Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly. Non-trading reverse repos and repos have been presented as separate lines in the balance sheet to align disclosure with market practice and provide more meaningful information in relation to loans and advances. The extent to which reverse repos and repos represent loans to/from customers and banks is set out in Note 11 on the Financial Statements.
3 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
4 Share premium includes no deduction in respect of issuance costs incurred during the period (30 June 2013: nil; 31 December 2013: nil).
5 Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138m has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469m charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669m was charged against retained earnings.
6 Retained earnings include 88,240,542 (US$797m) of own shares held within HSBC’s insurance business, retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Global Markets (30 June 2013: 85,561,934 (US$930m); 31 December 2013: 85,997,271 (US$915m)).
7 Amounts transferred to the income statement in respect of cash flow hedges for the half-year to 30 June 2014 include US$108m gain (30 June 2013: US$116m gain; 31 December 2013: US$107m gain) taken to ‘Net interest income’ and US$158m loss (30 June 2013: US$140m gain; 31 December 2013: US$531m gain) taken to ‘Net trading income’.
8 Statutory share premium relief under Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (the ‘Act’) was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC Bank in 1992, HSBC France in 2000 and HSBC Finance in 2003 and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. In HSBC’s consolidated financial statements the fair value differences of US$8,290m in respect of HSBC France and US$12,768m in respect of HSBC Finance were recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve created on the acquisition of HSBC Finance subsequently became attached to HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited (‘HOHU’), following a number of intra-Group reorganisations. During 2009, pursuant to Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985, statutory share premium relief was taken in respect of the rights issue and US$15,796m was recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve includes the deduction of US$614m in respect of costs relating to the rights issue, of which US$149m was subsequently transferred to the income statement. Of this US$149m, US$121m was a loss arising from accounting for the agreement with the underwriters as a contingent forward contract. The merger reserve excludes the loss of US$344m on a forward foreign exchange contract associated with hedging the proceeds of the rights issue.
9 Including distributions paid on preference shares and capital securities classified as equity.

 

213


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited)

  

 

Note           

1

 

Basis of preparation

     214   

2

 

Accounting policies

     217   

3

 

Dividends

     217   

4

 

Earnings per share

     218   

5

 

Tax

     219   

6

 

Trading assets

     222   

7

 

Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value

     223   

8

 

Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value

     233   

9

 

Financial assets designated at fair value

     235   

10

 

Derivatives

     236   

11

 

Non-trading reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements

     239   

12

 

Financial investments

     239   

13

 

Assets held for sale

     241   

14

 

Trading liabilities

     242   
Note           

15

 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     242   

16

 

Provisions

     243   

17

 

Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments

     245   

18

 

Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities

     250   

19

 

Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets

     252   

20

 

Notes on the statement of cash flows

     253   

21

 

Interests in associates and joint ventures

     254   

22

 

Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees

     257   

23

 

Segmental analysis

     257   

24

 

Goodwill impairment

     259   

25

 

Legal proceedings and regulatory matters

     259   

26

 

Events after the balance sheet date

     268   

27

 

Interim Report 2014 and statutory accounts

     268   
 

 

1 Basis of preparation

 

 

  (a) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards

The interim consolidated financial statements of HSBC have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ (‘IAS 34’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and as endorsed by the EU.

The consolidated financial statements of HSBC at 31 December 2013 were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the IASB and as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ from IFRSs as issued by the IASB if, at any point in time, new or amended IFRSs have not been endorsed by the EU. At 31 December 2013, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2013 affecting the consolidated financial statements at that date, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC. Accordingly, HSBC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 were prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

IFRSs comprise accounting standards issued by the IASB and its predecessor body as well as interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and its predecessor body.

At 30 June 2014, there were no unendorsed standards effective for the period ended 30 June 2014 affecting these interim consolidated financial statements, and there was no difference between IFRSs endorsed by the EU and IFRSs issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC.

Standards adopted during the period ended 30 June 2014

On 1 January 2014 HSBC adopted ‘Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IAS 32)’, which clarified the requirements for offsetting financial instruments and addressed inconsistencies in current practice when applying the offsetting criteria in IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’. The amendments were applied retrospectively and did not have a material effect on HSBC’s financial statements.

There were no new standards adopted during the period ended 30 June 2014.

During the period ended 30 June 2014, HSBC also adopted interpretations and amendments to standards which had an insignificant effect on these interim consolidated financial statements.

 

  (b) Presentation of information

In accordance with HSBC’s policy to provide meaningful disclosures that help investors and other stakeholders understand the Group’s performance, financial position and changes thereto, the information provided in the Notes on the Financial Statements and the Interim Management Report goes beyond the minimum levels required by accounting standards, statutory and regulatory requirements and listing rules. In particular, HSBC follows the British Bankers’ Association Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure (‘the BBA Code’). The BBA Code aims to increase the quality and comparability of banks’ disclosures and sets out five disclosure principles together with supporting guidance. In line with the principles of the BBA Code, HSBC assesses the applicability and relevance of good practice recommendations issued from time to time by relevant regulators and standard setters, enhancing disclosures where appropriate.

 

214


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

HSBC’s consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars. HSBC Holdings’ functional currency is also the US dollar because the US dollar and currencies linked to it are the most significant currencies relevant to the underlying transactions, events and conditions of its subsidiaries, as well as representing a significant proportion of its funds generated from financing activities. HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency in its consolidated financial statements because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts and funds its business.

 

  (c) Use of estimates and assumptions

The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future conditions. The use of available information and the application of judgement are inherent in the formation of estimates; actual results in the future may differ from those reported. Management believes that HSBC’s critical accounting policies where judgement is necessarily applied are those which relate to impairment of loans and advances, goodwill impairment, the valuation of financial instruments, deferred tax assets, provisions for liabilities and interests in associates. These critical accounting policies are described on pages 72 to 76 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

  (d) Consolidation

The interim consolidated financial statements of HSBC comprise the financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries. The method adopted by HSBC to consolidate its subsidiaries is described on page 430 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

  (e) Future accounting developments

In addition to the projects to complete financial instrument accounting, discussed below, the IASB is working on projects on insurance and lease accounting which could represent significant changes to accounting requirements in the future.

Standards and amendments issued by the IASB but not endorsed by the EU

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2017 with early adoption permitted. IFRS 15 provides a principles-based approach for revenue recognition, and introduces the concept of recognising revenue for obligations as they are satisfied. The standard should be applied retrospectively, with certain practical expedients available. HSBC is currently assessing the impact of this standard but it is not practicable to quantify the effect as at the date of the publication of these interim financial statements.

In July 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, which is the comprehensive standard to replace IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, and includes requirements for classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities, impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting.

Classification and measurement

The classification and measurement of financial assets will depend on the entity’s business model for their management and their contractual cash flow characteristics and result in financial assets being at amortised cost, fair value through OCI (‘FVOCI’) or fair value through profit or loss. In many instances, the classification and measurement outcomes will be similar to IAS 39, although differences will arise, for example, since IFRS 9 does not apply embedded derivative accounting to financial assets and equity securities will be measured at fair value through profit or loss or, in limited circumstances, at fair value through OCI. The combined effect

 

215


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

of the application of the business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics tests may result in some differences in population of financial assets measured at amortised cost or fair value compared with IAS 39. The classification of financial liabilities is essentially unchanged, except that, for certain liabilities measured at fair value, gains or losses relating to changes in the entity’s own credit risk are to be included in OCI.

Impairment

The impairment requirements apply to financial assets measured at amortised cost and FVOCI, and lease receivables and certain loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. At initial recognition, allowance (or provision in the case of commitments and guarantees) is required for expected credit losses (‘ECL’) resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months (‘12 month ECL’). In the event of a significant increase in credit risk, allowance (or provision) is required for ECL resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of the financial instrument (‘lifetime ECL’).

The assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition is performed for each reporting period by considering the probability of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument, rather than by considering an increase in ECL.

The assessment of credit risk, as well as the estimation of ECL, are required to be unbiased, probability-weighted and should incorporate all available information which is relevant to the assessment, including information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. In addition, the estimation of ECL should take into account the time value of money. As a result, the recognition and measurement of impairment is intended to be more forward-looking than under IAS 39 and the resulting impairment charge will tend to be more volatile. It will also tend to result in an increase in the total level of impairment allowances, since all financial assets will be assessed for at least 12-month ECL and the population of financial assets to which lifetime ECL applies is likely to be larger than the population for which there is objective evidence of impairment in accordance with IAS 39.

Hedge accounting

The general hedge accounting requirements aim to simplify hedge accounting, creating a stronger link between it and risk management strategy and permitting the former to be applied to a greater variety of hedging instruments and risks. The standard does not explicitly address macro hedge accounting strategies, which are being considered in a separate project. To remove the risk of any conflict between existing macro hedge accounting practice and the new general hedge accounting requirements, IFRS 9 includes an accounting policy choice to remain with IAS 39 hedge accounting.

The classification and measurement and impairment requirements are applied retrospectively by adjusting the opening balance sheet at 1 January 2018, with no requirement to restate comparative periods. Hedge accounting is applied prospectively from that date.

The mandatory application date for the standard as a whole is 1 January 2018, but it is possible to apply the revised presentation for certain liabilities measured at fair value from an earlier date. HSBC intends to revise the presentation of fair value gains and losses relating to the entity’s own credit risk on certain liabilities as soon as permitted by EU law. If this presentation was applied at 30 June 2014, the effect would be to increase profit before tax by US$215m and reduce other comprehensive income by the same amount with no effect on net assets.

HSBC is currently assessing the impact that the rest of IFRS 9 will have on the financial statements through a group-wide project which has been in place since 2012, but due to the complexity of the classification and measurement, impairment, and hedge accounting requirements and their inter-relationships, it is not possible at this stage to quantify the potential effect.

 

  (f) Changes in composition of the Group

There were no material changes in the composition of the Group.

 

216


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

  (g) Changes in presentation

The interim consolidated financial statements report operating segment information based on geographical areas. Previously, Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific were reported separately but, as explained in Note 23, from the first half of 2014 they are presented together as the Asia segment.

From 1 January 2014, HSBC has chosen to present non-trading reverse repos and repos separately on the face of the balance sheet. These items are classified for accounting purposes as loans and receivables or financial liabilities measured at amortised cost. Previously, they were presented on an aggregate basis together with other loans or deposits measured at amortised cost under the following headings in the consolidated balance sheet: ‘Loans and advances to banks’, ‘Loans and advances to customers’, ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’.

The separate presentation aligns disclosure of reverse repos and repos with market practice and provides more meaningful information in relation to loans and advances. Further explanation is provided in Note 11.

Comparative periods have been presented accordingly.

 

  (h) Going concern

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows and capital resources.

 

2 Accounting policies

 

The accounting policies adopted by HSBC for these interim consolidated financial statements are consistent with those described on pages 432 to 450 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. The methods of computation applied by HSBC for these interim consolidated financial statements are consistent with those applied for the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

3 Dividends

 

On 4 August 2014, the Directors declared a second interim dividend in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2014 of US$0.10 per ordinary share, a distribution of approximately US$1,910m which will be payable on 9 October 2014. No liability is recognised in the financial statements in respect of this dividend.

Dividends to shareholders of the parent company

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June 2014           30 June 2013    31 December 2013  
    

Per

share

US$

         

Total

US$m

         

Settled

in scrip

US$m

         

Per

share

US$

         

Total

US$m

         

Settled

in scrip

US$m

         

Per

share

US$

         

Total

US$m

         

Settled

in scrip

US$m

 

Dividends declared on ordinary shares

                                                  

In respect of previous year:

                                                  

– fourth interim dividend

     0.19            3,582            1,827            0.18            3,339            540                                    

In respect of current year:

                                                  

– first interim dividend

     0.10            1,906            284            0.10            1,861            167                                    

– second interim dividend

                                                                       0.10            1,864            952   

– third interim dividend

                                                                       0.10            1,873            864   
     0.29            5,488            2,111            0.28            5,200            707            0.20            3,737            1,816   

Quarterly dividends on preference shares classified as equity

                                                  

March dividend

     15.50            22                  15.50            22                                     

June dividend

     15.50            23                  15.50            23                                     

September dividend

                                                             15.50            22         

December dividend

                                                             15.50            23         
     31.00            45                  31.00            45                  31.00            45         

 

217


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Dividends to shareholders of the parent company (continued)

 

     Half-year to
     30 June 2014           30 June 2013    31 December 2013
     Per
share
US$
          Total
US$m
         

Settled

in scrip

US$m

          Per
share
US$
          Total
US$m
         

Settled

in scrip

US$m

        Per
share
US$
          Total
US$m
         

Settled

in scrip

US$m

Quarterly coupons on capital securities classified as equity1

                                                  

January coupon

     0.508            44                  0.508            44                                     

March coupon

     0.500            76                            0.500            76                                     

April coupon

     0.508            45                  0.508            45                                     

June coupon

     0.500            76                  0.500            76                                     

July coupon

                                                             0.508            45         

September coupon

                                                             0.500            76         

October coupon

                                                             0.508            45         

December coupon

                                                             0.500            76         
     2.016            241                  2.016            241                  2.016            242         

 

    1 HSBC Holdings issued Perpetual Subordinated Capital Securities of US$3,800m in June 2010 and US$2,200m in April 2008, which are classified as equity under IFRSs.

On 15 July 2014, HSBC paid a further coupon on the capital securities of US$0.508 per security, representing a total distribution of US$45m. No liability is recognised in the financial statements in respect of this coupon payment.

 

4 Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held. Diluted earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June           30 June           31 December  
     2014           2013           2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company

     9,746            10,284            5,920   

Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity

     (45         (45         (45

Coupon payable on capital securities classified as equity

     (241         (241         (242

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company

     9,460            9,998            5,633   

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

    Half-year to 30 June 2014         Half-year to 30 June 2013         Half-year to 31 December 2013  
   

Profit

US$m

        Number
of shares
(millions)
       

Amount
per share

US$

       

Profit

US$m

       

Number
of shares

(millions)

       

Amount
per share

US$

       

Profit

US$m

       

Number

of shares

(millions)

   

Amount
per share

US$

 

Basic1

    9,460          18,847          0.50          9,998          18,467          0.54          5,633          18,530        0.30   

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

              101                        156                        124     

Diluted2

    9,460          18,948          0.50          9,998          18,623          0.54          5,633          18,654        0.30   

 

  1   Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding.
  2   Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding assuming dilution.

 

218


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

5 Tax

 

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June           30 June           31 December  
     2014           2013           2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Current tax

              

UK corporation tax charge

     165            (107         99   

Overseas tax1

     1,803            1,868            2,081   
     1,968            1,761            2,180   

Deferred tax

              

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     54            964            (140

Tax expense

     2,022            2,725            2,040   

Effective tax rate

     16.4%            19.4%            24.0%   

 

  1   Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of US$589m (first half of 2013: US$607m; second half of 2013: US$526m). Subsidiaries in Hong Kong provided for Hong Kong profits tax at the rate of 16.5% (2013: 16.5%) on the profits for the period assessable in Hong Kong. Other overseas subsidiaries and overseas branches provided for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operated.

Tax reconciliation

The tax charged to the income statement differs to the tax charge that would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate as follows:

 

     Half-year to  
     30 June 2014           30 June 2013           31 December 2013  
     US$m           %           US$m           %           US$m           %  

Profit before tax

     12,340                  14,071                  8,494         

Tax at 21.5% (2013: 23.25%)

     2,653            21.5            3,272            23.25            1,974            23.25   

Effect of differently taxed overseas profits

     28            0.2            (181         (1.3         4              

Adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities

     (242         (2.0         7                       (124         (1.4

Deferred tax temporary differences not recognised/(previously not recognised)

     (87         (0.7         (9         (0.1         341            4.0   

Effect of profit in associates and joint ventures

     (278         (2.2         (281         (2.0         (262         (3.1

Tax effect of disposal of Ping An

                           (111         (0.8                      

Tax effect of reclassification of Industrial Bank

                           (317         (2.3                      

Non-taxable income and gains

     (317         (2.6         (377         (2.7         (494         (5.8

Permanent disallowables

     129            1.0            308            2.2            339            4.0   

Change in tax rates

     (4                    (15         (0.1         108            1.2   

Local taxes and overseas withholding tax

     159            1.3            266            1.9            285            3.4   

Other items

     (19         (0.1         163            1.3            (131         (1.5

Total tax charged to the income statement

     2,022            16.4            2,725            19.4            2,040            24.0   

The effective tax rate for the first half of 2014 was 16.4% compared with 19.4% for the first half of 2013. The effective tax rate for the first half of 2014 benefited from a current tax credit in relation to prior years. The effective tax rate in 2013 was higher because of a write-down of deferred tax assets.

The main rate of corporation tax in the UK reduced from 23% to 21% on 1 April 2014 and will be further reduced to 20% on 1 April 2015. The reduction in the corporate tax rate to 20% was enacted through the 2013 Finance Act on 17 July 2013. It is not expected that the future rate reduction will have a significant effect on the net UK deferred tax asset at 30 June 2014 of US$0.3bn.

The Group’s legal entities are subject to routine review and audit by tax authorities in the territories in which the Group operates. The Group provides for potential tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The amounts eventually paid may differ materially from the amounts provided, depending on the ultimate resolution of such matters.

 

219


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Deferred taxation

Net deferred tax assets totalled US$6.1bn at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: US$6.3bn; 31 December 2013: US$6.5bn). The main items to note were as follows:

US

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in the US was US$4.1bn (30 June 2013: US$4.3bn; 31 December 2013: US$4.4bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total reflected the carry forward of tax losses and tax credits of US$1.1bn (30 June 2013: US$0.2bn; 31 December 2013: US$0.7bn), deductible temporary differences in respect of loan impairment allowances of US$1.0bn (30 June 2013: US$1.5bn; 31 December 2013: US$1.2bn) and other temporary differences of US$2.0bn (30 June 2013: US$2.6bn; 31 December 2013: US$2.5bn).

Deductions for loan impairments for US tax purposes generally occur when the impaired loan is charged off or, if earlier, when the impaired loan is sold. The tax deduction is often in the period subsequent to that in which the impairment is recognised for accounting purposes. As a result, the amount of the associated deferred tax asset should generally move in line with the impairment allowance balance.

On the evidence available, including historical levels of profitability, management projections of future income and HSBC Holdings’ commitment to continue to retain sufficient capital in North America to recover the deferred tax asset, it is expected there will be sufficient taxable income generated by the business to realise these assets. Management projections of profits from the US operations are prepared for a 10-year period and include assumptions about the future housing market and US economic conditions, including unemployment levels.

Management projections of profits from the US operations currently indicate that tax losses and tax credits will be fully recovered by 2017. The current level of the deferred tax asset in respect of loan impairment allowances and other deductible temporary differences is also projected to reduce over the next four years.

As there has been a recent history of losses in HSBC’s US operations, management’s analysis of the recognition of these deferred tax assets significantly discounts any future expected profits from the US operations and relies on capital support from HSBC Holdings, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support. The principal strategy involves generating future taxable profits through the retention of capital in the US in excess of normal regulatory requirements in order to reduce deductible funding expenses or otherwise deploy such capital to increase levels of taxable income. As financial performance in our US operations improves, it is expected that projected future profits from US operations will be relied on in the evaluation of the recognition of the deferred tax asset in future periods as the sustainability of the improving financial performance is demonstrated.

Brazil

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in Brazil was US$1.2bn (30 June 2013: US$1.1bn; 31 December 2013: US$1.0bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total reflected the carry forward of tax losses and tax credits of US$0.2bn (30 June 2013: nil; 31 December 2013: US$0.1bn), deductible temporary differences in respect of loan impairment allowances of US$0.8bn (30 June 2013: US$0.9bn; 31 December 2013: US$0.7bn) and other temporary differences of US$0.2bn (30 June 2013: US$0.2bn; 31 December 2013: US$0.2bn).

Deductions for loan impairments for Brazilian tax purposes generally occur when the impaired loan is charged off, often in a period subsequent to that in which the impairment is recognised for accounting purposes. As a result, the amount of the associated deferred tax asset should generally move in line with the impairment allowance balance.

Management projections of profits from the Brazilian operations currently indicate that the tax losses and other temporary differences will be fully recovered within the next 10 years. Loan impairment deductions are recognised for tax purposes typically within 24 months of accounting recognition.

In light of the recent occurrence of tax losses, the recognition of deferred tax assets in Brazil takes into consideration both the reliance placed on management’s projection of income and on the use of general strategies such as corporate reorganisations and other initiatives to improve the profitability of our Brazilian operations from a tax perspective.

Mexico

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in Mexico was US$0.5bn at 30 June 2014 (30 June 2013: US$0.4bn; 31 December 2013: US$0.5bn).

 

220


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

The deferred tax assets included in this total related primarily to deductible temporary differences in respect of accounting provisions for impaired loans. The annual deduction for loan impairment charges was historically capped under Mexican legislation at 2.5% of the average qualifying loan portfolio. The balance is carried forward to future years without expiry.

Following the clarification of tax law by the Mexican fiscal authority during 2013, management’s analysis of the recognition of these deferred tax assets relies on the primary strategy of selling certain loan portfolios, the losses on which are deductible for tax in Mexico when sold. Any such deductions for tax would lead to the reversal of the carried forward loan impairment provision recognised for deferred tax purposes.

On the evidence available, including historical and projected levels of loan portfolio sales and profitability, it is expected that the business will realise these assets over the next five years.

In September 2013, the Mexican Government proposed a number of tax reforms that were approved by the Chamber of Senate in October 2013 and published in the Official Gazette in December 2013. The tax reforms include a new basis of tax deduction for loan impairment charges that will allow banks to recognise tax deductions as and when loans are written off the balance sheet. The reforms also brought in transitional rules to allow banks to continue to claim any unclaimed deductions with regard to the 2.5% pool as at 31 December 2013. On 4 July 2014, the Mexican Government issued rule I.3.22.5 of the Miscellaneous Tax Resolution that clarified the treatment of the transitional rules but had no impact on the deferred tax assets held in our operations in Mexico.

There are no material carried forward tax losses or tax credits recognised within the Group’s deferred tax assets in Mexico.

UK

The net deferred tax asset relating to HSBC’s operations in the UK was US$0.3bn (30 June 2013: US$0.5bn; 31 December 2013: US$0.4bn). The deferred tax assets included in this total related primarily to other temporary differences.

On the evidence available, including historical levels of profitability and management projections of future income, it is expected that there will be sufficient taxable income generated by the business to recover the net deferred tax asset within the next 10 years.

There are no material carried forward tax losses or tax credits recognised within the Group’s deferred tax assets in the UK.

 

221


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

6 Trading assets

 

 

    

At

30 June

2014

         

At

30 June

2013

         

At

31 December

2013

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Trading assets:

              

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     248,929            310,395            201,492   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     98,177            122,206            101,700   
     347,106            432,601            303,192   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     17,678            19,188            21,584   

Debt securities

     155,522            147,568            141,644   

Equity securities

     73,855            51,477            63,891   

Trading securities valued at fair value

     247,055            218,233            227,119   

Loans and advances to banks1

     41,048            96,748            27,885   

Loans and advances to customers1

     59,003            117,620            48,188   
     347,106            432,601            303,192   

Trading securities valued at fair value2

 

              
     At
30 June
2014
          At
30 June
2013
          At
31 December
2013
 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

US Treasury and US Government agencies3

     27,019            30,202            23,450   

UK Government

     9,364            11,171            11,591   

Hong Kong Government

     5,189            7,151            5,909   

Other government

     90,261            82,782            86,714   

Asset-backed securities4

     2,903            2,725            2,736   

Corporate debt and other securities

     38,464            32,725            32,828   

Equity securities

     73,855            51,477            63,891   
     247,055            218,233            227,119   

 

  1   In the second half of 2013 GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses as set out on page 154.
  2   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$26,390m (30 June 2013: US$21,653m; 31 December 2013: US$22,989m), of which US$4,036m (30 June 2013: US$3,262m; 31 December 2013: US$3,973m) are guaranteed by various governments.
  3   Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  4   Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.

Trading securities listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills

         

Debt

securities

         

Equity

securities

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Fair value at 30 June 2014

                    

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     1,394            99,414            73,163            173,971   

Unlisted2

     16,284            56,108            692            73,084   
     17,678            155,522            73,855            247,055   

Fair value at 30 June 2013

                    

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     2,447            83,220            50,332            135,999   

Unlisted2

     16,741            64,348            1,145            82,234   
     19,188            147,568            51,477            218,233   

Fair value at 31 December 2013

                    

Listed on a recognised exchange1

     194            85,821            62,724            148,739   

Unlisted2

     21,390            55,823            1,167            78,380   
     21,584            141,644            63,891            227,119   

 

  1   Included within listed securities are US$4,479m (30 June 2013: US$3,508m; 31 December 2013: US$3,836m) of investments listed in Hong Kong.
  2   Unlisted treasury and other eligible bills primarily comprise treasury bills not listed on a recognised exchange but for which there is a liquid market.

 

222


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

7 Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value

 

The accounting policies which determine the classification of financial instruments and the use of assumptions and estimation in valuing them are described on pages 432 to 450 and page 74, respectively, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured on the basis of the individual financial instrument. However, in cases where HSBC manages a group of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, HSBC measures the fair value of the group of financial instruments on a net basis, but presents the underlying financial assets and liabilities separately in the financial statements, unless they satisfy the IFRS offsetting criteria.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The following table sets out the financial instruments carried at fair value.

Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation

 

            Valuation techniques         
    

Quoted

market

price

Level 1

    

Using

observable

inputs

Level 2

    

With

significant

unobservable

inputs

Level 3

     Total  
     US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m  

Recurring fair value measurements

           

At 30 June 2014

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

     220,194         121,083         5,829         347,106   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     26,359         4,752         712         31,823   

Derivatives

     2,484         264,877         2,478         269,839   

Financial investments: available for sale

     259,077         132,934         6,443         398,454   

Liabilities

           

Trading liabilities

     102,025         118,430         7,680         228,135   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     4,115         78,853                 82,968   

Derivatives

     2,857         258,776         1,861         263,494   

At 30 June 2013

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

     246,233         183,324         3,044         432,601   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     27,540         7,307         471         35,318   

Derivatives

     3,035         293,518         2,660         299,213   

Financial investments: available for sale

     235,460         135,615         8,960         380,035   

Liabilities

           

Trading liabilities

     148,118         187,280         7,034         342,432   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     9,195         75,059                 84,254   

Derivatives

     2,471         288,555         2,643         293,669   

At 31 December 2013

           

Assets

           

Trading assets

     182,721         115,124         5,347         303,192   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     30,173         7,649         608         38,430   

Derivatives

     2,539         277,224         2,502         282,265   

Financial investments: available for sale

     262,836         130,760         7,245         400,841   

Liabilities

           

Trading liabilities

     88,935         110,576         7,514         207,025   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     10,482         78,602                 89,084   

Derivatives

     4,508         267,441         2,335         274,284   

The increase in Level 1 trading assets and liabilities reflects an increase in equity securities. There were no other significant movements during the first half of 2014.

There were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period.

 

223


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Control framework

Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker. To this end, ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values lies with Finance, which reports functionally to the Group Finance Director. Finance establishes the accounting policies and procedures governing valuation, and is responsible for ensuring compliance with all relevant accounting standards.

Further details of the control framework are included on page 483 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Determination of fair value

Fair values are determined according to the following hierarchy:

 

   

Level 1 – quoted market price: financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that HSBC can access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs: financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.

 

   

Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs: financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market. In the event that the market for a financial instrument is not active, a valuation technique is used. Further details on fair values determined using valuation techniques are included on page 484 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

For interest rate derivatives with collateralised counterparties and in significant currencies, and for certain other collateralised derivatives, HSBC applies a discounting curve that reflects the overnight interest rate (‘OIS discounting’).

Fair value adjustments

Fair value adjustments are adopted when HSBC considers that there are additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model. HSBC classifies fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The majority of these adjustments relate to GB&M.

Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition of profits or losses within the income statement. For example, as models are enhanced, fair value adjustments may no longer be required. Similarly, fair value adjustments will decrease when the related positions are unwound, but this may not result in profit or loss.

Global Banking and Markets fair value adjustments

 

    

At

30 June

2014

US$m

         

At

30 June

2013

US$m

         

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 
Type of adjustment                               

Risk-related

     1,419            1,392            1,565   

Bid-offer

     558            639              561   

Uncertainty

     363            126              343   

Credit valuation adjustment

     968            1,552              1,274   

Debit valuation adjustment

     (474         (929           (616

Other

     4            4              3   

Model-related

     202            147            202   

Model limitation

     198            142              199   

Other

     4            5              3   

Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves) (Note 10)

     135            180            167   
     1,756            1,719            1,934   

 

224


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Fair value adjustments declined by US$178m during the period. The most significant movement was a decrease of US$306m in respect of the credit valuation adjustment, as a result of the narrowing of counterparty and market credit default swap spreads. This was partially offset by a decrease of US$142m in debit valuation adjustment, as a result of the narrowing of HSBC credit default swap spreads.

Detailed descriptions of risk-related and model-related adjustments are provided on pages 485 and 486 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Credit valuation adjustment/debit valuation adjustment methodology

HSBC calculates a separate credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’) and debit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) for each HSBC legal entity, and within each entity for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure.

HSBC calculates the CVA by applying the probability of default (‘PD’) of the counterparty, conditional on the non-default of HSBC, to HSBC’s expected positive exposure to the counterparty and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of default. Conversely, HSBC calculates the DVA by applying the PD of HSBC, conditional on the non-default of the counterparty, to the expected positive exposure of the counterparty to HSBC and multiplying by the loss expected in the event of default. Both calculations are performed over the life of the potential exposure.

For most products HSBC uses a simulation methodology to calculate the expected positive exposure to a counterparty. This incorporates a range of potential exposures across the portfolio of transactions with the counterparty over the life of the portfolio. The simulation methodology includes credit mitigants such as counterparty netting agreements and collateral agreements with the counterparty. A standard loss given default (‘LGD’) assumption of 60% is generally adopted for developed market exposures, and 75% for emerging market exposures. Alternative loss given default assumptions may be adopted where both the nature of the exposure and the available data support this.

For certain types of exotic derivatives where the products are not currently supported by the simulation, or for derivative exposures in smaller trading locations where the simulation tool is not yet available, HSBC adopts alternative methodologies. These may involve mapping to the results for similar products from the simulation tool or, where the mapping approach is not appropriate, using a simplified methodology which generally follows the same principles as the simulation methodology. The calculation is applied at a trade level, with more limited recognition of credit mitigants such as netting or collateral agreements than is used in the simulation methodology.

The methodologies do not, in general, account for ‘wrong-way risk’. Wrong-way risk arises when the underlying value of the derivative prior to any CVA is positively correlated to the probability of default by the counterparty. When there is significant wrong-way risk, a trade-specific approach is applied to reflect the wrong-way risk within the valuation.

With the exception of certain central clearing parties, HSBC includes all third-party counterparties in the CVA and DVA calculations and does not net these adjustments across HSBC Group entities. HSBC reviews and refines the CVA and DVA methodologies on an ongoing basis.

Valuation of uncollateralised derivatives

HSBC values uncollateralised derivatives by discounting expected future cash flows at a benchmark interest rate, typically Libor or its equivalent. This approach has historically been adopted across the industry, and has therefore been an appropriate basis for fair value. HSBC and other industry participants are currently considering whether it appropriately reflects the manner in which the derivatives are funded, which may occur at rates other than interbank offer rates. No consensus has yet emerged on how such funding should be reflected in the fair value measurement for uncollateralised derivatives. In the future, and possibly in the second half of 2014, HSBC may adopt a ‘funding fair value adjustment’ to reflect funding of uncollateralised derivatives at rates other than interbank offer rates.

 

225


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Fair value valuation bases

Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3

 

     Assets           Liabilities  
    

Available

for sale
US$m

          Held for
trading
US$m
         

At fair

value1
US$m

         

Derivatives

US$m

         

Total

US$m

          Held for
trading
US$m
         

At fair

value1
US$m

         

Derivatives

US$m

         

Total

US$m

 

At 30 June 2014

                                                  

Private equity including strategic investments

     3,562            169            455                       4,186                                               

Asset-backed securities

     2,450            641                                  3,091                                               

Loans held for securitisation

                56                                  56                                               

Structured notes

                2                                  2            7,680                                  7,680   

Derivatives with monolines

                                      270            270                                  2            2   

Other derivatives

                                      2,208            2,208                                  1,858            1,858   

Other portfolios

     431            4,961            257                       5,649                                  1            1   
     6,443            5,829            712            2,478            15,462            7,680                       1,861            9,541   

At 30 June 2013

                                                  

Private equity including strategic investments

     4,100            92            392                       4,584                                               

Asset-backed securities

     1,683            430                                  2,113                                               

Loans held for securitisation

                89                                  89                                               

Structured notes

                                                            7,034                                  7,034   

Derivatives with monolines

                                      407            407                                               

Other derivatives

                                      2,253            2,253                                  2,643            2,643   

Other portfolios

     3,177            2,433            79                       5,689                                               
     8,960            3,044            471            2,660            15,135            7,034                       2,643            9,677   

At 31 December 2013

                                                  

Private equity including strategic investments

     3,729            103            420                       4,252                                               

Asset-backed securities

     1,677            643                                  2,320                                               

Loans held for securitisation

                83                                  83                                               

Structured notes

                14                                  14            7,514                                  7,514   

Derivatives with monolines

                                      320            320                                               

Other derivatives

                                      2,182            2,182                                  2,335            2,335   

Other portfolios

     1,839            4,504            188                       6,531                                               
     7,245            5,347            608            2,502            15,702            7,514                       2,335            9,849   

 

  1   Designated at fair value through profit or loss.

The basis for determining the fair value of the financial instruments in the table above is explained on page 487 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

226


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Movement in Level 3 financial instruments

 

     Assets           Liabilities  
     Available
for sale
US$m
          Held for
trading
US$m
         

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

US$m

          Derivatives
US$m
          Held for
trading
US$m
         

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss
US$m

          Derivatives
US$m
 

At 1 January 2014

     7,245            5,347            608            2,502            7,514                       2,335   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

     58            18            48            10            94                       (248

– trading income excluding net interest income

                18                       10            94                       (248

– gains less losses from financial investments

     79                       48                                               

– loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (21                                                                  

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income1

     334            70            (1         61            113                       83   

– available-for-sale investments: fair value gains/(losses)

     145                                                                     

– cash flow hedges: fair value gains/(losses)

                                                                       34   

– exchange differences

     189            70            (1         61            113                        49   

Purchases

     1,228            613            123                       (31                      

New issuances

                                                 1,416                         

Sales

     (741         (210         (40                             

Settlements

     (722         (40         (29         5            (801                    (99

Transfers out

     (1,654         (31                    (228         (720               (321

Transfers in

     695            62            3            128            95                       111   

At 30 June 2014

     6,443            5,829            712            2,478            7,680                       1,861   

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 30 June 2014

     (21         8            23            128            175                       43   

– trading income excluding net interest income

                8                       128            175                       43   

– net income/(expense) from other financial instruments designated at fair value

                           23                                               

– loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

     (21                                                                  

At 1 January 2013

     8,511            4,378            413            3,059            7,470                       3,005   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

     37            48            23            (25         (844                    875   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income1

     60            (26                    (105         (157                    (109

Purchases

     1,112            486            21                                               

New issuances

                                                 2,017                         

Sales

     (345         (1,689         (4                    (497                      

Settlements

     (266         (177         (4         (283         (559                    (1,114

Transfers out

     (1,009         (80         (30         (43         (565                    (49

Transfers in

     860            104            52            57            169                       35   

At 30 June 2013

     8,960            3,044            471            2,660            7,034                       2,643   

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 30 June 2013

     14            102            23            (17         169                       (452

 

227


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

     Assets           Liabilities  
    

Available

for sale

US$m

         

Held for

trading
US$m

         

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

US$m

          Derivatives
US$m
         

Held for

trading
US$m

         

Designated

at fair value

through

profit or loss

US$m

          Derivatives
US$m
 

At 1 July 2013

     8,960            3,044            471            2,660            7,034                       2,643   

Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss

     (89         295            13            (180         97                       (482

Total gains recognised in other comprehensive income1

     427            46                       98            166                       166   

Purchases

     726            807            35                       (482                      

New issuances

                                                 1,144                         

Sales

     (421         (132                               483                         

Settlements

     (490         (296         (23         (28         (591                    110   

Transfers out

     (2,112         (305         (38         (128         (486                    (111

Transfers in

     244            1,888            150            80            149                       9   

At 31 December 2013

     7,245            5,347            608            2,502            7,514                       2,335   

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 December 2013

     (180         260            18            (280         (570                    524   

 

  1   Included in ‘Available-for-sale investments: fair value gains/(losses)’ and ‘Exchange differences’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of the reporting period.

Purchases and sales of Level 3 available-for-sale assets predominantly reflect ABS activity, particularly in the securities investment conduits. Transfers out of Level 3 available-for-sale securities reflect increased confidence in the pricing of certain emerging markets corporate debt. New issuances of trading liabilities reflect structured note issuances, predominantly equity-linked notes.

Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives

The following table shows the sensitivity of Level 3 fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions:

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions

 

    Reflected in profit or loss         Reflected in other
comprehensive income
 
   

Favourable

changes
US$m

        Unfavourable
changes
US$m
       

Favourable

changes
US$m

       

Unfavourable

changes
US$m

 

At 30 June 2014

             

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

    266          (251                  

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

    35          (60                  

Financial investments: available for sale

                      369          (614
    301          (311       369          (614

At 30 June 2013

             

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

    395          (371                  

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

    45          (45                  

Financial investments: available for sale

                      745          (777
    440          (416       745          (777

At 31 December 2013

             

Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1

    350          (285                  

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value

    32          (51                  

Financial investments: available for sale

                      434          (673
    382          (336       434          (673

 

  1   Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities are presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these financial instruments are risk-managed.

 

228


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

The reduction in the effect of both favourable and unfavourable changes in significant unobservable inputs in relation to derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities predominantly reflects greater certainty in certain emerging market foreign exchange volatility, as markets have developed. The reduction in the effect of both favourable and unfavourable changes in significant unobservable inputs in relation to available-for-sale assets during the period primarily reflects a decrease in the Level 3 balances.

Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions by Level 3 instrument type

 

     Reflected in profit or loss           Reflected in other
comprehensive income
 
    

Favourable

changes

          Unfavourable
changes
         

Favourable

changes

         

Unfavourable

changes

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 30 June 2014

                    

Private equity including strategic investments

     41            (78         224            (481

Asset-backed securities

     47            (18         103            (90

Loans held for securitisation

     2            (2                      

Structured notes

     15            (9                      

Derivatives with monolines

     21            (10                      

Other derivatives

     141            (156                      

Other portfolios

     34            (38         42            (43
     301            (311         369            (614

At 30 June 2013

                    

Private equity including strategic investments

     61            (61         400            (400

Asset-backed securities

     55            (29         138            (123

Loans held for securitisation

     3            (5                      

Structured notes

     24            (17                      

Derivatives with monolines

     41            (31                      

Other derivatives

     219            (237                      

Other portfolios

     37            (36         207            (254
     440            (416         745            (777

At 31 December 2013

                    

Private equity including strategic investments

     31            (61         226            (436

Asset-backed securities

     60            (27         113            (99

Loans held for securitisation

     3            (3                      

Structured notes

     16            (9                      

Derivatives with monolines

     25            (16                      

Other derivatives

     212            (164                      

Other portfolios

     35            (56         95            (138
     382            (336         434            (673

Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined on the basis of sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis aims to measure a range of fair values consistent with the application of a 95% confidence interval. Methodologies take account of the nature of the valuation technique employed, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data. When the available data is not amenable to statistical analysis, the quantification of uncertainty is judgemental, but remains guided by the 95% confidence interval.

When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the above table reflects the most favourable or the most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.

 

229


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 valuations

 

     Fair value           Key unobservable   

Full range of inputs

    

Core range of inputs

 
     Assets          Liabilities      Valuation technique    inputs    Lower      Higher      Lower      Higher  
     US$m          US$m                                        

At 30 June 2014

                         

Private equity including strategic investments

     4,186                

See notes on page 232

  

See notes on page 232

     n/a         n/a         n/a         n/a   

Asset-backed securities

     3,091                               

CLO/CDO1

     1,872                

Model – discounted
cash flow

  

Prepayment rate

     1%         7%         1%         7%   
              

Market proxy

  

Bid quotes

             101         67         95   

Other ABSs

     1,219                

Market proxy

  

Bid quotes

             111         19         89   

Loans held for securitisation

     56                          

Structured notes

     2           7,680                     

Equity-linked notes

               6,189      

Model – option model

  

Equity volatility

     7%         66%         13%         36%   
              

Model – option model

  

Equity correlation

     27%         94%         47%         81%   

Fund-linked notes

               518      

Model – option model

  

Fund volatility

     7%         37%         7%         37%   

FX-linked notes

     2           606      

Model – option model

  

FX volatility

     1%         24%         3%         11%   

Other

               367                     

Derivatives with monolines

     270           2      

Model – discounted cash flow

  

Credit spread

     3%         4%         3%         4%   

Other derivatives

     2,208           1,858                     

Interest rate derivatives:

                                     

– securitisation swaps

     298           865      

Model – discounted
cash flow

  

Prepayment rate

     0%         50%         8%         21%   

– long-dated swaptions

     747           141      

Model – option model

  

IR volatility

     3%         61%         13%         30%   

– other

     596           255                     
    

 

                    

FX derivatives:

                                     

– FX options

     90           85      

Model – option model

  

FX volatility

     0.1%         56%         4%         11%   

– other

     31           33                     
                         

Equity derivatives:

                                     

– long-dated single stock options

     250           218      

Model – option model

  

Equity volatility

     5%         62%         14%         36%   

– other

     41           173                     
    

 

                    

Credit derivatives:

                                     

– other

     155           88                     

Other portfolios

     5,649           1                     

Structured certificates

     4,381                

Model – discounted
cash flow

  

Credit volatility

     0.7%         3%         0.7%         3%   

EM corporate debt

     512                

Market proxy

  

Credit spread

     0.4%         7%         0.7%         6%   
              

Market proxy

  

Bid quotes

     60         133         110         132   

Other2

     756           1                     
    

 

                    
                                       
     15,462           9,541                     

 

230


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

     Fair value           Key unobservable   

Full range of inputs

    

Core range of inputs

 
     Assets          Liabilities      Valuation technique    inputs    Lower      Higher      Lower      Higher  
     US$m          US$m                                        

At 31 December 2013

                         

Private equity including strategic investments

     4,252                

See notes on page 232

  

See notes on page 232

     n/a         n/a         n/a         n/a   

Asset-backed securities

     2,320                               

CLO/CDO1

     1,180                

Model – discounted
cash flow

  

Prepayment rate

     0%         5%         0%         5%   
              

Market proxy

  

Bid quotes

             102         46         95   

Other ABSs

     1,140                               

Loans held for securitisation

     83                               

Structured notes

     14           7,514                     

Equity-linked notes

               5,750      

Model – option model

  

Equity volatility

     6%         73%         13%         39%   
              

Model – option model

  

Equity correlation

     51%         59%         52%         57%   

Fund-linked notes

               717      

Model – option model

  

Fund volatility

     18%         22%         20%         21%   

FX-linked notes

     14           662      

Model – option model

  

FX volatility

     0.1%         28%         5%         15%   

Other

               385                     

Derivatives with monolines

     320                

Model – discounted
cash flow

  

Credit spread

     3%         5%         4%         5%   

Other derivatives

     2,182           2,335                     

Interest rate derivatives:

                                     

– securitisation swaps

     275           1,127      

Model – discounted
cash flow

  

Prepayment rate

     0%         22%         2%         20%   

– long-dated swaptions

     655           185      

Model – option model

  

IR volatility

     3%         160%         13%         41%   

– other

     540           265                     
    

 

                    

FX derivatives:

                                     

– FX options

     114           151      

Model – option model

  

FX volatility

     0.1%         75%         7%         18%   

– other

     69           51                     
                         

Equity derivatives:

                                     

– long-dated single stock options

     218           247      

Model – option model

  

Equity volatility

     6%         73%         15%         36%   

– other

     24           151                     
    

 

                    

Credit derivatives:

                                     

– other

     287           158                     

Other portfolios

     6,531                               

Structured certificates

     3,800                

Model – discounted
cash flow

  

Credit volatility

     1%         3%         1%         3%   

EM corporate debt

     2,073                

Market proxy

  

Credit spread

     0.2%         17%         1%         7%   
              

Market proxy

  

Bid quotes

     57         141         100         134   

Other2

     658                               
    

 

                    
                                       
     15,702           9,849                     

 

  1   Collateralised loan obligation/collateralised debt obligation.
  2   Includes a range of smaller asset holdings, a majority of which are emerging market sovereign and corporate debt.

 

231


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments

The table above lists key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments, and provides the range of those inputs as at 30 June 2014. The core range of inputs is the estimated range within which 90% of the inputs fall. A further description of the categories of key unobservable inputs is given below.

Private equity including strategic investments

HSBC’s private equity and strategic investments are generally classified as available for sale and are not traded in active markets. In the absence of an active market, an investment’s fair value is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects and other factors, as well as by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market, or the price at which similar companies have changed ownership. Given the bespoke nature of the analysis in respect of each holding, it is not practical to quote a range of key unobservable inputs.

Prepayment rates

Prepayment rates are a measure of the anticipated future speed at which a loan portfolio will be repaid in advance of the due date. Prepayment rates are an important input into modelled values of ABSs. A modelled price may be used where insufficient observable market prices exist to enable a market price to be determined directly. Prepayment rates are also an important input into the valuation of derivatives linked to securitisations. For example, so-called securitisation swaps have a notional value that is linked to the size of the outstanding loan portfolio in a securitisation, which may fall as prepayments occur. Prepayment rates vary according to the nature of the loan portfolio, and expectations of future market conditions. For example, current prepayment rates in US residential mortgage-backed securities would generally be expected to rise as the US economy improves. Prepayment rates may be estimated using a variety of evidence, such as prepayment rates implied from proxy observable security prices, current or historical prepayment rates and macroeconomic modelling.

Market proxy

Market proxy pricing may be used for an instrument for which specific market pricing is not available, but evidence is available in respect of instruments that have some characteristics in common. In certain cases it might be possible to identify a specific proxy, but more generally evidence across a wider range of instruments will be used to understand the factors that influence current market pricing and the manner of that influence. For example, in the collateralised loan obligation market it may be possible to establish that A-rated securities exhibit prices in a range, and to isolate key factors that influence the position within the range. Applying this to a specific A-rated security within HSBC’s portfolio allows assignment of a price.

The range of prices used as inputs into a market proxy pricing methodology may therefore be wide. This range is not indicative of the uncertainty associated with the price derived for an individual security.

Volatility

Volatility is a measure of the anticipated future variability of a market price. Volatility tends to increase in stressed market conditions and decrease in calmer market conditions. Volatility is an important input in the pricing of options. In general, the higher the volatility, the more expensive the option will be. This reflects both the higher probability of an increased return from the option, and the potentially higher costs that HSBC may incur in hedging the risks associated with the option. If option prices become more expensive, this will increase the value of HSBC’s long option positions (i.e. the positions in which HSBC has purchased options), while HSBC’s short option positions (i.e. the positions in which HSBC has sold options) will suffer losses.

Volatility varies by underlying reference market price, and by strike and maturity of the option. Volatility also varies over time. As a result, it is difficult to make general statements regarding volatility levels. For example, while it is generally the case that foreign exchange volatilities are lower than equity volatilities, there may be examples in particular currency pairs or for particular equities where this is not the case.

Certain volatilities, typically those of a longer-dated nature, are unobservable. The unobservable volatility is then estimated from observable data. For example, longer-dated volatilities may be extrapolated from shorter-dated volatilities.

 

232


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

The range of unobservable volatilities quoted in the table on page 230 reflects the wide variation in volatility inputs by reference market price. For example, foreign exchange volatilities for a pegged currency may be very low, whereas for non-managed currencies the foreign exchange volatility may be higher. As a further example, volatilities for deep-in-the-money or deep-out-of-the-money equity options may be significantly higher than at-the-money options. The core range is significantly narrower than the full range because these examples with extreme volatilities occur relatively rarely within the HSBC portfolio. For any single unobservable volatility, the uncertainty in the volatility determination is significantly less than the range quoted above.

Correlation

Correlation is a measure of the inter-relationship between two market prices. Correlation is a number between minus one and one. A positive correlation implies that the two market prices tend to move in the same direction, with a correlation of one implying that they always move in the same direction. A negative correlation implies that the two market prices tend to move in opposite directions, with a correlation of minus one implying that the two market prices always move in opposite directions.

Correlation is used to value more complex instruments where the payout is dependent upon more than one market price. For example, an equity basket option has a payout that is dependent upon the performance of a basket of single stocks, and the correlation between the price movements of those stocks will be an input to the valuation. This is referred to as equity-equity correlation. There are a wide range of instruments for which correlation is an input, and consequently a wide range of both same-asset correlations (e.g. equity-equity correlation) and cross-asset correlations (e.g. foreign exchange rate-interest rate correlation) used. In general, the range of same-asset correlations will be narrower than the range of cross-asset correlations.

Correlation may be unobservable. Unobservable correlations may be estimated based upon a range of evidence, including consensus pricing services, HSBC trade prices, proxy correlations and examination of historical price relationships.

The range of unobservable correlations quoted in the table reflects the wide variation in correlation inputs by market price pair. For any single unobservable correlation, the uncertainty in the correlation determination is likely to be less than the range quoted above.

Credit spread

Credit spread is the premium over a benchmark interest rate required by the market to accept lower credit quality. In a discounted cash flow model, the credit spread increases the discount factors applied to future cash flows, thereby reducing the value of an asset. Credit spreads may be implied from market prices. Credit spreads may not be observable in more illiquid markets.

Inter-relationships between key unobservable inputs

Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments may not be independent of each other. As described above, market variables may be correlated. This correlation typically reflects the manner in which different markets tend to react to macroeconomic or other events. For example, improving economic conditions may lead to a ‘risk on’ market, in which prices of risky assets such as equities and high yield bonds will rise, while ‘safe haven’ assets such as gold and US Treasuries decline. Furthermore, the impact of changing market variables upon the HSBC portfolio will depend upon HSBC’s net risk position in respect of each variable. For example, increasing high-yield bond prices will benefit long high-yield bond positions, but the value of any credit derivative protection held against those bonds will fall.

 

8 Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value

 

The accounting policies which determine the classification of financial instruments and the use of assumptions and estimation in valuing them are described on pages 432 to 450 and page 74, respectively, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

233


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Fair values of financial instruments which are not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

 

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
    

Carrying

amount

         

Fair

value

         

Carrying

amount

         

Fair

value

         

Carrying

Amount

         

Fair

value

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Assets

                                

Loans and advances to banks1

     127,387            127,421            127,810            127,787            120,046            120,024   

Loans and advances to customers1

     1,047,241            1,040,666            938,294            920,593            992,089            982,282   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading1

     198,301            198,287            88,400            88,393            179,690            179,682   

Financial investments:

                                

– debt securities

     25,256            26,196            24,179            24,901            25,084            25,417   

Liabilities

                                

Deposits by banks1

     92,764            92,758            92,709            92,700            86,507            86,491   

Customer accounts1

     1,415,705            1,415,732            1,266,905            1,267,128            1,361,297            1,360,919   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading1

     165,506            165,506            66,591            66,591            164,220            164,220   

Debt securities in issue

     96,397            97,536            109,389            109,963            104,080            104,658   

Subordinated liabilities

     28,052            31,084            28,821            30,517            28,976            31,013   

 

  1   See footnote 2 on page 213.

Fair values of financial instruments held for sale which are not carried at fair value on the balance sheet

 

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
    

Carrying

amount

         

Fair

Value

         

Carrying

amount

         

Fair

value

         

Carrying

Amount

         

Fair

Value

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Loans and advances and customer accounts held for sale1

                                

Loans and advances to banks and customers

     1,669            1,766            15,433            15,558            1,973            1,980   

Customer accounts

     4,880            4,880            17,280            17,339            2,187            2,186   

 

  1   Including financial instruments within disposal groups held for sale.

The following is a list of financial instruments whose carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value because, for example, they are short-term in nature or reprice to current market rates frequently:

 

Assets

Cash and balances at central banks

Items in the course of collection from other banks

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

Endorsements and acceptances

Short-term receivables within ‘Other assets’

Accrued income

Liabilities

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

Investment contracts with discretionary participation features within ‘Liabilities under insurance contracts’

Endorsements and acceptances

Short-term payables within ‘Other liabilities’

Accruals

Analysis of loans and advances to customers by geographical segment

 

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
    

Carrying

amount

         

Fair

value

         

Carrying

amount

         

Fair

value

         

Carrying

amount

         

Fair

value

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Loans and advances to customers1

                                

Europe

     479,670            478,049            409,271            400,775            456,110            453,331   

Asia

     362,387            360,887            326,683            324,949            336,897            335,132   

Middle East and North Africa

     28,910            28,400            27,934            27,816            27,211            26,891   

North America

     129,620            126,342            129,861            122,247            127,953            122,823   

Latin America

     46,654            46,988            44,545            44,806            43,918            44,105   
     1,047,241            1,040,666            938,294            920,593            992,089            982,282   

 

  1   See footnote 2 on page 213.

Valuation

The calculation of fair value incorporates HSBC’s estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It does not reflect

 

234


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

the economic benefits and costs that HSBC expects to flow from the instruments’ cash flows over their expected future lives. Other reporting entities may use different valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no observable market prices are available.

The fair values of loans and advances to customers in the US are lower than their carrying amount, reflecting the market conditions at the balance sheet date. The secondary market demand and estimated value for US loans and advances has been heavily influenced by the challenging economic conditions during the past few years, including house price depreciation, elevated unemployment, changes in consumer behaviour, changes in discount rates and the lack of financing options available to support the purchase of loans and advances. For certain consumer loans, investors incorporate numerous assumptions in predicting cash flows such as higher charge-off levels and/or slower voluntary prepayment speeds than HSBC, as the servicer of these loans, believes will ultimately be the case. The investors’ valuation processes reflect this difference in overall cost of capital assumptions as well as the potential volatility in the underlying cash flow assumptions, the combination of which may yield a significant pricing discount from HSBC’s intrinsic value. The increase in the relative fair value of US mortgage loans during the first half of 2014 was due to modest improvements in property values as well as lower required market yields and increased investor demand for these types of loans.

The fair value of loans and advances to customers has marginally improved in Europe relative to their carrying amounts. The fair value differences arise primarily in the UK mortgage market which is sensitive to changes in market pricing.

The fair value of loans and advances to customers in Latin America are higher than their carrying amount, primarily driven by a decrease in market interest rates, in particular for the mortgage portfolios.

The basis for measuring the fair values of loans and advances to banks and customers, financial investments, deposits by banks, customer accounts, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities is explained on page 497 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

9 Financial assets designated at fair value

 

 

    

At

30 June

2014
        US$m

        

At

30 June

2013
        US$m

        

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Financial assets designated at fair value:

            

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     31,523           34,950           38,062   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     300           368           368   
     31,823           35,318           38,430   

Treasury and other eligible bills

     27           99           50   

Debt securities

     9,870           12,392           12,589   

Equity securities

     21,886           22,770           25,711   

Securities designated at fair value

     31,783           35,261           38,350   

Loans and advances to banks

     39           25           76   

Loans and advances to customers

     1           32           4   
     31,823           35,318           38,430   

Securities designated at fair value1

 

    

At

30 June

2014

        US$m

        

At

30 June

2013

        US$m

        

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

US Treasury and US Government agencies2

     12           35           34   

UK Government

     153           555           534   

Hong Kong Government

     111           115           113   

Other government

     4,729           4,612           4,097   

Asset-backed securities3

     354           177           140   

Corporate debt and other securities

     4,538           6,997           7,721   

Equity securities

     21,886           22,770           25,711   
     31,783           35,261           38,350   

 

235


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

  1   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$1,587m (30 June 2013: US$3,688m; 31 December 2013: US$4,419m), of which US$31m (30 June 2013: none; 31 December 2013: US$92m) are guaranteed by various governments.
  2   Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  3   Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Treasury and US Government agencies.

Securities listed on a recognised exchange and unlisted

 

   

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
US$m

         

Debt

Securities
US$m

         

Equity

securities
US$m

          Total US$m  

Fair value at 30 June 2014

                   

Listed on a recognised exchange1

               2,706            15,902            18,608   

Unlisted

    27            7,164            5,984            13,175   
    27            9,870            21,886            31,783   

Fair value at 30 June 2013

                   

Listed on a recognised exchange1

               2,791            15,924            18,715   

Unlisted

    99            9,601            6,846            16,546   
    99            12,392            22,770            35,261   

Fair value at 31 December 2013

                   

Listed on a recognised exchange1

               2,773            18,235            21,008   

Unlisted

    50            9,816            7,476            17,342   
    50            12,589            25,711            38,350   

 

  1   Included within listed securities are US$1,337m (30 June 2013: US$991m; 31 December 2013: US$1,148m) of investments listed on a recognised exchange in Hong Kong.

 

10 Derivatives

 

Fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC

 

     Assets          Liabilities  
     Trading
US$m
          Hedging
US$m
          Total
US$m
         Trading
US$m
          Hedging
US$m
          Total
US$m
 

At 30 June 2014

                               

Foreign exchange

     56,756            1,993            58,749           54,999            500            55,499   

Interest rate

     426,714            2,097            428,811           417,705            4,715            422,420   

Equities

     10,993                       10,993           13,808                       13,808   

Credit

     7,944                       7,944           8,146                       8,146   

Commodity and other

     1,285                       1,285           1,564                       1,564   

Gross total fair values

     503,692            4,090            507,782           496,222            5,215            501,437   

Offset

                 (237,943                    (237,943

Total

                 269,839                       263,494   

At 30 June 2013

                               

Foreign exchange

     72,591            1,857            74,448           71,192            418            71,610   

Interest rate

     484,207            1,720            485,927           476,829            4,925            481,754   

Equities

     18,415                       18,415           21,858                       21,858   

Credit

     11,094                       11,094           10,769                       10,769   

Commodity and other

     5,654                       5,654           4,003                       4,003   

Gross total fair values

     591,961            3,577            595,538           584,651            5,343            589,994   

Offset

                 (296,325                    (296,325

Total

                 299,213                       293,669   

At 31 December 2013

                               

Foreign exchange

     78,652            2,262            80,914           75,350            448            75,798   

Interest rate

     456,282            2,294            458,576           448,434            4,097            452,531   

Equities

     18,389                       18,389           22,573                       22,573   

Credit

     9,092                       9,092           8,926                       8,926   

Commodity and other

     2,624                       2,624           1,786                       1,786   

Gross total fair values

     565,039            4,556            569,595           557,069            4,545            561,614   

Offset

                 (287,330                    (287,330

Total

                 282,265                       274,284   

 

236


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Derivative assets decreased during the first half of 2014, driven by reduced market volatility in foreign exchange and yield curve movements and portfolio compression in interest rate derivatives. The decline in equity derivative assets and liabilities reflects the inclusion of variation margin on cash-settled exchange-traded equity derivatives within gross fair value rather than “netting”. This change has no impact upon total derivatives assets.

A description of HSBC’s determination of the fair values of financial instruments, including derivatives, is provided on page 484 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Trading derivatives

The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk. The 1% rise in the notional amounts of HSBC’s derivative contracts during the first half of 2014 was driven by foreign exchange, particularly in Asia.

Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes by product type

 

    

At

30 June

2014

        US$m

         

At

30 June

2013

        US$m

         

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Foreign exchange

     5,560,351            5,645,648            5,264,978   

Interest rate

     27,069,408            25,785,120            27,056,367   

Equities

     593,532            566,048            589,903   

Credit

     615,765            806,260            678,256   

Commodity and other

     88,297            90,091            77,842   
     33,927,353            32,893,167            33,667,346   

Credit derivatives

The notional contract amount of credit derivatives of US$616bn (30 June 2013: US$806bn; 31 December 2013: US$678bn) consisted of protection bought of US$306bn (30 June 2013: US$402bn; 31 December 2013: US$339bn) and protection sold of US$310bn (30 June 2013: US$404bn; 31 December 2013: US$339bn).

HSBC manages the credit risk arising on buying and selling credit derivative protection by including the related credit exposures within its overall credit limit structure for the relevant counterparty. The trading of credit derivatives is restricted to a small number of offices within the major centres which have the control infrastructure and market skills to manage effectively the credit risk inherent in the products. The credit derivative business operates within the market risk management framework described on page 281 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs

The difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the value that would have been derived had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is as follows:

Unamortised balance of derivatives valued using models with significant unobservable inputs

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

        US$m

        

30 June

2013

US$m

        

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Unamortised balance at beginning of period

     167           181           180   

Deferral on new transactions

     74           113           93   

Recognised in the income statement during the period:

            

– amortisation

     (56        (55        (50

– subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable

     (7        (14        (25

– maturity or termination, or offsetting derivative

     (49        (35        (42

– risk hedged

               (1        1   

Exchange differences

     6           (9        10   

Unamortised balance at end of period1

     135           180           167   

 

  1   This amount is yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement.

 

237


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

The fair value at initial recognition is the transaction price. The transaction price may be viewed as the combination of a model price and a margin. In subsequent periods, the model price reflects changes in market conditions. The unamortised balance reflects that component of the margin that has yet to be recognised in the income statement.

Hedge accounting derivatives

The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedge accounting purposes indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.

Notional contract amounts of derivatives held for hedging purposes by product type

 

    At 30 June 2014          At 30 June 2013          At 31 December 2013  
   

Cash flow

hedges
            US$m

       

Fair value

hedges
            US$m

        

Cash flow

hedges
            US$m

       

Fair value

hedges
            US$m

        

Cash flow

hedges
            US$m

       

Fair value

hedges
        US$m

 

Foreign exchange

    25,456          97           20,472          110           25,799          226   

Interest rate

    220,089          101,784           181,574          70,433           201,197          90,354   
    245,545          101,881           202,046          70,543           226,996          90,580   

Fair value hedges

Fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges

 

     At 30 June 2014               At 30 June 2013               At 31 December 2013      
    

Assets

US$m

         

Liabilities

US$m

         

Assets

US$m

         

Liabilities

US$m

         

Assets

US$m

         

Liabilities

US$m

 

Foreign exchange

                1            5                       5              

Interest rate

     620            3,263            560            3,412            1,163            2,889   
     620            3,264            565            3,412            1,168            2,889   

Gains/(losses) arising from fair value hedges

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

US$m

        

30 June

2013

US$m

        

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Gains/(losses):

            

– on hedging instruments

     (1,163        1,398           599   

– on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk

     1,185           (1,352        (580
     22           46           19   

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of fair value hedges are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’.

Cash flow hedges

Fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

 

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
     Assets           Liabilities           Assets           Liabilities           Assets           Liabilities  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Foreign exchange

     1,993            499            1,852            402            2,257            439   

Interest rate

     1,477            1,452            1,160            1,513            1,131            1,208   
     3,470            1,951            3,012            1,915            3,388            1,647   

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recognised immediately in ‘Net trading income’. During the period to 30 June 2014, a gain of US$15m was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (first half of 2013: gain of US$7m; second half of 2013: gain of US$15m).

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

The Group applies hedge accounting in respect of certain consolidated net investments. Hedging is undertaken using forward foreign exchange contracts or by financing with currency borrowings.

 

238


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

At 30 June 2014, the fair values of outstanding financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations were assets of nil (30 June 2013: nil; 31 December 2013: US$4m) and liabilities of US$23m (30 June 2013: US$30m; 31 December 2013: US$23m), and notional contract values of US$1,979m (30 June 2013: US$2,830m; 31 December 2013: US$2,840m).

Ineffectiveness recognised in ‘Net trading income’ during the period to 30 June 2014 was nil (both halves of 2013: nil).

 

11 Non-trading reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements

 

Repos and reverse repos classified as held for trading are included within ‘Trading liabilities’ (Note 14) and ‘Trading assets’ (Note 6), respectively. Repos and reverse repos measured at amortised cost, or non-trading, are presented as separate lines in the balance sheet. This separate presentation was adopted with effect from 1 January 2014 and comparatives are re-presented accordingly. Previously, non-trading reverse repos were included within ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’ and non-trading repos were included within ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’. The extent to which non-trading reverse repos and repos represent amounts with customers and banks is set out below.

In the second half of 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates business as explained on page 154.

 

    

At

30 June

2014

        US$m

         

At

30 June

2013

        US$m

         

At

31 December

2013

US$m

 

Assets

              

Banks

     117,591            57,312            91,475   

Customers

     80,710            31,088            88,215   
     198,301            88,400            179,690   

Liabilities

              

Banks

     60,604            17,314            42,705   

Customers

     104,902            49,277            121,515   
     165,506            66,591            164,220   

 

12 Financial investments

 

 

    

At

30 June

2014

        US$m

         

At

30 June
2013

        US$m

         

At
31 December
2013

US$m

 

Financial investments:

              

– not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties

     409,500            376,572            394,207   

– which may be repledged or resold by counterparties

     14,210            27,642            31,718   
     423,710            404,214            425,925   

Carrying amounts and fair values of financial investments

 

     At 30 June 2014           At 30 June 2013           At 31 December 2013  
    

Carrying

amount

US$m

         

Fair

value

US$m

         

Carrying

amount

US$m

         

Fair

value

US$m

         

Carrying

amount

US$m

         

Fair

value

US$m

 

Treasury and other eligible bills

     78,177            78,177            79,005            79,005            78,111            78,111   

– available for sale

     78,177            78,177            79,005            79,005            78,111            78,111   

Debt securities

     336,807            337,747            315,840            316,562            338,674            339,007   

– available for sale

     311,551            311,551            291,661            291,661            313,590            313,590   

– held to maturity

     25,256            26,196            24,179            24,901            25,084            25,417   

Equity securities1

     8,726            8,726            9,369            9,369            9,140            9,140   

– available for sale

     8,726            8,726            9,369            9,369            9,140            9,140   
           

 

           

 

        
                                                                        
     423,710            424,650            404,214            404,936            425,925            426,258   

 

  1  

At 30 June 2014, the carrying amount of our equity investment in Industrial Bank Co. Limited was US$3,348m, 10% below the cost amount of US$3,721m. No impairment loss was recognised in the first half of 2014 as the deficit of carrying amount below cost was not sufficiently significant or prolonged in accordance with the accounting policy set out on page 439 of the Annual Report and Accounts

 

239


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

  2013. If the carrying amount remains below the cost amount in the second half of 2014, an impairment loss may be recognised in the income statement based on the difference between cost and fair value at the point the impairment is recognised.

Financial investments at amortised cost and fair value

 

    

 

 

Amortised

cost

US$m

  

1 

  

      

 

 

Fair

value

      US$m

  

2 

  

At 30 June 2014

       

US Treasury

     37,378           37,900   

US Government agencies3

     17,393           17,326   

US Government sponsored entities3

     5,087           5,407   

UK Government

     29,941           30,189   

Hong Kong Government

     50,187           50,191   

Other government

     160,023           163,796   

Asset-backed securities4

     24,574           22,665   

Corporate debt and other securities

     85,864           88,448   

Equities

     7,876           8,728   
     418,323           424,650   

At 30 June 2013

       

US Treasury

     45,812           46,229   

US Government agencies3

     22,360           21,966   

US Government sponsored entities3

     5,131           5,470   

UK Government

     17,153           16,850   

Hong Kong Government

     45,929           45,934   

Other government

     142,558           145,609   

Asset-backed securities4

     26,835           24,616   

Corporate debt and other securities

     87,127           88,893   

Equities

     8,289           9,369   
     401,194           404,936   

At 31 December 2013

       

US Treasury

     50,369           50,421   

US Government agencies3

     19,211           18,771   

US Government sponsored entities3

     5,263           5,445   

UK Government

     23,565           23,580   

Hong Kong Government

     49,570           49,579   

Other government

     153,619           156,208   

Asset-backed securities4

     25,961           24,115   

Corporate debt and other securities

     87,469           88,999   

Equities

     8,081           9,140   
     423,108           426,258   

 

  1   Represents the amortised cost or cost basis of the financial investment.
  2   Included within these figures are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$56,437m (30 June 2013: US$58,737m; 31 December 2013: US$55,303m), of which US$11,059m (30 June 2013: US$9,007m; 31 December 2013: US$8,946m) are guaranteed by various governments. The fair value of the debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions at 30 June 2014 was US$56,559m (30 June 2013: US$59,035m; 31 December 2013: US$55,467m).
  3   Includes securities that are supported by an explicit guarantee issued by the US Government.
  4   Excludes asset-backed securities included under US Government agencies and sponsored entities.

Financial investments listed and unlisted

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
available
for sale

         

Debt

securities

available

for sale

         

Debt

securities

held to

maturity

         

Equity

securities

available

for sale

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Carrying amount at 30 June 2014

                          

Listed1

     4,219            160,719            6,325            3,892            175,155   

Unlisted2

     73,958            150,832            18,931            4,834            248,555   
     78,177            311,551            25,256            8,726            423,710   

Carrying amount at 30 June 2013

                          

Listed1

     1,759            117,941            5,518            569            125,787   

Unlisted2

     77,246            173,720            18,661            8,800            278,427   
     79,005            291,661            24,179            9,369            404,214   

 

240


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

    

Treasury

and other

eligible bills
available

for sale

         

Debt

securities

available

for sale

         

Debt

securities

held to

maturity

         

Equity

securities

available

for sale

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Carrying amount at 31 December 2013

                          

Listed1

     1,404            134,473            6,176            3,950            146,003   

Unlisted2

     76,707            179,117            18,908            5,190            279,922   
     78,111            313,590            25,084            9,140            425,925   

 

  1   The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities at 30 June 2014 was US$6,682m (30 June 2013: US$5,662m; 31 December 2013: US$6,281m). Included within listed investments were US$4,069m (30 June 2013: US$2,823m; 31 December 2013: US$2,832m) of investments listed on a recognised exchange in Hong Kong.
  2   Unlisted treasury and other eligible bills available for sale primarily comprise treasury bills not listed on an exchange but for which there is a liquid market.

Maturities of investments in debt securities at their carrying amounts

 

   

At

30 June

2014

        

At

30 June

2013

        

At

31 December

2013

 
    US$m          US$m          US$m  

Remaining contractual maturities of total debt securities:

           

1 year or less

    71,747           80,814           81,215   

5 years or less but over 1 year

    153,670           134,706           154,580   

10 years or less but over 5 years

    59,679           47,347           50,998   

over 10 years

    51,711           52,973           51,881   
    336,807           315,840           338,674   

Remaining contractual maturities of debt securities available for sale:

           

1 year or less

    69,692           78,106           78,222   

5 years or less but over 1 year

    144,859           127,063           146,200   

10 years or less but over 5 years

    52,676           40,049           44,556   

over 10 years

    44,324           46,443           44,612   
    311,551           291,661           313,590   

Remaining contractual maturities of debt securities held to maturity:

           

1 year or less

    2,055           2,708           2,993   

5 years or less but over 1 year

    8,811           7,643           8,380   

10 years or less but over 5 years

    7,003           7,298           6,442   

over 10 years

    7,387           6,530           7,269   
    25,256           24,179           25,084   

 

13 Assets held for sale

 

 

    

At

30 June

2014

         

At

30 June
2013

         

At

31 December

2013

 
             US$m                   US$m           US$m  

Disposal groups

     9,620            18,921            2,912   

Non-current assets held for sale

     628            1,456            1,138   

– property, plant and equipment

     331            464            459   

– loans and advances to customers

     287            849            101   

– other

     10            143            578   
     

 

     

 

  
                                    

Total assets held for sale

     10,248            20,377            4,050   

Disposal groups

The composition of disposal groups held for sale at 31 December 2013 is set out on page 521 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013. The following changes occurred in the period to 30 June 2014:

 

   

the sale of banking operations in Colombia resulting in a cumulative loss until the point of disposal of US$30m;

 

   

the sale of banking operations in Jordan resulted in nil gain or loss on disposal;

 

241


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

   

the cessation of the sale and purchase agreement in respect of banking operations in Uruguay, resulting in the reclassification of the associated assets and liabilities to the relevant balance sheet categories; and

 

   

the classification as ‘held for sale’ of:

 

  banking operations in Kazakhstan, with assets of US$1.0bn and liabilities of US$1.1bn;

 

  the UK Pension business of HSBC Life (UK) Limited, with assets of US$7.3bn and liabilities of US$7.4bn; and

 

  a portfolio of private banking assets in Switzerland, with assets of US$1.3bn including allocated goodwill of US$0.3bn and liabilities of US$3.9bn.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale principally results from the repossession of property that had been pledged as collateral by customers. These assets are expected to be disposed of within 12 months of acquisition. The majority arose within the geographical segment, North America.

 

14 Trading liabilities

 

 

    

At

30 June

2014

         

At

30 June

2013

         

At

31 December

2013

 
             US$m                   US$m           US$m  

Deposits by banks

     47,901            80,418            43,130   

Customer accounts

     67,077            159,637            57,688   

Other debt securities in issue

     35,071            30,212            32,155   

Other liabilities – net short positions in securities

     78,086            72,165            74,052   
     228,135            342,432            207,025   

At 30 June 2014, the cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a loss of US$123m (30 June 2013: loss of US$25m; 31 December 2013: loss of US$95m).

In the second half of 2013, GB&M changed the way it manages repo and reverse repo activities in the Credit and Rates businesses as set out on page 154.

 

15 Financial liabilities designated at fair value

 

 

    

At

30 June

2014

         

At

30 June

2013

         

At

31 December

2013

 
             US$m                   US$m           US$m  

Deposits by banks and customer accounts

     552            457            315   

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

     6,676            12,341            13,491   

Debt securities in issue

     51,371            53,026            53,363   

Subordinated liabilities

     22,716            15,089            18,230   

Preferred securities

     1,653            3,341            3,685   
     82,968            84,254            89,084   

The carrying amount at 30 June 2014 of financial liabilities designated at fair value was US$5,590m more than the contractual amount at maturity (30 June 2013: US$3,792m more; 31 December 2013: US$4,375m more). At 30 June 2014, the cumulative amount of the change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a loss of US$1,543m (30 June 2013: gain of US$117m; 31 December 2013: loss of US$1,334m).

 

242


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

16 Provisions

 

 

    

Restruc-

turing

costs

         

Contingent

liabilities and
contractual
commitments

         

Legal

proceedings

and

regulatory

matters

         

Customer

remediation

         

Other

provisions

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 1 January 2014

     271            177            1,832            2,382            555            5,217   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     51            38            188            299            67            643   

Provisions utilised

     (77         (1         (214         (1,085         (51         (1,428

Amounts reversed

     (20         (14         (157         (64         (46         (301

Unwinding of discounts

                           22            3            3            28   

Exchange differences and other movements

     1            (6         94            37            (2         124   

At 30 June 2014

     226            194            1,765            1,572            526            4,283   

At 1 January 2013

     251            301            1,667            2,387            646            5,252   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     32            48            487            531            300            1,398   

Provisions utilised

     (68         (1         (223         (662         (185         (1,139

Amounts reversed

     (27         (37         (220         (58         (31         (373

Unwinding of discounts

                1            17            4            6            28   

Exchange differences and other movements

     6            (100         (25         (61         (199         (379

At 30 June 2013

     194            212            1,703            2,141            537            4,787   

At 1 July 2013

     194            212            1,703            2,141            537            4,787   

Additional provisions/increase in provisions

     147            9            722            1,005            (70         1,813   

Provisions utilised

     (43         (4         (486         (825         18            (1,340

Amounts reversed

     (38         (29         (120         (36         (95         (318

Unwinding of discounts

                (1         21            3            7            30   

Exchange differences and other movements

     11            (10         (8         94            158            245   

At 31 December 2013

     271            177            1,832            2,382            555            5,217   

Further details of legal proceedings and regulatory matters are set out in Note 25. Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim) or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings. Regulatory matters refer to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the actions of, regulators or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing by HSBC.

Customer remediation refers to activities (root cause analysis, customer contact, case reviews, decision making and redress calculations) carried out by HSBC to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with regulations or to treat customers fairly. Customer remediation is initiated by HSBC in response to customer complaints and/or industry developments in sales practices, and is not necessarily initiated by regulatory action.

Payment Protection Insurance

At 30 June 2014, a provision of US$759m (30 June 2013: US$1,013m; 31 December 2013: US$946m) was held relating to the estimated liability for redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of Payment Protection Insurance (‘PPI’) policies in previous years. An increase in provisions of US$194m was recognised during the half-year to 30 June 2014, primarily due to the identification of new rework populations and higher than expected inbound complaint volumes. Cumulative provisions made since the Judicial Review ruling in 2011 amounted to US$3,347m of which US$2,743m had been paid.

The estimated liability for redress is calculated on the basis of the total premiums paid by the customer plus simple interest of 8% per annum (or the rate inherent in the related loan product where higher). The basis for calculating the redress liability is the same for single premium and regular premium policies. Future estimated redress levels are based on historically observed redress per policy.

 

243


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

A total of 5.4m PPI policies have been sold by HSBC since 2000, which generated estimated gross written premiums of approximately US$5.3bn and revenues of approximately US$4.3bn at first half of 2014 average exchange rates. At 30 June 2014, the estimated total complaints expected to be received were 1.7m, representing 31% of total policies sold. It is estimated that contact will be made with regard to 2.1m policies, representing 39% of total policies sold. This estimate includes inbound complaints as well as HSBC’s proactive contact exercise on certain policies (‘outbound contact’).

The following table details the cumulative number of complaints received at 30 June 2014 and the number of claims expected in the future:

 

    

Cumulative to
30 June

2014

          Future
expected
 

Inbound complaints1 (000s of policies)

     1,126            229   

Outbound contact (000s of policies)

     448            281   

Response rate to outbound contact

     51%            49%   

Average uphold rate per claim2

     78%            72%   

Average redress per claim (US$)

     2,543            2,701   

 

  1   Excludes invalid claims where the complainant has not held a PPI policy.
  2   Claims include inbound and responses to outbound contact.

The main assumptions involved in calculating the redress liability are the volume of inbound complaints, the projected period of inbound complaints, the decay rate of complaint volumes, the population identified as systemically mis-sold and the number of policies per customer complaint. The main assumptions are likely to evolve over time as root cause analysis continues, more experience is available regarding customer initiated complaint volumes received, and we handle responses to our ongoing outbound contact.

A 100,000 increase/decrease in the total inbound complaints would increase/decrease the redress provision by approximately US$211m. Each 1% increase/decrease in the response rate to our outbound contact exercise would increase/decrease the redress provision by approximately US$14m.

In addition to these factors and assumptions, the extent of the required redress will also depend on the facts and circumstances of each individual customer’s case. For these reasons, there is currently a high degree of uncertainty as to the eventual costs of redress for this matter. The decay rate implies that by the end of 2015 inbound claim volumes would mean that the redress programme is complete. However, this timing is subject to some level of uncertainty as the decay rate may change over time based on actual experience.

Interest rate derivatives

At 30 June 2014, a provision of US$317m (31 December 2013: US$776m) was held relating to the estimated liability for redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of interest rate derivatives in the UK. The provision relates to the estimated redress payable to customers in respect of historical payments under derivative contracts, the expected write-off by the bank of open derivative contract balances and the estimated project costs.

The extent to which HSBC is required to pay redress depends on the responses of contacted and other customers during the review period and the facts and circumstances of each individual case. Redress calculations have now been performed for the majority of affected customers, with provisional redress offer letters having been sent for over 90% of total expected claims.

UK Consumer Credit Act

HSBC has undertaken a review of compliance with the fixed-sum unsecured loan agreement requirements of the UK Consumer Credit Act (‘CCA’). US$367m has been recognised as at 30 June 2014 within ‘Other liabilities’ for the repayment of interest to customers where annual statements did not remind them of their right to partially prepay the loan, notwithstanding that the customer loan documentation did include this right. There is uncertainty as to whether other technical requirements of the CCA have been met, for which we have assessed the contingent liability at up to US$1.0bn.

 

244


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Brazilian labour, civil and fiscal claims

Within ‘Legal proceedings and regulatory matters’ in the table on page 243 are labour, civil and fiscal litigation provisions of US$404m (30 June 2013: US$484m; 31 December 2013: US$500m). Of these provisions, US$256m (30 June 2013: US$255m; 31 December 2013: US$232m) was in respect of labour and overtime litigation claims brought by past employees against HSBC operations in Brazil following their departure from the bank. The main assumptions involved in estimating the liability are the expected number of departing employees, individual salary levels and the facts and circumstances of each individual case.

 

17 Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments

 

The table on page 246 provides an analysis of consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by residual contractual maturity at the balance sheet date. Asset and liability balances are included in the maturity analysis as follows:

 

   

except for reverse repos, repos and debt securities in issue, trading assets and liabilities (including trading derivatives) are included in the ‘Due less than one month’ time bucket, and not by contractual maturity, because trading balances are typically held for short periods of time;

 

   

financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as equity securities) are included in the ‘Due over five years’ time bucket. Undated or perpetual instruments are classified on the basis of the contractual notice period which the counterparty of the instrument is entitled to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated or perpetual contracts are included in the ‘Due over five years’ time bucket;

 

   

non-financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, current and deferred tax assets and liabilities and retirement benefit liabilities) are included in the ‘Due over five years’ time bucket;

 

   

financial instruments included within assets and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale are classified on the basis of the contractual maturity of the underlying instruments and not on the basis of the disposal transaction; and

 

   

liabilities under insurance contracts are included in the ‘Due over five years’ time bucket. Liabilities under investment contracts are classified in accordance with their contractual maturity. Undated investment contracts are classified on the basis of the contractual notice period investors are entitled to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated contracts are included in the ‘Due over five years’ time bucket.

Loan and other credit-related commitments are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be drawn down.

 

245


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

HSBC

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

 

     At 30 June 2014  
    

Due

less than

1 month

         

Due

between

1 and 3

months

         

Due

between

3 and 6

months

         

Due

between

6 and 9

months

         

Due

between

9 months

and 1 year

         

Due

between

1 and 2

years

         

Due

between

2 and 5

years

         

Due

over

5 years

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Financial assets

                                                  

Cash and balances at central banks

     132,137                                                                                         132,137   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     8,144                                                                                         8,144   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     26,640                                                                                         26,640   

Trading assets

     345,144            1,025            100                                             837                       347,106   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     863            346            469            646            289            1,361            3,740            24,109            31,823   

Derivatives

     265,816            345            551            82            309            669            1,120            947            269,839   

Loans and advances to banks1

     86,341            20,506            3,958            1,908            2,517            6,734            3,390            2,033            127,387   

Loans and advances to customers1

     252,285            81,682            54,901            30,874            35,921            96,919            189,032            305,627            1,047,241   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading1

     138,214            41,593            7,387            5,034            4,190            363            1,520                       198,301   

Financial investments

     30,651            43,087            33,722            20,295            21,715            43,448            111,847            118,945            423,710   

Assets held for sale

     1,600            199            72            106            47            115            210            6,598            8,947   

Accrued income

     3,503            2,339            715            671            197            521            809            1,611            10,366   

Other financial assets

     14,681            5,332            1,834            634            102            181            44            2,041            24,849   

Total financial assets

     1,306,019            196,454            103,709            60,250            65,287            150,311            312,549            461,911            2,656,490   

Non-financial assets

                                                                                  97,103            97,103   

Total assets

     1,306,019            196,454            103,709            60,250            65,287            150,311            312,549            559,014            2,753,593   

Financial liabilities

                                                  

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

     26,640                                                                                         26,640   

Deposits by banks1

     83,467            3,888            1,613            346            323            850            1,801            476            92,764   

Customer accounts1

     1,269,487            62,090            29,768            14,215            20,194            14,620            5,065            266            1,415,705   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading1

     126,600            23,791            7,603            2,239            4,523                                  750            165,506   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

     9,936                                                                                         9,936   

Trading liabilities

     189,446            1,304            3,763            3,713            2,752            6,879            9,396            10,882            228,135   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     2,648            973            9            2,135            4,291            9,211            18,622            45,079            82,968   

Derivatives

     258,655            40            78            41            92            698            1,650            2,240            263,494   

Debt securities in issue

     16,560            9,767            10,576            9,592            6,417            18,854            19,081            5,550            96,397   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     7,894            227            49            66            116            225            585            3,158            12,320   

Accruals

     5,946            2,202            1,217            1,456            336            859            633            383            13,032   

Subordinated liabilities

     16            114            26            183                       308            4,006            23,399            28,052   

Other financial liabilities

     17,466            6,164            1,869            483            1,080            802            999            692            29,555   

Total financial liabilities

     2,014,761            110,560            56,571            34,469            40,124            53,306            61,838            92,875            2,464,504   

Non-financial liabilities

                                                                                  90,367            90,367   

Total liabilities

     2,014,761            110,560            56,571            34,469            40,124            53,306            61,838            183,242            2,554,871   

 

246


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

     At 30 June 2013  
    

Due

less than

1 month

         

Due

between

1 and 3

months

         

Due

between

3 and 6

months

         

Due

between

6 and 9

months

         

Due

between

9 months

and 1 year

         

Due

between

1 and 2

years

         

Due

between

2 and 5

years

         

Due

over

5 years

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Financial assets

                                                  

Cash and balances at central banks

     148,285                                                                                         148,285   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     8,416                                                                                         8,416   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     24,275                                                                                         24,275   

Trading assets

     411,519            16,079            1,900            530            2,570            3                                  432,601   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     237            441            238            865            443            2,947            2,743            27,404            35,318   

Derivatives

     295,575            34            103            66            75            1,516            1,291            553            299,213   

Loans and advances to banks1

     83,500            22,694            5,317            995            2,566            6,208            2,137            4,393            127,810   

Loans and advances to customers1

     217,002            69,193            50,415            31,804            34,463            76,454            168,581            290,382            938,294   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading1

     58,382            17,030            8,638            2,069            936            949            396                       88,400   

Financial investments

     32,835            44,588            27,647            25,923            28,203            43,858            90,848            110,312            404,214   

Assets held for sale

     5,964            2,062            912            543            733            1,080            3,342            3,424            18,060   

Accrued income

     2,476            1,241            529            154            349            205            369            2,944            8,267   

Other financial assets

     14,876            3,841            1,534            554            710            215            43            4,080            25,853   

Total financial assets

     1,303,342            177,203            97,233            63,503            71,048            133,435            269,750            443,492            2,559,006   

Non-financial assets

                                                                                  86,310            86,310   

Total assets

     1,303,342            177,203            97,233            63,503            71,048            133,435            269,750            529,802            2,645,316   

Financial liabilities

                                                  

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

     24,275                                                                                         24,275   

Deposits by banks1

     80,976            3,095            1,663            1,189            1,203            1,975            1,782            826            92,709   

Customer accounts1

     1,129,001            66,980            30,032            9,556            16,019            9,060            5,780            477            1,266,905   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading1

     49,930            6,490            5,191            1,334            3,646                                             66,591   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

     9,364                                                                                         9,364   

Trading liabilities

     249,076            20,397            6,127            6,101            5,545            10,544            21,582            23,060            342,432   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     1,944            1,771            221            3,489            1,371            8,687            20,078            46,693            84,254   

Derivatives

     288,856            108            305            214            208            434            2,319            1,225            293,669   

Debt securities in issue

     22,742            13,188            16,833            9,679            7,189            17,136            18,391            4,231            109,389   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     13,759            1,635            1,042            649            678            664            631            13            19,071   

Accruals

     4,964            1,593            486            399            411            267            311            1,291            9,722   

Subordinated liabilities

                10                       26            1,161            556            4,682            22,386            28,821   

Other financial liabilities

     17,721            5,884            1,927            558            1,004            790            769            1,567            30,220   

Total financial liabilities

     1,892,608            121,151            63,827            33,194            38,435            50,113            76,325            101,769            2,377,422   

Non-financial liabilities

                                                                                  85,533            85,533   

Total liabilities

     1,892,608            121,151            63,827            33,194            38,435            50,113            76,325            187,302            2,462,955   

 

247


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities (continued)

 

     At 31 December 2013  
    

Due

less than

1 month

         

Due

between

1 and 3

months

         

Due

between

3 and 6

months

         

Due

between

6 and 9

months

         

Due

between

9 months

and 1 year

         

Due

between

1 and 2

years

         

Due

between

2 and 5

years

         

Due

over

5 years

          Total  
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

Financial assets

                                                  

Cash and balances at central banks

     166,599                                                                                         166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     6,021                                                                                         6,021   

Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness

     25,220                                                                                         25,220   

Trading assets

     296,396            3,098            1,536            2,062            100                                             303,192   

Financial assets designated at fair value

     1,929            254            494            426            328            2,145            2,819            30,035            38,430   

Derivatives

     277,747            48            88            389            552            716            1,486            1,239            282,265   

Loans and advances to banks1

     76,551            22,107            5,397            1,429            1,290            6,129            2,779            4,364            120,046   

Loans and advances to customers1

     230,736            73,463            56,053            29,273            32,194            87,942            182,525            299,903            992,089   

Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading1

     134,242            35,329            5,287            1,239            2,072            1,136            385                       179,690   

Financial investments

     34,331            48,053            35,877            22,353            18,816            50,711            105,340            110,444            425,925   

Assets held for sale

     1,067            541            193            199            229            156            373            744            3,502   

Accrued income

     3,593            2,312            619            644            148            653            581            1,626            10,176   

Other financial assets

     14,059            4,831            1,655            526            323            324            73            2,166            23,957   

Total financial assets

     1,268,491            190,036            107,199            58,540            56,052            149,912            296,361            450,521            2,577,112   

Non-financial assets

                                                                                  94,206            94,206   

Total assets

     1,268,491            190,036            107,199            58,540            56,052            149,912            296,361            544,727            2,671,318   

Financial liabilities

                                                  

Hong Kong currency notes in circulation

     25,220                                                                                         25,220   

Deposits by banks1

     76,298            3,931            1,796            858            318            737            1,922            647            86,507   

Customer accounts1

     1,229,694            60,683            26,940            13,704            15,384            8,717            5,937            238            1,361,297   

Repurchase agreements – non-trading1

     136,137            13,058            6,583            3,711            4,231                                  500            164,220   

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

     6,910                                                                                         6,910   

Trading liabilities

     161,231            11,405            4,886            2,844            3,653            6,323            7,979            8,704            207,025   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

     4,907            157            92            2,266            68            9,348            21,544            50,702            89,084   

Derivatives

     269,816            33            95            84            61            563            1,978            1,654            274,284   

Debt securities in issue

     20,739            8,280            15,734            7,442            8,106            18,552            19,850            5,377            104,080   

Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale

     2,125            208            131            98            107            49            42            5            2,765   

Accruals

     6,016            3,950            1,388            584            741            811            618            460            14,568   

Subordinated liabilities

     21            28            1,171            144            6            1,435            3,406            22,765            28,976   

Other financial liabilities

     17,126            6,317            1,759            598            751            971            932            471            28,925   

Total financial liabilities

     1,956,240            108,050            60,575            32,333            33,426            47,506            64,208            91,523            2,393,861   

Non-financial liabilities

                                                                                  86,998            86,998   

Total liabilities

     1,956,240            108,050            60,575            32,333            33,426            47,506            64,208            178,521            2,480,859   

 

1 See footnote 2 on page 213.

 

LOGO

 

 

248


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments received

 

   

Due

less than

1 month

       

Due

between

1 and 3

months

       

Due

between

3 and 6

months

       

Due

between

6 and 9

months

       

Due

between

9 months

and 1 year

       

Due

between

1 and 2

years

       

Due

between

2 and 5

years

       

Due

over

5 years

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Loan and other credit-related commitments

                                 

At 30 June 2014

    2,987                                                                         2,987   

At 30 June 2013

    455          4          8          6          8          29          93          230          833   

At 31 December 2013

    953                                                                         953   

 

Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments given

 

         
   

Due

less than

1 month

       

Due

between

1 and 3

months

       

Due

between

3 and 6

months

       

Due

between

6 and 9

months

       

Due

between

9 months

and 1 year

       

Due

between

1 and 2

years

       

Due

between

2 and 5

years

       

Due

over

5 years

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Loan and other credit-related commitments

                                 

At 30 June 2014

    444,957          46,101          25,155          15,011          20,819          13,005          50,181          26,839          642,068   

At 30 June 2013

    411,243          44,863          19,905          13,918          25,458          10,980          42,604          18,975          587,946   

At 31 December 2013

    404,598          45,255          18,770          16,927          20,242          13,320          46,652          21,839          587,603   

 

249


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

18 Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities

 

Financial assets subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements

 

    

Gross

amounts of

recognised

financial

assets

         

Gross

amounts

offset in the

balance

sheet

         

Amounts

presented

in the

balance

sheet

         

Amounts not set off in

the balance sheet

             
                    

Financial

instruments1

         

Cash

collateral

received

       

Net

amount

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 30 June 2014

                                

Derivatives2 (Note 10)

     507,782            (237,943         269,839            (219,192         (31,539         19,108   

Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements3

     302,581            (85,893         216,688            (210,904         (68         5,716   

Classified as:

                                

– trading assets

     19,972            (1,585         18,387            (18,387                      

– non-trading assets

     282,609            (84,308         198,301            (192,517         (68         5,716   

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost4

     210,661            (97,748         112,913            (103,064                    9,849   
     1,021,024            (421,584         599,440            (533,160         (31,607         34,673   

At 30 June 2013

                                

Derivatives2 (Note 10)

     595,538            (296,325         299,213            (218,509         (35,568         45,136   

Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements3

     298,858            (88,777         210,081            (207,203         (845         2,033   

Classified as:

                                

– trading assets

     169,143            (47,498         121,645            (120,858         (617         170   

– non-trading assets

     129,715            (41,279         88,436            (86,345         (228         1,863   

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost4

     162,965            (83,946         79,019            (71,300                    7,719   
     1,057,361            (469,048         588,313            (497,012         (36,413         54,888   

At 31 December 2013

                                

Derivatives2 (Note 10)

     569,595            (287,330         282,265            (215,957         (36,387         29,921   

Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements3

     288,903            (88,775         200,128            (197,287         (57         2,784   

Classified as:

                                

– trading assets

     39,008            (18,570         20,438            (20,438                      

– non-trading assets

     249,895            (70,205         179,690            (176,849         (57         2,784   

Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost4

     192,437            (92,654         99,783            (89,419                    10,364   
     1,050,935            (468,759         582,176            (502,663         (36,444         43,069   

 

  1   Including non-cash collateral.
  2   Including amounts that are both subject to and not subject to enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements.
  3   For the amount of reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements recognised in the balance sheet, see the ‘Consolidated funding sources and uses’ table on page 153. In the analysis above, the US$18,387m (30 June 2013: US$121,645m; 31 December 2013: US$20,438m) of trading assets presented in the balance sheet comprised US$4,484m of reverse repos (30 June 2013: US$104,273m; 31 December 2013: US$10,120m) and US$13,903m of stock borrowing (30 June 2013: US$17,372m; 31 December 2013: US$10,318m).
  4   At 30 June 2014, the total amount of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost was US$1,047,241m (30 June 2013: US$938,294m; 31 December 2013: US$992,089m) of which US$112,913m (30 June 2013: US$79,019m; 31 December 2013: US$99,783m) was subject to offsetting. For the amount of loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos at amortised cost recognised in the balance sheet, see the ‘Consolidated funding sources and uses’ table on page 153.

 

LOGO

 

 

250


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Financial liabilities subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements

 

    

Gross

amounts of

recognised

financial

liabilities

         

Gross

amounts

offset in the

balance

sheet

         

Amounts

presented

in the

balance

sheet

         

Amounts not set off in

the balance sheet

             
                    

Financial

instruments1

         

Cash

collateral

pledged

       

Net

amount

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m           US$m  

At 30 June 2014

                                

Derivatives2 (Note 10)

     501,437            (237,943         263,494            (220,019         (23,163         20,312   

Repos, stock lending and similar agreements3

     271,840            (85,893         185,947            (182,451         (80         3,416   

Classified as:

                                

– trading liabilities

     22,026            (1,585         20,441            (20,431                    10   

– non-trading liabilities

     249,814            (84,308         165,506            (162,020         (80         3,406   

Customer accounts at amortised cost4

     213,686            (97,748         115,938            (103,064                    12,874   
     986,963            (421,584         565,379            (505,534         (23,243         36,602   

At 30 June 2013

                                

Derivatives2 (Note 10)

     589,994            (296,325         293,669            (218,444         (34,252         40,973   

Repos, stock lending and similar agreements3

     299,972            (88,777         211,195            (209,898         (203         1,094   

Classified as:

                                

– trading liabilities

     192,101            (47,498         144,603            (144,395                    208   

– non-trading liabilities

     107,871            (41,279         66,592            (65,503         (203         886   

Customer accounts at amortised cost4

     171,128            (83,946         87,182            (71,300                    15,882   
     1,061,094            (469,048         592,046            (499,642         (34,455         57,949   

At 31 December 2013

                                

Derivatives2 (Note 10)

     561,614            (287,330         274,284            (216,596         (29,093         28,595   

Repos, stock lending and similar agreements3

     282,634            (88,775         193,859            (193,354         (81         424   

Classified as:

                                

– trading liabilities

     48,209            (18,570         29,639            (29,625                    14   

– non-trading liabilities

     234,425            (70,205         164,220            (163,729         (81         410   

Customer accounts at amortised cost4

     195,153            (92,654         102,499            (89,394                    13,105   
     1,039,401            (468,759         570,642            (499,344         (29,174         42,124   

 

  1   Including non-cash collateral.
  2   Including amounts that are both subject to and not subject to enforceable master netting agreements and similar agreements.
  3   For the amount of repos, stock lending and similar agreements recognised in the balance sheet, see the ‘Consolidated funding sources and uses’ table on page 153. In the analysis above, the US$20,441m (30 June 2013: US$144,603m; 31 December 2013: US$29,639m) of trading liabilities presented in the balance sheet comprised US$5,189m of repos (30 June 2013: US$134,506m; 31 December 2013: US$17,421m) and US$15,252m of stock lending (30 June 2013: US$10,097m; 31 December 2013: US$12,218m).
  4   At 30 June 2014, the total amount of customer accounts at amortised cost was US$1,415,705m (30 June 2013: US$1,266,905m; 31 December 2013: US$1,361,297m) of which US$115,937m (30 June 2013: US$87,182m; 31 December 2013: US$102,499m) was subject to offsetting. For the amount of customer accounts excluding repos at amortised cost recognised in the balance sheet, see the ‘Consolidated funding sources and uses’ table on page 153.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously (‘the offset criteria’).

 

251


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Derivatives and reverse repo/repo agreements included in ‘Amounts not set off in the balance sheet’ relate to transactions where:

 

   

the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with HSBC and a master netting or similar arrangement is in place with a right of set-off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfied; and

 

   

cash and non-cash collateral received/pledged in respect of the transactions described above.

The Group offsets certain loans and advances to customers and customer accounts when the offset criteria are met and the amounts presented above represent this subset of the total amounts recognised in the balance sheet. Of this subset, the loans and advances to customers and customer accounts included in ‘Amounts not set off in the balance sheet’ primarily relate to transactions where the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with HSBC and an agreement is in place with the right of offset but the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfied.

 

19 Assets charged as security for liabilities and collateral accepted as security for assets

 

Financial assets pledged to secure liabilities

 

     Assets pledged at  
     30 June           30 June           31 December  
     2014           2013           2013  
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Treasury bills and other eligible securities

     4,100            5,652            6,387   

Loans and advances to banks

     25,951            26,150            17,733   

Loans and advances to customers

     87,630            83,657            87,894   

Debt securities

     169,510            210,629            190,095   

Equity shares

     10,147            8,594            8,816   

Other

     1,035            1,747            1,035   
     298,373            336,429            311,960   

The table above shows assets over which a legal charge has been granted to secure liabilities on a legal and contractual basis. The amount of such assets may be greater than the book value of assets utilised as collateral for funding purposes or to cover liabilities. This is the case for securitisations and covered bonds where the amount of liabilities issued, plus any mandatory over-collateralisation, is less than the book value of financial assets available for funding or collateral purposes in the relevant pool of assets. This is also the case where financial assets are placed with a custodian or settlement agent, which has a floating charge over all the financial assets placed to secure any liabilities under settlement accounts.

These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to collateralised transactions, including, where relevant, standard securities lending and repurchase agreements.

Collateral accepted as security for assets

The fair value of assets accepted as collateral in relation to reverse repos and stock borrowing that HSBC is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default was US$272,516m (30 June 2013: US$293,935m; 31 December 2013: US$259,617m). The fair value of any such collateral that has been sold or repledged was US$186,823m (30 June 2013: US$184,604m; 31 December 2013: US$186,013m). HSBC is obliged to return equivalent securities.

These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard securities borrowing and reverse repo agreements.

 

LOGO

 

 

252


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

20 Notes on the statement of cash flows

 

 

     Half-year to  
    

30 June

2014

         

30 June

2013

         

31 December

2013

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Other non-cash items included in profit before tax

              

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     1,119            1,214            1,116   

(Gains)/losses arising from dilution/reclassification of interests in associates

     32            (1,089         38   

Revaluations on investment property

     (71         (110         (3

Share-based payment expense

     333            355            275   

Loan impairment losses gross of recoveries and other credit risk provisions

     2,611            3,837            3,519   

Provisions

     370            1,053            1,525   

Release of impairment of financial investments

     (191         (36           

Charge/(credit) for defined benefit plans

     258            (126         247   

Accretion of discounts and amortisation of premiums

     (177         (7         187   
     4,284            5,091            6,904   

Change in operating assets

              

Change in prepayments and accrued income

     (530         (341         (1,227

Change in net trading securities and net derivatives

     (15,790         13,398            (38,268

Change in loans and advances to banks

     2,481            5,002            29,434   

Change in loans and advances to customers

     (60,076         6,693            (53,244

Change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading

     (8,776         (18,287         (91,291

Change in financial assets designated at fair value

     (8         (1,585         (3,337

Change in other assets

     (3,567         16,041            (11,887
     (86,266         20,921            (169,820

Change in operating liabilities

              

Change in accruals and deferred income

     (1,189         (1,803         4,888   

Change in deposits by banks

     6,310            (1,966         (5,815

Change in customer accounts

     59,287            (29,128         86,494   

Change in repurchase agreements – non-trading

     1,286            26,023            97,629   

Change in debt securities in issue

     (7,683         (10,072         (5,309

Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value

     (3,562         (3,466         4,460   

Change in other liabilities

     4,659            (658         3,480   
     59,108            (21,070         185,827   

Interest and dividends

              

Interest paid

     (7,775         (8,789         (8,473

Interest received

     24,725            25,767            25,056   

Dividends received

     630            587            546   
              
    

At 30 June

2014

         

At 30 June

2013

         

At 31 December

2013

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Cash and cash equivalents

              

Cash and balances at central banks

     132,137            148,285            166,599   

Items in the course of collection from other banks

     8,144            8,416            6,021   

Loans and advances to banks of one month or less

     112,078            131,082            96,583   

Reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less

     77,842            39,938            68,008   

Treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months

     14,233            25,014            15,980   

Less: items in the course of transmission to other banks

     (9,936         (9,364         (6,910
     334,498            343,371            346,281   

Disposal of significant subsidiaries and businesses

Proceeds from the disposal of Ping An arose from the sale of our remaining investment in Ping An during the first half of 2013, as described on page 521 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013.

 

253


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

21 Interests in associates and joint ventures

 

Associates

At 30 June 2014, the carrying amount of HSBC’s interests in associates was US$17,236m (30 June 2013: US$15,429m; 31 December 2013: US$16,417m).

Principal associates of HSBC

 

     At 30 June 2014          At 30 June 2013          At 31 December 2013  
    

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value1

        

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value1

        

Carrying

amount

        

Fair

value1

 
     US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m          US$m  

Listed

                           

Bank of Communications Co., Limited

     14,113           9,757           12,394           9,092           13,412           9,954   

The Saudi British Bank

     2,579           5,205           2,242           3,957           2,437           4,693   
     16,692           14,962           14,636           13,049           15,849           14,647   

 

  1   Principal associates are listed on recognised stock exchanges. The fair values are based on the quoted market prices of the shares held (Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy).

 

     At 30 June 2014  
    

Country of

incorporation

and principal

place of

business

    

Principal

activity

    

HSBC’s

interest

in equity

capital

    

Issued

equity

capital

 

Bank of Communications Co., Limited

     PRC 1      

 

Banking

services

  

  

     19.03%         RMB74,263m   

The Saudi British Bank

    

 

Saudi

Arabia

  

  

    

 

Banking

services

  

  

     40.00%         SR10,000m   

 

  1   People’s Republic of China.

Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’)

HSBC’s investment in BoCom was equity accounted with effect from August 2004. HSBC’s significant influence in BoCom was established as a result of representation on the Board of Directors and, in accordance with the Technical Cooperation and Exchange Programme, HSBC is assisting in the maintenance of financial and operating policies and a number of staff have been seconded to assist in this process.

For the period ended 30 June 2014, HSBC included the associate’s results on the basis of financial statements made up for the six months to 31 March 2014, taking into account the financial effect of significant transactions or events in the subsequent period from 1 April 2014 to 30 June 2014.

Impairment testing

As at 30 June 2014, the fair value of HSBC’s investment in BoCom had been below the carrying amount for approximately 26 months, apart from a short period in 2013. As a result, we performed an impairment test on the carrying amount of the investment in BoCom. The test confirmed that there was no impairment as at 30 June 2014.

 

     At 30 June 2014          At 31 December 2013  
     VIU      Carrying
value
     Fair
value
         VIU      Carrying
value
     Fair
value
 
     US$bn      US$bn      US$bn          US$bn      US$bn      US$bn  

BoCom

     14.6         14.1         9.8           14.0         13.4         10.0   

Basis of recoverable amount

The impairment test was performed by comparing the recoverable amount of BoCom, determined by a value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculation, with its carrying amount. The VIU calculation uses discounted cash flow projections based on management’s estimates. Cash flows beyond the short to medium-term are then extrapolated in perpetuity using a long-term growth rate. An imputed capital maintenance charge (‘CMC’) is calculated as a deduction from forecast cash flows. The principal inputs to the CMC calculation include estimates of asset growth, the ratio of risk-weighted

 

254


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

assets to total assets, and the expected regulatory capital requirements. Management judgement is required in estimating the future cash flows of BoCom.

During 2014, the ratio of risk-weighted assets to total assets and the cost-income ratio were further identified as key assumptions to which the VIU is sensitive.

Key assumptions in VIU calculation

Long-term growth rate: the growth rate used was 5% (2013: 5%) for periods after 2018 and does not exceed forecast GDP growth in China.

Discount rate: the discount rate of 13% (2013: 13%) was based on an internal cost of capital rate used to evaluate investments in the mainland China and was adjusted upwards to reflect a degree of risk and uncertainty. We corroborated this against a range of rates derived by applying a Capital Asset Pricing Model (‘CAPM’) calculation for BoCom, using market data inputs. These data inputs consist of a number of financial and economic variables including the risk-free rate and a market premium to reflect the inherent risk of BoCom. The discount rate of 13% was further benchmarked against a range of estimates made by external analysts. The discount rate used was within the range of 11.2% to 15.3% (2013: 10.5% to 15.0%) indicated by the CAPM and external sources.

Loan impairment charge as a percentage of customer advances: the ratio increased from 0.63% to 1% (2013: 0.64% to 1%) in the short to medium term. The long-term ratio was assumed to revert to a historical rate of 0.65% (2013: 0.64%). The rates were within the medium-term range forecasts of 0.52% to 1.11% (2013: 0.55% to 1.20%) disclosed by external analysts.

Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets: the ratio used was 70.2% for periods from 2014 onwards to perpetuity (2013: 68.7%).

Cost-income ratio: the ratio used increased from 40.8% to 43.0% (2013: 39.7% to 43.2%) in the short to medium term. The ratios were within the short to medium-term range forecasts of 39.8% to 44.3% (2013: 38.0% to 44.2%) disclosed by external analysts.

Sensitivity analyses were performed on each key assumption to ascertain the impact of reasonably possible changes in assumptions. The following changes to the key assumptions used in the VIU calculation would be necessary to reduce headroom to nil:

 

Key assumption

 

   Changes to key assumption to reduce headroom to nil

•  Long-term growth rate

•  Discount rate

•  Loan impairment charge as a percentage of customer advances

•  Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets

•  Cost-income ratio

  

•  Decrease by 13 basis points

•  Increase by 12 basis points

•  Increase by 2.5 basis points

•  Increase by 1%

•  Increase by 55 basis points

 

255


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

The following table illustrates the effect on VIU of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions. This reflects the sensitivity of VIU to each key assumption on its own and it is possible that more than one favourable and/or unfavourable change will occur at the same time.

 

     Favourable change           Current model         Unfavourable change  
     US$bn      US$bn           US$bn         US$bn      US$bn  

At 30 June 2014

                    

Carrying value: US$14.1bn

                    

Long-term growth rate

     +50bp         +100bp          5%         -50bp         -100bp   

VIU

     16.0         17.7          14.6         13.3         12.1   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     1.4         3.1                  (1.3      (2.5

Discount rate

     -50bp         -100bp          13%         +50bp         +100bp   

VIU

     16.2         18.1          14.6         13.1         11.9   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     1.6         3.5                  (1.5      (2.7

Loan impairment charge as a percentage of customer advances

     0.65% throughout          2014-18: 0.63%-1.00%

2019 onwards: 0.65%

        1.00% from 2014-18   

VIU

     15.0             14.6         13.6      

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     0.4                     (1.0   

Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets

     -100bp         -200bp          70.2% throughout         +100bp         +200bp   

VIU

     14.9         15.3          14.6         14.2         13.8   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     0.3         0.7                  (0.4      (0.8

Cost income ratio

     -50bp         -100bp          2014-18: 40.8%-43.0%

2019 onwards: 43.0%

        +50bp         +100bp   

VIU

     14.9         15.2          14.6         14.2         13.9   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     0.3         0.6                  (0.4      (0.7

At 31 December 2013

                    

Carrying value: US$13.4bn

                    

Long-term growth rate

     +50bp         +100bp          5%         -50bp         -100bp   

VIU

     15.4         16.9          14.0         12.9         11.8   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     1.4         2.9                  (1.1      (2.2

Discount rate

     -50bp         -100bp          13%         +50bp         +100bp   

VIU

     15.6         17.3          14.0         12.7         11.6   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     1.6         3.3                  (1.3      (2.4

Loan impairment charge as a percentage of customer advances

     0.64% throughout          2013-18: 0.64%-1.00%

2019 onwards: 0.64%

        1.00% from 2014-18   

VIU

     14.8             14.0         13.5      

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     0.8                     (0.5   

Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets

     -100bp         -200bp          68.7% throughout         +100bp         +200bp   

VIU

     14.4         14.7          14.0         13.7         13.4   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     0.4         0.7                  (0.3      (0.6

Cost income ratio

     -50bp         -100bp          2013-18: 39.7%-43.2%

2019 onwards: 43.2%

        +50bp         +100bp   

VIU

     14.3         14.7          14.0         13.7         13.4   

Increase/(decrease) in VIU

     0.3         0.7                  (0.3      (0.6

 

256


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Joint ventures

At 30 June 2014, the carrying amount of HSBC’s interests in joint ventures was US$261m (30 June 2013: US$247m; 31 December 2013: US$223m).

Principal joint ventures of HSBC

 

     At 30 June 2014  
    

Country of

incorporation

and principal

place of business

     Principal activity     

HSBC’s interest

in equity capital

    

Issued equity

capital

 

HSBC Saudi Arabia Limited

     Saudi Arabia         Investment banking         49.00%         SR500m   

Vaultex UK Limited

     England         Cash management         50.00%         £10m   

 

22 Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees

 

 

    

At

30 June
2014

         

At

30 June

2013

         

At

31 December

2013

 
     US$m           US$m           US$m  

Guarantees and contingent liabilities

              

Guarantees

     87,800            80,600            84,554   

Other contingent liabilities

     394            228            182   
     88,194            80,828            84,736   

Commitments

              

Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions

     12,986            13,078            12,154   

Forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed

     2,353            710            1,005   

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend

     626,729            574,158            574,444   
     642,068            587,946            587,603   

The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts of commitments (excluding capital commitments, which are separately discussed below), guarantees and other contingent liabilities which are mainly credit-related instruments including both financial and non-financial guarantees and commitments to extend credit. Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings and regulatory matters against the Group are disclosed in Note 25. Nominal principal amounts represent the amounts at risk should contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default. The amount of the loan commitments shown above reflects, where relevant, the expected level of take-up of pre-approved loan offers made by mailshots to personal customers. As a significant proportion of guarantees and commitments is expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not indicative of future liquidity requirements.

Capital commitments

In addition to the commitments disclosed above, at 30 June 2014 HSBC had US$513m (30 June 2013: US$401m; 31 December 2013: US$401m) of capital commitments contracted but not provided for and US$232m (30 June 2013: US$196m; 31 December 2013: US$112m) of capital commitments authorised but not contracted for.

 

23 Segmental analysis

 

HSBC operates a matrix management structure which includes geographical regions and global businesses. HSBC considers that geographical operating segments represent the most appropriate information for users of the financial statements to best evaluate the nature and financial effects of HSBC’s business activities and the economic environment in which it operates. HSBC’s operating segments are Europe, Asia, Middle East and North Africa, North America and Latin America.

Previously, HSBC’s operating segments were reported as Europe, Hong Kong, Rest of Asia-Pacific, Middle East and North Africa, North America and Latin America. Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific are no longer regarded as separate reportable operating segments, having considered the geographical financial information presented to the chief operating decision maker (‘CODM’). From 1 January 2014, they have been replaced by a new operating segment, ‘Asia’, which better aligns with internal management information used for evaluation when making business decisions and resource allocations. The CODM continues to be the Group Management Board and the

 

257


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

basis for measuring segmental results has not changed. Comparative financial information has been re-presented accordingly.

There has been no change in the underlying business operations comprising the Asia segment, which were previously reported in Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific. Reported net operating income in Asia for the half-year to 30 June 2014 was US$12,107m (30 June 2013: US$13,291m; 31 December 2013: US$11,141m). This was US$346m lower (30 June 2013: US$355m lower; 31 December 2013: US$394m lower) than would be calculated by adding net operating income reported for Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific on an individual basis. The reduction in net operating income is offset by an equal decrease in operating expenses. The difference relates to shared service recharges and business activity undertaken between the two regions which form revenue or expense on an individual basis, but are eliminated as ‘inter-segment’ activity when reported as Asia. There is no difference between profit before tax reported for Asia and that which would be calculated by adding the profit before tax of Hong Kong and Rest of Asia-Pacific on an individual basis.

 

    Europe         Asia         MENA        

North

America

       

Latin

America

       

Intra-

HSBC

items

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Net operating income1

                         

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                         

Net operating income

    10,873          12,107          1,294          4,067          4,265          (1,439       31,167   

External

    10,335          11,343          1,271          3,948          4,270                   31,167   

Inter-segment

    538          764          23          119          (5       (1,439         

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                         

Net operating income

    11,474          13,291          1,253          4,632          4,958          (1,236       34,372   

External

    11,092          12,507          1,262          4,534          4,977                   34,372   

Inter-segment

    382          784          (9       98          (19       (1,236         

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                         

Net operating income

    9,493          11,141          1,250          4,171          5,610          (1,392       30,273   

External

    9,016          10,346          1,235          4,035          5,641                   30,273   

Inter-segment

    477          795          15          136          (31       (1,392         

Profit/(loss) before tax

                         

Half-year to:

                         

30 June 2014

    2,258          7,894          989          825          374                   12,340   

30 June 2013

    2,768          9,262          909          666          466                   14,071   

31 December 2013

    (943       6,591          785          555          1,506                   8,494   

Balance sheet information

                         

At 30 June 2014

                         

Total assets

    1,430,863          874,334          61,289          437,706          125,630          (176,229       2,753,593   

Total liabilities

    1,362,091          807,906          51,619          398,776          110,708          (176,229       2,554,871   

At 30 June 2013

                         

Total assets

    1,365,534          799,842          63,292          473,218          123,032          (179,602       2,645,316   

Total liabilities

    1,304,260          742,802          53,801          434,361          107,333          (179,602       2,462,955   

At 31 December 2013

                         

Total assets

    1,392,959          831,791          60,810          432,035          113,999          (160,276       2,671,318   

Total liabilities

    1,326,537          770,938          50,706          393,635          99,319          (160,276       2,480,859   

 

  1   Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.

Financial information presented on previous geographical operating segments

The following information is presented in accordance with our previous operating segmentation as set out in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 on page 472.

 

258


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

    Europe        

Hong

Kong

       

Rest of

Asia-

Pacific

        MENA        

North

America

       

Latin

America

       

Intra-

HSBC

items

        Total  
    US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m         US$m  

Net operating income1

                             

Half-year to 30 June 2014

                             

Net operating income

    10,873          7,221          5,232          1,294          4,067          4,265          (1,785       31,167   

External

    10,335          6,628          4,715          1,271          3,948          4,270                   31,167   

Inter-segment

    538          593          517          23          119          (5       (1,785         

Half-year to 30 June 2013

                             

Net operating income

    11,474          6,643          7,003          1,253          4,632          4,958          (1,591       34,372   

External

    11,092          6,098          6,409          1,262          4,534          4,977                   34,372   

Inter-segment

    382          545          594          (9       98          (19       (1,591         

Half-year to 31 December 2013

                             

Net operating income

    9,493          6,560          4,975          1,250          4,171          5,610          (1,786       30,273   

External

    9,016          5,933          4,413          1,235          4,035          5,641                   30,273   

Inter-segment

    477          627          562          15          136          (31       (1,786         

Profit/(loss) before tax

                             

Half-year to:

                             

30 June 2014

    2,258          4,549          3,345          989          825          374                   12,340   

30 June 2013

    2,768          4,205          5,057          909          666          466                   14,071   

31 December 2013

    (943       3,884          2,707          785          555          1,506                   8,494   

Balance sheet information

                             

At 30 June 2014

                             

Total assets

    1,430,863          574,679          357,721          61,289          437,706          125,630          (234,295       2,753,593   

Total liabilities

    1,362,091          547,402          318,570          51,619          398,776          110,708          (234,295       2,554,871   

At 30 June 2013

                             

Total assets

    1,365,534          528,712          325,271          63,292          473,218          123,032          (233,743       2,645,316   

Total liabilities

    1,304,260          498,691          298,252          53,801          434,361          107,333          (233,743       2,462,955   

At 31 December 2013

                             

Total assets

    1,392,959          555,413          335,937          60,810          432,035          113,999          (219,835       2,671,318   

Total liabilities

    1,326,537          523,579          306,918          50,706          393,635          99,319          (219,835       2,480,859   

 

  1   Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.

 

24 Goodwill impairment

 

As described on page 513 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2013, HSBC tests goodwill for impairment as at 1 July each year and whenever there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired. At 30 June 2014, we reviewed the inputs used in our most recent impairment test in the light of current economic and market conditions and there was no indication of goodwill impairment.

 

25 Legal proceedings and regulatory matters

 

HSBC is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters described below, HSBC considers that none of these matters are material, either individually or in the aggregate. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 2. Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and quantified. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. While the outcome of these matters is inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of legal proceedings and regulatory matters as at 30 June 2014 (see Note 16). It is not practicable to provide an aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.

 

259


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Securities litigation

As a result of an August 2002 restatement of previously reported consolidated financial statements and other corporate events, including the 2002 settlement with 46 states and the District of Columbia relating to real estate lending practices, Household International and certain former officers were named as defendants in a class action lawsuit, Jaffe v. Household International, Inc., et al. (N.D. Ill. No. 02 C5893), filed on 19 August 2002 in the US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (the ‘Illinois District Court’). The complaint asserted claims under § 10 and § 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and alleged that the defendants knowingly or recklessly made false and misleading statements of material fact relating to Household International’s Consumer Lending operations, including collections, sales and lending practices, some of which ultimately led to the 2002 state settlement agreement, and facts relating to accounting practices evidenced by the restatement. Ultimately, a class was certified on behalf of all persons who acquired and disposed of Household International common stock between 30 July 1999 and 11 October 2002.

A jury trial concluded in April 2009, which was decided partly in favour of the plaintiffs. Various legal challenges to the verdict were raised in post-trial briefing.

In December 2011, following the submission of claim forms by class members, the Court-appointed claims administrator to the Illinois District Court reported that the total number of claims that generated an allowed loss was 45,921, and that the aggregate amount of these claims was approximately US$2.2bn. The defendants filed legal challenges regarding the presumption of reliance as to the class and compliance with the claim form requirements, which the Illinois District Court, in September 2012, rejected for the most part. The Illinois District Court directed further proceedings before a court-appointed Special Master to address certain claims submission issues.

On 4 October 2013, the Illinois District Court denied the defendants’ additional post-trial motions for judgement as a matter of law or, in the alternative, for a new trial, and granted plaintiffs’ motions for a partial final judgement and awarded pre-judgement interest at the prime rate, compounded annually. Subsequently, on 17 October 2013, the Illinois District Court entered a partial final judgement against the defendants in the amount of approximately US$2.5bn. In addition to the partial judgement that has been entered, there also remain approximately US$625m in claims, prior to imposition of pre-judgement interest, that still are subject to objections that have not yet been ruled upon by the Illinois District Court.

The defendants have filed a Notice of Appeal of the partial final judgement, and oral argument was heard by the US Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit on 29 May 2014. We await a decision from the appellate court. The defendants have also filed a Supersedeas Bond in the approximate amount of the judgement (US$2.5bn) in order to stay execution on the judgement pending appeal. Despite the jury verdict, the various rulings of the Illinois District Court, and the partial final judgement, we continue to believe that we have meritorious grounds for relief on appeal. The timing and outcome of the ultimate resolution of this matter is uncertain.

Given the complexity and uncertainties associated with the actual determination of damages, including the outcome of any appeals, there is a wide range of possible damages. If the Court of Appeals rejects or only partially accepts our arguments, the amount of damages, based upon that partial final judgement, and other pending claims and the application of pre-judgement interest on those pending claims, may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to an amount up to or exceeding US$3.6bn. Once a judgement is entered (such as the approximately US$2.5bn partial final judgement entered on 17 October 2013), post-judgement interest accrues on the judgement at a rate equal to the weekly average of the one-year constant maturity treasury yield as published by the Federal Reserve System. A provision has been made based on management’s best estimate of probable outflows.

Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC

In December 2008, Bernard L. Madoff (‘Madoff’) was arrested for running a Ponzi scheme, and a trustee was appointed for the liquidation of his firm, Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’), an SEC-registered broker-dealer and investment adviser. Since his appointment, the trustee has been recovering assets and processing claims of Madoff Securities customers. Madoff subsequently pleaded guilty to various charges and is serving a 150-year prison sentence. He has acknowledged, in essence, that while purporting to invest his customers’ money in securities and, upon request, return their profits and principal, he in fact never invested in securities and used other customers’ money to fulfil requests for the return of profits and principal. Other individuals associated with Madoff Securities have also pleaded guilty, and several former employees of Madoff Securities were recently convicted at trial in the US and are awaiting sentencing.

 

260


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Madoff Securities. Based on information provided by Madoff Securities, as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was US$8.4bn, an amount that includes fictitious profits reported by Madoff. Based on information available to HSBC, we have estimated that the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus their actual withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time that HSBC serviced the funds totalled approximately US$4bn.

Plaintiffs (including funds, fund investors, and the Madoff Securities trustee) have commenced Madoff-related proceedings against numerous defendants in a multitude of jurisdictions. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in suits in the US, Ireland, Luxembourg and other jurisdictions. Certain suits (which include US putative class actions) allege that the HSBC defendants knew or should have known of Madoff’s fraud and breached various duties to the funds and fund investors.

In December 2011, claims against HSBC and other defendants by fund investors in three related putative class actions pending in the US District Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘New York District Court’) were dismissed on grounds of forum non conveniens. In September 2013, the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the dismissal of the claims. The plaintiffs filed a petition for panel rehearing, and rehearing en banc. In May 2014, the Court of Appeals denied the request for panel rehearing. The request for rehearing en banc remains pending.

The Madoff Securities trustee has commenced suits against various HSBC companies in the US Bankruptcy Court and in the English High Court. The US action (which also names certain funds, investment managers, and other non-HSBC companies and individuals) sought US$9bn in damages and additional recoveries from HSBC and the various non-HSBC co-defendants and alleged that HSBC aided and abetted Madoff’s fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. In July 2011, the New York District Court dismissed the trustee’s various common law claims on the grounds that the trustee lacks standing to assert them, and that dismissal was affirmed in a decision issued by the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit in June 2013. On 30 June 2014, the US Supreme Court denied the trustee’s petition for writ of certiorari, rendering final the dismissal of the trustee’s common law claims.

The trustee’s remaining US claims seek, pursuant to US bankruptcy law, recovery of unspecified amounts received by HSBC from funds invested with Madoff, including amounts that HSBC received when it redeemed units HSBC held in the various funds in connection with financing transactions HSBC had entered into with various clients, as well as fees earned by HSBC for providing custodial, administrative and similar services to the funds. These claims were withdrawn from the US Bankruptcy Court to the New York District Court in order to decide certain preliminary legal questions. The last of those questions was decided by the New York District Court on 7 July 2014, when the New York District Court ruled that the US Bankruptcy Code does not provide the trustee with a right to recover money that was transferred between foreign entities, even if that money is ultimately traceable to Madoff Securities. This decision, as well as the other New York District Court rulings, are subject to appeal and have not been applied to the facts of the trustee’s cases against HSBC, so their impact on the trustee’s remaining claims is uncertain.

The trustee’s English action seeks recovery of unspecified transfers of money from Madoff Securities to or through HSBC, on the ground that the HSBC defendants actually or constructively knew of Madoff’s fraud. HSBC has not been served with the trustee’s English action.

Between October 2009 and April 2012, Fairfield Sentry Limited, Fairfield Sigma Limited and Fairfield Lambda Limited (collectively, ‘Fairfield’), funds whose assets were directly or indirectly invested with Madoff Securities, commenced multiple suits in the British Virgin Islands (‘BVI’) and the US against numerous fund shareholders, including various HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients of HSBC’s private banking business and other clients who invested in the Fairfield funds. The Fairfield actions seek restitution of amounts paid to the defendants in connection with share redemptions, on the ground that such payments were made by mistake, based on inflated net asset values resulting from Madoff’s fraud, and some actions also seek recovery of the share redemptions under BVI insolvency law. The UK Privy Council on 16 April 2014 issued a decision that the funds’ net asset values were binding despite Madoff Securities’ fraud and dismissed the BVI common law claims. An application seeking to remove the foreign representative’s authority to pursue the US actions is pending with the BVI court. The Fairfield actions in the US remain stayed in the US Bankruptcy Court pending action on the part of the foreign representative to lift the stay and further developments in the BVI litigation.

There are many factors that may affect the range of possible outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings, including but not limited to the circumstances of the fraud, the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought and the number of different plaintiffs and defendants in

 

261


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

such proceedings. For these reasons, among others, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to estimate reliably the aggregate liabilities, or ranges of liabilities, that might arise as a result of all such claims, but they could be significant. In any event, HSBC considers that it has good defences to these claims and will continue to defend them vigorously.

US mortgage-related investigations

In April 2011, following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry residential mortgage foreclosure practices, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (‘OCC’), and HSBC Finance and HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (‘HNAH’) entered into a similar consent order with the Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) (together with the OCC order, the ‘Servicing Consent Orders’). These consent orders require prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent orders. HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and HNAH continue to work with the OCC and the FRB to align their processes with the requirements of the consent orders and are implementing operational changes as required.

The Servicing Consent Orders required an independent review of foreclosures pending or completed between January 2009 and December 2010 (the ‘Independent Foreclosure Review’) to determine if any borrower was financially injured as a result of an error in the foreclosure process. As required by the Servicing Consent Orders, an independent consultant was retained to conduct that review.

On 28 February 2013, HSBC Bank USA entered into an agreement with the OCC, and HSBC Finance and HNAH entered into an agreement with the FRB (together, the ‘IFR Settlement Agreements’), pursuant to which the Independent Foreclosure Review has ceased and been replaced by a broader framework under which HSBC and 12 other participating servicers will, in the aggregate, provide in excess of US$9.3bn in cash payments and other assistance to help eligible borrowers. Pursuant to the IFR Settlement Agreements, HNAH has made a cash payment of US$96m into a fund used to make payments to borrowers that were in active foreclosure during 2009 and 2010, and in addition, is providing other assistance (e.g. loan modifications) to help eligible borrowers. Borrowers who receive compensation will not be required to execute a release or waiver of rights and will not be precluded from pursuing litigation concerning foreclosure or other mortgage servicing practices. For participating servicers, including HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance, fulfilment of the terms of the IFR Settlement Agreements will satisfy the Independent Foreclosure Review requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders, including the wind-down of the Independent Foreclosure Review.

The Servicing Consent Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance or HNAH by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the US Department of Justice (‘DoJ’) or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the Servicing Consent Orders. Pursuant to the IFR Settlement Agreement with the OCC, however, the OCC has agreed that it will not assess civil money penalties or initiate any further enforcement action with respect to past mortgage servicing and foreclosure-related practices addressed in the Servicing Consent Orders, provided the terms of the IFR Settlement Agreement are fulfilled. The OCC’s agreement not to assess civil money penalties is further conditioned on HNAH making payments or providing borrower assistance pursuant to any agreement that may be entered into with the DoJ in connection with the servicing of residential mortgage loans within two years. The FRB has agreed that any assessment of civil money penalties by the FRB will reflect a number of adjustments, including amounts expended in consumer relief and payments made pursuant to any agreement that may be entered into with the DoJ in connection with the servicing of residential mortgage loans. In addition, the IFR Settlement Agreements do not preclude private litigation concerning these practices.

Separate from the Servicing Consent Orders and the settlement related to the Independent Foreclosure Review discussed above, in February 2012, five of the largest US mortgage servicers (not including any HSBC companies) reached a settlement with the DoJ, the US Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. Following this settlement, these government agencies initiated discussions with other mortgage industry servicers. HNAH, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance have had discussions with US bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement bodies related to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices including, but not limited to, matters relating to the securitisation of mortgages for investors. These

 

262


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

practices have in the past resulted in private litigation, and such a settlement would not preclude further private litigation concerning these practices.

US mortgage securitisation activity and litigation

HSBC Bank USA has been involved as a sponsor/seller of loans used to facilitate whole loan securitisations underwritten by HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (‘HSI’). During 2005-2007, HSBC Bank USA purchased and sold US$24bn of such loans to HSI which were subsequently securitised and sold by HSI to third parties. The outstanding principal balance on these loans was approximately US$6.5bn and US$6bn as at 31 December 2013 and 30 June 2014, respectively.

Participants in the US mortgage securitisation market that purchased and repackaged whole loans have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries, which have been directed at groups within the US mortgage market such as servicers, originators, underwriters, trustees or sponsors of securitisations, and at particular participants within these groups. As the industry’s residential mortgage foreclosure issues continue, HSBC Bank USA has taken title to an increasing number of foreclosed homes as trustee on behalf of various securitisation trusts. As nominal record owner of these properties, HSBC Bank USA has been sued by municipalities and tenants alleging various violations of law, including laws regarding property upkeep and tenants’ rights. While HSBC believes and continues to maintain that the obligations at issue and the related liability are properly those of the servicer of each trust, HSBC continues to receive significant and adverse publicity in connection with these and similar matters, including foreclosures that are serviced by others in the name of ‘HSBC, as trustee’.

In June 2014, a lawsuit was filed in New York State court against HSBC Bank USA as trustee of 264 trusts (the ‘Trusts’). Similar lawsuits were filed simultaneously against other non-HSBC financial institutions that served as mortgage securitisation pool trustees. The plaintiffs are investors in the trusts and include, among others, BlackRock and PIMCO funds. The lawsuits are brought derivatively on behalf of the trusts. The complaint against HSBC Bank USA alleges that the Trusts have sustained losses in collateral value of over US$32bn. The lawsuit seeks unspecified damages resulting from an alleged breach of the US Trust Indenture Act, breach of fiduciary duties, and negligence. This action is at an early stage.

Various HSBC companies have also been named as defendants in a number of actions in connection with residential mortgage-backed securities (‘RMBS’) offerings, which generally allege that the offering documents for securities issued by securitisation trusts contained material misstatements and omissions, including statements regarding the underwriting standards governing the underlying mortgage loans. These include an action filed in September 2011 by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (‘FHFA’), acting in its capacity as conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’) in the New York District Court against HSBC Bank USA, HNAH, HSI and HSI Asset Securitization (‘HASCO’) and five former and current officers and directors of HASCO, seeking damages or rescission of mortgage-backed securities purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that were either underwritten or sponsored by HSBC companies. The aggregate unpaid principal balance of the securities was approximately US$1.5bn as at 30 June 2014.

This action, captioned Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation v. HSBC North America Holdings Inc., et al. (S.D.N.Y. No. CV 11-6189-LAK), is one of a series of similar actions filed against 17 financial institutions alleging violations of federal and state securities laws in connection with the sale of private-label RMBS purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, primarily from 2005 to 2008. These actions were transferred to a single judge, who directed the defendant in the first-filed matter, UBS, to file a motion to dismiss. In May 2012, the New York District Court issued its decision denying the motion to dismiss FHFA’s securities law claims and granting the motion to dismiss FHFA’s negligent misrepresentation claims. The New York District Court’s ruling formed the basis for rulings on the other matters, including the action filed against HSBC Bank USA and its affiliates. On 5 April 2013, the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the ruling of the New York District Court. In January 2013, the FHFA parties met with the Magistrate Judge to discuss how to structure mediation. Since that time, a number of the FHFA defendants have resolved their lawsuits.

Discovery in HSBC’s case continues. Factual discovery closed in December 2013. Expert discovery is scheduled to continue through August 2014. Various defendants’ motions for summary judgement and other applications have been fully briefed and are currently pending before the court. A trial is currently scheduled to begin on 29 September 2014. These dates are subject to change by the court.

 

263


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

The timing and outcome of this matter are uncertain. It is possible that HSBC could be found liable to pay damages; and based upon the information currently available, it is possible that those damages could be as high as US$1.6bn.

HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Finance and Decision One Mortgage Company LLC (a subsidiary of HSBC Finance) have been named as defendants in a number of mortgage loan repurchase actions brought by trustees of securitisation trusts. In the aggregate, these actions seek to have the HSBC defendants repurchase mortgage loans, or pay compensatory damages in lieu of repurchase, totalling at least US$1bn. Motions to dismiss are fully briefed and pending in two of the actions. HSBC Finance was dismissed, on motion, as a defendant in the third action but the case remains pending against Decision One Mortgage Company LLC.

In December 2010 and February 2011, HSBC Bank USA received subpoenas from the SEC seeking production of documents and information relating to its involvement and the involvement of its affiliates in specified private-label RMBS transactions as an issuer, sponsor, underwriter, depositor, trustee, custodian or servicer. HSBC Bank USA has also had preliminary contacts with other governmental authorities in February 2012 exploring the role of trustees in private-label RMBS transactions. In February 2011, HSBC Bank USA also received a subpoena from the US Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York seeking production of documents and information relating to loss mitigation efforts with respect to residential mortgages in the State of New York. In January 2012, HSI was served with a Civil Investigative Demand from the Massachusetts State Attorney General seeking documents, information and testimony related to the sale of RMBS to public and private customers in the State of Massachusetts from January 2005 to the present.

HSBC expects this level of focus on mortgage securitisations to continue. As a result, HSBC companies may be subject to additional claims, litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to its participation in the US mortgage securitisation market, either individually or as a member of a group.

The timing and outcome of the ultimate resolution of these matters, and the amount of any possible obligations, are highly uncertain.

Anti-money laundering and sanctions-related

In October 2010, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the OCC, and HNAH entered into a consent cease and desist order with the FRB (the ‘Orders’). These Orders required improvements to establish an effective compliance risk management programme across HSBC’s US businesses, including risk management related to US Bank Secrecy Act (‘BSA’) and anti-money laundering (‘AML’) compliance. Steps continue to be taken to address the requirements of the Orders to ensure compliance, and that effective policies and procedures are maintained.

In addition, in December 2012, HSBC Holdings, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA entered into agreements with US and UK government agencies regarding past inadequate compliance with the BSA and AML and sanctions laws. Among those agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA entered into a five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the DoJ, the US Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York, and the US Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of West Virginia (the ‘US DPA’); HSBC Holdings entered into a two-year deferred prosecution agreement with the New York County District Attorney (the ‘DANY DPA’); and HSBC Holdings consented to a cease and desist order and HSBC Holdings and HNAH consented to a civil money penalty order with the FRB. In addition, HSBC Bank USA entered into a civil money penalty order with FinCEN and a separate civil money penalty order with the OCC. HSBC Holdings also entered into an agreement with the Office of Foreign Assets Control (‘OFAC’) regarding historical transactions involving parties subject to OFAC sanctions and an undertaking with the UK Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’), to comply with certain forward-looking AML- and sanctions-related obligations.

Under these agreements, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA made payments totalling US$1.9bn to US authorities and are continuing to comply with ongoing obligations. On 1 July 2013, the US District Court for the Eastern District of New York approved the US DPA and retained authority to oversee implementation of that agreement. Under the agreements with the DoJ, FCA, and FRB, an independent monitor (who is, for FCA purposes, a ‘skilled person’ under Section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act) will evaluate and regularly assess the effectiveness of HSBC’s AML and sanctions compliance function and HSBC’s progress in implementing its remedial obligations under the agreements. The monitorship, which began on 22 July 2013, is proceeding as anticipated.

 

264


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

If HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank USA fulfil all of the requirements imposed by the US DPA, the DoJ charges against those entities will be dismissed at the end of the five-year period of that agreement. Similarly, if HSBC Holdings fulfils all of the requirements imposed by the DANY DPA, DANY’s charges against it will be dismissed at the end of the two-year period of that agreement. The DoJ may prosecute HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA in relation to the matters that are the subject of the US DPA if HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank USA breaches the terms of the US DPA, and DANY may prosecute HSBC Holdings in relation to the matters which are subject of the DANY DPA if HSBC Holdings violates the terms of the DANY DPA.

HSBC Bank USA also entered into a separate consent order with the OCC requiring it to correct the circumstances and conditions as noted in the OCC’s then most recent report of examination, and imposing certain restrictions on HSBC Bank USA directly or indirectly acquiring control of, or holding an interest in, any new financial subsidiary, or commencing a new activity in its existing financial subsidiary, unless it receives prior approval from the OCC. HSBC Bank USA also entered into a separate consent order with the OCC requiring it to adopt an enterprise-wide compliance programme.

The settlement with US and UK authorities does not preclude private litigation relating to, among other things, HSBC’s compliance with applicable AML, BSA and sanctions laws or other regulatory or law enforcement actions for AML, BSA or sanctions matters not covered by the various agreements.

On 7 May 2014, a shareholder derivative action was filed by a shareholder of HSBC Holdings purportedly on behalf of HSBC Holdings, HSBC Bank USA, HNAH and HSBC USA Inc. in New York State Supreme Court against the directors, certain officers and certain former directors and officers of those HSBC companies, alleging that those directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties to the companies and caused a waste of corporate assets by allegedly permitting and/or causing the conduct underlying the US DPA. This action is at an early stage.

Tax and broker-dealer investigations

HSBC continues to cooperate in ongoing investigations by the DoJ and the US Internal Revenue Service regarding whether certain HSBC companies and employees acted appropriately in relation to certain customers who had US tax reporting requirements. In connection with these investigations, HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA, with due regard for Swiss law, has produced records and other documents to the DoJ and is cooperating with its investigation. In August 2013, the DoJ informed HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA that it is not eligible for the ‘Program for Non-Prosecution Agreements or Non-Target Letters for Swiss Banks’ since a formal investigation had been authorised. The DoJ also requested additional information from HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA and other Swiss banks regarding the transfer of assets to and from US person-related accounts and employees who serviced those accounts. HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA is preparing this data, in a manner consistent with Swiss law.

Other HSBC companies are also cooperating with the relevant US authorities, including with respect to US-based clients of an HSBC company in India. In April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a summons from the US Internal Revenue Service directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records with respect to US-based clients of an HSBC company in India. HSBC Bank USA has cooperated fully by providing responsive documents in its possession in the US to the US Internal Revenue Service.

Also in April 2011, HSBC Bank USA received a subpoena from the SEC directing HSBC Bank USA to produce records in the US related to, among other things, HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA’s cross-border policies and procedures and adherence to US broker-dealer and investment adviser rules and regulations when dealing with US resident clients. HSBC Bank USA continues to cooperate with the SEC. In addition, HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA, with due regard for Swiss law, has produced records and other documents to the SEC and is cooperating with the SEC’s investigation.

In addition, HSBC has been informed that magistrates in Belgium and France are conducting inquiries regarding whether HSBC Private Bank Suisse SA acted appropriately in relation to certain customers who had Belgian and French tax reporting requirements, respectively.

Based on the facts currently known, with respect to each of these investigations, there is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the ongoing investigations will be resolved and the timing of such resolution, including the amounts of fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that the fines and/or penalties imposed could be significant.

 

265


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other benchmark interest rate investigations and litigation

Various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world, including in the UK, the US, the EU, Switzerland, Thailand, South Korea, Australia and elsewhere, are conducting investigations and reviews related to certain past submissions made by panel banks and the processes for making submissions in connection with the setting of London interbank offered rates (‘Libor’), European interbank offered rates (‘Euribor’) and other benchmark interest rates. As certain HSBC companies are members of such panels, HSBC has been the subject of regulatory demands for information and is cooperating with those investigations and reviews.

On 4 December 2013, the European Commission (the ‘Commission’) announced that it had imposed fines on eight financial institutions under its cartel settlement procedure for their participation in illegal activity related to euro interest rate derivatives and/or yen interest rate derivatives. Although HSBC was not one of the financial institutions fined, the Commission announced that it had opened proceedings against HSBC in connection with its Euribor-related investigation of euro interest rate derivatives only. This investigation will continue under the standard Commission cartel procedure. On 20 May 2014, HSBC received a Statement of Objections from the Commission, alleging anti-competitive practices in connection with the pricing of euro interest rate derivatives. The Statement of Objections sets out the Commission’s preliminary views and does not prejudge the final outcome of its investigation. HSBC intends to respond to the Commission’s Statement of Objections in due course.

Based on the facts currently known, with respect to each of these ongoing regulatory investigations, reviews and proceedings, there is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the ongoing investigations, reviews or proceedings will be resolved and the timing of such resolution, including the amounts of fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that the fines and/or penalties imposed could be significant.

In addition, HSBC and other panel banks have been named as defendants in a number of private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of US dollar Libor. These lawsuits include individual and putative class actions, most of which have been transferred and/or consolidated for pre-trial purposes before the New York District Court. The complaints in those actions assert claims against HSBC and other US dollar Libor panel banks under various US laws, including US antitrust and racketeering laws, the US Commodity Exchange Act (‘CEA’), and state law.

In March 2013, the New York District Court overseeing the consolidated proceedings that encompass a number of pending actions related to US dollar Libor issued an opinion and order in the six oldest actions, dismissing the plaintiffs’ federal and state antitrust claims, racketeering claims, and unjust enrichment claims in their entirety, but allowing certain of their CEA claims that were not barred by the applicable statute of limitations to proceed. Some of those plaintiffs appealed the New York District Court’s decision to the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, which later dismissed those appeals on the ground that they were premature. The Court of Appeals also denied the plaintiffs’ subsequent motion for reconsideration. On 30 June 2014, the US Supreme Court agreed to hear the plaintiffs’ appeal from the Court of Appeals’ decision.

Other plaintiffs sought to file amended complaints in the New York District Court to assert additional allegations, and the defendants filed motions to dismiss those amended complaints. On 23 June 2014, the New York District Court issued an opinion and order that, among other things, denied the plaintiffs’ request for leave to amend their complaints to assert additional theories of Libor manipulation against HSBC and certain banks, but granted leave to assert such manipulation claims against two other banks; and granted defendants’ motion to dismiss certain additional claims under the CEA as barred by the applicable statute of limitations. Proceedings with respect to all other actions in the consolidated proceedings were stayed pending this decision, and the New York District Court has not yet ruled on whether and to what extent those other actions may now proceed.

Separately, HSBC and other panel banks have also been named as defendants in a putative class action filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons who transacted in euroyen futures and options contracts related to the euroyen Tokyo interbank offered rate (‘Tibor’). The complaint alleges, amongst other things, misconduct related to euroyen Tibor, although HSBC is not a member of the Japanese Bankers Association’s euroyen Tibor panel, as well as Japanese yen Libor, in violation of US antitrust laws, the CEA, and state law. In April 2013, the plaintiff filed a second amended complaint, which the defendants moved to dismiss. On 29 March 2014, the New York District Court issued an opinion dismissing the plaintiffs’ claims under the US antitrust laws and state law and sustaining their claims under the CEA. HSBC has moved for reconsideration of that aspect of the opinion sustaining the CEA claims, and that motion remains pending. On 17 June 2014, the plaintiffs moved for leave to file a third amended complaint. HSBC expects to respond to the plaintiffs’ motion in due course.

 

266


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

In November 2013, HSBC and other panel banks were named as defendants in a putative class action filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons who transacted in euro futures contracts and other financial instruments related to Euribor. The complaint alleges, amongst other things, misconduct related to Euribor in violation of US antitrust laws, the CEA, and state law. On 2 May 2014, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, and subsequently sought and received leave to file a third amended complaint. By order of the court, the deadline for filing the third amended complaint has been stayed until 9 September 2014 or subsequent order of the court.

Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on HSBC.

Foreign exchange rate investigations and litigation

Various regulators and competition and enforcement authorities around the world, including in the UK, the US, the EU, Hong Kong and elsewhere, are conducting investigations and reviews into a number of firms, including HSBC, related to trading on the foreign exchange markets. HSBC and its affiliates in relevant jurisdictions are cooperating with these investigations and reviews. These investigations and reviews are ongoing, and based on the facts currently known there is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which they will be resolved and the timing of such resolutions, including the amounts of fines and/or penalties. As matters progress, it is possible that the fines and/or penalties imposed could be significant.

In addition, in late 2013 and early 2014, HSBC and a number of other banks were named as defendants in various putative class actions filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons who executed foreign currency trades that settled on the basis of foreign exchange rates published by WM/Reuters or that otherwise occurred during the time periods when the WM/Reuters rates were being set. The complaints allege, amongst other things, that the defendants conspired to manipulate the WM/Reuters foreign exchange rates in violation of US antitrust laws. In February 2014, the New York District Court appointed interim lead class counsel on behalf of putative class members in the US, and such counsel filed a consolidated amended complaint on 31 March 2014. A separate putative class action is also pending on behalf of a putative class comprised of Norwegian citizens. HSBC and other defendants filed motions to dismiss both actions on 30 May 2014. Those motions remain pending.

Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on HSBC.

Gold and silver fix-related litigation

Since March 2014, numerous putative class actions have been filed in the US District Courts for the Southern District of New York, the District of New Jersey and the Northern District of California naming HSBC and a number of other members of The London Gold Market Fixing Ltd as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2004 to the present, defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives during the afternoon London gold fix in order to reap profits on proprietary trades. Plaintiffs have filed a motion for transfer with the Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation requesting assignment to and consolidation in the New York District Court. That motion is pending.

In July 2014, putative class actions were filed in the US District Court for the Southern and Eastern Districts of New York naming HSBC and the other members of The London Silver Market Fixing Ltd as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2007 to the present, defendants conspired to manipulate the price of physical silver and silver derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of the US Commodity Exchange Act and US antitrust laws. These actions are at a very early stage.

Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on HSBC.

Credit default swap regulatory investigation and litigation

In July 2013, HSBC received a Statement of Objections from the Commission relating to its ongoing investigation of alleged anti-competitive activity by a number of market participants in the credit derivatives market between 2006 and 2009. The Statement of Objections sets out the Commission’s preliminary views and does not prejudge the final outcome of its investigation. HSBC has submitted a response and attended an oral hearing in May 2014 at which the other defendants were also present. Following the oral hearing, the Commission decided to conduct a further

 

267


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

  

 

investigation phase before deciding whether or how to proceed with the case. HSBC is cooperating with this further investigation. Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of this matter, including the timing or potential impact on HSBC.

In addition, HSBC Bank USA, HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank have been named as defendants, among others, in numerous putative class actions filed in the New York District Court and the Illinois District Court. These class actions allege that the defendants, which include ISDA, Markit and several financial institutions, conspired to restrain trade in violation of the federal antitrust laws by, among other things, restricting access to credit default swap pricing exchanges and blocking new entrants into the exchange market, with the purpose and effect of artificially inflating the bid/ask spread paid to buy and sell credit default swaps in the US. The plaintiffs in these suits purport to represent a class of all persons who purchased credit default swaps from or sold credit default swaps to defendants primarily in the US.

On 16 October 2013, the Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation ordered that all cases be consolidated in the New York District Court as In re Credit Default Swaps Antitrust Litigation (MDL No. 2476). On 5 December 2013, the New York District Court held its initial pre-trial conference, at which time it selected lead interim class counsel and set a schedule for the filing of an amended consolidated complaint and motions to dismiss that complaint. The amended consolidated complaint was filed on 31 January 2014, naming HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank as defendants, among others. Following the filing of defendants’ motions to dismiss in March 2014, plaintiffs filed a second amended consolidated complaint on 11 April 2014. Defendants moved to dismiss that second amended consolidated complaint on 23 May 2014. That motion remains pending.

Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these private lawsuits, including the timing and potential impact on HSBC.

Economic plans: HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.

In the mid-1980s and early 1990s, certain economic plans were introduced by the government of Brazil to reduce escalating inflation. The implementation of these plans adversely impacted savings account holders, thousands of which consequently commenced legal proceedings against financial institutions in Brazil, including HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. (‘HSBC Brazil’), alleging, among other things, that savings account balances were adjusted by a different price index than that contractually agreed, which caused them a loss of income. Certain of these cases have reached the Brazilian Supreme Court (the ‘Supreme Court’). The proceedings in the Supreme Court were due to commence in February 2014 but have since been postponed without a scheduled start date. The Supreme Court has suspended all cases pending before lower courts until it delivers a final judgement on the constitutionality of the changes resulting from the economic plans. It is anticipated that the outcome of the Supreme Court’s final judgement will set a precedent for all cases pending before the lower courts. Separately, the Brazilian Superior Civil Court (the ‘Superior Civil Court’) is considering matters relating to, among other things, contractual and punitive interest rates to be applied to calculate any loss of income.

There is a high degree of uncertainty as to the terms on which the proceedings in the Supreme Court and Superior Civil Court will be resolved and the timing of such resolutions, including the amount of losses HSBC Brazil may be liable to pay in the event of an unfavourable judgement. Such losses may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to an amount up to US$838m, although the upper end of this range is considered unlikely.

 

26 Events after the balance sheet date

 

A second interim dividend for the financial year ending 31 December 2014 was declared by the Directors on 4 August 2014, as described in Note 3.

 

27 Interim Report 2014 and statutory accounts

 

The information in this Interim Report 2014 is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. The Interim Report 2014 was approved by the Board of Directors on 4 August 2014. The statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2013 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales in accordance with section 447 of the Companies Act 2006. The auditor has reported on those accounts. Its report was unqualified; did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report; and did not contain a statement under section 498(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006.

 

268


Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

 

269


Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

 

270


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information

  

 

Shareholder information

 

1   Directors’ interests    271      8    Interim Management Statement    277
2   Employee share plans    274      9    Final results    277
3   Notifiable interests in share capital    275    10    Corporate governance    277
4   Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares    276    11    Going concern basis    278
5   First interim dividend for 2014    276    12    Telephone and online share dealing service    278
6   Second interim dividend for 2014    276    13    Stock symbols    278
7   Proposed interim dividends for 2014    277    14    Copies of Interim Report 2014 and shareholder enquiries and communications    278

 

1 Directors’ interests

 

According to the register of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, at 30 June 2014, the Directors of HSBC Holdings had the following interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares and loan capital of HSBC and its associates:

Directors’ interests – shares and loan capital

 

            At 30 June 2014  
    

At
1 January

2014

    

Beneficial

owner

    

Child

under 18

or spouse

    

Jointly

with

another

person

     Trustee     

Total

interests1

 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

                 

Safra Catz3

             19,480                                 19,480   

Sir Jonathan Evans

     1,495         5,519                                 5,519   

Joachim Faber

     10,605         24,105                                 24,105   

Rona Fairhead

     21,858         22,276                                 22,276   

Douglas Flint

     392,664         400,273                                 400,273   

Stuart Gulliver

     2,730,477         2,291,733         176,885                         2,468,618   

Sam Laidlaw

     35,123         34,352                         1,416 2       35,768   

John Lipsky3

     15,525         15,820                                 15,820   

Rachel Lomax

             8,000                                 8,000   

Iain Mackay

     65,130         48,263                                 48,263   

Marc Moses

     400,753         400,753                                 400,753   

Sir Simon Robertson

     9,912         22,331                                 22,331   

Jonathan Symonds

             15,490         4,483                         19,973   
     RMBm      RMBm      RMBm      RMBm      RMBm      RMBm  

HSBC Bank plc 2.875% Notes 2015

                 

Joachim Faber4

     5.1                                         5.1   

 

  1   Details of executive Directors’ other interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares arising from the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans, the HSBC Share Plan and the HSBC Share Plan 2011 are set out on the following pages. At 30 June 2014, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, including interests arising through employee share plans, were: Douglas Flint – 402,289; Stuart Gulliver – 4,959,844; Marc Moses – 1,639,692; and Iain Mackay – 1,022,749. Each Director’s total interests represents less than 0.03% of the shares in issue.
  2   Non-beneficial.
  3   Safra Catz has an interest in 3,896 and John Lipsky has an interest in 3,164 listed American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’), which are categorised as equity derivatives under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.
  4   Non-beneficial interest in renminbi (RMB)1.2m 2.875% Notes 2015.

 

271


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Savings-related share option plans, the HSBC Share Plan and the HSBC Share Plan 2011

HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

 

     Date of           Exercise           Exercisable          

Held at

1 Jan

         

Held at

30 Jun

 
     award           price (£)           from1           until           2014           2014  

Douglas Flint

     24 Apr 2012            4.4621            1 Aug 2015            31 Jan 2016            2,016            2,016   

The HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans are all-employee share plans under which eligible HSBC employees may be granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. For options granted under the HSBC Holdings savings-related share option plans prior to 2013, employees contribute up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of three or five years which may be used on the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. The options were awarded for nil consideration and are exercisable at a 20% discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date. There are no performance criteria conditional upon which the outstanding options are exercisable and there have been no variations to the terms and conditions since the awards were made. The market value per ordinary share at 30 June 2014 was £5.97. The highest and lowest market values per ordinary share during the period were £6.81 and £5.92. Market value is the mid-market price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the options are categorised as unlisted physically settled equity derivatives.

 

  1   May vest at an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.

Awards of Restricted Shares

HSBC Share Plan

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

 

                 Year in
which
          Awards
held at
     Awards made during
period
          Awards vested during
period
    

Awards

held at

 
     Date of
award
         

awards

may vest1

         

1 Jan

2014

     Number      Monetary
value
          Number      Monetary
value
    

30 Jun

2014

 
                                           £000                  £000         

Douglas Flint

     15 Mar 2011 3          2012-2014            49,423                            50,322 2       300           

Stuart Gulliver

     15 Mar 2011 3          2012-2014            305,950                            311,517 2       1,860           

Iain Mackay

     15 Mar 2011 3          2012-2014            13,333                            13,575 2       81           

Marc Moses

     15 Mar 2011 3          2012-2014            43,539                            44,331 2       265           

Vesting of Restricted Share awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. The awards may vest at an earlier date in certain circumstances. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in Restricted Share awards are categorised as beneficial.

 

  1   33% of the award vests on each of the first and second anniversaries of the date of the award, with the balance vesting on the third anniversary of the date of the award. In the case of the awards granted on 15 March 2011 the shares (net of tax) are subject to a six month retention period following each vesting date.
  2   Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
  3   At the date of vesting, 17 March 2014, the market value per share was £5.97. The market value per share on the date of the award, 15 March 2011, was £6.46.

 

272


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Awards of Restricted Shares

HSBC Share Plan 2011

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

 

                 Year in
which
          Awards
held at
    

Awards made during

period

         

Awards vested during

period

     Awards
held at
 
     Date of
award
          awards
may vest
          1 Jan
2014
     Number      Monetary
value
          Number      Monetary
value
     30 Jun
20141
 
                                           £000                  £000         

Stuart Gulliver

     12 Mar 2012 2          2013-2015            170,212                            85,068         510         86,774   
     11 Mar 2013 4          2018            82,955                                            84,543   
     10 Mar 2014 3          2014                    59,178         365            59,178         365           
     10 Mar 2014 5          2015-2017                    88,766         547                            90,465   

Iain Mackay

     12 Mar 2012 2          2013-2015            85,700                            42,828         257         43,692   
     11 Mar 2013 4          2018            57,349                                            58,447   
     10 Mar 2014 3          2014                    34,664         214            34,664         214           
     10 Mar 2014 5          2015-2017                    51,997         320                            52,992   

Marc Moses

     12 Mar 2012 2          2013-2015            89,080                            44,518         267         45,416   
     11 Mar 2013 4          2018            55,718                                            56,784   
     10 Mar 2014 3          2014                    34,661         214            34,661         214           
     10 Mar 2014 5          2015-2017                    51,992         320                            52,987   

Vesting of Restricted Share awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. The awards may vest at an earlier date in certain circumstances. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in Restricted Share awards are categorised as the interests of a beneficial owner.

 

  1   Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
  2   At the date of the award, 12 March 2012, the market value per share was £5.56. 50% of these deferred awards are subject to a six month retention period upon vesting. 33% of the award vested on 12 March 2014 and on that date, the market value per share was £5.99. The balance will vest on the third anniversary of the award.
  3   The non-deferred award vested immediately on 10 March 2014 and the shares (net of tax) are subject to a six month retention period. At the date of vesting, the market value per share was £6.16.
  4   Vesting of these awards is subject to satisfactory completion of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement with the US Department of Justice.
  5   At the date of the award, 10 March 2014, the market value per share was £6.16. 50% of these deferred awards are subject to a six month retention period upon vesting. 33% of the award will vest on the first anniversary of the award, 33 % of the award will vest on the second anniversary and the balance will vest on the third anniversary of the award.

Conditional awards under the Group Performance Share Plan (‘GPSP’)

HSBC Share Plan 2011

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

 

                 Year in
which
          Awards
held at
         

Awards made during

period1

          Awards
held at
 
     Date of
award
          awards
may vest
          1 Jan 2014           Number           Monetary
value
          30 Jun
20142
 
                                                     £000              

Stuart Gulliver

     23 Jun 2011            2016            434,004                                  442,312   
     12 Mar 2012            2017            736,368                                  750,464   
     11 Mar 2013            2018            425,418                                  433,561   
     10 Mar 2014 1          2019                       591,779            3,645            603,107   

Iain Mackay

     23 Jun 2011            2016            121,336                                  123,659   
     12 Mar 2012            2017            137,455                                  140,086   
     11 Mar 2013            2018            198,528                                  202,328   
     10 Mar 2014 1          2019                       346,647            2,135            353,282   

Marc Moses

     23 Jun 2011            2016            112,656                                  114,813   
     12 Mar 2012            2017            382,910                                  390,240   
     11 Mar 2013            2018            221,216                                  225,451   
     10 Mar 2014 1          2019                       346,613            2,135            353,248   

The GPSP is a long-term incentive plan governed by the rules of the HSBC Share Plan 2011. Vesting of GPSP awards is normally subject to the Director remaining an employee on the vesting date. Any shares (net of tax) which the Director becomes entitled to on the vesting date are subject to a retention requirement until cessation of employment. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests in awards are categorised as beneficial.

 

  1   At the date of award, 10 March 2014, the market value per share was £6.16.
  2   Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.

 

273


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

No Directors held any short position (as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong) in the shares and loan capital of HSBC Holdings and its associated corporations. Save as stated above, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of HSBC Holdings or any associates at the beginning or at the end of the period, and none of the Directors or members of their immediate families were awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures in any HSBC corporation during the period. Since 30 June 2014, the interests of each of the following Directors have increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against their name:

Increase in Directors’ interests since 30 June 2014

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares

 

    

Beneficial

owner

 

Safra Catz

     185 1 

Rona Fairhead

     214 2 

Douglas Flint

     124 3 

Stuart Gulliver

     23,958 4 

Sam Laidlaw

     330 2 

Iain Mackay

     9,371 4 

Marc Moses

     11,913 4 

Sir Simon Robertson

     214 2 

Jonathan Symonds

     191 2 

 

  1   Comprises an interest in 37 American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’), which are categorised as equity derivatives under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.
  2   Scrip dividend.
  3   Comprises the automatic reinvestment of dividend income by an Individual Savings Account manager (64 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Incentive Plan through regular monthly contributions (24 shares), the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Incentive Plan (36 shares).
  4   Comprises scrip dividend on Restricted Share awards and GPSP awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan and HSBC Share Plan 2011.

 

2 Employee share plans

 

Share options and discretionary awards of shares are granted under HSBC share plans to help align the interests of employees with those of shareholders. The following are particulars of outstanding options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options were granted for nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled by HSBC during the period. No discretionary share options have been granted under the HSBC Share Plan 2011, which replaced the HSBC Share Plan on 27 May 2011.

A summary for each plan of the total number of options which were granted, exercised or lapsed during the period is shown in the following tables. Particulars of options held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on page 272. Further details required to be disclosed pursuant to Chapter 17 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited are available on our website at www.hsbc.com by selecting ‘Investor Relations’, then ‘Governance’ then ‘Share Plans’, and on the website of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at www.hkex.com.hk. Copies may be obtained upon request from the Group Company Secretary, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.

All-employee share plans

The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International are all-employee share plans under which eligible employees have been granted options to acquire HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. There will be no further grant of options under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International; the final grant was in 2012. A new international all-employee share purchase plan was launched in the third quarter of 2013.

For options granted under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Option Plan, employees make contributions of up to £250 (or equivalent) each month over a period of three or five years which may be used within six months following the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of the relevant savings contract, at the employee’s election, to exercise the options. Alternatively, the employee may elect to have the savings, plus (where applicable) any interest or bonus, repaid in cash. In the case of redundancy, retirement including on grounds of injury or ill health, the

 

274


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

transfer of the employing business to another party, or a change of control of the employing company, options may be exercised before completion of the relevant savings contract. In certain circumstances, the exercise period of options awarded under the all-employee share plans may be extended, for example, on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to six months beyond the normal exercise period.

Under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International the option exercise price has been determined by reference to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, then applying a discount of 20%. Where applicable, the US dollar, Hong Kong dollar and euro exercise prices were converted from the sterling exercise price at the applicable exchange rate on the working day preceding the relevant invitation date. The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan and the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Share: International will terminate on 27 May 2015 unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plans at an earlier date.

HSBC Holdings All-employee Share Option Plans

 

         HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Dates of award         Exercise price         Exercisable         At         Awarded         Exercised         Lapsed         At
     from    to         from    to         from    to         1 Jan 2014         in period         in period         in period         30 Jun 2014

Savings-Related Share Option Plan1

                          
     30 Apr
2008
   20 Sep
2013
       

(£)

3.3116

  

(£)

5.9397

        1 Aug
2013
   1 May
2019
        53,950,886                 1,766,360         1,909,833         50,274,693

Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International2

                          
     30 Apr
2008
   24 Apr
2012
       

(£)

3.3116

  

(£)

5.9397

        1 Aug
2013
   1 Feb
2018
        10,022,450                 195,127         425,428         9,401,895
     30 Apr
2008
   24 Apr
2012
       

(US$)

4.8876

  

(US$)

11.8824

        1 Aug
2013
   1 Feb
2018
        3,997,069                 85,833         448,770         3,462,466
     30 Apr
2008
   24 Apr
2012
       

(€)

3.6361

  

(€)

7.5571

        1 Aug
2013
   1 Feb
2018
        1,574,652                 29,970         48,166         1,496,516
     30 Apr
2008
   24 Apr
2012
       

(HK$)

37.8797

  

(HK$)

92.5881

        1 Aug
2013
   1 Feb
2018
        24,215,341                 307,194         355,262         23,552,885

 

  1   The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £6.20.
  2   The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £6.35.

Discretionary Share Option Plans

There have been no awards of discretionary share options under employee share plans since 30 September 2005.

 

                                             HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Dates of award         Exercise price         Exercisable         At         Exercised         Lapsed         At
     from    to         from    to         from    to         1 Jan 2014         in period2         in period         30 Jun 2014

HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan1

                    
     30 Apr
2004
   20 Apr
2005
       

(£)

7.2181

  

(£)

7.5379

        30 Apr
2007
   20 Apr
2015
        55,025,868         1,434         48,295,358         6,729,076

HSBC Share Plan

                    
     30 Sep
2005
            

(£)

7.9911

             30 Sep
2008
   30 Sep
2015
        86,046                         86,046

 

  1   The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan expired on 26 May 2005. No options have been granted under the Plan since that date.
  2   The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £6.09.

 

3 Notifiable interests in share capital

 

At 30 June 2014, HSBC Holdings had received the following notifications of major holdings of voting rights pursuant to the requirements of Rule 5 of the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules:

Legal & General Group Plc gave notice on 10 July 2013 that on 9 July 2013 its holding of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares fell below 3.00% of the total voting rights at that date; and

 

275


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

   

BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 9 December 2009 that on 7 December 2009 it had the following: an indirect interest in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of 1,142,439,457; qualifying financial instruments with 705,100 voting rights that may be acquired if the instruments are exercised or converted; and financial instruments with similar economic effect to qualifying financial instruments which refer to 234,880 voting rights, each representing 6.56%, 0.0041% and 0.0013%, respectively, of the total voting rights at that date.

At 30 June 2014, according to the register maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong:

 

   

JPMorgan Chase & Co. gave notice on 29 May 2014 that on 27 May 2014 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,282,599,404 shares; a short position of 129,880,547 shares; and a lending pool of 867,737,345 shares, each representing 6.72%, 0.68% and 4.55%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date; and

 

   

BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 8 January 2013 that on 3 January 2013 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,110,172,768 shares and a short position of 35,234,325 shares, each representing 6.00% and 0.19%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.

 

4 Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares

 

Except for dealings as intermediaries by HSBC Bank plc and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, which are members of a European Economic Area exchange, neither HSBC Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries have purchased, sold or redeemed any of its listed securities during the six months to 30 June 2014.

 

5 First interim dividend for 2014

 

The first interim dividend for 2014 of US$0.10 per ordinary share was paid on 10 July 2014.

 

6 Second interim dividend for 2014

 

On 4 August 2014, the Directors declared a second interim dividend for 2014 of US$0.10 per ordinary share. The second interim dividend will be payable on 9 October 2014 to holders of record on 21 August 2014 on the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register and to holders of record on 22 August 2014 on the Principal Register in the United Kingdom or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register. The dividend will be payable in cash, US dollars, sterling or Hong Kong dollars, or a combination of these currencies, at the forward exchange rates quoted by HSBC Bank plc in London at or about 11.00am on 29 September 2014. A scrip dividend will also be offered. Particulars of these arrangements will be sent to shareholders on or about 3 September 2014 and elections must be received by 25 September 2014.

The dividend will be payable on ordinary shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, on 9 October 2014 to the holders of record on 22 August 2014. The dividend will be payable by Euroclear France in cash, in euros, at the forward exchange rate quoted by HSBC France on 29 September 2014, or as a scrip dividend. Particulars of these arrangements will be announced through Euronext Paris on 5 August 2014 and 28 August 2014.

The dividend will be payable on ADSs, each of which represents five ordinary shares, on 9 October 2014 to holders of record on 22 August 2014. The dividend of US$0.50 per ADS will be payable by the depositary in cash, in US dollars or as a scrip dividend of new ADSs. Elections must be received by the depositary on or before 19 September 2014. Alternatively, the cash dividend may be invested in additional ADSs for participants in the dividend reinvestment plan operated by the depositary.

Ordinary shares will be quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda on 20 August 2014. The ADSs will be quoted ex-dividend in New York on 20 August 2014.

Any person who has acquired ordinary shares registered on the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Hong Kong Branch Registrar should do so before 4.00pm on 21 August 2014 in order to receive the dividend.

Any person who has acquired ordinary shares registered on the Principal Register in the United Kingdom or on the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Principal Registrar or the

 

276


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Bermuda Overseas Branch Registrar respectively, should do so before 4.00pm on 22 August 2014 in order to receive the dividend.

Removals of ordinary shares may not be made to or from the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register on 22 August 2014. Accordingly, any person who wishes to remove ordinary shares to the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register must lodge the removal request with the Principal Registrar in the United Kingdom or the Bermuda Branch Registrar by 4.00pm on 20 August 2014. Any person who wishes to remove ordinary shares from the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register must lodge the removal request with the Hong Kong Branch Registrar by 4.00pm on 21 August 2014.

Transfers of ADSs must be lodged with the depositary by 12 noon on 22 August 2014 in order to receive the dividend.

 

7 Proposed interim dividends for 2014

 

The Board has adopted a policy of paying quarterly dividends on the ordinary shares. Under this policy it is intended to have a pattern of three equal interim dividends with a variable fourth interim dividend. The timetables for dividends payable on the ordinary shares in respect of 2014 that have not yet been declared are expected to be as follows:

 

    

Third interim

dividend for 2014

    

Fourth interim

dividend for 2014

 

Announcement

     6 October 2014         23 February 2015   

Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong, Paris and Bermuda

     23 October 2014         12 March 2015   

ADSs quoted ex-dividend in New York

     22 October 2014         11 March 2015   

Record date in London, Hong Kong, New York, Paris and Bermuda

     24 October 2014         13 March 2015   

Payment date

     10 December 2014         7 May 2015   

 

8 Interim Management Statement

 

An Interim Management Statement for the three-month period ending 30 September 2014 is expected to be issued on 3 November 2014.

 

9 Final results

 

The results for the year to 31 December 2014 are expected to be announced on 23 February 2015.

 

10 Corporate governance

 

HSBC is committed to high standards of corporate governance.

Throughout the six months to 30 June 2014, HSBC Holdings has complied with the applicable code provisions of: (i) The UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and (ii) the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code set out in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that the Group Risk Committee (all the members of which are independent non-executive Directors), which was established in accordance with the recommendations of the review on corporate governance in UK banks and other financial industry entities (‘The Walker Report’), is responsible for the oversight of internal control (other than internal controls over financial reporting) and risk management systems (Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code provision C.3.3 paragraphs (f), (g) and (h)). In the absence of the Group Risk Committee, these matters would be the responsibility of the Group Audit Committee. The UK Corporate Governance Code is available at www.frc.org.uk and the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code is available at www.hkex.com.hk.

The Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities by Directors. The code of conduct complies with The Model Code in the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and with The Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (‘Hong Kong Model Code’) set out in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited has granted certain waivers from strict compliance with the Hong Kong Model Code. The waivers granted by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited primarily take into account accepted practices in the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans. Following a specific enquiry, each Director has confirmed that he or she has complied with the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities throughout the period.

 

277


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

There have been no material changes to the information disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2013 in respect of the number and remuneration of employees, remuneration policies, bonus and share option plans and training schemes.

The biographies of Directors on pages 199 to 203 include changes during 2014 and the updated information required pursuant to rule 13.51B (1) of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 

11 Going concern basis

 

As mentioned in Note 1 Basis of preparation on page 214, the financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group has the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including projections of profitability, cash flows and capital resources. Further information relevant to the assessment is provided elsewhere in this Interim Report 2014.

In particular, HSBC’s principal activities, business and operating models, strategic direction and top and emerging risks are addressed in the ‘Overview’ section; a financial summary, including a review of the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet, is provided in the ‘Interim Management Report’ section; HSBC’s objectives, policies and processes for managing credit, liquidity and market risk are described in the ‘Risk’ section; and HSBC’s approach to capital management and allocation is described in the ‘Capital’ section.

 

12 Telephone and online share dealing service

 

For shareholders on the Principal Register who are resident in the UK, Channel Islands or Isle of Man with a UK, Channel Islands or Isle of Man postal address, and who hold an HSBC Bank personal current account, the HSBC InvestDirect share dealing service is available for buying and selling HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Details are available from: HSBC InvestDirect, PO Box 1683, Frobisher House, Nelson Gate, Southampton, SO15 9DG, UK telephone : 08456 002 469, overseas telephone: +44 (0) 1226 261090, web: www.hsbc.co.uk/shares.

 

13 Stock symbols

 

HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares trade under the following stock symbols:

 

London Stock Exchange     

HSBA

Hong Kong Stock Exchange     

5

New York Stock Exchange (ADS)     

HSBC

Euronext Paris     

HSB

Bermuda Stock Exchange     

HSBC.BH

 

14 Copies of the Interim Report 2014 and shareholder enquiries and communications

 

Further copies of the Interim Report 2014 may be obtained from Global Communications, HSBC Holdings plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom; from Communications (Asia), The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong; or from Global Publishing Services, HSBC – North America, 7th Floor, 10 East 40th Street, New York, 10018, USA. The Interim Report 2014 may also be downloaded from the HSBC website, www.hsbc.com.

Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or to receive notifications of their availability on HSBC’s website. To receive future notifications of the availability of a corporate communication on HSBC’s website by email, or to revoke or amend an instruction to receive such notifications by email, go to www.hsbc.com/ecomms. If you provide an email address to receive electronic communications from HSBC, we will also send notifications of your dividend entitlements by email. If you received a notification of the availability of this document on HSBC’s website and would like to receive a printed copy of it or, if you would like to receive future corporate communications in printed form, please write or send an email (quoting your shareholder reference number) to the appropriate Registrar at the address given below. Printed copies will be provided without charge.

Any enquiries relating to your shareholdings on the share register, for example transfers of shares, change of name or address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques, should be sent to the Registrar at the address given below. The

 

278


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Registrar offers an online facility, Investor Centre, which enables shareholders to manage their shareholding electronically.

 

Principal Register    Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register    Bermuda Overseas Branch Register

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions

Bridgwater Road

Bristol BS99 6ZZ

United Kingdom

Telephone: +44 (0) 870 702 0137

Email via website:

    www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

  

Computershare Hong Kong Investor
Services Limited

Rooms 1712-1716, 17th Floor

Hopewell Centre

183 Queen’s Road East

Hong Kong

Telephone: +852 2862 8555

Email: hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk

  

Investor Relations Team

HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited

6 Front Street

Hamilton HM 11

Bermuda

Telephone: +1 441 299 6737

Email:

    hbbm.shareholder.services@hsbc.bm

Investor Centre:

www.investorcentre.co.uk

  

Investor Centre:

www.investorcentre.com/hk

  

Investor Centre:

www.investorcentre.co.uk/bm

Any enquiries relating to ADSs should be sent to the depositary at:

 

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services

PO Box 30170

  

Overnight correspondence should be sent to:

College Station, TX 77842-3170

USA

Telephone (US): +1 877 283 5786

  

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services

211 Quality Circle, Suite 210

College Station, TX 77845

Telephone (international): +1 201 680 6825

Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com

Website: www.mybnymdr.com

  

Any enquiries relating to shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for NYSE Euronext Paris, should be sent to the paying agent:

HSBC France

103, avenue des Champs Elysées

75419 Paris Cedex 08

France

Telephone: +33 1 40 70 22 56

Email: ost-agence-des-titres-hsbc-reims.hbfr-do@hsbc.fr

Website: www.hsbc.fr

A Chinese translation of this and future documents may be obtained on request from the Registrar. Please also contact the Registrar if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive such translations in future.

Persons whose shares are held on their behalf by another person may have been nominated to receive communications from HSBC pursuant to section 146 of the UK Companies Act 2006 (‘nominated person’). The main point of contact for a nominated person remains the registered shareholder (for example your stockbroker, investment manager, custodian or other person who manages the investment on your behalf). Any changes or queries relating to a nominated person’s personal details and holding (including any administration thereof) must continue to be directed to the registered shareholder and not HSBC’s Registrar. The only exception is where HSBC, in exercising one of its powers under the UK Companies Act 2006, writes to nominated persons directly for a response.

 

LOGO

 

279


Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

 

280


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviations

 

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
A   
ABCP    Asset-backed commercial paper
ABS1    Asset-backed security
ADS    American Depositary Share
AIEA    Average interest-earning assets
ALCM    Asset, Liability and Capital Management
ALCO    Asset and Liability Management Committee
AML    Anti-money laundering
AQR    Asset Quality Review (EU)
ARM1    Adjustable-rate mortgage
B   
Basel Committee    Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel I    1988 Basel Capital Accord
Basel II1    2006 Basel Capital Accord
Basel III1    Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules
BBA    British Bankers’ Association
BoCom    Bank of Communications Co., Limited, one of China’s largest banks
BSA    Bank Secrecy Act (US)
BSM    Balance Sheet Management
C   
CAPM    Capital asset pricing model
CCA    Consumer Credit Act (UK)
CCAR    Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (US)
CCP1    Central counterparty
CD    Certificate of deposit
CDO1    Collateralised debt obligation
CDS1    Credit default swap
CEA    Commodity Exchange Act (US)
CET11    Common equity tier 1 ratio
CGU    Cash-generating unit
CMB    Commercial Banking, a global business
CML1    Consumer and Mortgage Lending (US)
CPI    Consumer price index
CRD1    Capital Requirements Directive
CRR1    Customer risk rating
CRS    Card and Retail Services
CVA1    Credit valuation adjustment
D   
DANY DPA    Two-year deferred prosecution agreement with the New York County District Attorney (US)
DDOS    Distributed denial of service
DFAST    Dodd-Frank Stress Testing programme (US)
DoJ    Department of Justice (US)
DPA    Deferred prosecution agreement (US)
DPF    Discretionary participation feature of insurance and investment contracts
DVA1    Debit valuation adjustment
E   
EAD1    Exposure at default
EBA    European Banking Authority
ECB    European Central Bank
ECL    Expected credit loss
EGP    Egyptian pound
EL1    Expected loss
EMIR    European Market Infrastructure Regulation
EU    European Union
Euribor    European Interbank Offered Rates
F   
Fannie Mae    Federal National Mortgage Association (US)
FCA1    Financial Conduct Authority (UK)
FCA Direction   

Undertaking originally with the FSA to comply with certain forward-looking obligations with respect to AML and sanctions requirements

FHFA    Federal Housing Finance Agency (US)
FIU    Financial Intelligence Unit
FPC1    Financial Policy Committee (UK)
FRB    Federal Reserve Board (US)
Freddie Mac    Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (US)

 

281


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
FSA    Financial Services Authority (UK). The FSA has now become two separate regulatory authorities the FCA and PRA
FSCS    Financial Services Compensation Scheme
FuM    Funds under management
G   
G20    Leaders, finance ministers and central bank governors of the Group of Twenty countries
GB&M    Global Banking and Markets, a global business
GDP    Gross domestic product
Ginnie Mae    Government National Mortgage Association (US)
GLBA    Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (US)
Global Markets    HSBC’s treasury and capital markets services in Global Banking and Markets
GMB    Group Management Board
GPB    Global Private Banking, a global business
Group    HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
G-SIB1    Global systemically important bank
H   
HASCO    HSI Asset Securitization
HKMA    Hong Kong Monetary Authority
HNAH    HSBC North America Holdings Inc.
Hong Kong    Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China
HSBC    HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
HSBC Bank    HSBC Bank plc, formerly Midland Bank plc
HSBC Bank Bermuda    HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited, formerly The Bank of Bermuda Limited
HSBC Bank USA    HSBC’s retail bank in the US, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (formerly HSBC Bank USA, Inc.)
HSBC Canada   

The sub-group, HSBC Bank Canada, HSBC Trust Company Canada, HSBC Mortgage Corporation Canada and HSBC Securities Canada, consolidated for liquidity purposes

HSBC Finance    HSBC Finance Corporation, the US consumer finance company (formerly Household International, Inc.)
HSBC France    HSBC’s French banking subsidiary, formerly CCF S.A.
HSBC Holdings    HSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC
HSBC USA    The sub-group, HSBC USA Inc and HSBC Bank USA, consolidated for liquidity purposes
HSI    HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
I   
IAS    International Accounting Standards
IASB    International Accounting Standards Board
ICB    Independent Commission on Banking
IFRSs    International Financial Reporting Standards
Illinois District Court    US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois
Industrial Bank   

Industrial Bank Co. Limited, a national joint-stock bank in mainland China in which Hang Seng Bank Limited has a shareholding

IRB1    Internal ratings-based
ISDA    International Swaps and Derivatives Association
K   
KPMG    KPMG Audit Plc and its affiliates
L   
LCR1    Liquidity coverage ratio
LFRF    Liquidity and funding risk management framework
LGD1    Loss given default
Libor    London Interbank Offered Rate
LIC    Loan impairment charge and other credit risk provision
LTV1    Loan-to-value ratio
M   
Madoff Securities    Bernard L Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Mainland China    People’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong
Mazarin    Mazarin Funding Limited, an asset-backed CP conduit
MBS1    US mortgage-backed security
MENA    Middle East and North Africa
MME    Middle market enterprises
Monoline1    Monoline insurance company
MSCI    Morgan Stanley Capital International index
MTN1    Medium-term notes
N   
New York District Court    US District Court for the Southern District of New York
NSFR1    Net stable funding ratio

 

282


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Abbreviation    Brief description
O   
OCC    Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (US)
OECD    The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
OFAC    Office of Foreign Assets Control (US)
OIS1    Overnight index swap
ORMF    Operational risk management framework
OTC1    Over-the-counter
P   
PD1    Probability of default
Ping An   

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., the second-largest life insurer in the People’s Republic of China

PPI    Payment protection insurance product
PRA1    Prudential Regulation Authority (UK)
Premier    HSBC Premier, HSBC’s premium personal global banking service
PVIF    Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
R   
RAS    Risk Appetite Statement
RBWM    Retail Banking and Wealth Management, a global business
Repo1    Sale and repurchase transaction
Restricted Shares1   

Awards of Restricted Shares define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment

Reverse repo    Security purchased under commitments to sell
RM    Relationship manager
RMB    Renminbi
RMBS    Residential mortgage-backed securities
RoRWA    Return on average risk-weighted assets
RWA1    Risk-weighted assets
S   
S&P    Standard and Poor’s rating agency
SE1    Structured entity
SEC    Securities and Exchange Commission (US)
SIC    Securities investment conduit
SME    Small and medium-sized enterprise
Solitaire    Solitaire Funding Limited, a special purpose entity managed by HSBC
SR    Saudi riyal
U   
UAE    United Arab Emirates
UK    United Kingdom
US    United States of America
US DPA    Five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the Department of Justice and others (US)
V   
VaR1    Value at risk
VIU    Value in use

 

1 For full definitions, see page 284.

 

283


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Glossary

 

 

Term    Definition
A   

Adjustable-rate mortgages (‘ARM’s)

  

Mortgage loans in the US on which the interest rate is periodically changed based on a reference price. These are included within ‘affordability mortgages’.

Affordability mortgages

  

Mortgage loans where the customer’s monthly payments are set out at a low initial rate, either variable or fixed, before resetting to a higher rate once the introductory period is over.

Agency exposures

  

Exposures to near or quasi-government agencies including public sector entities fully owned by government carrying out non-commercial activities, provincial and local government authorities, development banks and funds set up by government.

Alt-A

  

A US description for loans regarded as lower risk than sub-prime, but with higher risk characteristics than lending under normal criteria.

Arrears

  

Customers are said to be in arrears (or in a state of delinquency) when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations, with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue. When a customer is in arrears, the total outstanding loans on which payments are overdue are described as delinquent.

Asset-backed securities (‘ABS’s)

  

Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The referenced pool can comprise any assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential or commercial mortgages.

B   

Back-testing

  

A statistical technique used to monitor and assess the accuracy of a model, and how that model would have performed had it been applied in the past.

Bail-inable debt

  

Bail-in refers to imposition of losses at the point of non viability (but before insolvency) on bank liabilities (bail-inable debt) that are not exposed to losses while the institution remains a viable, going concern. Whether by way of write-down or conversion into equity, this has the effect of recapitalising the bank (although it does not provide any new funding).

Bank levy

  

A levy that applies to UK banks, building societies and the UK operations of foreign banks from 1 January 2011. The amount payable is based on a percentage of the group’s consolidated liabilities and equity as at 31 December after deducting certain items the most material of which are those related to insured deposit balances, tier 1 capital, insurance liabilities, high quality liquid assets and items subject to a legally enforceable net settlement agreement.

Basel II

  

The capital adequacy framework issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2006 in the form of the ‘International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards’, amended by subsequent changes to the capital requirements for market risk and re-securitisations, commonly known as Basel 2.5, which took effect 31 December 2011.

Basel III

  

In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued ‘Basel III rules: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems’ and ‘International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring’. Together these documents present the Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules with the goal of promoting a more resilient banking sector. In June 2011, the Basel Committee issued a revision to the former document setting out the finalised capital treatment for counterparty credit risk in bilateral trades.

Basis point (‘bps’)

  

One hundredth of a per cent (0.01%), so 100 basis points is 1%. Used in quoting movements in interest rates or yields on securities.

C   

Capital conservation buffer

  

A capital buffer prescribed by regulators under Basel III and designed to ensure banks build up capital buffers outside periods of stress which can be drawn down as losses are incurred. Should a bank’s capital levels fall within the capital conservation buffer range, capital distributions will be constrained by the regulators.

Capital planning buffer

  

A capital buffer, prescribed by the PRA under Basel II, and designed to ensure banks build up capital buffers outside periods of stress which can be drawn down as losses are incurred. Should a bank’s capital levels fall within the capital planning buffer range, a period of heightened regulatory interaction would be triggered.

Capital requirements directive (‘CRD’)

  

A capital adequacy legislative package issued by the European Commission and adopted by EU member states. The first CRD legislative package gave effect to the Basel II proposals in the EU and came into force on 20 July 2006. CRD II, which came into force on 31 December 2010, subsequently updated the requirements for capital instruments, large exposure, liquidity risk and securitisation. A further CRD III amendment, updated market risk capital and additional securitisation requirements, and came into force on 31 December 2011.

  

CRD IV package comprises a recast Capital Requirements Directive and a new Capital Requirements Regulation. The package implements the Basel III capital proposals together with transitional arrangements for some of its requirements. CRD IV came into force on 1 January 2014.

Central counterparty (‘CCP’)

  

An intermediary between a buyer and a seller (generally a clearing house).

Collateralised debt obligation (‘CDO’)

  

A security issued by a third-party which references ABSs and/or certain other related assets purchased by the issuer. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the underlying assets.

 

284


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Collectively assessed impairment

  

Impairment assessment on a collective basis for homogeneous groups of loans that are not considered individually significant and to cover losses which have been incurred but have not yet been identified on loans subject to individual assessment.

Commercial paper (‘CP’)

  

An unsecured, short-term debt instrument issued by a corporation, typically for the financing of accounts receivable, inventories and meeting short-term liabilities. The debt is usually issued at a discount, reflecting prevailing market interest rates.

Commercial real estate

  

Any real estate, comprising buildings or land, intended to generate a profit, either from capital gain or rental income.

Common equity tier 1 capital (‘CET1’)

  

The highest quality form of regulatory capital under Basel III that comprises common shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and other reserves excluding the cash flow hedging reserve, less specified regulatory adjustments.

Common reporting (‘COREP’)

  

Harmonised European reporting framework established in the Capital Requirements Directives, to be mandated by the European Banking Authority.

Compliance risk

  

The risk that the Group fails to observe the letter and spirit of all relevant laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice, and incurs fines and penalties and suffers damage to its business as a consequence.

Conduits

  

HSBC sponsors and manages multi-seller conduits and ‘SIC’s. The multi-seller conduits hold interests in diversified pools of third-party assets such as vehicle loans, trade receivables and credit card receivables funded through the issuance of short-dated commercial paper and supported by a liquidity facility. The SICs hold predominantly asset-backed securities referencing such items as commercial and residential mortgages, vehicle loans and credit card receivables funded through the issuance of both long-term and short-term debt.

Constant currency

  

A non-GAAP financial measure that adjusts for the year-on-year effects of foreign currency translation differences by comparing reported results for the reported period with reported results for comparative period retranslated at exchange rates for the reported period. The foreign currency translation differences reflect the movements of the US dollar against most major currencies during the reported period.

Constant net asset value fund (‘CNAV’)

  

A fund that prices its assets on an amortised cost basis, subject to the amortised book value of the portfolio remaining within 50 basis points of its market value.

Consumer and Mortgage Lending (‘CML’)

  

In the US, the CML portfolio consists of our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses, which are in run-off.

 

The Consumer Lending business offered secured and unsecured loan products, such as first and second lien mortgage loans, open-ended home equity loans and personal non-credit card loans through branch locations and direct mail. The majority of the mortgage lending products were for refinancing and debt consolidation rather than home purchases. In the first quarter of 2009, we discontinued all originations by our Consumer Lending business.

 

Prior to the first quarter of 2007, when we ceased new purchase activity, the Mortgage Services business purchased non-conforming first and second lien real estate secured loans from unaffiliated third parties. The business also included the operations of Decision One Mortgage Company (‘Decision One’), which historically originated mortgage loans sourced by independent mortgage brokers and sold these to secondary market purchasers. Decision One ceased originations in September 2007.

Contractual maturities

  

The date on which the final payment (principal or interest) of any financial instrument is due to be paid, at which point all the remaining outstanding principal and interest have been repaid.

Core tier 1 capital

  

The highest quality form of regulatory capital, under Basel II, that comprises total shareholders’ equity and related non-controlling interests, less goodwill and intangible assets and certain other regulatory adjustments.

Countercyclical capital buffer (‘CCB’)

  

A capital buffer prescribed by regulators under Basel III which aims to ensure that capital requirements take account of the macro-financial environment in which banks operate. This will provide the banking sector with additional capital to protect it against potential future losses, when excess credit growth in the financial system as a whole is associated with an increase in system-wide risk.

Counterparty credit risk (‘CCR’)

  

Counterparty credit risk, in both the trading and non-trading books, is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction may default before completing the satisfactory settlement of the transaction.

Credit default swap (‘CDS’)

  

A derivative contract whereby a buyer pays a fee to a seller in return for receiving a payment in the event of a defined credit event (e.g. bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency) on an underlying obligation (which may or may not be held by the buyer).

Credit enhancements

  

Facilities used to enhance the creditworthiness of financial obligations and cover losses due to asset default.

Credit risk

  

Risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. It arises mainly from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from products such as guarantees, derivatives and debt securities.

Credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’)

  

An adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect the creditworthiness of OTC derivative counterparties.

 

285


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Credit risk mitigation

  

A technique to reduce the credit risk associated with an exposure by application of credit risk mitigants such as collateral, guarantee and credit protection.

Credit risk spread

  

The premium over the benchmark or risk-free rate required by the market to accept a lower credit quality. The yield spread between securities with the same coupon rate and maturity structure but with different associated credit risks. The yield spread rises as the credit rating worsens.

Credit spread risk

  

The risk that movements in credit spreads will affect the value of financial instruments.

Customer deposits

  

Money deposited by account holders. Such funds are recorded as liabilities.

Customer remediation

  

Activities carried out by HSBC to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with regulations. Customer remediation is initiated by HSBC in response to customer complaints, and not specifically initiated by regulatory action.

Customer risk rating (‘CRR’)

  

A scale of 23 grades measuring obligor PD.

D   

Debit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’)

  

An adjustment made by an entity to the valuation of OTC derivative liabilities to reflect within fair value the entity’s own credit risk.

Debt restructuring

  

A restructuring by which the terms and provisions of outstanding debt agreements are changed. This is often done in order to improve cash flow and the ability of the borrower to repay the debt. It can involve altering the repayment schedule as well as debt or interest charge reduction.

Debt securities

  

Financial assets on the Group’s balance sheet representing certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies or other undertakings, excluding those issued by central banks.

Debt securities in issue

  

Transferable certificates of indebtedness of the Group to the bearer of the certificates. These are liabilities of the Group and include certificates of deposits.

Deed-in-lieu

  

An arrangement in which a borrower surrenders the deed for a property to the lender without going through foreclosure proceedings and is subsequently released from any further obligations on the loan.

Defined benefit obligation

  

The present value of expected future payments required to settle the obligations of a defined benefit plan resulting from employee service.

Delinquency

  

See ‘Arrears’.

Deposits by banks

  

All deposits received from domestic and foreign banks, excluding deposits or liabilities in the form of debt securities or for which transferable certificates have been issued.

E   

Economic capital

  

The internally calculated capital requirement which is deemed necessary by HSBC to support the risks to which it is exposed.

Economic profit

  

The difference between the return on financial capital invested by shareholders and the cost of that capital. Economic profit may be expressed as a whole number or as a percentage.

Economic value of equity (‘EVE’) sensitivity

  

Considers all re-pricing mismatches in the current balance sheet and calculates the change in market value that would result from a set of defined interest rate shocks.

Encumbered assets

  

Assets on our balance sheet which have been pledged as collateral against an existing liability.

Enhanced Variable Net Asset Value fund (‘ENAV’)

  

A fund that prices its assets on a fair value basis. Consequently, prices may change from one day to the next.

Equity risk

  

The risk arising from positions, either long or short, in equities or equity-based instruments, which create exposure to a change in the market price of the equities or equity instruments.

Eurozone

  

The 18 European Union countries using the euro as their common currency. The 18 countries are Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain.

Expected loss (‘EL’)

  

A regulatory calculation of the amount expected to be lost on an exposure using a 12-month time horizon and downturn loss estimates. EL is calculated by multiplying the PD (a percentage) by the EAD (an amount) and LGD (a percentage).

Exposure

  

A claim, contingent claim or position which carries a risk of financial loss.

Exposure at default (‘EAD’)

  

The amount expected to be outstanding after any credit risk mitigation, if and when the counterparty defaults. EAD reflects drawn balances as well as allowance for undrawn amounts of commitments and contingent exposures.

F   

Fair value adjustment

  

An adjustment to the fair value of a financial instrument which is determined using a valuation technique (level 2 and level 3) to include additional factors that would be considered by a market participant that are not incorporated within the valuation model.

Fiduciary risk

  

The risk to the Group of breaching its fiduciary duties where it acts in a fiduciary capacity as trustee, investment manager or as mandated by law or regulation.

Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’)

  

The Financial Conduct Authority regulates the conduct of financial firms and, for certain firms, prudential standards in the UK. It has a strategic objective to ensure that the relevant markets function well.

 

286


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Financial Policy Committee (‘FPC’)

  

The Financial Policy Committee, at the Bank of England, is charged with a primary objective of identifying, monitoring and taking action to remove or reduce systemic risks with a view to protecting and enhancing the resilience of the UK financial system. The FPC has a secondary objective to support the economic policy of the UK Government.

Financial Reporting (‘FINREP’)

  

Harmonised European financial reporting framework, proposed by the European Union, which will be used to obtain a comprehensive view of a firm’s risk profile.

First lien

  

A security interest granted over an item of property to secure the repayment of a debt that places its holder first in line to collect repayment from the sale of the underlying collateral in the event of a default on the debt.

Forbearance strategies

  

Employed in order to improve the management of customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid default, foreclosure or repossession. Such arrangements include extended payment terms, a reduction in interest or principal repayments, approved external debt management plans, debt consolidations, the deferral of foreclosures, other modifications and re-ages.

Funded exposure

  

A situation where the notional amount of a contract is or has been exchanged.

Funding risk

  

A form of liquidity risk arising when the liquidity needed to fund illiquid asset positions cannot be obtained at the expected terms and when required.

G   

Gap risk

  

The risk of financial loss arising from a significant change in market price with no accompanying trading opportunity.

Global systemically important bank
(‘G-SIB’)

  

In parallel with the Basel III proposals, the Basel Committee issued in July 2011 a consultative document: ‘Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement’, and in November 2011, its first rules on G-SIBs. The Financial Stability Board (‘FSB’) periodically issues the list of G-SIBs, which currently includes HSBC and 28 other major banks from around the world and is re-assessed through annual re-scoring of the individual banks and a triennial review of the methodology.

Government-sponsored enterprises (‘GSE’s)

  

A group of financial services enterprises created by the US Congress to reduce the cost of capital for certain borrowing sectors of the economy, and to make them more efficient and transparent. Examples in the residential mortgage borrowing segment are Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae. GSEs carry the implicit backing, but are not direct obligations, of the US government.

GPSP Awards

  

Awards that define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally five years from the date of the award, and normally subject to individual remaining in employment. The shares to which the employee becomes entitled are subject to a retention requirement until cessation of employment.

Guarantee

  

An undertaking by a party to pay a creditor should a debtor fail to do so.

H   

Haircut

  

A discount applied by management when determining the amount at which an asset can be realised. The discount takes into account the method of realisation including the extent to which an active market for the asset exists.

Historical rating transition matrices

  

The probability of a counterparty with a particular rating moving to a different rating over a defined time horizon.

Home equity lines of credit (‘HELoC’s)

  

A form of revolving credit facility provided to US customers, which is supported in the majority of cases by a second lien or lower ranking charge over residential property. Holdings of HELoCs are classified as sub-prime.

I   

Impaired loans

  

Loans where the Group does not expect to collect all the contractual cash flows or expects to collect them later than they are contractually due.

Impairment allowances

  

Management’s best estimate of losses incurred in the loan portfolios at the balance sheet date.

Individually assessed impairment

  

Exposure to loss is assessed on all individually significant accounts and all other accounts that do not qualify for collective assessment.

Insurance risk

  

A risk, other than a financial risk, transferred from the holder of a contract to the insurance provider. The principal insurance risk is that, over time, the combined cost of claims, administration and acquisition of the contract may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

  

The Group’s own assessment of the levels of capital that it needs to hold through an examination of its risk profile from regulatory and economic capital viewpoints.

Internal Model Method

  

One of three approaches defined by Basel II to determine exposure values for counterparty credit risk.

Internal ratings-based approach (‘IRB’)

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal, rather than supervisory, estimates of risk parameters.

Invested capital

  

Equity capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders, adjusted for certain reserves and goodwill previously amortised or written off.

Investment grade

  

Represents a risk profile similar to a rating of BBB- or better, as defined by an external rating agency.

 

287


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

IRB advanced approach

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal PD, LGD and EAD models.

IRB foundation approach

  

A method of calculating credit risk capital requirements using internal PD models but with supervisory estimates of LGD and conversion factors for the calculation of EAD.

ISDA Master agreement

  

Standardised contract developed by ISDA used as an umbrella contract under which bilateral derivatives contracts are entered into.

K   

Key management personnel

  

Directors and Group Managing Directors of HSBC Holdings.

L   

Legacy credit in GB&M

  

A separately identifiable, discretely managed business comprising Solitaire Funding Limited, the securities investment conduits, the asset-backed securities trading portfolios and credit correlation portfolios, derivative transactions entered into directly with monoline insurers, and certain other structured credit transactions.

Legal proceedings

  

Civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim) or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings.

Legal risk

  

The risk of financial loss, sanction and/or reputational damage resulting from contractual risk (the risk that the rights and/or obligations of a Group member within a contractual relationship are defective); dispute risk (the risk when involved in or managing potential or actual disputes); legislative risk (the risk that a Group member fails to adhere to laws of the jurisdiction in which it operates); and non contractual rights risk (the risk that a Group member’s assets are not properly owned or are infringed by others or the infringement by a Group member of another party’s rights).

Level 1 – quoted market price

  

Financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs

  

Financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.

Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs

  

Financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

Leveraged finance

  

Funding provided for entities with higher than average indebtedness, which typically arises from sub-investment grade acquisitions or event-driven financing.

Leverage ratio

  

A measure, prescribed by regulators under Basel III, which is the ratio of tier 1 capital to total exposures. Total exposures include on-balance sheet items, off-balance sheet items and derivatives, and should generally follow the accounting measure of exposure. This supplementary measure to the risk-based capital requirements is intended to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking sector.

Liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’)

  

The ratio of the stock of high quality liquid assets to expected net cash outflows over the following 30 days. High quality liquid assets should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, be central bank eligible. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be at least 100% with effect from 2015. The LCR is still subject to an observation period and review to address any unintended consequences.

Liquidity enhancement

  

Liquidity enhancement makes funds available if required for reasons other than asset default, e.g. to ensure timely repayment of maturing commercial paper.

Liquidity risk

  

The risk that HSBC does not have sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations as they fall due, or will have to do so at an excessive cost. This risk arises from mismatches in the timing of cash flows.

Loan modification

  

An account management action that results in a change to the original terms and conditions of a loan either temporarily or permanently without resetting its delinquency status, except in case of a ‘modification re-age’ where delinquency status is also reset to up-to-date. Account modifications may include revisions to one or more terms of the loan including, but not limited to, a change in interest rate, extension of the amortisation period, reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal.

Loan re-age

  

An account management action that results in the resetting of the contractual delinquency status of an account to up-to-date upon fulfilment of certain requirements which indicate that payments are expected to be made in accordance with the contractual terms.

Loans past due

  

Loans on which repayments are overdue.

Loan to value ratio (‘LTV’)

  

A mathematical calculation that expresses the amount of the loan as a percentage of the value of security. A high LTV indicates that there is less cushion to protect the lender against house price falls or increases in the loan if repayments are not made and interest is added to the outstanding loan balance.

Loss given default (‘LGD’)

  

The estimated ratio (percentage) of the loss on an exposure to the amount outstanding at default (EAD) upon default of a counterparty.

Loss severity

  

The realised amount of losses incurred (including ancillary amounts owed) when a loan is foreclosed or disposed of through the arrangement with the borrower. The loss severity is represented as a percentage of the outstanding loan balance.

 

288


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition
M   

Malus

  

An arrangement that permits an organisation to prevent vesting of all or part of the amount of a deferred remuneration award in relation to risk outcomes or performance.

Market risk

  

The risk that movements in market risk factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices will reduce income or portfolio values.

Medium-term notes (‘MTN’s)

  

Issued by corporates across a range of maturities. Under MTN Programmes notes are offered on a regular and continuous basis to investors.

Monoline insurers (‘monolines’)

  

Entities which specialise in providing credit protection to the holders of debt instruments in the event of default by the debt security counterparty. This protection is typically held in the form of derivatives such as CDSs referencing the underlying exposures held.

Mortgage-backed securities (‘MBS’s)

  

Securities that represent interests in groups of mortgages, which may be on residential or commercial properties. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal). When the MBS references mortgages with different risk profiles, the MBS is classified according to the highest risk class.

Mortgage-related assets

  

Referenced to underlying mortgages.

Mortgage vintage

  

The year a mortgage was originated.

N   

Negative equity mortgages

  

Equity is the value of the asset less the outstanding balance on the loan. Negative equity arises when the value of the property purchased is below the balance outstanding on the loan.

Net asset value per share

  

Total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue.

Net interest income

  

The amount of interest received or receivable on assets net of interest paid or payable on liabilities.

Net interest income sensitivity

  

Considers all pricing mismatches in the current balance sheet, with suitable assumptions for balance sheet growth in the future, and calculates the change in net interest income that would result from a set of defined interest rate shocks.

Net principal exposure

  

The gross principal amount of a financial asset after taking account of credit protection purchased but excluding the effect of any counterparty credit valuation adjustment to that protection. It includes assets that benefit from monoline protection, except where this protection is purchased with a CDS.

Net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’)

  

The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. Available stable funding would include items such as equity capital, preferred stock with a maturity of over one year and liabilities with an assessed maturity of over one year. The Basel III rules require this ratio to be over 100% with effect from 2018. The NSFR is still subject to an observation period and review to address any unintended consequences.

Non-conforming mortgages

  

US mortgages that do not meet normal lending criteria. Examples include mortgages where the expected level of documentation is not provided (such as with income self-certification), or where poor credit history increases the risk and results in pricing at a higher than normal lending rate.

Non-trading portfolios

  

Portfolios that comprise positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments designated as available for sale and held to maturity, and exposures arising from our insurance operations.

Non-trading risk

  

The market risk arising from non-trading portfolios.

O   

Offset mortgages

  

A flexible type of mortgage where a borrower’s savings balance(s) held at the same institution can be used to offset the mortgage balance outstanding. The borrower pays interest on the net balance which is calculated by subtracting the credit balance(s) from the debit balance. As part of the offset mortgage a total facility limit is agreed and the borrower may redraw up to a pre-agreed limit.

Overnight Index Swap (‘OIS’) discounting

  

A method of valuing collateralised interest rate derivatives which uses a discount curve that reflects the overnight interest rate typically earned or paid in respect of collateral received.

Operational risk

  

The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including legal risk.

Over-the-counter (‘OTC’)

  

A bilateral transaction (e.g. derivatives) that is not exchange traded and that is valued using valuation models.

P   

Pension risk

  

The risk that contributions from Group companies and members fail to generate sufficient funds to meet the cost of accruing benefits for the future service of active members, and the risk that the performance of assets held in pension funds is insufficient to cover existing pension liabilities.

Performance shares

  

Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans that are subject to the achievement of corporate performance conditions.

Personal lending

  

See ‘Retail loans’.

PRA standard rules

  

The method prescribed by the PRA for calculating market risk capital requirements in the absence of VaR model approval.

 

289


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Prime

  

A US description for mortgages granted to the most creditworthy category of borrowers.

Private equity investments

  

Equity securities in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange, often involving the investment of capital in private companies or the acquisition of a public company that results in its delisting.

Probability of default (‘PD’)

  

The probability that an obligor will default within one year.

Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’)

  

The Prudential Regulation Authority in the UK is responsible for prudential regulation and supervision of banks, building societies, credit unions, insurers and major investment firms.

R   

Refi rate

  

The refi (or refinancing) rate is set by the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) and is the price banks pay to borrow from the ECB.

Regulatory capital

  

The capital which HSBC holds, determined in accordance with rules established by the PRA for the consolidated Group and by local regulators for individual Group companies.

Regulatory matters

  

Investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the actions of, regulators or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing by HSBC.

Renegotiated loans

  

Loans for which the contractual terms have been changed because of significant concerns about the borrower’s ability to meet the contractual payments when due.

Repo (or sale and repurchase agreement)

  

A short-term funding agreement that allows a borrower to create a collateralised loan by selling a financial asset to a lender. As part of the agreement the borrower commits to repurchase the security at a date in the future repaying the proceeds of the loan. For the party on the other end of the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future) it is reverse repurchase agreement or a reverse repo.

Reputational risk

  

The risk that illegal, unethical or inappropriate behaviour by the Group itself, members of staff or clients or representatives of the Group will damage HSBC’s reputation, leading, potentially, to a loss of business, fines or penalties.

Residential mortgage

  

A loan to purchase a residential property which is then used as collateral to guarantee repayment of the loan. The borrower gives the lender a lien against the property, and the lender can foreclose on the property if the borrower does not repay the loan per the agreed terms.

Restricted shares

  

Awards that define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and three years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment. The shares to which the employee becomes entitled may be subject to retention requirement.

Retail loans

  

Money lent to individuals rather than institutions. This includes both secured and unsecured loans such as mortgages and credit card balances.

Return on equity

  

Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity.

Risk appetite

  

The aggregate level and types of risk a firm is willing to assume within its risk capacity to achieve its strategic objectives and business plan.

Risk capacity

  

The maximum level of risk the firm can assume before breaching constraints determined by regulatory capital and liquidity needs and its obligations, also from a conduct perspective, to depositors, policyholders, other customers and shareholders.

Risk-weighted assets (‘RWA’s)

  

Calculated by assigning a degree of risk expressed as a percentage (risk weight) to an exposure value in accordance with the applicable Standardised or IRB approach rules.

Run-off portfolios

  

Legacy credit in GB&M, the US CML portfolio and other US run-off portfolios, including the treasury services related to the US CML businesses and commercial operations in run-off. Origination of new business in the run-off portfolios has been discontinued and balances are being managed down through attrition and sale.

S   

Sale and repurchase agreement

  

See repo above.

Second lien

  

A security interest granted over an item of property to secure the repayment of a debt that is issued against the same collateral as a first lien but that is subordinate to it. In the case of default, repayment for this debt will only be received after the first lien has been repaid.

Securitisation

  

A transaction or scheme whereby the credit risk associated with an exposure, or pool of exposures, is tranched and where payments to investors in the transaction or scheme are dependent upon the performance of the exposure or pool of exposures. A traditional securitisation involves the transfer of the exposures being securitised to a structured entity which issues securities. In a synthetic securitisation, the tranching is achieved by the use of credit derivatives and the exposures are not removed from the balance sheet of the originator.

Securitisation swap

  

An interest rate or cross currency swap with notional linked to the size of the outstanding asset portfolio in a securitisation. Securitisation swaps are typically executed by securitisation vehicles to hedge interest rate risk arising from mismatches between the interest rate risk profile of the asset portfolio and that of the securities issued by the vehicle.

 

290


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition

Short sale

  

In relation to credit risk management, a ‘short sale’ is an arrangement in which a bank permits the borrower to sell the property for less than the amount outstanding under a loan agreement. The proceeds are used to reduce the outstanding loan balance and the borrower is subsequently released from any further obligations on the loan.

Single-issuer liquidity facility

  

A liquidity or stand-by line provided to a corporate customer which is different from a similar line provided to a conduit funding vehicle.

Six filters

  

An internal measure designed to improve capital deployment across the Group. Five of the filters examine the strategic relevance of each business in each country, in terms of connectivity and economic development, and the current returns, in terms of profitability, cost efficiency and liquidity. The sixth filter requires adherence to global risk standards.

Sovereign exposures

  

Exposures to governments, ministries, departments of governments, embassies, consulates and exposures on account of cash balances and deposits with central banks.

Standardised approach

  

In relation to credit risk, a method for calculating credit risk capital requirements using External Credit Assessment Institutions (‘ECAI’) ratings and supervisory risk weights. In relation to operational risk, a method of calculating the operational capital requirement by the application of a supervisory defined percentage charge to the gross income of eight specified business lines.

Stressed VaR

  

A market risk measure based on potential market movements for a continuous one-year period of stress for a trading portfolio

Structured entities (‘SE’s)

  

An entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.

Structured finance/notes

  

An instrument whose return is linked to the level of a specified index or the level of a specified asset. The return on a structured note can be linked to equities, interest rates, foreign exchange, commodities or credit. Structured notes may or may not offer full or partial capital protection in the event of a decline in the underlying index or asset.

Structured Investment Vehicles (‘SIV’s)

  

Structured entities which invest in diversified portfolios of interest-earning assets, generally funded through issues of commercial paper, medium-term notes and other senior debt to take advantage of the spread differentials between the assets in the SIV and the funding cost.

Student loan-related assets

  

Securities with collateral relating to student loans.

Subordinated liabilities

  

Liabilities which rank after the claims of other creditors of the issuer in the event of insolvency or liquidation.

Sub-prime

  

A US description for customers with high credit risk, for example those who have limited credit histories, modest incomes, high debt-to-income ratios, high loan-to-value ratios (for real estate secured products) or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit-related problems.

Sustainability risk

  

The risk that the environmental and social effects of providing financial services outweigh the economic benefits.

Sustainable cost savings

  

Permanent cost reductions at a given level of business activity. Sustainable cost savings exclude cost avoidance and revenue and loan impairment charge benefits as these do not represent operational expense reductions. Cost savings resulting from business disposals are not classified as sustainable.

Systems risk

  

The risk of failure or other deficiency in the automated platforms that support the Group’s daily execution and the systems infrastructure on which they reside, including data centres, networks and distributed computers.

T   

Tier 1 capital

  

A component of regulatory capital, comprising core tier 1 and other tier 1 capital. Other tier 1 capital includes qualifying capital instruments such as non-cumulative perpetual preference shares and hybrid capital securities.

Tier 2 capital

  

A component of regulatory capital, comprising qualifying subordinated loan capital, related non-controlling interests, allowable collective impairment allowances and unrealised gains arising on the fair valuation of equity instruments held as available-for-sale. Tier 2 capital also includes reserves arising from the revaluation of properties.

Trading portfolios

  

Positions arising from market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions.

Trading risk

  

Market risk arising from trading portfolios.

Troubled debt restructuring

  

A US description for restructuring a debt whereby the creditor for economic or legal reasons related to a debtor’s financial difficulties grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider.

 

291


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Term    Definition
U   

Unencumbered assets

  

Assets on our balance sheet which have not been pledged as collateral against an existing liability.

Unfunded exposures

  

An exposure where the notional amount of a contract has not been exchanged.

US government agency and sponsored enterprises mortgage-related assets

  

Securities that are guaranteed by US government agencies such as Ginnie Mae, or by US government sponsored entities including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

V   

Value-at-risk (‘VaR’)

  

A measure of the loss that could occur on risk positions as a result of adverse movements in market risk factors (e.g. rates, prices, volatilities) over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence.

W   

Wholesale loans

  

Money lent to sovereign borrowers, banks, non-bank financial institutions and corporate entities.

Write-down/Write-off

  

When a financial asset is written down or written off, a customer balance is partially or fully removed, respectively, from the balance sheet. Loans (and related impairment allowance accounts) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In circumstances where the net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write-off may be earlier.

Wrong-way risk

  

An adverse correlation between the counterparty’s PD and the mark-to-market value of the underlying transaction.

 

292


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

Index

 

 

A

Abbreviations 281

Accounting

consolidation 215

future developments 215

policies 217

standards 214

Acquisitions 46, 62

Anti-money laundering investigations 264

Areas of special interest 107

Asia

assets 38

balance sheet data 74

by country 71, 72

constant currency/reported profit 20, 94c

cost efficiency ratios 36, 70

country business highlights 71

customer accounts 42, 74

economic background 70

financial overview 70

impairment allowances/charges 131, 132, 134

loans and advances 74

profit before tax 61, 70, 74

review of performance 72

risk-weighted assets 62

staff numbers 35, 70

underlying/reported profit 24, 94l

Asset-backed securities 143

Assets 2

by geographical region 62, 67, 74, 80, 86, 92

by global business 46, 67, 74, 80, 86, 92

charged as security 252

constant currency/reported reconciliation 40

held for sale 241

held in custody and under administration 95

liquid 150

maturity analysis 245

movement in 39

risk-weighted 3, 44, 46, 62

trading 222

Associates and joint ventures 36, 72, 254

underlying/reported reconciliation 23

B

Backtesting 159

Balance sheet

consolidated 38, 208

constant currency/reported reconciliation 40

data 38, 58, 60a, 67, 74, 80

insurance manufacturing subsidiaries 170

movement 39

Balance Sheet Management 42, 161

Bancassurance 169

Bank of Communications 254

Basis of preparation 214

Brazilian economic plans 268

Brazilian labour and fiscal claims 245

Business model 11

C

Capital

buffers 187

commitments 257

generation 194

management 193

measurement and allocation 194

overview 176

ratios 3, 176

risks 193

structure 184

total regulatory 194

Cash flows 151

consolidated statement 209

notes 253

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking

statements 3a

Client assets 55

Collateral 252

Combined customer lending and deposits 41

Commercial Banking 50

constant currency/reported profit 20, 57f

cost efficiency ratios 36

customer deposit markets 148

management view 50

underlying/reported profit 24, 57s

Commercial real estate 120

Commitments 111

Competitive advantages 10

Compliance risk 166

Compliance with IFRSs 214

Composition of Group (changes in) 216

Concentration of exposure 136

Constant currency 19

Consumer Credit Act (UK) 244

Contents – inside front cover

Contingent liabilities contractual commitments and

guarantees 257

Copies of the Interim Report 278

Corporate governance 277

Cost items (significant) 27

Countercyclical buffer 188

Counterparty risk 181, 198

CRD IV 149, 176, 195

Credit default swap regulatory investigation and

litigation 267

Credit quality 120

Credit risk 109, 179

credit exposure 111

drivers 196

risk-weighted assets 178

Credit valuation adjustment 225

Cross-border liquidity and funding 154

Customer accounts 3, 42, 67, 74, 80, 86, 92

Customer lending and deposits (combined) 41

D

Data management 107

Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares 276

Debit valuation adjustment 225

Deferred tax 220

Defined terms – inside front cover

Derivatives 236

by product contract type 236

credit 237

exposure 111, 136

hedging instruments 238

interest rate 244

trading 237

Directors

biographies 199

board changes 5

interests 271

responsibility statement 269

Disposals 22, 46, 62

Dividends 217, 276

 

 

293


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

E

Earnings per share 218

Economic background

Asia 70

Europe 63

Latin America 89

Middle East and North Africa 77

North America 83

Equity 38, 40

Equity securities available for sale 161

Estimates and assumptions 215

Europe

assets 62, 67

balance sheet data 67

by country 64

constant currency/reported profit 20, 94a

cost efficiency ratios 36

country business highlights 64

customer accounts 42, 67

economic background 63

financial overview 63

impairment allowances/charges 131, 132, 134

loans and advances 67

profit before tax 61, 63, 64, 67

review of performance 65

risk-weighted assets 62

staff numbers 35, 63

underlying/reported profit 24, 94k

Eurozone banking reform 191

Events after the balance sheet date 268

F

Fair values

adjustments 224

control framework 224

movements 62

of financial instruments at fair value 223

of financial instruments not at fair value 233

significant unobservable assumptions 228

valuation bases 226

Fee income (net) 29

constant currency/reported reconciliation 20

Final results 277

Financial assets

designated at fair value 235

offsetting 250

Financial crime compliance 107

Financial highlights 2

Financial instruments

at fair value 31

credit quality 120

not at fair value 233

Financial investments 43, 136, 239

Financial liabilities designated at fair value 242

offsetting 250

Footnotes 96, 172

Forbearance 126

Foreclosed properties in US 117

Foreign exchange rates 25, 38

investigations and litigation 267

Funding sources 153

Funds under management 95

G

Gains less losses from financial investments 32

Geographical regions 12

risk-weighted assets 177

Global Banking and Markets 52

ABSs classified as AFS 143

balance sheet data 60a

constant currency/reported profit 20, 57h

cost efficiency ratios 36

customer deposit markets 148

fair value adjustments 224

management view 53, 57j

underlying/reported profit 24, 57u

Global businesses 13, 45

risk-weighted assets 177

Global functions 12

Global Private Banking 55

constant currency/reported profit 20, 57k

cost efficiency ratios 36

customer deposit markets 149

underlying/reported profit 24, 57w

Global Standards 14

Glossary 284

Going concern 217, 278

Gold and silver fix-related litigation 267

Goodwill impairment 259

Governance framework 14

Group Chairman’s Statement 4

Group Chief Executive’s Business Review 6

Group Managing Directors 204

Growth priorities 48, 51, 54, 56

H

Highlights 2, 47, 50, 52, 55, 63, 70, 77, 83, 89

HSBC Finance 57q, 116, 128

HSBC Holdings 12, 164

I

Impairment

allowances and charges 133

by geographical region 131, 135

charges and other credit risk provisions 34

constant currency/reported profit 135

impaired loans 129

Income from financial instruments designated at fair value

(net) 31

Income statement

consolidated 25, 206

Information security 106

Insurance

asset and liability matching 169

balance sheet by type of contract 170

claims incurred and movement in liabilities to

policyholders (net) 34

net earned premiums 32

risk 169, 171

Interest-earning assets 28

Interest expense 29

Interest income (net) 28

constant currency/reported reconciliation 20

sensitivity 162

underlying/reported reconciliation 23

Interest rate repricing gap 164

Interim Management Statement 277

Interim Report 268

Internet crime 106

Investment criteria 13

L

Latin America

assets 92

balance sheet data 92

by country 90

constant currency/reported profit 20, 94i

cost efficiency ratios 36

country business highlights 90

customer accounts 42, 92

economic background 89

financial overview 89

impairment allowances/charges 131, 132, 134

loans and advances 92

profit before tax 61, 89, 92

review of performance 91

risk-weighted assets 62

 

 

LOGO

 

 

294


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

staff numbers 35, 89

underlying/reported profit 24, 94o

Legal proceedings 259

Leverage ratio 198

Liabilities 38

constant currency/reported reconciliation 40

financial liabilities designated at fair value 242

maturity analysis 245

movement in 39

offsetting 250

trading 242

Libor investigation 266

Liquidity and funding 148

assets of principal entities 150

contingent liquidity risk 152

management 149

regulation 149

Loans and advances

ageing analysis 125

by country/region 138, 139

by credit quality 121

by industry sector 118, 137

excluding held for sale 110

exposure 111, 136

impaired 129

mortgage lending 113, 114, 116

past due but not impaired 124

personal lending 109, 113

potential problems 142a

renegotiated 126

to banks 139

to customers 3, 67, 74, 80, 86, 92, 140

unimpaired past due 90 days or more 142a

wholesale lending 118

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 34

underlying/reported reconciliation 23

M

Madoff 260

Margin 28

Market capitalisation 1, 3

Market risk 157, 182

measures applicable to parent 164

Middle East and North Africa

assets 80

balance sheet data 80

by country 78

constant currency/reported profit 20, 94e

cost efficiency ratios 36, 77

country business highlights 77

customer accounts 42, 80

economic background 77

financial overview 77

impairment allowances/charges 131, 132, 134

loans and advances 80

profit before tax 61, 77, 80

review of performance 79

risk-weighted assets 62

staff numbers 35, 77

underlying/reported profit 24, 94m

Models 107

Monitor 15

Mortgage lending 113, 114, 116

Mortgage-related investigations (US) 262

Mortgage sales 147

N

Non-GAAP measures 19

Non-trading portfolios 139, 160

North America

assets 86

balance sheet data 86

by country 84

constant currency/reported profit 20, 94g

cost efficiency ratios 36, 83

country business highlights 84

customer accounts 42, 86

economic background 83

financial overview 83

impairment allowances/charges 131, 132, 134

loans and advances 86

profit before tax 61

review of performance 85

risk-weighted assets 62

staff numbers 35, 83

underlying/reported profit 24, 94n

Notifiable interests in share capital 275

O

Off-balance sheet arrangements 245

Offices 1

Offsets 250

Operating expenses 35

underlying/reported reconciliation 23

Operating income (other) 33

underlying/reported reconciliation 23

Operating model 12

Operational risk 165

‘Other’ segment 57, 57m, 57x

Outlook 5, 7

P

Payment protection insurance 243

Pension scheme 164

Personal lending 108, 113

Pillar 1, 2 and 3 195, 196

Preferred securities 38

Presentation of information 214, 216

Profit before tax

attributable 218

by country 64, 71, 72, 78, 84, 90

by geographical region 20, 24, 61, 63, 67, 74, 77, 80, 83,

86, 89, 92

by global business 20, 24, 46, 58, 67, 74, 80, 86, 92

consolidated 2, 25

constant currency/reported reconciliation 20, 57a

data 2

underlying 24

underlying/reported reconciliation 23, 57o

PRA buffer 188

Provisions 243

PVIF 33

R

Ratios

advances to core funding 149

capital (total) 3

common equity tier 1 3, 18

core tier 1 ratio 3

cost efficiency 2, 18, 36, 58, 63, 67, 70, 74, 80, 83, 89, 92

cost of risk 18

customer advances to customer accounts 3, 18

dividend payout 2

dividends per ordinary share 2

earnings per share 2

leverage 3, 198

LICs to total operating income 2

net assets per share 38

return on average risk-weighted assets 3, 18, 43, 47, 63,

70, 77, 83, 89

return on average total assets 3

return on equity 18

stressed coverage 150

Regulatory

capital 177, 185

capital buffers 187

investigations 102

risks 101

 

 

295


Table of Contents

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC

 

Additional Information (continued)

  

 

source and application 183

update 190

Related parties 95

Representations and warranties 147

Repurchase agreements (repos) and reverse repos 29, 41, 111,

139, 153, 239

Reputational risk 168

Retail Banking and Wealth Management 47

constant currency/reported profit 20, 57a

cost efficiency ratios 36

customer deposit markets 148

management view 48

Principal RBWM 48, 57c, 57p

underlying/reported profit 24, 57o, 57r

Revenue

items (significant) 27

underlying/reported reconciliation 23

Review of performance 47, 50, 53, 55, 65, 72, 79, 85, 91

Risk elements in loan portfolio 142a

Risks 16

appetite 15, 18

aversion 5

business 104

capital 193

compliance 166

contingent liquidity 152

counterparty credit risk 198

credit 109

credit spread 161

data management 107

dispute 104

execution 104

factors 16

foreign exchange 164

geopolitical 101

information security 106

insurance operations 169, 171

internet crime 106

liquidity and funding 148

managing risk 100

market 157

model 107

non-trading interest rate 161

operational 165

people 105

profile 99

regulatory 101

reputational 168

social media 106

stress test 105

top and emerging 17, 100

wrong way 225

Risk-weighted assets 3, 177, 178

by geographical region 62

by global business 46

integrity 189

targets 193

underlying/reported reconciliation 44

S

Securities investment conduits 143, 152

Securities litigation 260

Securitisation 143

activity and litigation 263

Segmental analysis 257

Senior management 204

Sensitivity of net interest income 162

Share capital 38

Share capital – notifiable interests 275

Shareholder enquiries 278

Share information 38

Share option plans

Directors’ interests 272

discretionary 275

employee share plans 274

Significant items 27

Six filters 13

Spread 28

Staff numbers 35, 63, 70, 77, 83, 89

Statement of changes in equity (consolidated) 210

Statement of comprehensive income (consolidated) 207

Stock lending 153

Stock symbols 278

Strategic direction 9

Commercial Banking 50

Global Banking and Markets 52

Global Private Banking 55

Retail Banking and Wealth Management 48

Strategic priorities 1, 10

Stress testing 105, 107, 189, 193

Structural banking reform 190

Structural foreign exchange exposures 161

Sustainability (long-term) 8

Systemically important banks 187

T

Tax 37, 219

US tax and broker-dealer investigations 265

Telephone and online share-dealing service 278

Total shareholder return 3

Trading

assets 136, 222

derivatives 237

income (net) 20, 30

liabilities 242

portfolios 158

Troubled debt restructurings 142a

U

UK regulatory update 190

Underlying performance 22

V

Value at risk 158, 160

stressed 159

Value creation 8

Values 15

W

Wholesale funding 149

Wholesale lending 118

Wholesale term debt maturity profile 154

Y

Yield 28

 

 

296